SBARRO INC
8-K, 1999-10-08
EATING PLACES
Previous: NTS PROPERTIES VI/MD, SC 13E4/A, 1999-10-08
Next: SBARRO INC, 15-12B, 1999-10-08



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 8-K

                                 CURRENT REPORT

                       PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


      DATE OF REPORT (DATE OF EARLIEST EVENT REPORTED): SEPTEMBER 23, 1999



                                  SBARRO, INC.
              -----------------------------------------------------
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


                                    NEW YORK
              -----------------------------------------------------
                 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION)


               1-8881                                   11-2501939
        -----------------------              ---------------------------------
        (COMMISSION FILE NUMBER)             (IRS EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)


                401 BROADHOLLOW ROAD, MELVILLE, NEW YORK    11747
              -----------------------------------------------------
               (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)  (ZIP CODE)


       REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (516) 864-0200


                                 NOT APPLICABLE
              ----------------------------------------------------
          (FORMER NAME OR FORMER ADDRESS, IF CHANGED SINCE LAST REPORT)


<PAGE>


ITEM 1.  CHANGES IN CONTROL OF REGISTRANT.

         On September  28, 1999,  Mario  Sbarro,  Joseph  Sbarro,  Joseph Sbarro
(1994) Family Limited Partnership, Anthony Sbarro, and Mario Sbarro and Franklin
Montgomery,  not individually but as trustees under that certain Trust Agreement
dated  April 28,  1984 for the  benefit  of Carmela  Sbarro and her  descendants
(collectively,  the "Continuing Shareholders") became the holders of 100% of the
issued and outstanding Common Stock of Sbarro,  Inc. (the "Company") pursuant to
an Amended and  Restated  Agreement  and Plan of Merger  dated as of January 19,
1999  among the  Company,  Sbarro  Merger  LLC  ("Mergeco")  and the  Continuing
Shareholders  (the "Merger  Agreement").  The following brief description of the
consideration payable under the Merger Agreement is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Merger Agreement, which is Exhibit 2.1 to this Report.

         Pursuant  to the terms of the Merger  Agreement,  Mergeco  merged  (the
"Merger")  with and into the Company and the Company's  shareholders  other than
the Continuing  Shareholders or Mergeco (the "Public Shareholders") received the
right to receive $28.85 per share in cash in exchange for the approximately 13.5
million  shares  of the  Company's  Common  Stock  not  owned by the  Continuing
Shareholders, and all outstanding stock options, including stock options held by
Continuing  Shareholders,  have been  terminated  in exchange for a cash payment
equal to the number of shares subject thereto  multiplied by the excess, if any,
of $28.85 over the applicable  option exercise price. The Company estimates that
approximately  $411.0  million  is  required  to  consummate  the Merger and pay
related fees and expenses of the transactions.

         The  consideration  for shares of the Public  Shareholders  and for the
stock options  pursuant to the Merger Agreement was funded through the placement
of $255.0 million of 11.0% Senior Notes (the "Senior Notes") due 2009, sold at a
price of 98.514% of par to yield 11.25% per annum, and  substantially all of the
Company's cash on hand. The Notes were issued under an Indenture dated September
28, 1999 among the Company,  each of the Company's current and future Restricted
Subsidiaries  (as defined),  as guarantors,  and Firstar Bank,  N.A., as trustee
(the "Indenture").  The Company also entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of
September  23,  1999 with  European  American  Bank (the  "Bank")  to provide an
unsecured   $30.0  million  senior   revolving   credit  facility  (the  "Credit
Agreement").  The  following  is a brief  description  of  certain  terms of the
Indenture and the Credit Agreement and is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the  Indenture and the Credit  Agreement  which are filed as Exhibits 4.1 and
4.2 to this Report.

         Interest  on  the  Notes  is  payable  semi-annually  on  March  15 and
September 15 of each year  commencing on March 15, 2000 at the rate of 11.0% per
annum.

         The  Company's  payment  obligations  under the Notes are  jointly  and
severally  unconditionally  and  irrevocably  guaranteed by all of the Company's
current  Restricted  Subsidiaries  and  is to be  similarly  guaranteed  by  the
Company's  future  Restricted   Subsidiaries.   The  Notes  and  the  subsidiary
guarantees  are senior  unsecured  obligations  of the Company and the guarantor
subsidiaries, ranking PARI PASSU in right of payment to all of the Company's and
the guarantor subsidiaries' respective present and future senior debt, including
under the Credit Agreement.

         The Indenture  permits  redemption of the Notes at the Company's option
at varying redemption prices and requires the Company to offer to purchase Notes
in the event of a Change of Control and in  connection  with certain Asset Sales
(each as defined).

         The Indenture contains various covenants on the part of the Company and
its Restricted  Subsidiaries,  including,  but not limited to,  restrictions  on
making of dividends, stock repurchases, certain investments and other restricted
payments,  the  incurrence of  indebtedness  and liens on its assets,  affiliate
transactions, asset sales and mergers.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


         The Credit  Agreement  provides an unsecured  revolving credit facility
(the "Credit  Facility")  to the Company  enabling  the Company to borrow,  on a
revolving  basis  from  time to time  during  its  five-year  term,  up to $30.0
million, including a $10.0 million sublimit for standby letters of credit.

         At the Company's  option,  the interest rates applicable to loans under
the Credit  Agreement  will be at either (a) the Bank's prime rate plus a margin
ranging  from zero to 0.75% (the  initial  margin  will be 0.50%) or (b) reserve
adjusted  LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.5% to 2.5% (the initial margin will
be 2.25%).  In each case,  the margin  depends  upon the ratio of the  Company's
senior debt (as defined) to its EBITDA (as defined).

         Each of the Company's current  Corporate  Guarantors (as defined in the
Credit Agreement,  being the Restricted  Subsidiaries  under the Indenture) have
agreed to, and the  future  Corporate  Guarantors  are to,  unconditionally  and
irrevocably  guarantee the Company's obligations under the Credit Agreement on a
joint and several basis.

         The  Company  has agreed to pay  certain  fees in  connection  with the
Credit  Agreement,  including an unused  commitment  fee at a rate per year that
will vary from  0.25% of the  undrawn  amount  of the  facility  to 0.45% of the
undrawn  amount  of the  facility  per  year,  depending  upon the  ratio of the
Company's senior debt to EBITDA.  Initially,  the unused  commitment fee will be
0.40% per year.

         The Company's  borrowings  under the Credit  Agreement are repayable on
September  28,  2004.  In  addition,  the Company  will be required to repay the
Company's loans and reduce the lenders  commitments  under the Credit  Agreement
using the  proceeds  of certain  asset sales and  certain  issuances  of certain
equity interests of, and sales of equity interests in, Corporate Guarantors.

         The Credit Agreement  contains various  covenants,  including,  but not
limited to,  restrictions on making of dividends and stock repurchases,  certain
investments  and other  restricted  payments,  the  incurrence of  indebtedness,
guarantees and other contingent obligations,  and liens on its assets, affiliate
transactions,  asset sales and mergers, consolidations and acquisitions of stock
or assets by the Company and the Corporate Guarantors.  In addition,  the Credit
Facility  contains   provisions  that  under  certain   circumstances   prohibit
redemptions  or  repurchases  of the  Notes,  including  repurchases  that might
otherwise  be  required  pursuant  to the terms of the  Indenture,  and  imposes
certain  conditions on the Company's  amending or  supplementing  the Indenture.
Additionally, the Company will have to maintain a minimum ratio of the Company's
consolidated   EBITDA  (with  the   Corporate   Guarantors)   to  the  Company's
consolidated interest expense (with the Corporate Guarantors) of at least 2.0 to
1.0 and a ratio of the  Company's  consolidated  senior debt (with the Corporate
Guarantors) to the Company's consolidated EBITDA (with the Corporate Guarantors)
ranging from 4.5 to 1.0 in 1999 to 3.9 to 1.0 beginning December 29, 2002.

         A copy of the Company's  press  releases  dated  September 24, 1999 and
September 29, 1999 are attached as Exhibit 99.1 and Exhibit 99.2,  respectively,
to this Report.

ITEM 2.  ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF ASSETS.

         Reference is made to Item 1 above.


                                     -3-
<PAGE>


ITEM 7.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND EXHIBITS.

         (a)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF BUSINESS ACQUIRED:

              Not applicable.

         (b)  PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION:

         Pro Forma financial information is provided herein on pages F-1 through
F-7.

         (c)  EXHIBITS:


Exhibit        Description
- -------        -----------

2.1            Amended and  Restated  Agreement  and Plan of Merger  dated as of
               January 19, 1999 among the Company, Sbarro Merger LLC, a New York
               limited liability company,  Mario Sbarro,  Joseph Sbarro,  Joseph
               Sbarro (1994) Family Limited  Partnership,  Anthony  Sbarro,  and
               Mario Sbarro and Franklin  Montgomery,  not  individually  but as
               trustees under that certain Trust  Agreement dated April 28, 1984
               for  the   benefit  of  Carmela   Sbarro  and  her   descendants.
               (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to the Company's  Current
               Report on Form 8-K dated (date of earliest  event  reported) June
               17, 1999, File No. 1-8881.)

4.1            Indenture dated as of September 28, 1999 among the Company, the
               Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company named therein, as
               guarantors, and Firstar Bank, as trustee.

4.2            Credit  Agreement dated as of September 23, 1999 by and among the
               Company and European  American  Bank,  as Agent,  and the Lenders
               Party thereto (initially European American Bank).

10.1           Registration   Rights   Agreement  dated as of September 28, 1999
`              among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and Bear, Stearns
               & Co. Inc.

99.1           Press release of the Company dated September 24, 1999

99.2           Press release of the Company dated September 29, 1999


                                      -4-
<PAGE>


                                    SIGNATURE

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
the  registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                      SBARRO, INC.


Date: October 7, 1999                 By:/s/ Robert G. Rooney
                                         --------------------------------------
                                         Robert G. Rooney,
                                         Vice President - Finance and
                                         Chief Financial Officer


<PAGE>


                 UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

         The following unaudited consolidated pro forma financial data have been
derived  from the  Company's  historical  financial  statements.  The  unaudited
consolidated  pro forma balance sheet gives effect to the  Transaction  as if it
had  occurred on July 18,  1999.  The  unaudited  consolidated  pro forma income
statements for the year ended January 3, 1999, twenty-eight weeks ended July 18,
1999 and the twelve months ended July 18, 1999 give effect to the Transaction as
if it had occurred at the  beginning  of each period  presented.  The  unaudited
consolidated  pro forma  financial data should be read in  conjunction  with the
Company's  "Selected  Consolidated  Historical  Financial  Data,"  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
audited  Consolidated  Financial Statements and notes thereto for the year ended
January 3, 1999  included  in its Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
January 3, 1999 and the Company's unaudited  Consolidated  Financial  Statements
and notes thereto for the twenty-eight weeks ended July 18, 1999 included in its
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the twenty-eight weeks ended July 18, 1999.

         The pro forma  adjustments  are based upon  available  information  and
certain  assumptions that the Company's  management  believes are reasonable and
are described in the notes  accompanying  the unaudited  consolidated  pro forma
financial statements. The unaudited consolidated pro forma financial data do not
purport to  represent  what the  Company's  results of  operations  or financial
position would have been had the  transactions  occurred on the dates indicated,
or to project the Company's results of operations or financial  position for any
future  period or date,  nor does it give effect to any matters other than those
described in the notes  thereto.  The Merger will be accounted for as a purchase
for financial accounting purposes.

         The unaudited consolidated pro forma financial data presented herein do
not  reflect  the  Company's  current  intention  to elect to be taxed under the
provisions  of  Subchapter S of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,
and, where  applicable  and permitted,  under similar state and local income tax
provisions,  beginning as early as fiscal 2000. At the time of the S corporation
election, the Company's deferred income taxes will be eliminated or reduced.


                                      F-1

<PAGE>


                                  SBARRO, INC.

                 UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
                                  JULY 18, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 TRANSACTION
                                                   HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                                   ----------    -----------    ---------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents....................     $152,907    $(146,000)(a)    $  6,907
  Receivables..................................        3,542            --          3,542
  Inventories..................................        2,882            --          2,882
  Prepaid expenses.............................        5,114            --          5,114
                                                     -------      --------        -------
          Total current assets.................      164,445      (146,000)        18,445
Property and equipment, net....................      138,397            --        138,397
Excess purchase price over cost basis..........           --     224,835(b)       224,835
Deferred financing fees and transaction costs..           --      14,900(c)        14,900
Other assets, net..............................        8,902            --          8,902
                                                    --------     ---------       --------
                                                    $311,744    $   93,735       $405,479
                                                    ========    ==========       ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable.............................     $  7,512    $       --       $  7,512
  Accrued expenses.............................       24,786            --         24,786
  Income taxes.................................           75            --             75
                                                          --             -             --
          Total current liabilities............       32,373            --         32,373
Long-term debt.................................           --     265,000(d)       265,000
Deferred income taxes..........................        8,882            --          8,882
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity...........................      270,489    (171,265)(e)       99,224
                                                    --------    ---------       ---------
                                                    $311,744    $  93,735       $ 405,479
                                                    ========    =========       =========
</TABLE>

          See notes to unaudited consolidated pro forma financial data


                                      F-2
<PAGE>


                                  SBARRO, INC.

            UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                           YEAR ENDED JANUARY 3, 1999


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    TRANSACTION
                                                      HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                                      ----------    -----------    ---------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>            <C>
Revenues:
  Restaurant sales...............................      $361,534    $      --       $361,534
  Franchise related income.......................         8,578           --          8,578
  Interest income................................         5,120    (5,120)(a)            --
                                                        -------    ---------        -------
          Total revenues.........................       375,232       (5,120)       370,112
                                                        -------    ---------        -------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of food and paper products................        76,572           --         76,572
  Restaurant operating expenses:
     Payroll and other employee benefits.........        93,367           --         93,367
     Occupancy and other.........................       101,013           --        101,013
Depreciation and amortization....................        22,429      7,495(b)        29,924
General and administrative.......................        19,708           --         19,708
Interest expense.................................            --     28,650(c)        30,519
                                                                     1,490(d)
                                                                       379(e)
Provision for unit closings......................         2,515           --          2,515
Non-recurring charges............................         5,605           --          5,605
Other income.....................................        (2,680)          --         (2,680)
                                                        -------       ------        -------
          Total costs and expenses...............       318,529       38,014        356,543
                                                        -------       ------        -------
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of
  change in method of accounting.................        56,703      (43,134)        13,569
Income taxes.....................................        21,547      (13,121)(f)      8,426
                                                         ------     --------        -------
Income before cumulative change in method of
  accounting.....................................        35,156      (30,013)         5,143
Cumulative effect of change in method of accounting for
  start-up costs.................................          (822)          27(f)        (795)
                                                       --------    ---------       --------
Net income.......................................      $ 34,334    $ (29,986)      $  4,348
                                                       ========    =========       ========
EBITDA...........................................      $ 82,132                    $ 82,132
</TABLE>

          See notes to unaudited consolidated pro forma financial data


                                      F-3
<PAGE>


                                  SBARRO, INC.

            UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     TWENTY-EIGHT WEEKS ENDED JULY 18, 1999

                                                     TRANSACTION
                                        HISTORICAL   ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                                        ----------   -----------     ---------
                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

Revenues:
  Restaurant sales.................      $179,051   $      --        $179,051
  Franchise related income.........         4,332          --           4,332
  Interest income..................         2,624      (2,624)(a)          --
                                          -------      -------        -------
          Total revenues...........       186,007      (2,624)        183,383
                                          -------      ------         -------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of food and paper products..        36,981          --          36,981
  Restaurant operating expenses:
     Payroll and other employee benefits   49,575          --          49,575
     Occupancy and other...........        56,205          --          56,205
Depreciation and amortization......        12,278     4,036(b)         16,314
General and administrative.........        12,339          --          12,339
Interest expense...................            --    15,427(c)         16,433
                                                        802(d)
                                                        204(e)
Other income.......................        (2,574)         --          (2,574)
                                          -------    --------         -------
          Total costs and expenses.       164,804      20,469         185,273
                                          -------    --------         -------
Income (loss) before income taxes..        21,203     (23,093)         (1,890)
Income taxes.......................         8,057      (7,199)(f)         858
                                         --------   ---------        --------
Net income (loss)..................      $ 13,146   $ (15,894)       $ (2,748)
                                         ========   =========        ========
EBITDA.............................      $ 30,857                    $ 30,857


          See notes to unaudited consolidated pro forma financial data


                                      F-4
<PAGE>


                                  SBARRO, INC.

            UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                        TWELVE MONTHS ENDED JULY 18, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   LESS           PLUS
                                               TWENTY-EIGHT   TWENTY-EIGHT      TWELVE                         PRO FORMA
                                                   WEEKS          WEEKS         MONTHS                       TWELVE MONTHS
                                YEAR ENDED         ENDED          ENDED          ENDED        TRANSACTION        ENDED
                              JANUARY 3, 1999  JULY 12, 1998  JULY 18, 1999  JULY 18, 1999    ADJUSTMENTS    JULY 18, 1999
                              ---------------  -------------  -------------  -------------    -----------    -------------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                           <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>
Revenues:
  Restaurant sales........       $361,534         $174,028       $179,051       $366,557       $    --          $ 366,557
  Franchise related
     income...............          8,578            4,154          4,332          8,756            --              8,756
  Interest income.........          5,120            2,545          2,624          5,199        (5,199)(a)             --
                                  -------          -------        -------        -------       -------           --------
          Total revenues..        375,232          180,727        186,007        380,512        (5,199)           375,313
                                  -------          -------        -------        -------        ------            -------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of food and paper
     products.............         76,572           36,423         36,981         77,130            --             77,130
  Restaurant operating
     expenses:
     Payroll and other
       employee benefits..         93,367           46,899         49,575         96,043            --             96,043
     Occupancy and other..        101,013           52,985         56,205        104,233            --            104,233
Depreciation and
  amortization............         22,429           11,725         12,278         22,982         7,495(b)          30,477
General and
  administrative..........         19,708           10,367         12,339         21,680            --             21,680
Interest expense..........             --               --             --             --        28,650(c)          30,519
                                                                                                 1,490(d)
                                                                                                   379(e)
Provision for unit
  closings................          2,515            1,525             --            990            --               990
Non-recurring charges.....          5,605              986             --          4,619            --             4,619
Other income..............         (2,680)          (1,259)        (2,574)        (3,995)           --            (3,995)
                                  -------          -------        -------        -------        ------           -------
          Total costs and
            expenses......        318,529          159,651        164,804        323,682        38,014           361,696
                                  -------          -------        -------        -------        ------           -------
Income before income taxes
  and cumulative effect of
  change in method of
  accounting..............         56,703           21,076         21,203         56,830       (43,213)           13,617
Income taxes..............         21,547            8,009          8,057         21,595       (13,150)(f)         8,445
                                  -------          -------        -------        -------       -------           -------
Income before cumulative
  effect of change in method
  of accounting...........         35,156           13,067         13,146         35,235       (30,063)            5,172
Cumulative effect of change
  in method of accounting
  for start-up costs, less
  income tax benefit of
  $504....................           (822)            (822)            --             --            --                --
                                 --------         --------       --------       --------       --------        ---------
Net income................       $ 34,334         $ 12,245       $ 13,146       $ 35,235       $(30,063)       $   5,172
                                 ========         ========       ========       ========       ========        =========
EBITDA....................       $ 82,132         $ 32,767       $ 30,857       $ 80,222                       $  80,222
</TABLE>

          See notes to unaudited consolidated pro forma financial data


                                      F-5
<PAGE>


                                  SBARRO, INC.

            NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

1.       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS:

     The Company made the following pro forma adjustments to arrive at its pro
forma consolidated balance sheet as of July 18, 1999:

     (a) Represents cash on hand used as consideration in the Merger.

     (b)  Represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net
          assets acquired arising as a result of the Merger. The adjustments are
          based on presently  available  information and on certain  assumptions
          that the Company believes is reasonable;  however, actual recording of
          the Merger will be based upon appraisals, evaluations and estimates of
          fair values.

     (c)  Represents  deferred  financing  and other costs  associated  with the
          Merger.

     (d)  Represents  initial  borrowings under the Credit Facility and issuance
          of the Senior  Notes.  The Senior  Notes are recorded at a discount of
          approximately  $3.8 million to the face amount to reflect the original
          issue discount on the Senior Notes.

     (e)  Represents the elimination of the Public  Shareholders'  proportionate
          share of shareholders' equity.

2.   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS ADJUSTMENTS:

         The Company has made the following pro forma  adjustments  to arrive at
its pro forma consolidated statements of operations:

     (a)  (Represents  elimination  of interest  income due to $146.0 million of
          cash on hand used as consideration in the Merger.

     (b)  Represents  amortization  of the excess of the purchase price over the
          fair value of net assets  acquired  arising as a result of the Merger.
          The  adjustments are based on presently  available  information and on
          certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable; however,
          actual  recording  of  the  Merger  will  be  based  upon  appraisals,
          evaluations and estimates of fair values.

     (c)  Represents  cash  interest  expense as a result of the issuance of the
          Senior Notes and initial  borrowings of $13.8 million under the Credit
          Facility.

     (d)  Represents  amortization of deferred  financing and transaction  costs
          over the life of the Senior Notes.

     (e)  Represents  amortization  of original  issue discount over the life of
          the Senior Notes.

     (f)  Reflects  adjustments  to  the  Company's  income  tax  provision  and
          effective  tax rate as a result  of the  transactions.  The  Company's
          effective tax rate after the Merger will be higher than its


                                      F-6
<PAGE>


          historical  effective  tax rate  primarily  due to the  non-deductible
          amortization  of the excess of the purchase  price over the fair value
          of  net  assets  acquired  arising  as a  result  of the  Merger.  The
          adjustments  are  based  on  presently  available  information  and on
          certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable; however,
          actual  recording  of  the  Merger  will  be  based  upon  appraisals,
          evaluations and estimates of fair values.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit        Description
- -------        -----------

2.1  Amended and Restated  Agreement  and Plan of Merger dated as of January 19,
     1999 among the Company,  Sbarro  Merger LLC, a New York  limited  liability
     company,  Mario Sbarro,  Joseph Sbarro, Joseph Sbarro (1994) Family Limited
     Partnership,  Anthony Sbarro, and Mario Sbarro and Franklin Montgomery, not
     individually but as trustees under that certain Trust Agreement dated April
     28,  1984  for  the  benefit  of  Carmela   Sbarro  and  her   descendants.
     (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to the Company's  Current Report on
     Form 8-K dated (date of earliest event  reported)  June 17, 1999,  File No.
     1-8881.)

4.1  Indenture dated as of September 28, 1999 among the Company,  the Restricted
     Subsidiaries of the Company named therein, as guarantors, and Firstar Bank,
     as trustee.

4.2  Credit  Agreement  dated as of September  23, 1999 by and among the Company
     and  European  American  Bank,  as Agent,  and the  Lenders  Party  thereto
     (initially European American Bank).

10.1 Registration  Rights  Agreement  dated as of  September  28, 1999 among the
     Company, the Guarantors named therein and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

99.1 Press release of the Company dated September 24, 1999

99.2 Press release of the Company dated September 29, 1999

9/27/90
KL


                                  SBARRO, INC.,
                                    as Issuer

                          THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN,
                                  as Guarantors

                               FIRSTAR BANK, N.A.
                                   as Trustee



                            11% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2009



                          ---------------------------

                                    INDENTURE

                          ---------------------------



                         Dated as of September 28, 1999


<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE 1.         DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE...............  1
SECTION 1.01       Definitions..............................................  1
SECTION 1.02       Other Definitions........................................ 22
SECTION 1.03       Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act........ 22
SECTION 1.04       Rules of Construction.................................... 23
SECTION 1.05       Compliance Certificates and Opinions..................... 23
SECTION 1.06       Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee................... 24
SECTION 1.07       Acts of Holders.......................................... 25

ARTICLE 2.         THE NOTES ............................................... 26
SECTION 2.01.      Form and Dating.......................................... 26
SECTION 2.02.      Execution and Authentication............................. 26
SECTION 2.03.      Registrar and Paying Agent............................... 27
SECTION 2.04.      Paying Agent to Hold Assets in Trust..................... 28
SECTION 2.05.      Holder Lists............................................. 28
SECTION 2.06.      Transfer and Exchange.................................... 28
SECTION 2.07.      Replacement Notes........................................ 41
SECTION 2.08.      Outstanding Notes........................................ 42
SECTION 2.09.      Treasury Notes........................................... 42
SECTION 2.10.      Temporary Notes.......................................... 43
SECTION 2.11.      Cancellation............................................. 43
SECTION 2.12.      Defaulted Interest....................................... 43
SECTION 2.13       CUSIP Number............................................. 44
SECTION 2.14.      Deposit of Moneys........................................ 44
SECTION 2.15.      Issuance of Additional Notes............................. 45

ARTICLE 3.         REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO PURCHASE........................ 45
SECTION 3.01       Applicability of Article................................. 45
SECTION 3.02       Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.................... 45
SECTION 3.03       Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed........................ 46
SECTION 3.04       Notice of Redemption..................................... 46
SECTION 3.05       Deposit of Redemption Price.............................. 47
SECTION 3.06       Notes Payable on Redemption Date......................... 47
SECTION 3.07       Notes Redeemed in Part................................... 48
SECTION 3.08       Optional Redemption...................................... 48
SECTION 3.09       Mandatory Redemption..................................... 49
SECTION 3.10       Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds...... 49

ARTICLE 4.         COVENANTS................................................ 51
SECTION 4.01       Payment of Notes......................................... 51
SECTION 4.02       Maintenance of Office or Agency.......................... 51


                                      -i-
<PAGE>

SECTION 4.03       Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust.......... 52
SECTION 4.04       Reports.................................................. 53
SECTION 4.05       Compliance Certificate................................... 54
SECTION 4.06       Taxes.................................................... 55
SECTION 4.07       Stay, Extension and Usury Laws........................... 55
SECTION 4.08       Corporate Existence; Maintenance of Properties and
                     Insurance.............................................. 55
SECTION 4.09       Limitation on the Incurrence of Indebtedness and
                   Issuance of Preferred Stock.............................. 56
SECTION 4.10       Limitation on Restricted Payments........................ 58
SECTION 4.11       Limitation on Liens...................................... 62
SECTION 4.12       Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates............... 62
SECTION  4.13      Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
                   Affecting Subsidiaries................................... 63
SECTION 4.14       Covenants Relating to Tax Payment Agreement.............. 64
SECTION 4.15       Payments for Consent..................................... 65
SECTION 4.16       Asset Sales.............................................. 65
SECTION 4.17       Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control............... 66
SECTION 4.18       Additional Subsidiary Guarantees......................... 68
SECTION 4.19       Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital
                   Stock of Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries............ 68

ARTICLE 5.         SUCCESSORS............................................... 69
SECTION 5.01       Limitation on Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.... 69
SECTION 5.02       Successor Person Substituted............................. 70

ARTICLE 6.         DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.................................... 70
SECTION 6.01       Events of Default........................................ 70
SECTION 6.02       Acceleration of Maturity................................. 72
SECTION 6.03       Other Remedies........................................... 72
SECTION 6.04       Waiver of Past Defaults.................................. 73
SECTION 6.05       Control by Majority...................................... 73
SECTION 6.06       Limitation on Suits...................................... 73
SECTION 6.07       Rights of Holders to Receive Payment..................... 74
SECTION 6.08       Collection Suit by Trustee............................... 74
SECTION 6.09       Trustee May File Proofs of Claim......................... 74
SECTION 6.10       Priorities............................................... 75
SECTION 6.11       Undertaking for Costs.................................... 75

ARTICLE 7.         TRUSTEE.................................................. 76
SECTION 7.01       Duties of Trustee........................................ 76
SECTION 7.02       Rights of Trustee........................................ 77
SECTION 7.03       Individual Rights of Trustee............................. 78
SECTION 7.04       Trustee's Disclaimer..................................... 78
SECTION 7.05       Notice of Defaults....................................... 79

                                      -ii-


<PAGE>


SECTION 7.06       Reports by Trustee to Holders of Notes................... 79
SECTION 7.07       Compensation and Indemnity............................... 79
SECTION 7.08       Replacement of Trustee................................... 81
SECTION 7.09       Successor Trustee by Merger, etc......................... 82
SECTION 7.10       Eligibility; Disqualification............................ 82
SECTION 7.11       Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company........ 82

ARTICLE 8.         LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE................. 83
SECTION 8.01       Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 83
SECTION 8.02       Legal Defeasance and Discharge........................... 83
SECTION 8.03       Covenant Defeasance...................................... 83
SECTION 8.04       Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.... 84
SECTION 8.05       Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in
                   Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.................... 85
SECTION 8.06       Repayment to Company..................................... 86
SECTION 8.07       Reinstatement............................................ 86

ARTICLE 9.         AMENDMENTS............................................... 87
SECTION 9.01       Without Consent of Holders............................... 87
SECTION 9.02       With Consent of Holders.................................. 87
SECTION 9.03       Compliance with Trust Indenture Act...................... 89
SECTION 9.04       Revocation and Effect of Consents........................ 89
SECTION 9.05       Notation on or Exchange of Notes......................... 89
SECTION 9.06       Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.......................... 89

ARTICLE 10.        SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE............................... 90
Section 10.01      Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.................. 90
SECTION 10.02      Application of Trust Money............................... 91

ARTICLE 11.        SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES..................................... 92
SECTION 11.01      Subsidiary Guarantee...................................... 92
SECTION 11.02      Obligation of the Guarantors Unconditional................ 92
SECTION 11.03      Waiver Relating to Subsidiary Guarantees.................. 93
SECTION 11.04      Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms........ 93
SECTION 11.05      Release of Subsidiary Guarantee........................... 94
SECTION 11.06      Contribution of Guarantors................................ 94
SECTION 11.07.     Reinstatement of Subsidiary Guarantees.................... 95

MISCELLANEOUS................................................................ 95
SECTION 12.01      Trust Indenture Act Controls.............................. 95
SECTION 12.02      Notices................................................... 95
SECTION 12.03      Communication by Holders with Other Holders............... 97
SECTION 12.04      Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent........ 97
SECTION 12.05      Rules by Trustee and Agents............................... 97


                                     -iii-
<PAGE>

SECTION 12.06      Legal Holidays............................................ 97
SECTION 12.07      No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees,
                   Incorporators and Stockholders............................ 98

SECTION 12.08      Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction................. 98
SECTION 12.09      No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements............. 98
SECTION 12.10      Successors and Assigns.................................... 98
SECTION 12.11      Severability...............................................98
SECTION 12.12      Counterpart Originals......................................99
SECTION 12.13      Table of Contents, Headings, etc...........................99

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1         Commited Restricted Investments
Schedule 2         Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 3         Unrestricted Subsidiaries

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A          Form of Note
Exhibit B          Form of Certificate of Transfer
Exhibit C          Form of Certificate of Exchange
Exhibit D          Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional
                     Accredited Investor


                                      -iv-
<PAGE>


                             CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*


TRUST INDENTURE    ACT SECTION                                 INDENTURE SECTION

310(a)(1)............................................................7.10
     (a)(2)..........................................................7.10
     (a)(3)...........................................................N.A.
     (a)(4)...........................................................N.A.
     (a)(5)...........................................................7.10
     (b)............................................................  7.08,7.10
     (c)..............................................................N.A.
311(a)................................................................7.11
     (b)..............................................................7.11
     (c)..............................................................N.A.
312(a)................................................................2.05
     (b)..............................................................12.03
     (c)..............................................................12.03
313(a)................................................................7.06
     (b)(1)...........................................................N.A.
     (b)(2).........................................................  7.06;7.07
     (c)..............................................................7.06
     (d)..............................................................7.06
314(a)................................................................4.04,4.05
     (b)..............................................................N.A.
     (c)(1)...........................................................12.04
     (c)(2)...........................................................12.04
     (c)(3)...........................................................N.A.
     (d)..............................................................N.A.
     (e)..............................................................1.05
     (f)..............................................................N.A.
315(a)................................................................7.01
     (b)..............................................................7.05;12.02
     (c)..............................................................7.01
     (d)..............................................................7.01
     (e)..............................................................6.11
316(a)(last sentence).................................................2.09
     (a)(1)(A)........................................................6.05
     (a)(1)(B)........................................................6.04
     (a)(2)...........................................................N.A.
     (b)..............................................................6.07
     (c)..............................................................1.07
317(a)(1).............................................................6.08
     (a)(2)...........................................................6.09
     (b)..............................................................2.04
318(a)................................................................12.01
     (b)..............................................................N.A.
     (c)..............................................................12.01
N.A. means not applicable.
*This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.


                                      -v-


<PAGE>
         INDENTURE,  dated as of September 28, 1999,  among SBARRO,  INC., a New
York  corporation  (the  "Company"),  as  Issuer,  the  Guarantors  named on the
signature  pages  hereto,  as  Guarantors,  and FIRSTAR  BANK,  N.A., a national
banking association, as trustee (the "Trustee").

         The Company,  the  Guarantors  and the Trustee agree as follows for the
benefit of each other and for the equal and  ratable  benefit of the  Holders of
the 11% Senior Notes due 2009 of the Company (the "Notes").


                                   ARTICLE 1.

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01  Definitions

         "144A  Global  Note" means a global note  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend
and  deposited  with or on  behalf  of,  and  registered  in the  name  of,  the
Depositary  or its nominee  that will be issued in a  denomination  equal to the
initial outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

         "Acquired  Debt"  means,  with  respect to any  specified  Person,  (i)
Indebtedness  or Preferred  Stock of any other Person  existing at the time such
other  Person is merged with or into or became a  Subsidiary  of such  specified
Person, including, without limitation,  Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred
by such other Person in  connection  with,  or in  contemplation  of, such other
Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such  specified  Person,
and (ii)  Indebtedness  secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such
specified Person.

         "Additional  Notes"  means,  subject to the Company's  compliance  with
Section  4.09  hereof,  11% Senior Notes due 2009 issued from time to time after
September  28, 1999 under the terms of this  Indenture  (other than those issued
pursuant  to  Sections  2.06,  2.07,  2.10,  3.07,  3.10,  4.17  or 9.05 of this
Indenture and other than Exchange Notes issued pursuant to an Exchange Offer for
other Notes outstanding under this Indenture).

         "Adjusted  Consolidated  Net Income" means,  with respect to any Person
for any period,  the sum of (i) the  Consolidated  Net Income of such Person for
such period plus (ii) the aggregate  amount of intangible  amortization  charges
resulting  from the  Merger  to the  extent  that such  intangible  amortization
charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income.

         "Affiliate" of any specified  Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly  controlling  or  controlled  by or under  direct or indirect  common
control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition,  "control"
(including,  with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect


<PAGE>


to any Person, shall mean the possession,  directly or indirectly,  of the power
to direct or cause the  direction of the  management or policies of such Person,
whether through the ownership of voting  securities,  by agreement or otherwise;
provided that beneficial  ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a
Person shall be deemed to be control.

         "Agent" means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

         "Agent Members" means members of, or participants in, the Depositary.

         "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or exchange
of or for beneficial  interest in any Global Note, the rule and  regulations and
procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange.

         "Asset Sale" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition
(collectively,  "dispositions")  of any  assets  or rights  (including,  without
limitation,  by  way  of a sale  and  leaseback),  other  than  dispositions  of
inventory  in the ordinary  course of business  consistent  with past  practices
(provided that the disposition of all or substantially  all of the assets of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the
provisions of Section 4.17 hereof  and/or the  provisions of Section 5.01 hereof
and not by the  provisions  of Section  4.16  hereof),  and (ii) the issuance of
Equity Interests by any Restricted  Subsidiary or the disposition by the Company
or a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of  Equity  Interests  in  any  of  the  Company's
Restricted  Subsidiaries  (other  than  directors'  qualifying  shares or shares
required by  applicable  law to be held by a Person  other than the Company or a
Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company);  provided,  however, that the term Asset
Sale shall not include any  disposition  of any assets or rights or any issuance
or disposition of Equity Interests if such transaction  would have been an Asset
Sale in the  absence  of this  proviso  to the  extent  that the gross  proceeds
thereof  do not  exceed,  in  aggregate  amount  together  with all  other  such
dispositions or issuances,  $3.0 million in any fiscal year of the Company (such
proceeds, to the extent non-cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Company).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will be
deemed  not to be Asset  Sales:  (i) a  transfer  of  assets or rights or Equity
Interests by the Company to a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary or by a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary;  (ii) an issuance of Equity  Interests by a Wholly Owned  Restricted
Subsidiary  to the Company or to another  Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary;
(iii) a Permitted  Investment or Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section
4.10 hereof;  (iv) a disposition  of Cash  Equivalents  solely for cash or other
Cash  Equivalents;  and (v) a disposition  of assets in a single  transaction or
group of related transactions, the gross proceeds of which do not exceed $10,000
(such proceeds,  to the extent  non-cash,  to be determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors of the Company).

         "Bankruptcy  Law" means  Title 11, U.S.  Code or any  similar  foreign,
federal or state law for the relief of debtors, as amended.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


         "Board of Directors"  means,  with respect to any Person,  the board of
directors  of such  Person,  or any duly  authorized  committee of such board of
directors.

         "Board  Resolution"  means a duly  adopted  resolution  of the Board of
Directors  of the Company in full force and effect at the time of  determination
and certified as such by the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the Company
and delivered to the Trustee.

         "Broker-Dealer"  has the meaning set forth in the  Registration  Rights
Agreement.

         "Business  Day" means each  Monday,  Tuesday,  Wednesday,  Thursday and
Friday that is not a day on which banking  institutions  in The City of New York
are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

         "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof
is to be made,  the amount of the  liability in respect of a capital  lease that
would  at such  time  be  required  to be  capitalized  on a  balance  sheet  in
accordance with GAAP.

         "Capital  Stock"  means  (i) in the  case of a  corporation,  corporate
stock,  (ii) in the  case of an  association  or  business  entity,  any and all
shares,  interests,   participations,   rights  or  other  equivalents  (however
designated)  of corporate  stock,  (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited
liability  company,  partnership  or membership  interests  (whether  general or
limited) and (iv) any other interest or  participation  that confers on a Person
the right to receive a share of the profits (other than  incentive  compensation
arrangements  based upon profits) and losses of, or  distributions of assets of,
the issuing Person.

         "Cash  Equivalents"  means (i) United States  dollars,  (ii) securities
issued  or  directly  and fully  guaranteed  or  insured  by the  United  States
government or any agency or  instrumentality  thereof  having  maturities of not
more than six months from the date of acquisition, (iii) certificates of deposit
and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date
of acquisition,  bankers'  acceptances  with maturities not exceeding six months
and overnight  bank  deposits,  in each case with any domestic  commercial  bank
having  capital  and  surplus in excess of $500  million  and a Keefe Bank Watch
Rating of AB or better, (iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than
seven days for underlying  securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and
(iii)  above   entered  into  with  any   financial   institution   meeting  the
qualifications  specified in clause (iii) above, (v) commercial paper having the
highest rating  obtainable from Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. or Standard &
Poor's,  a division  of The McGraw  Hill  Companies,  and in each case  maturing
within six months after the date of  acquisition  and (vi)  Investments in money
market funds  substantially  all the assets of which are comprised of securities
and other obligations of the types described in clauses (i) through (v) above.

         "Cedel" means Cedel Bank, societe anonyme.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>


     "Change of Control" means the  occurrence of any of the following:  (i) the
sale, lease,  transfer,  conveyance or other disposition,  in one or a series of
related transactions, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole to any
Person or "group"  (as such term is used in  Section  13(d)(3)  of the  Exchange
Act), other than to one or more Permitted  Holders,  (ii) the adoption of a plan
relating  to  the   liquidation  or  dissolution  of  the  Company,   (iii)  the
consummation of any transaction  (including,  without limitation,  any merger or
consolidation)  the result of which is that any Person or group,  other than one
or more  Permitted  Holders,  becomes  the  "beneficial  owner" (as such term is
defined in Rule 13d- 3 and Rule 13d-5  under the  Exchange  Act,  except  that a
Person shall be deemed to have  "beneficial  ownership" of all  securities  that
such  Person  has  the  right  to  acquire,  whether  such  right  is  currently
exercisable  or  is  exercisable  only  upon  the  occurrence  of  a  subsequent
condition),  directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the Voting Stock of the
Company  (measured  by voting  power  rather  than number of shares) or (iv) the
first day on which a majority  of the members of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company are not Continuing Directors.

         "Closing Date" means September 28, 1999.

         "Code" means the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  or any
successor thereto.

         "Committed  Restricted  Investments"  means  up  to  $13.9  million  of
Investments  that  were,  as of August  30,  1999,  committed  to be made by the
Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  and are set forth in Schedule l to the
Indenture.

         "Company" means Sbarro, Inc., a New York corporation, and any successor
thereto pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof.

         "Company  Request" or "Company  Order" means a written request or order
signed in the name of the  Company (i) by its  Chairman,  a Vice  Chairman,  its
President,  Senior Vice President or a Vice President and (ii) by its Treasurer,
an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and delivered to
the Trustee; provided, however, that such written request or order may be signed
by any two of the  officers or  directors  listed in clause (i) above in lieu of
being signed by one of such officers or directors  listed in such clause (i) and
one of the officers listed in clause (ii) above.

         "Consolidated  Cash  Flow"  means,  with  respect to any Person for any
period,  the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, to the
extent deducted in computing such  Consolidated Net Income,  (i) an amount equal
to any net loss realized in connection  with an Asset Sale,  (ii)  provision for
taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries
for such  period and Tax  Distributions,  if any,  (iii)  Consolidated  Interest
Expense,  and (iv)  depreciation  and  amortization  (including  amortization of
goodwill  and other  intangibles  but  excluding  amortization  of prepaid  cash
expenses  that  were  paid  in a  prior  period)  and  other  non-cash  expenses
(excluding any such non-cash


                                      -4-
<PAGE>


expense  to the extent  that it  represents  an  accrual of or reserve  for cash
expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was
paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries for such
period to the extent that such  depreciation,  amortization  and other  non-cash
expenses  were deducted in computing  such  Consolidated  Net Income,  minus (v)
non-cash items increasing such  Consolidated Net Income for such period, in each
case, for such period without duplication on a consolidated basis and determined
in accordance with GAAP.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  (i) the provision for
taxes based on the income or profits of, and the  depreciation  and amortization
and other  non-cash  charges  of, a Person  shall be added to  Consolidated  Net
Income to compute  Consolidated  Cash Flow only to the  extent  (and in the same
proportion)  that the Net Income of such  Person  was  included  in  calculating
Consolidated Net Income and (ii) the Net Income of any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary
shall be  excluded,  whether or not such  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  has paid any
dividends or distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

         "Consolidated  Interest  Coverage  Ratio"  means,  with  respect to any
Person for any period,  the ratio of the  Consolidated  Cash Flow of such Person
for such  period to the  Consolidated  Interest  Expense of such Person for such
period.  In the event  that the  Company or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
incurs,  assumes,  Guarantees,  redeems or repays any  Indebtedness  (other than
revolving  credit  borrowings)  subsequent to the commencement of the period for
which the Consolidated  Interest Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to
the date on which  the  event for  which  the  calculation  of the  Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation  Date"), then the Consolidated
Interest  Coverage  Ratio shall be  calculated  giving pro forma  effect to such
incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, redemption or repayment of Indebtedness as if
the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable  four-quarter reference
period. In addition,  for purposes of making the computation  referred to above,
(i)  acquisitions  that have been made by the  Company or any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries,  including  through  mergers or  consolidations  and including any
related  financing  transactions,  and  other  transactions  consummated  by the
Company or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  with respect to which pro forma
effect  may be  given  pursuant  to  Article  11 of  Regulation  S-X  under  the
Securities  Act,  in each  case  during  the  four-quarter  reference  period or
subsequent  to such  reference  period and on or prior to the  Calculation  Date
shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the four-quarter  reference
period and Consolidated  Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated
without giving effect to clause (iii) of the proviso set forth in the definition
of Consolidated  Net Income,  (ii) the  Consolidated  Cash Flow  attributable to
discontinued  operations,  as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations
or businesses  disposed of prior to the Calculation  Date, shall be excluded and
(iii) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations,
as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses  disposed of
prior to the Calculation  Date,  shall be excluded,  but only to the extent that
the obligations  giving rise to such  Consolidated  Interest Expense will not be
obligations  of the  referent  Person  or any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
following the Calculation Date.

         "Consolidated  Interest  Expense" means, with respect to any Person for
any period,  the sum,  without  duplication,  of (i) the  consolidated  interest
expense of such Person and its


                                      -5-
<PAGE>


Restricted  Subsidiaries  for such period,  whether paid or accrued  (including,
without  limitation,  amortization  of debt  issuance  costs and original  issue
discount,  non-cash interest  payments,  the interest  component of any deferred
payment  obligations,  the interest  component of all payments  associated  with
Capital  Lease  Obligations,  commissions,  discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance  financings,  and
net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging  Obligations),  (ii) the  consolidated
interest  expense  of such  Person  and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  that  was
capitalized  during such period,  (iii) any interest  expense for such period on
Indebtedness  of another  Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  (whether or not such  Guarantee or Lien is called
upon),  in each case, on a consolidated  basis and in accordance  with GAAP, and
(iv) the  product  of (x) any  Preferred  Stock  dividends  declared  or paid or
payable  in cash,  and (y) a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is one and the
denominator of which is one minus the then current combined  federal,  state and
local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal,  determined, in
each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

         "Consolidated  Net Income"  means,  with  respect to any Person for any
period,  the  aggregate  of the Net  Income of such  Person  and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis,  determined in accordance
with GAAP, less the amount of all Tax Distributions, if any, made by such Person
from the beginning of such period through the date that is 30 days after the end
of such  period;  provided  that (i) the Net Income of any Person  that is not a
Restricted  Subsidiary  of such  Person or that is  accounted  for by the equity
method of  accounting  shall be  excluded,  except  that the Net  Income of such
Person  shall  be  included  to  the  extent  of  the  amount  of  dividends  or
distributions  paid in cash by such Person  during  such period to the  referent
Person or a Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  thereof  (other than any such
dividends or  distributions  (x) which the Company  elects not to include in the
computation of Consolidated Net Income at the time of the computation thereof or
(y) which  consist of payments to the Company  referred to in  subclause  (3) of
clause (c) of the first  paragraph of Section 4.10 hereof),  (ii) the net income
(but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that
the  declaration  or  payment of  dividends  or  similar  distributions  by that
Restricted  Subsidiary  of that net  income is not at the date of  determination
permitted without any prior  governmental  approval (that has not been obtained)
or,  directly or  indirectly,  by  operation  of the terms of its charter or any
agreement,  instrument,  judgment,  decree, order, statute, rule or governmental
regulation applicable to that Restricted  Subsidiary or its stockholders,  (iii)
the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests  transaction for
any period prior to the date of such  acquisition  shall be  excluded,  (iv) the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded and (v)
any  non-cash  write-off or charge  (excluding  any such  non-cash  write-off or
charge to the extent it  represents an accrual of or reserve of cash expenses in
any future  period) in respect of the  disposition or write-down of fixed assets
other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded.

         "Consolidated  Net Worth"  means,  with respect to any Person as of any
date, the sum of (a) the consolidated  equity of the common stockholders of such
Person and its  consolidated  Restricted  Subsidiaries as of such date, plus (b)
the respective amounts reported on such


                                      -6-
<PAGE>


Person's  balance  sheet as of such date with respect to any series of Preferred
Stock (other than  Disqualified  Stock) that by its terms is not entitled to the
payment of dividends  unless such dividends may be declared and paid only out of
net earnings in respect of the year of such declaration and payment, but only to
the extent of any cash received by such Person upon  issuance of such  Preferred
Stock,  less (i) all  write-ups  (other than  write-ups  resulting  from foreign
currency  translations  and  write-ups  of  tangible  assets of a going  concern
business  made  within  12  months  after  the  acquisition  of  such  business)
subsequent  to the  Closing  Date in the book  value of any asset  owned by such
Person  or a  consolidated  Restricted  Subsidiary  of  such  Person,  (ii)  all
investments as of such date in  unconsolidated  Subsidiaries and in Persons that
are not  Restricted  Subsidiaries  and (iii) all  unamortized  debt discount and
expense  and  unamortized  deferred  charges  as of  such  date,  in  each  case
determined in accordance with GAAP.

         "Continuing  Director"  means,  as of any  date of  determination,  any
member of the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  who (i) was a member of such
Board of  Directors  on the Closing  Date or ii) was  nominated  for election or
elected to the Board of Directors of the Company with the approval of a majority
of the  Continuing  Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such
nomination or election.

         "Corporate  Trust Office of the Trustee" means the principal  corporate
trust office of the Trustee at which at any particular  time its corporate trust
business  shall be  administered,  which office at the date of execution of this
Indenture is located at 101 East 5th Street,  12th Floor,  St. Paul,  Minnesota,
55101.

         "Credit  Facility"  means that certain  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of
September  23,  1999,  by and  among  the  Company,  certain  lenders  and other
financial institutions,  and European American Bank, as administrative agent for
such lenders and other  financial  institutions,  including  any related  notes,
guarantees,   collateral  documents,  instruments  and  agreements  executed  in
connection therewith, in each case as any of the same may be amended,  extended,
refinanced,  renewed,  increased,  restated,  replaced or refunded  from time to
time.

         "Custodian"  means  any  receiver,  trustee,  assignee,  liquidator  or
similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

         "Default"  means any event  that is or with the  passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default

         "Definitive  Notes" means a certificated Note registered in the name of
the  Holder  thereof  and  issued  in  accordance   with  Section  2.06  hereof,
substantially  in the form of Exhibit A hereto  except  that such Note shall not
bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the  "Schedule  of  Exchanges  of
Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto.



                                      -7-
<PAGE>

         "Depositary"  means,  with  respect  to any  Global  Note,  the  Person
specified  in Section 2.03 hereof as the  Depositary  with respect to such Note,
until a successor  shall have been  appointed  and become  such  pursuant to the
applicable provision of this Indenture, and, thereafter, "Depositary" shall mean
or include such successor.

         "Disqualified  Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by
the  terms of any  security  into  which it is  convertible  or for  which it is
exchangeable),  or upon the  happening of any event,  matures or is  mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at
the option of the holder  thereof,  in whole or in part, on or prior to the date
that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.

         "Equity  Interests"  means Capital  Stock and all warrants,  options or
other rights to acquire  Capital Stock (but  excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

         "Euroclear"  means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,  Brussels
office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 hereof.

         "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

         "Exchange  Notes" means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant
to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

         "Exchange  Offer"  means  the  offer  that  may be made by the  Company
pursuant to any  Registration  Rights  Agreement to exchange  Notes for Exchange
Notes and any similar exchange of Additional Notes.

         "Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement" has the meaning set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement.

         "Existing Indebtedness" means up to $8.8 million in aggregate principal
amount of  Indebtedness  of the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  (other
than  Indebtedness  under the Credit  Facility) in existence on the Closing Date
and set forth in Schedule 2 to the Indenture, until such Indebtedness is repaid.
Existing  Indebtedness  includes  (a)  certain  Guarantees  of  obligations  for
borrowed  money (the  "Borrowed  Money  Obligations"),  including  the Company's
Guarantee  of 40% of up to  $11.0  million  of  Indebtedness  from  time to time
outstanding  of Boulder  Creek  Holding LLC and Boulder  Creek Venture LLC under
loan agreements with HSBC Bank U.S.A., as they may be amended and in effect from
time to time, (b) certain Guarantees of reimbursement  obligations in respect of
letters of credit,  (c) any  Guarantee  by the Company or any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  of  Indebtedness  issued in exchange  for, or the net  proceeds of
which are used to refund,  refinance or replace,


                                      -8-
<PAGE>


Borrowed  Money  Obligations  at the time  guaranteed  pursuant  to a  Guarantee
referred to in clause (a) above ("Guaranteed Refinancing Indebtedness"),  to the
extent that (x) the principal amount of such Guaranteed Refinancing Indebtedness
does  not  exceed  the  principal  amount  of  the  guaranteed   Borrowed  Money
Obligations  so refunded,  refinanced or replaced and (y) the obligor(s) of such
Guaranteed  Refinancing  Indebtedness  are  the  same  as  the  obligors  on the
guaranteed  Borrowed Money Obligations  being refunded,  refinanced or replaced,
and (d) any  Guarantee of  reimbursement  obligations  in respect of a letter of
credit  issued in  replacement  for a letter of credit in  respect  of which the
reimbursement  obligations are guaranteed pursuant to a Guarantee referred to in
clause (b) above (a  "Replacement  Letter of Credit") to the extent that (x) the
amount of Indebtedness represented by the Guarantee of reimbursement obligations
in respect  of the  Replacement  Letter of Credit  does not exceed the amount of
Indebtedness  represented  by the  Guarantee  of  reimbursement  obligations  in
respect  of the  letter of  credit so  replaced  and (y) the  obligor(s)  of the
reimbursement obligations in respect of the Replacement Letter of Credit are the
same as the obligor(s) of the reimbursement obligations in respect of the letter
of credit so replaced.  For purposes of the Indenture,  (a) any Guarantee by the
Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  of  Guaranteed  Refinancing
Indebtedness  shall not be deemed to be an  additional  Investment to the extent
that (x) the provisions of subclauses (x) and (y) of clause (c) of the preceding
sentence are satisfied in respect of such  Guaranteed  Refinancing  Indebtedness
and (y) the Guarantee of the Borrowed Money Obligations refunded,  refinanced or
replaced by such Guaranteed  Refinancing  Indebtedness was entered into prior to
August 30, 1999 or  constitutes a Committed  Restricted  Investment  and (b) any
Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries of reimbursement
obligations in respect of a Replacement  Letter of Credit shall not be deemed to
be an additional  Investment to the extent that (x) the provisions of subclauses
(x) and (y) of clause (d) of the preceding  sentence are satisfied in respect of
such  Guarantee and such  Replacement  Letter of Credit and (y) the Guarantee of
the  reimbursement  obligations  in respect of the letter of credit  replaced by
such  Replacement  Letter of Credit was entered into prior to August 30, 1999 or
constitutes a Committed Restricted Investment.

         "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting  principles set forth in the
opinions and  pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public  Accountants and statements and  pronouncements of
the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board or in such other  statements by such
other entity as have been  approved by a significant  segment of the  accounting
profession, which are in effect in the United States from time to time.

         "Global  Note"  means,  individually  and  collectively,  each  of  the
Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes,  substantially in the
form of  Exhibit A hereto  that bears the  Global  Note  Legend and that has the
"Schedule of Exchange of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto.

         "Global Note Legend" means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii),
which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>


         "Government   Securities"   means   securities   that  are  (a)  direct
obligations  of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its
full faith and credit is pledged or (b)  obligations  of a Person  controlled or
supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America  the timely  payment of which is  unconditionally  guaranteed  as a full
faith and credit  obligation by the United States of America,  which,  in either
case,  are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer  thereof,  and
shall also include a depository  receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section
3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government
Securities  or a  specific  payment  of  principal  of or  interest  on any such
Government  Securities  held by such  custodian for the account of the holder of
such  depository  receipt;  provided  that  (except  as  required  by law)  such
custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the
holder of such  depository  receipt from any amount received by the custodian in
respect of the Government  Securities or the specific payment of principal of or
interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

         "Guarantee"  means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments  for  collection  in the  ordinary  course of  business),  direct or
indirect,  in any manner (including,  without limitation,  letters of credit and
reimbursement  agreements  in  respect  thereof),  of  all or  any  part  of any
Indebtedness.

         "Guarantor"  means (i) each of the  Company's  Restricted  Subsidiaries
that is a party to this  Indenture on the date of execution and delivery of this
Indenture and (ii) each other Person that becomes a guarantor of the obligations
of the  Company  under  the  Notes  and  this  Indenture  from  time  to time in
accordance  with the  provisions  of Section 4.18 hereof,  and their  respective
successors and assigns;  provided,  however,  that "Guarantor" shall not include
any Person that is released from its Guarantee of the obligations of the Company
under the Notes and this Indenture as provided in Article 11 hereof.

         "Hedging   Obligations"   means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,   the
obligations  of such Person under (i) currency  exchange or interest  rate swap,
cap or collar  agreements and (ii) other agreements or arrangements  designed to
protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange or interest rates.

         "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

         "IAI  Global  Note" means a global  note  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend
(with such changes  therein as may be necessary  or  appropriate  to reflect the
interest of an  Institutional  Accredited  Investor)  and  deposited  with or on
behalf of, and  registered  in the name of, the  Depositary  or its nominee that
will be issued in a denomination  equal to the outstanding  principal  amount of
the Notes sold or otherwise transferred to Institutional Accredited Investors.

         "Indebtedness"  means with respect to any Person,  without duplication,
(i) any  indebtedness of such Person,  whether or not contingent,  in respect of
borrowed money or


                                      -10-
<PAGE>


evidenced  by bonds,  notes,  debentures  or similar  instruments  or letters of
credit (or reimbursement  agreements in respect thereof) or bankers  acceptances
or representing  Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of
the  purchase  price of any  property or services  or  representing  any Hedging
Obligations,  except any such balance  that  constitutes  an accrued  expense or
trade  payable,  if and to the extent any of the foregoing  indebtedness  (other
than  letters of credit or  reimbursement  agreements  in respect  thereof)  and
Hedging  Obligations)  would appear as a liability  upon a balance sheet of such
Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, (ii) all indebtedness of others secured
by a Lien on any  asset of such  Person  (whether  or not such  indebtedness  is
assumed by such  Person)  and (iii) to the extent not  otherwise  included,  the
Guarantee by such Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

         "Indenture" means this Indenture,  as amended or supplemented from time
to time.

         "Initial Purchaser" means Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

         "Institutional  Accredited  Investor"  means an institution  that is an
"accredited  investor" as defined in Rule  501(a)(1),  (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act.

         "Interest Payment Date" means each March 15 and September 15.

         "Investments"  means,  with respect to any Person,  all  investments by
such Person in other Persons  (including  Affiliates) in the forms of (a) direct
or indirect  loans  (including  guarantees  of (or the  furnishing of letters of
credit as security for)  Indebtedness or other  obligations but excluding Remote
Guarantees),  (b) advances or capital  contributions  (excluding  (i) salary and
bonus advances,  and commission,  travel and similar  advances,  to officers and
employees made in the ordinary course of business  consistent with past practice
and  (ii)  amounts  payable  by  shareholders  of the  Company  pursuant  to the
provisions of the Tax Payment  Agreement),  (c) purchases or other  acquisitions
for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, and (d)
payments pursuant to guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations  (including
payments  pursuant to Remote  Guarantees),  together  with all items that are or
would be classified  as  investments  on a balance sheet  prepared in accordance
with GAAP, excluding,  however, trade accounts receivable and bank deposits made
in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.  The amount of
any Investment by any Person that  constitutes a guarantee of (or the furnishing
of a letter of credit as security for)  Indebtedness or other  obligations shall
be deemed to be (a) if such  Investment  is a  guarantee  of  Indebtedness,  the
maximum  principal  amount of  Indebtedness  that may be  guaranteed  under such
guarantee,  (b) if such Investment is the furnishing of a letter of credit,  the
maximum  reimbursement  obligation  in respect of such letter of credit,  (c) if
such Investment is a guarantee of a lease,  the lesser of (A) the sum of (i) the
total amount of fixed rent (excluding  escalations  resulting from a rise in the
consumer price index or similar index and excluding  amounts required to be paid
for insurance,  taxes, gas,  electricity,  common area charges and other similar
charges)  provided  for in such  lease  during  the term  thereof,  and (ii) the
product of (x) the Company's  estimate (as determined in good faith by the Board
of Directors  whose  resolution  with respect  thereto shall be delivered to the
Trustee) of the  amounts  (exclusive  of


                                      -11-
<PAGE>


fixed  rent) that will be payable  under such lease in respect of the first year
of the term  thereof  and (y) the  number of years of the term of such lease and
(B) the maximum  liability of such Person under such guarantee (as determined in
good  faith by the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  whose  resolution  with
respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee) and (d) if such Investment is
a guarantee  of  obligations  other than  Indebtedness  or a lease,  the maximum
liability  of such Person under such  guarantee.  If an  Investment  by a Person
consists  of the  guarantee  of a lease  and the  amount of such  Investment  is
determined  under  subclause (A) of clause (c) of the preceding  sentence,  such
Investment  shall be deemed to be  amortized  on a straight  line basis over the
term of the lease (or the remaining  term of the lease if the Investment is made
or deemed to have been made after the commencement of the term of the lease). If
an Investment by a Person consists of the guarantee of a lease and the amount of
such  Investment is determined  under  subclause (B) of clause (c) of the second
preceding  sentence,  such Investment  shall be deemed to be amortized as and to
the extent that the maximum  liability of such Person under such  guarantee  (as
determined  in good  faith  by the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company,  whose
resolution  with respect  thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee) is reduced.
Any  unamortized  portion  of an  Investment  by a  Person  that  consists  of a
guarantee of a lease shall be deemed to be  amortized  on such date,  if any, as
such Person has no further liability under such guarantee. If an Investment by a
Person  consists of the guarantee of a lease and the fixed rent under such lease
is  increased  or the term of such lease is  extended,  (a) such Person shall be
deemed to have made a new Investment on the date (and computed as if the term of
the lease  commenced  as of the date) on which the action  which  increased  the
fixed  rent or  extended  the  term  occurred  and (b) the  unamortized  portion
immediately prior to such date of such Person's original Investment by reason of
such  guarantee  shall be deemed to be amortized on such date. If the Company or
any  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company  sells or otherwise  disposes of any
Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such
Person is no longer a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company,  the
Company  shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale
or disposition equal to sum of (a) the fair market value of the Equity Interests
of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as
provided in the penultimate  paragraph of Section 4.10 hereof and (b) the amount
of the Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting a
guarantee  of (or  the  furnishing  of a  letter  of  credit  as  security  for)
Indebtedness or other obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary.

         "Letter of Transmittal"  means the letter of transmittal to be prepared
by the Company  and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such  Holders in
connection with the Exchange Offer.

         "Lien" means,  with respect to any asset, any mortgage,  lien,  pledge,
charge,  security  interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed,  recorded or  otherwise  perfected  under  applicable  law
(including any conditional,  sale or other title retention agreement,  any lease
in the  nature  thereof,  and any  option or other  agreement  to sell or give a
Lien).


                                      -12-
<PAGE>


         "Liquidated  Damages"  has the  meaning  set forth in the  Registration
Rights Agreement.

         "Make-Whole Amount" means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to
the excess, if any, of (a) the present value of the remaining principal, premium
and  interest  payments  that would be payable with respect to such Note if such
Note were redeemed on September 15, 2004,  computed  using a discount rate equal
to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points,  over (b) the  outstanding  principal
amount of such Note.

         "Make-Whole Average Life" means, with respect to any date of redemption
of Notes, the number of years (calculated to the nearest  one-twelfth) from such
redemption date to September 15, 2004.

         "Make-Whole  Price" means, with respect to any Note, the greater of (a)
the sum of the principal  amount of and  Make-Whole  Amount with respect to such
Note, and (b) the redemption price of such Note on September 15, 2004.

         "Maturity" when used in respect to any Note means the date on which the
principal of (and premium,  if any) and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
on such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein  provided,  whether at
Stated Maturity or the applicable  Redemption Date and whether by declaration of
acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

         "Merger"  means  the  merger  of  Sbarro  Merger  LLC with and into the
Company  pursuant to that  certain  Amended and Restated  Agreement  and Plan of
Merger,  dated as of January 19, 1999, among the Company,  Sbarro Merger LLC and
Mario Sbarro,  Joseph Sbarro,  Joseph Sbarro (1994) Family Limited  Partnership,
Anthony Sbarro, and Mario Sbarro and Franklin  Montgomery,  not individually but
as trustees  under that  certain  Trust  Agreement  dated April 28, 1984 for the
benefit of Carmela Sbarro and her descendants.

         "Net Income" means,  with respect to any Person,  the net income (loss)
of such Person,  determined in accordance  with GAAP and before any reduction in
respect of Preferred Stock dividends,  excluding, however, (i) any gain (but not
loss),  together  with any  related  provision  for  taxes on such gain (but not
loss),  realized  in  connection  with (a) any Asset  Sale  (including,  without
limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or (b) the
disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its  Subsidiaries  or the
extinguishment  of any  Indebtedness of such Person or any of its  Subsidiaries,
(ii) any  extraordinary  gain or loss and any nonrecurring  gain (but not loss),
together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss
or nonrecurring gain (but not loss).

         "Net  Proceeds"  means the  aggregate  cash  proceeds  received  by the
Company  or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  in  respect  of any Asset Sale
(including,  without  limitation,  any  cash  received  upon  the  sale or other
disposition of any non-cash  consideration  received in any Asset Sale, but only
as and when  received),  net of (i) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale
(including,  without limitation,  legal, accounting and investment banking fees,
and sales commissions) and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof,
(ii) taxes paid or


                                      -13-
<PAGE>


payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits
or deductions and any tax sharing  arrangements),  (iii) amounts  required to be
applied  to the  repayment  of  Indebtedness  secured  by a Lien on the asset or
assets  that  were the  subject  of such  Asset  Sale and (iv) any  reserve  for
adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets  established  in
accordance with GAAP.

         "Non-U.S. Person" means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

         "Note  Custodian"  means the custodian for the Depositary of the Global
Note or any successor entity thereto.

         "Notes" means $255,000,000  aggregate principal amount of the Company's
11% Senior Notes due 2009 issued  pursuant to this Indenture on the Closing Date
and any other 11% Senior Notes due 2009 hereafter  issued in compliance with the
provisions of this Indenture.

         "Obligations" means any principal,  interest  (including  post-petition
interest), penalties, fees, indemnifications,  reimbursements, damages and other
liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

         "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board,
the Chief Executive Officer, the President,  any Senior Vice President, any Vice
President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary
of such Person.

         "Officers'   Certificate"   means,   with  respect  to  any  Person,  a
certificate  signed on behalf of such Person by the Chief  Executive  Officer or
President and by the Chief Financial Officer or chief accounting officer of such
Person.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means a written  opinion from legal counsel who is
acceptable to the Trustee,  that meets the  requirements  of Section 1.05 hereof
and, to the extent required by the TIA, complies with TIA ss. 314.

         "Participant"  means, with respect to DTC, Euroclear or Cedel, a Person
who has an account with DTC, Euroclear or Cedel, respectively (and, with respect
to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Cedel).

         "Permitted Holder" means Mario Sbarro,  Anthony Sbarro,  Joseph Sbarro,
their respective spouses and lineal  descendants,  any spouse of any such lineal
descendant  who  is  a  full  time  employee  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries,  any trust for the  benefit of one or more of the  foregoing,  any
Person in which  one or more of the  foregoing  holds 80% or more of the  Voting
Stock  (measured  by voting  power  rather  than number of shares) and the trust
created under that certain Trust  Agreement dated April 28, 1984 for the benefit
of Carmela Sbarro and her descendants.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>


         "Permitted Investments" means (i) any Investment in the Company or in a
Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company;  (ii) any Investment in Cash
Equivalents; (iii) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the  Company  in a Person,  if as a result of such  Investment  (a) such  Person
becomes a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company and a Guarantor or
(b) such  Person  is  merged,  consolidated  or  amalgamated  with or  into,  or
transfers or conveys  substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into,
the Company or a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company;  (iv) any
Investment  made as a result of the  receipt of non-cash  consideration  from an
Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.16 hereof;
(v) any  acquisition of assets  received  solely in exchange for the issuance of
Equity  Interests  (other  than  Disqualified   Stock)  of  the  Company;   (vi)
Investments  received in connection  with the settlement of any ordinary  course
obligations owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (vii)
other  Investments  (including  Investments  in the  form of  guarantees  of (or
providing  letters of credit as security for)  Indebtedness or other obligations
but excluding Committed Restricted Investments) in businesses reasonably similar
to the business engaged in by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the
date of this Indenture or in businesses  reasonably  complemen tary,  related or
incidental thereto (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company) if, after giving effect to such  Investment,  the  aggregate  amount of
Unrestricted Investments Outstanding does not exceed $20.0 million.

         "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens in favor of the Company or any of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries;  (ii) Liens securing  Obligations incurred pursuant to
clause (i) of the second  paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof;  provided,  that the
outstanding  principal amount of Indebtedness secured by Liens (other than Liens
on the real property and related  personal  property owned by the Company and/or
its Restricted Subsidiaries located at 401 Broadhollow Road, Melville, New York)
permitted by this clause (ii) shall not at any time exceed $50.0 million;  (iii)
Liens on  property  or Equity  Interests  of a Person  existing at the time such
Person  is  merged  into or  consolidated  with the  Company  or any  Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company;  provided that such Liens were in existence  prior to
the  contemplation  of such  merger or  consolidation  and do not  extend to any
assets or  Equity  Interests  other  than  those of the  Person  merged  into or
consolidated  with the Company;  (iv) Liens on property  existing at the time of
acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company;
provided that such Liens were in existence  prior to the  contemplation  of such
acquisition;  (v) Liens to secure  the  performance  of  statutory  obligations,
surety or appeal bonds,  performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature
incurred in the ordinary course of business;  (vi) Liens existing on the Closing
Date; (vii) Liens for taxes,  assessments or governmental charges or claims that
are not yet delinquent or that are being  contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings  promptly  instituted  and diligently  concluded;  provided that any
reserve or other  appropriate  provision as shall be required in conformity with
GAAP shall have been made  therefore;  (viii)  Liens  securing  the Notes or any
Guarantee thereof; (ix) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness to the
extent that the  Indebtedness  being extended,  refinanced,  renewed,  replaced,
defeased or refunded was  permitted to be secured by a Lien  provided  that such
Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that secured the Indebtedness
being extended,  refinanced,  renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; (x) Liens


                                      -15-
<PAGE>


securing Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred pursuant to
clause (iv) of the second  paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof;  provided that such
Liens cover only assets  acquired  with the proceeds of such  Indebtedness;  and
(xi) Liens  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of business of the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company with respect to  obligations  that do not
exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding and that (a) are not incurred in
connection  with the  borrowing of money or the  obtaining of advances or credit
(other than trade credit in the ordinary  course of business)  and (b) do not in
the  aggregate  materially  detract from the value of the property or materially
impair the use  thereof in the  operation  of  business  by the  Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary.

         "Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness"  means any  Indebtedness  of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net
proceeds  of which are used to extend,  refinance,  renew,  replace,  defease or
refund  other  Indebtedness  (other  than  Hedging  Obligations  and other  than
Indebtedness  permitted to be incurred  pursuant to clause (iv), clause (vii) or
clause (ix) of the second  paragraph  of Section  4.09 hereof) of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;  provided that: (i) the principal amount (or
accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness does
not exceed the principal  amount of (or accreted  value,  if  applicable),  plus
premium and accrued  interest  on, the  Indebtedness  so  extended,  refinanced,
renewed, replaced,  defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses
incurred in connection therewith);  (ii) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
has a final  maturity  date  later  than the final  maturity  date of, and has a
Weighted  Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average
Life to Maturity  of, the  Indebtedness  being  extended,  refinanced,  renewed,
replaced,  defeased  or  refunded;  (iii) if the  Indebtedness  being  extended,
refinanced,  renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of
payment  to the  Notes or any  Guarantee  thereof,  such  Permitted  Refinancing
Indebtedness  is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantee
on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the
documentation  governing the Indebtedness being extended,  refinanced,  renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded; and (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either by
the  Company  or by  the  Restricted  Subsidiary  that  is  an  obligor  on  the
Indebtedness  being  extended,   refinanced,   renewed,  replaced,  defeased  or
refunded.

         "Person"   means  an  individual,   limited  or  general   partnership,
corporation,    limited   liability   company,    association,    unincorporated
organization,  trust,  joint stock company,  joint venture or other entity, or a
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "Preferred  Stock" of any Person means  Capital Stock of such Person of
any class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of
dividends or as to the  distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding up of such  Person,  to shares of Capital
Stock of any other class of such Person.

         "Private  Placement  Legend"  means the  legend  set  forth in  Section
2.06(g)(i)(A)  to be placed on all Notes issued under this  Indenture  except as
permitted pursuant to Section 2.06(g)(i)(B).


                                      -16-
<PAGE>


         "Public Equity  Offering"  means a bona fide  underwritten  sale to the
public of common  stock of the  Company  pursuant  to a  registration  statement
(other than on Form S-8 or any other form relating to securities  issuable under
any benefit plan of the Company) that is declared effective by the SEC.

         "Redemption  Date," when used with  respect to any Note to be redeemed,
means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

         "Redemption  Price," when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed,
means the price  (exclusive  of any  accrued and unpaid  interest or  Liquidated
Damages thereon) at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

         "Registration  Rights Agreement" means that certain Registration Rights
Agreement,  dated as of the  date of this  Indenture,  among  the  Company,  the
Guarantors and the Initial  Purchaser,  as amended or supplemented  from time to
time, or similar agreement relating to Additional Notes.

         "Regular Record Date" for the interest  payable on any Interest Payment
Date means the March 1 or  September 1 (whether or not a Business  Day),  as the
case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

         "Regulation S" means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

         "Regulation  S Global  Note" means a global note  substantially  in the
form of  Exhibit  A hereto  bearing  the  Global  Note  Legend  and the  Private
Placement  Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name
of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to
the outstanding  principal amount of the Notes resold in reliance on Rule 904 of
Regulation S.

         "Remote Guarantee" means a guarantee of a tenant's  obligations under a
lease of real property which does not apply to  obligations  accruing in respect
of periods  subsequent to the date on which the tenant surrenders  possession of
the leased premises to the landlord (whether or not such surrender is authorized
by the terms of the lease),  does not apply to any breach  arising from any such
surrender and does not apply to any obligations  that may have been  accelerated
under the provisions of the lease.

         "Responsible Officer" when used with respect to the Trustee, shall mean
any officer  assigned to the  Corporate  Trust  Office,  including  any managing
director,  vice  president,   assistant  vice  president,  assistant  treasurer,
assistant secretary or any other officer of the Trustee  customarily  performing
functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and
having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and also,
with respect to a particular matter,  any other officer,  to whom such matter is
referred  because  of such  officer's  knowledge  of and  familiarity  with  the
particular subject.


                                      -17-
<PAGE>


         "Restricted  Definitive  Note"  means a  Definitive  Note  bearing  the
Private Placement Legend.

         "Restricted  Global  Note"  means a Global  Note  bearing  the  Private
Placement Legend.

         "Restricted  Investment"  means an  Investment  other than a  Permitted
Investment.

         "Restricted Period" means the 40 day distribution  compliance period as
defined in Regulation S.

         "Restricted  Subsidiary"  of a  Person  means  any  Subsidiary  of  the
referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

         "Rule 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

         "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

         "Rule 903" means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

         "Rule 904" means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

         "S  Corporation"   means  a  corporation  that  is  treated  as  an  "S
corporation" for federal income tax purposes.

         "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and the
rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

         "Senior  Debt"  means  Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  that is not  subordinated  in right of  payment to any
other Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.

         "Shelf  Registration  Statement"  has  the  meaning  set  forth  in the
Registration Rights Agreement.

         "Significant  Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be
a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X,
promulgated  pursuant to the Securities  Act, as such Regulation is in effect on
the date hereof.

         "Special Record Date" means a date fixed by the Trustee for the payment
of any Defaulted Interest pursuant to Section 2.12 thereof.


                                      -18-
<PAGE>


         "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of interest or
principal  on any  series of  Indebtedness,  the date on which  such  payment of
interest or principal  was  scheduled  to be paid in the original  documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to
repay,  redeem or repurchase  any such  interest or principal  prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

         "Subsidiary"  means,  with respect to any Person,  (i) any corporation,
association or other business  entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled  (without  regard to the occurrence of
any  contingency)  to  vote  in the  election  of at  least  a  majority  of the
directors,  managers  or  trustees  thereof is at the time owned or  controlled,
directly or indirectly,  by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries
of that Person (or a combination  thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole
general  partner or the  managing  general  partner of which is such Person or a
Subsidiary  of such  Person or (b) the only  general  partners of which are such
Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

         "Subsidiary  Guarantee"  means any guarantee of the  obligations of the
Company  pursuant to this  Indenture  and the Notes by any Person in  accordance
with the provisions of this Indenture.

         "Tax  Distributions"  means amounts paid or  distributed  to or for the
benefit  of  shareholders  of  the  Company  (net  of  amounts  repaid  by  such
shareholders) pursuant to and in accordance with the Tax Payment Agreement as in
effect on the Closing Date.

         "Tax Payment  Agreement" means the Tax Payment  Agreement,  dated as of
the Closing Date, among the Company,  Mario Sbarro,  Joseph Sbarro,Joseph Sbarro
(1994) Family Limited Partnership, Anthony Sbarro, and Mario Sbarro and Franklin
Montgomery,  not individually but as trustees under that certain Trust Agreement
dated April 28, 1984 for the benefit of Carmela Sbarro and her descendants,  and
any future shareholders of the Company that may become parties thereto.

         "TIA"  means  the  Trust  Indenture  Act  of  1939  (15  U.S.C.  ss.ss.
77a-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified  under
the TIA; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is
amended  after  such date,  then "TIA"  means,  to the extent  required  by such
amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

         "Treasury  Rate"  means,  at any  time of  computation,  the  yield  to
maturity at such time (as compiled by and  published in the most recent  Federal
Reserve  Statistical  Release H.15(519),  which has become publicly available at
least two business days prior to the date of the  redemption  notice or, if such
Statistical  Release is no longer  published,  any publicly  available source of
similar  market  data) of United  States  Treasury  securities  with a  constant
maturity most nearly equal to the Make-Whole Average Life;  provided,  however,
that if the Make-Whole Average Life is not equal to the constant maturity of the
United States Treasury  security for which a weekly average yield is given,  the
Treasury  Rate shall be  obtained  by


                                      -19-
<PAGE>


linear interpolation  (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the
weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields
are given, except that if the Make-Whole Average Life is less than one year, the
weekly  average  yield on actually  traded  United  States  Treasury  securities
adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

         "Trustee"  means  the  party  named  as such  above  until a  successor
replaces it in  accordance  with  applicable  provisions  of this  Indenture and
thereafter means such successor.

         "Unrestricted  Definitive Note" means one or more Definitive Notes that
do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

         "Unrestricted  Global Note" means a permanent global Note substantially
in the form of Exhibit A attached  hereto  that bears the Global Note Legend and
that has the  "Schedule of  Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note"  attached
thereto,  and that is deposited  with or on behalf of and registered in the name
of the  Depositary,  representing  Notes that do not bear the Private  Placement
Legend.

         "Unrestricted   Investments   Outstanding"   means,   at  any  time  of
determination,  in  respect  of any  Permitted  Investments  made in any  Person
pursuant to clause (vii) of the  definition  of the term  Permitted  Investments
(and any Investments (other than Committed Restricted  Investments) made in such
Person by the Company or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  during the period
from August 30, 1999 to the Closing Date), the difference between (i) the sum of
all  Permitted  Investments  theretofore  made by the Company or any  Restricted
Subsidiary  in such  Person on or after the date of the  Indenture  pursuant  to
clause  (vii) of the  definition  of Permitted  Investments  plus the sum of all
Investments (other than Committed Restricted Investments) made by the Company or
any Restricted  Subsidiary in such Person during the period from August 30, 1999
to the Closing Date minus (ii) the sum of, without  duplication,  (a) the amount
of all dividends and distributions  paid in cash by such Person after August 30,
1999 to the  Company or a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company (to the extent
that the  Company  does not elect to include  the amount of such  dividends  and
distributions  in the  computation of  Consolidated  Net Income  pursuant to the
parenthetical  of  clause  (i)  of  the  definition   thereof  at  the  time  of
determination),  (b) all repayments  after August 30, 1999 by such Person of the
principal  amount of loans or advances  that  constitute  Permitted  Investments
theretofore  made by the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  in such
Person  pursuant to clause (vii) of the  definition of Permitted  Investments or
that constitute loans or advances (other than Committed Restricted  Investments)
made by the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries in such Person during
the period from August 30, 1999 to the  Closing  Date,  (c) any other  reduction
made in  cash  of  such  Investments  by the  Company  or any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries in such Person, (d) if any Permitted Investment made in such Person
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (vii) of
the definition of the term Permitted  Investments  (or if any Investment  (other
than Committed Restricted Investments) made in such Person by the Company or any
of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  during the period  from August 30, 1999 to the
Closing Date) was in the form of a guarantee of Indebtedness,  the amount of any
reduction in the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness



                                      -20-
<PAGE>


that may be guaranteed  under such  guarantee,  (e) if any Permitted  Investment
made  in  such  Person  by the  Company  or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
pursuant to clause (vii) of the definition of the term Permitted Investments (or
if any Investment  (other than Committed  Restricted  Investments)  made in such
Person by the Company or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  during the period
from August 30, 1999 to the Closing Date) was in the form of the furnishing of a
letter of credit as security for Indebtedness or other  obligations,  the amount
of any  reduction in the maximum  reimbursement  obligations  in respect of such
letter or credit,  (f) if any  Permitted  Investment  made in such Person by the
Company or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  pursuant to clause (vii) of the
definition of the term Permitted  Investments (or if any Investment  (other than
Committed  Restricted  Investments) made in such Person by the Company or any of
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  during the  period  from  August 30,  1999 to the
Closing  Date)  was in the form of the  guarantee  of a  lease,  the  amount  of
amortization (as provided in the definition of "Investments") of such Investment
and (g) if any Permitted Investment made in such Person by the Company or any of
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  pursuant to clause (vii) of the definition of the
term  Permitted   Investments  (or  if  any  Investment  (other  than  Committed
Restricted  Investments)  made  in  such  Person  by the  Company  or any of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  during the period  from August 30, 1999 to the Closing
Date) was in the form of a guarantee of obligations other than Indebtedness or a
lease,  the  amount  of  any  reduction  in the  maximum  liability  under  such
guarantee;  provided that (x) the amount of Unrestricted Investments Outstanding
in respect of any  Person in respect of such  Investments  shall at no time be a
negative  amount and (y) the amount of Unrestricted  Investments  Outstanding in
respect of any Permitted Investments  theretofore made in any Person pursuant to
clause  (vii) of the  definition  of the  term  Permitted  Investments  (and any
Investments (other than Committed Restricted Investments) made in such Person by
the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries during the period from August
30,  1999 to the Closing  Date) shall be zero if, at the time of  determination,
such Person is a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

         "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means each of the Subsidiaries of the Company
listed on Schedule 3 to the Indenture and any other Subsidiary that,  subject to
the provisions described in the penultimate paragraph of Section 4.10 hereof, is
designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a
Board  Resolution,  but only to the extent that such Subsidiary (a) is not party
to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company  unless the terms of any such  agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding comply with Section 4.12 hereof, (b) is a
Person with  respect to which  neither  the  Company  nor any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  has  any  direct  or  indirect  obligation  (i) to  subscribe  for
additional  Equity  Interests  or (ii) to  maintain or  preserve  such  Person's
financial  condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified  levels of
operating  results and (c) is not a guarantor of, and is not otherwise  directly
or indirectly  providing  credit support for, any Indebtedness of the Company or
any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries.  Any  such  designation  by the  Board  of
Directors  shall be  evidenced  to the  Trustee  by  filing  with the  Trustee a
certified copy of the Board Resolution  giving effect to such designation and an
Officers'  Certificate  certifying  that  such  designation  complied  with  the
foregoing conditions and was permitted by Section 4.10 hereof. If, at any


                                      -21-
<PAGE>


time, any Unrestricted  Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements
as an Unrestricted  Subsidiary,  it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary  for  purposes  of  this  Indenture  and  any  Indebtedness  of  such
Subsidiary  shall be deemed to be incurred  by a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
Company  as of such date  (and,  if such  Indebtedness  is not  permitted  to be
incurred as of such date under  Section  4.09  hereof,  the Company  shall be in
default of such Section).  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time
designate any Unrestricted  Subsidiary to be a Restricted  Subsidiary;  provided
that such  designation  shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a
Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company of any  outstanding  Indebtedness  of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (i) such
Indebtedness is permitted  under Section 4.09 hereof,  calculated on a pro forma
basis as if such  designation had occurred at the beginning of the  four-quarter
reference period,  and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence
following such designation.

         "U.S.  Person" means a U.S.  person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the
Securities Act.

         "Voting  Stock" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of
such Person that is at the time  entitled to vote in the  election of at least a
majority of the directors,  managers,  trustees or other  governing body of such
Person.

         "Weighted  Average  Life  to  Maturity"  means,  when  applied  to  any
Indebtedness  at any date,  the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products  obtained by  multiplying  (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment,  sinking  fund,  serial  maturity  or other  required  payments  of
principal,  including payment at final maturity,  in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.

         "Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding  Capital Stock and other Equity
Interests or other ownership interests  (including  convertible debt securities)
of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by
such Person and/or by one or more Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiaries of such
Person.

SECTION 1.02  Other Definitions

                                                    Defined
                    Term                           in Section
                    ----                           ----------

           "Act"                                     1.07
           "Affiliate Transaction"                   4.12
           "Asset Sale Offer"                        3.10
           "Change of Control Offer"                 4.17
           "Change of Control Payment"               4.17


                                      -22-
<PAGE>


           "Change of Control Payment Date"          4.17
           "Contributor"                            11.06
           "Covenant Defeasance"                     8.03
           "DTC"                                    2.03
           "Defaulted Interest"                      2.12
           "Excess Proceeds"                         4.16
           "Expiration Date"                         4.17
           "Funding Party"                          11.06
           "Guaranteed Obligations"                 11.01
           "incur"                                   4.09
           "Legal Defeasance"                        8.02
           "Offer Amount"                            3.10
           "Offer Period"                            3.10
           "Paying Agent"                            2.03
           "Payment Default"                         6.01
           "Permitted Debt"                          4.09
           "Purchase Date"                           3.10
           "Registrar"                               2.03
           "Restricted Payments"                     4.10

SECTION 1.03  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

         Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision
is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

         The  following  TIA terms  used in this  Indenture  have the  following
meanings:

         "indenture securities" means the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

         "indenture security Holder" means a Holder of a Note;

         "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

         "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee;

         "obligor"  on the  Notes  means the  Company,  each  Guarantor  and any
successor obligors upon the Notes.

         All other  terms used in this  Indenture  that are  defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA
have the meanings so assigned to them.

SECTION 1.04 Rules of Construction


                                      -23-
<PAGE>


         Unless the context otherwise requires:

               (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

               (2) an  accounting  term not  otherwise  defined  has the meaning
          assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

               (3) "or" is not exclusive;

               (4) words in the  singular  include the plural,  and words in the
          plural include the singular;

               (5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

               (6)  references to sections of or rules under the  Securities Act
          or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement
          or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

SECTION 1.05  Compliance Certificates and Opinions

         Upon any  application  or request by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under any provision of this  Indenture,  the Company shall furnish to
the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions  precedent,  if
any,  provided for in this  Indenture  (including any covenant  compliance  with
which  constitutes a condition  precedent)  relating to the proposed action have
been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such
counsel all such conditions  precedent,  if any, have been complied with, except
that, in the case of any such  application or request as to which the furnishing
of such  documents is  specifically  required by any provision of this Indenture
relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or
opinion need be furnished.

         Every  certificate or opinion (other than the certificates  required by
Section  4.05(a) hereof) with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant
provided  for in this  Indenture  shall  comply with the  provisions  of TIA ss.
314(e) and shall include:

               (a) a statement that each individual  signing such certificate or
          opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein
          relating thereto;

               (b)  a  brief  statement  as to  the  nature  and  scope  of  the
          examination  or  investigation  upon which the  statements or opinions
          contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

               (c) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual,  he
          or she has made such  examination or  investigation as is necessary to
          enable him or her to express


                                      -24-
<PAGE>


          an informed  opinion as to whether or not such  covenant or  condition
          has been complied with; and

               (d) a  statement  as to  whether,  in the  opinion  of each  such
          individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 1.06  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

         In any case where  several  matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified  Person,  it is not  necessary  that all
such  matters  be  certified  by, or covered by the  opinion  of,  only one such
Person,  or that they be so certified or covered by only one  document,  but one
such Person may certify or give an opinion  with respect to some matters and one
or more other such Persons as to other matters,  and any such Person may certify
or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

         Any  certificate  or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal  matters,  upon a  certificate  or opinion of, or
representations  by,  counsel,  unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know,  that the certificate or opinion or  representation
with respect to the matters upon which his  certificate  or opinion is based are
erroneous.  Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel, may be based, insofar as
it  relates  to  factual   matters,   upon  a  certificate  or  opinion  of,  or
representations  by, an officer or  officers  of the  Company  stating  that the
information  with respect to such factual  matters is in the  possession  of the
Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should
know,  that the certificate or opinion or  representations  with respect to such
matters are erroneous.

         Where any  Person is  required  to make,  give or  execute  two or more
applications,  requests, consents,  certificates,  statements, opinions or other
instruments  under this Indenture,  they may, but need not, be consolidated  and
form one instrument.

SECTION 1.07  Acts of Holders

         (a) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver  or  other  action  provided  by this  Indenture  to be given or taken by
Holders  may  be  embodied  in and  evidenced  by one  or  more  instruments  of
substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly
appointed in writing;  and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided,  such
action shall become  effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered
to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required,  to the Company. Such
instrument  or  instruments  (and the  action  embodied  therein  and  evidenced
thereby) are herein  sometimes  referred to as the "Act" of the Holders  signing
such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of
a writing  appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this
Indenture  and (subject to TIA ss. 315)  conclusive  in favor of the Trustee and
the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.07.


                                      -25-
<PAGE>


         (b) The  fact  and  date of the  execution  by any  Person  of any such
instrument  or writing may be proved in any  reasonable  manner that the Trustee
deems sufficient.

         (c) The  ownership  of Notes shall be proved by a register  kept by the
Registrar.

         (d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request,  demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may,
at its option, by or pursuant to Board Resolution,  fix in advance a record date
for the  determination  of such Holders  entitled to give such request,  demand,
authorization,  direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act or to revoke any
consent  previously  given,  but the Company  shall have no obligation to do so.
Notwithstanding  TIA ss.  316(c),  any such record date shall be the record date
specified  in or  pursuant to such Board  Resolution,  which shall be a date not
more than 30 days  prior to the  first  solicitation  of  Holders  generally  in
connection therewith and no later than the date such solicitation is completed.

         If such a record date is fixed,  such request,  demand,  authorization,
direction,  notice,  consent,  waiver or other Act or  revocation of any consent
previously  given may be given  before or after such record  date,  but only the
Holders of record at the close of  business  on such record date shall be deemed
to be Holders for the purposes of determining  whether  Holders of the requisite
proportion of Notes then  outstanding  have authorized or agreed or consented to
such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
Act,  and for this  purpose the Notes then  outstanding  shall be computed as of
such  record  date;  provided  that  no  such  request,  demand,  authorization,
direction,  notice,  consent,  waiver or other Act by the Holders on such record
date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective  pursuant to the
provisions of this Indenture not later than nine months after the record date.

         (e) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver or other Act by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future  Holder of
the same Note or the  Holder  of every  Note  issued  upon the  registration  of
transfer  thereof or in  exchange  therefor  or in lieu  thereof,  in respect of
anything done,  suffered or omitted to be done by the Trustee,  any Paying Agent
or the Company in reliance  thereon,  whether or not  notation of such action is
made upon such Note.

         (f) All Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture shall vote as one class
on all matters.


                                   ARTICLE 2.

                                    THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01.  Form and Dating.


                                      -26-
<PAGE>


         (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee's  certificate of authentication
relating thereto shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto
with such  appropriate  insertions,  substitutions  and other  variations as are
required or permitted by this Indenture.  The Notes may have notations,  legends
or endorsements  required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, as designated by
the  Company  or  its  counsel.  Each  Note  shall  be  dated  the  date  of its
authentication.  The Notes  shall be in  denominations  of $1,000  and  integral
multiples thereof.

         (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in
the form of Exhibit A attached hereto  (including the Global Note Legend and the
"Schedule of Exchanges in the Global Note"  attached  thereto).  Notes issued in
definitive form shall be  substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto
(but  without the Global Note Legend and without the  "Schedule  of Exchanges of
Interests  in the  Global  Note"  attached  thereto).  Each  Global  Note  shall
represent such of the  outstanding  Notes as shall be specified  therein and the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby from time to
time shall be reflected on the records maintained by the Trustee.  The aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes represented by a Global Note may from time
to  time  be  reduced  or  increased,  as  appropriate,  to  reflect  transfers,
exchanges,  repurchases  and  redemptions.  Any  increase  or  decrease  in  the
aggregate  principal  amount  outstanding of a Global Note shall be reflected on
the records maintained by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of
the Trustee,  in accordance  with  instructions  given by the Holder  thereof as
required by Section 2.06 hereof.

         The  provisions of the "Operating  Procedures of Euroclear  System" and
"Terms and  Conditions  Governing Use of Euroclear"  and the "General  Terms and
Conditions  of Cedel  Bank"  and  "Customer  Handbook"  of Cedel  Bank  shall be
applicable to transfers of beneficial  interests in the Regulation S Global Note
that is held by the Agent Members through Euroclear and Cedel.

SECTION 2.02.  Execution and Authentication.

         Two  Officers  of the  Company  shall sign the Notes for the Company by
manual or facsimile signature.

         If an Officer of the  Company  whose  signature  is on a Note no longer
holds  that  office  at the  time  the Note is  authenticated,  the  Note  shall
nevertheless be valid.

         A Note shall not be valid until  authenticated  by the manual signature
of the Trustee.  The signature of the Trustee shall be conclusive  evidence that
the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

         The Trustee  shall,  upon a written order of the Company  signed by two
Officers (an "Authentication  Order"),  authenticate Notes for original issue in
such  principal  amounts as may be  specified in such  Authentication  Order(s),
provided that the issuance of Additional  Notes shall be subject to satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 2.15 hereof.


                                      -27-
<PAGE>


         The Trustee  may  appoint an  authenticating  agent  acceptable  to the
Company to authenticate  Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment,
an authenticating  agent may authenticate  Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.
Each  reference in this  Indenture  to  authentication  by the Trustee  includes
authentication by such agent. An authenticating  agent has the same rights as an
Agent to deal with any Holder,  the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.  The
Trustee shall not be liable for any act or failure to act of the  authenticating
agent to perform  any duty either  required  herein or  authorized  herein to be
performed by such person in accordance with this Indenture.  Each authenticating
agent shall be acceptable  to the Company and  otherwise  comply in all respects
with the eligibility requirements of the Trustee contained in this Indenture.

SECTION 2.03.  Registrar and Paying Agent.

         The  Company  shall  maintain  an office or agency  where  Notes may be
presented  for  registration  of transfer or for exchange  ("Registrar")  and an
office or agency  where  Notes  may be  presented  or  surrendered  for  payment
("Paying Agent").  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their
transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one
or  more  additional  paying  agents.  The  term  "Paying  Agent"  includes  any
additional  paying agents.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar
without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of
the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Company
fails to appoint or maintain  another  entity as Registrar or Paying Agent,  the
Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate  compensation  in
accordance with Section 7.07 hereof.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may
not act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

         The Company shall enter into an appropriate  agency  agreement with any
Agent not a party to this Indenture,  which shall  incorporate the provisions of
the TIA. The agreement  shall  implement the  provisions of this  Indenture that
relate to such Agent.  The  Company  initially  appoints  The  Depository  Trust
Company ("DTC") to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

         The Company initially  appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and
Paying Agent and to act as Note Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

SECTION 2.04.  Paying Agent to Hold Assets in Trust.

         The Company  shall  require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
agree in  writing  that the Paying  Agent will hold in trust for the  benefit of
Holders or the Trustee  all assets  held by the Paying  Agent for the payment of
principal of,  premium or Liquidated  Damages,  if any, or interest on the Notes
(whether  such  assets have been  distributed  to it by the Company or any other
obligor on the Notes), and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company
or any Guarantor in making any such payment.  While any such default  continues,
the  Trustee  may  require  a Paying  Agent to pay all  money  held by it to the
Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to  distribute  all
assets held by it to the




                                      -28-
<PAGE>


Trustee and account for any assets  disbursed.  Upon payment over and accounting
to the Trustee, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the assets.
Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company or any
Guarantor, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.05.  Holder Lists.

         The  Trustee  shall  preserve  in as  current  a form as is  reasonably
practicable  the most recent list  available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA ss.312(a). If the Trustee is not
the Registrar, the Company and/or the Guarantors shall furnish to the Trustee at
least seven  Business Days before each  Interest  Payment Date and at such other
times as the Trustee may request in writing,  a list in such form and as of such
date as the Trustee may  reasonably  require of the names and  addresses  of the
Holders of Notes, including the aggregate principal amount of Notes held by each
Holder,  and the Company and/or the Guarantors  shall otherwise  comply with TIA
ss.312(a).

SECTION 2.06.  Transfer and Exchange.

         (a)  Transfer and  Exchange of Global  Notes.  A Global Note may not be
transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the  Depositary,
by a nominee of the  Depositary to the  Depositary or to another  nominee of the
Depositary,  or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor  Depositary
or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by
the  Company  for  Definitive  Notes if,  and only if,  either  (i) the  Company
delivers  to the Trustee  notice from the  Depositary  that it is  unwilling  or
unable to continue as depositary and a successor  depositary is not appointed by
the Company  within 90 days after the date of such  notice from the  Depositary,
(ii) the Company in its sole  discretion  determines  that the Global  Notes (in
whole but not in part) should be exchanged for  Definitive  Notes and delivers a
written  notice to such effect to the Trustee or (iii) there shall have occurred
a Default or an Event of Default  and any owner of a  beneficial  interest  in a
Global Note so  requests,  then,  upon  surrender by the Global Note Holder of a
Global Note, Notes in the form of Definitive Notes will be issued to each person
that the Global Note Holder and the Depositary  identify as being the beneficial
owner of the related Notes.  Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding  events
in (i), (ii) or (iii) above,  Definitive  Notes shall be issued in such names as
the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or
replaced,  in whole or in part,  as provided in Sections  2.07 and 2.10  hereof.
Every Note  authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global
Note or any portion thereof,  pursuant to Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof,  shall be
authenticated  and  delivered  in the form of,  and shall be, a Global  Note.  A
Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this
Section  2.06(a),  however,  beneficial  interests  in  a  Global  Note  may  be
transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

         (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial  Interests in the Global Notes.
The transfer and exchange of  beneficial  interests in the Global Notes shall be
effected  through the  Depositary,  in  accordance  with the  provisions of this
Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.


                                      -29-
<PAGE>


Beneficial  interests  in the  Restricted  Global  Notes  shall  be  subject  to
restrictions  on  transfer  comparable  to those set forth  herein to the extent
required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial  interests in the Global
Notes also shall require compliance with either  subparagraph (i) or (ii) below,
as applicable,  as well as one or more of the other following  subparagraphs  as
applicable:

               (i)  Transfer of  Beneficial  Interests  in the Same Global Note.
          Beneficial  interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
          to  Persons  who take  delivery  thereof  in the form of a  beneficial
          interest in the same  Restricted  Global Note in  accordance  with the
          transfer  restrictions  set  forth in the  Private  Placement  Legend.
          Beneficial   interests  in  any   Unrestricted   Global  Note  may  be
          transferred only to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a
          beneficial  interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders
          or instructions  shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to
          effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

               (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in
          Global  Notes.  In  connection  with all  transfers  and  exchanges of
          beneficial  interests (other than a transfer of a beneficial  interest
          in a Global Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of
          a beneficial interest in the same Global Note), the transferor of such
          beneficial  interest  must deliver to the  Registrar  either (A) (1) a
          written order from a Participant or an Indirect  Participant  given to
          the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable  Procedures directing
          the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest
          in another Global Note in an amount equal to the  beneficial  interest
          to  be  transferred  or  exchanged  and  (2)  instructions   given  in
          accordance  with  the  Applicable  Procedures  containing  information
          regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or
          (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect  Participant
          given to the Depositary in accordance  with the Applicable  Procedures
          directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an
          amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged
          and  (2)  instructions  given  by  the  Depositary  to  the  Registrar
          containing  information  regarding  the  Person  in  whose  name  such
          Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange
          referred to in (1) above.  Upon  consummation  of an Exchange Offer by
          the  Company  in  accordance   with  Section   2.06(f)   hereof,   the
          requirements of this Section  2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been
          satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions  contained
          in  the  Letter  of  Transmittal  delivered  by  the  Holder  of  such
          beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction
          of all of the  requirements  for  transfer or  exchange of  beneficial
          interests in Global Notes  contained in this  Indenture  and the Notes
          and otherwise  applicable  under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall
          adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to
          Section 2.06(h) hereof.

               (iii)  Transfer of  Beneficial  Interests  to Another  Restricted
          Global Note. A beneficial  interest in any Restricted  Global Note may
          be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
          beneficial  interest in another Restricted Global


                                      -30-
<PAGE>


          Note if the transfer  complies  with the  requirements  of clause (ii)
          above and the Registrar receives the following:

                    (A) if the  transferee  will take  delivery in the form of a
               beneficial  interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor
               must  deliver  a  certificate  in the form of  Exhibit  B hereto,
               including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

                    (B) if the  transferee  will take  delivery in the form of a
               beneficial  interest in the  Regulation S Global  Note,  then the
               transferor  must deliver a  certificate  in the form of Exhibit B
               hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

                    (C) if the  transferee  will take  delivery in the form of a
               beneficial  interest in the IAI Global Note,  then the transferee
               must  deliver  a  certificate  in the form of  Exhibit  B hereto,
               including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
               required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable.

               (iv)  Transfer  and  Exchange  of   Beneficial   Interests  in  a
          Restricted  Global Note for Beneficial  Interests in the  Unrestricted
          Global Note. A beneficial  interest in any Restricted  Global Note may
          be  exchanged by any holder  thereof for a  beneficial  interest in an
          Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery
          thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
          Note if the exchange or transfer  complies  with the  requirements  of
          clause (ii) above and:

                    (A) such  exchange or  transfer is effected  pursuant to the
               Exchange  Offer  in  accordance  with  the  Registration   Rights
               Agreement  and  the  holder  of  the  beneficial  interest  to be
               transferred,  in the case of an exchange,  or the transferee,  in
               the case of a transfer,  certifies  in the  applicable  Letter of
               Transmittal  that it is not  (1) a  Broker-Dealer,  (2) a  Person
               participating  in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a
               Person  who is an  affiliate  (as  defined  in  Rule  144) of the
               Company;

                    (B)  such  transfer  is  effected   pursuant  to  the  Shelf
               Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
               Agreement;

                    (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to
               the Exchange Offer Registration  Statement in accordance with the
               Registration Rights Agreement; or

                    (D) the Registrar receives the following:

                         (1) if the  holder  of such  beneficial  interest  in a
                    Restricted  Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
                    interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
                    Note, a certificate  from such


                                      -31-
<PAGE>


                    holder  in the  form of  Exhibit  C  hereto,  including  the
                    certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

                         (2) if the  holder  of such  beneficial  interest  in a
                    Restricted  Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial
                    interest to a Person who shall take delivery  thereof in the
                    form of a  beneficial  interest  in an  Unrestricted  Global
                    Note, a certificate  from such holder in the form of Exhibit
                    B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

               and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
               Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require,
               an  Opinion  of  Counsel  in form  reasonably  acceptable  to the
               Registrar  to the effect  that such  exchange  or  transfer is in
               compliance  with the Securities Act and that the  restrictions on
               transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are
               no  longer  required  in order to  maintain  compliance  with the
               Securities Act.

               If any such transfer is effected  pursuant to subparagraph (B) or
          (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted  Global Note has not yet been
          issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication
          order in  accordance  with  Section  2.02  hereof,  the Trustee  shall
          authenticate  one or more  Unrestricted  Global  Notes in an aggregate
          principal amount equal to the principal amount of beneficial interests
          transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

               Beneficial  interests  in an  Unrestricted  Global Note cannot be
          exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery  thereof in
          the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

         (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

               (i) Beneficial  Interest in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted
          Definitive  Notes.  If  any  holder  of  a  beneficial  interest  in a
          Restricted  Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial  interest
          for a  Restricted  Definitive  Note  or to  transfer  such  beneficial
          interest  to a Person  who  takes  delivery  thereof  in the form of a
          Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the
          following documentation:

                    (A)  if  the  holder  of  such  beneficial   interest  in  a
               Restricted  Global  Note  proposes to  exchange  such  beneficial
               interest for a Restricted  Definitive  Note, a  certificate  from
               such  holder  in the form of  Exhibit  C  hereto,  including  the
               certifica tions in item (2)(a) thereof;

                    (B) if such  beneficial  interest is being  transferred to a
               QIB in  accordance  with Rule 144A  under the  Securities  Act, a
               certificate  to  the  effect  set  forth  in  Exhibit  B  hereto,
               including the certifications in item (1) thereof;


                                      -32-
<PAGE>


                    (C) if such  beneficial  interest is being  transferred to a
               Non-U.S.  Person in an offshore  transaction  in accordance  with
               Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the  Securities  Act, a certificate to
               the  effect  set  forth  in  Exhibit  B  hereto,   including  the
               certifications in item (2) thereof;

                    (D)  if  such  beneficial   interest  is  being  transferred
               pursuant to an exemption from the  registration  requirements  of
               the  Securities  Act  in  accordance  with  Rule  144  under  the
               Securities  Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit
               B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

                    (E) if such beneficial  interest is being  transferred to an
               Institutional  Accredited  Investor in  reliance on an  exemption
               from the  registration  requirements  of the Securities Act other
               than those  listed in  subparagraphs  (B)  through  (D) above,  a
               certificate  to  the  effect  set  forth  in  Exhibit  B  hereto,
               including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
               required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

                    (F) if such beneficial  interest is being transferred to the
               Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  a certificate to the effect
               set forth in Exhibit B hereto,  including the  certifications  in
               item (3)(b) thereof; or

                    (G)  if  such  beneficial   interest  is  being  transferred
               pursuant  to  an  effective   registration  statement  under  the
               Securities  Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit
               B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,


<PAGE>




          the  Trustee  shall  cause  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the
          applicable Global Note to be reduced  accordingly  pursuant to Section
          2.06(h)  hereof,  and the Company  shall execute and the Trustee shall
          authenticate and deliver to the Person  designated in the instructions
          a Definitive Note in the appropriate  principal amount. Any Definitive
          Note  issued in exchange  for a  beneficial  interest in a  Restricted
          Global Note  pursuant to this Section  2.06(c)  shall be registered in
          such  name  or  names   and  in  such   authorized   denomination   or
          denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct
          the  Registrar  through  instructions  from  the  Depositary  and  the
          Participant  or Indirect  Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such
          Definitive  Notes to the  Persons  in whose  names  such  Notes are so
          registered.  Any  Definitive  Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
          interest  in  a  Restricted  Global  Note  pursuant  to  this  Section
          2.06(c)(i)  shall  bear the  Private  Placement  Legend  and  shall be
          subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

               (ii)   Beneficial   Interests  in  Restricted   Global  Notes  to
          Unrestricted  Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a
          Restricted  Global Note may exchange such  beneficial


                                      -33-
<PAGE>


          interest for an  Unrestricted  Definitive  Note or may  transfer  such
          beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
          of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

                    (A) such  exchange or  transfer is effected  pursuant to the
               Exchange  Offer  in  accordance  with  the  Registration   Rights
               Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case
               of an  exchange,  or the  transferee,  in the case of a transfer,
               certifies in the applicable  Letter of Transmittal that it is not
               (1)  a  Bro  ker-Dealer,   (2)  a  Person  participating  in  the
               distribution  of the  Exchange  Notes or (3) a  Person  who is an
               affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

                    (B) any such  transfer  is  effected  pursuant  to the Shelf
               Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
               Agreement;

                    (C)  any  such  transfer  is  effected  by  a  Broker-Dealer
               pursuant  to  the  Exchange  Offer   Registration   Statement  in
               accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

                    (D) the Registrar receives the following:

                         (1) if the  holder  of such  beneficial  interest  in a
                    Restricted  Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
                    interest  for a  Definitive  Note  that  does  not  bear the
                    Private  Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in
                    the form of Exhibit C hereto,  including the  certifications
                    in item (1)(b) thereof; or

                         (2) if the  holder  of such  beneficial  interest  in a
                    Restricted  Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial
                    interest to a Person who shall take delivery  thereof in the
                    form of a  Definitive  Note that  does not bear the  Private
                    Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form
                    of Exhibit B hereto,  including the  certifications  in item
                    (4)  thereof;

               and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
               Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require,
               an  Opinion  of  Counsel  in form  reasonably  acceptable  to the
               Company,  to the effect  that such  exchange  or  transfer  is in
               compliance  with the Securities Act and that the  restrictions on
               transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are
               no  longer  required  in order to  maintain  compliance  with the
               Securities Act.

               (iii)  Beneficial  Interests  in  Unrestricted  Global  Notes  to
          Unrestricted  Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest
          in an  Unrestricted  Global Note proposes to exchange such  beneficial
          interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest
          to a Person who takes  delivery  thereof  in the form of a  Definitive
          Note,  then, upon  satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section
          2.06(b)(ii)  hereof,


                                      -34-
<PAGE>


          the  Trustee  shall  cause  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the
          applicable Global Note to be reduced  accordingly  pursuant to Section
          2.06(h)  hereof,  and the Company  shall execute and the Trustee shall
          authenticate and deliver to the Person  designated in the instructions
          a Definitive Note in the appropriate  principal amount. Any Definitive
          Note issued in exchange  for a  beneficial  interest  pursuant to this
          Section  2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in
          such authorized  denomination or  denominations  as the holder of such
          beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through  instructions
          from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect  Participant.  The
          Trustee  shall deliver such  Definitive  Notes to the Persons in whose
          names such Notes are so  registered.  Any  Definitive  Note  issued in
          exchange   for  a  beneficial   interest   pursuant  to  this  Section
          2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. A beneficial
          interest in an  Unrestricted  Global Note  cannot be  exchanged  for a
          Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend or transferred to
          a Person who takes delivery  thereof in the form of a Definitive  Note
          bearing the Private Placement Legend.

         (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

               (i)  Restricted  Definitive  Notes  to  Beneficial  Interests  in
          Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note
          proposes  to  exchange  such  Note  for  a  beneficial  interest  in a
          Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes
          to a Person who takes  delivery  thereof  in the form of a  beneficial
          interest  in a  Restricted  Global  Note,  then,  upon  receipt by the
          Registrar of the following documentation:

                    (A)  if  the  Holder  of  such  Restricted  Definitive  Note
               proposes to  exchange  such Note for a  beneficial  interest in a
               Restricted  Global  Note, a  certificate  from such Holder in the
               form of Exhibit C hereto,  including the  certifications  in item
               (2)(b) thereof;

                    (B) if such Restricted  Definitive Note is being transferred
               to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a
               certificate  to  the  effect  set  forth  in  Exhibit  B  hereto,
               including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

                    (C) if such Restricted  Definitive Note is being transferred
               to a Non-U.S.  Person in an offshore  transaction  in  accordance
               with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate
               to the  effect  set  forth in  Exhibit B  hereto,  including  the
               certifications in item (2) thereof;

                    (D) if such Restricted  Definitive Note is being transferred
               pursuant to an exemption from the  registration  requirements  of
               the  Securities  Act  in  accordance  with  Rule  144  under  the
               Securities  Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit
               B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;


                                      -35-
<PAGE>


                    (E) if such Restricted  Definitive Note is being transferred
               to  an  Institutional  Accredited  Investor  in  reliance  on  an
               exemption from the  registration  requirements  of the Securities
               Act other than those  listed in  subparagraphs  (B)  through  (D)
               above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
               including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
               required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

                    (F) if such Restricted  Definitive Note is being transferred
               to the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  a certificate to the
               effect   set   forth  in   Exhibit  B   hereto,   including   the
               certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

                    (G) if such Restricted  Definitive Note is being transferred
               pursuant  to  an  effective   registration  statement  under  the
               Securities  Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit
               B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

          the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted  Definitive Note,  increase or
          cause to be increased the aggregate  principal  amount of, in the case
          of clause (A) above,  the appropriate  Restricted  Global Note, in the
          case of clause (B) above,  the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause
          (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in the case of clause (E)
          above, the IAI Global Note.

               (ii)  Restricted  Definitive  Notes to  Beneficial  Interests  in
          Unrestricted  Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted  Definitive  Note
          may exchange  such Note for a beneficial  interest in an  Unrestricted
          Global Note or transfer such  Restricted  Definitive  Note to a Person
          who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial  interest in an
          Unrestricted Global Note only if:

                    (A) such  exchange or  transfer is effected  pursuant to the
               Exchange  Offer  in  accordance  with  the  Registration   Rights
               Agreement  and the  Holder,  in the case of an  exchange,  or the
               transferee,  in  the  case  of  a  transfer,   certifies  in  the
               applicable   Letter  of   Transmittal   that  it  is  not  (1)  a
               Broker-Dealer,  (2) a Person participating in the distribution of
               the  Exchange  Notes  or (3) a  Person  who is an  affiliate  (as
               defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

                    (B) any such  transfer  is  effected  pursuant  to the Shelf
               Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
               Agreement;

                    (C)  any  such  transfer  is  effected  by  a  Broker-Dealer
               pursuant  to  the  Exchange  Offer   Registration   Statement  in
               accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

                    (D) the Registrar receives the following:


                                      -36-

<PAGE>


                         (1) if the Holder of such Definitive  Notes proposes to
                    exchange  such  Notes  for  a  beneficial  interest  in  the
                    Unrestricted  Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in
                    the form of Exhibit C hereto,  including the  certifications
                    in item (1)(c) thereof; or

                         (2) if the Holder of such Definitive  Notes proposes to
                    transfer  such  Notes to a Person  who shall  take  delivery
                    thereof  in  the  form  of  a  beneficial  interest  in  the
                    Unrestricted  Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in
                    the form of Exhibit B hereto,  including the  certifications
                    in item (4) thereof;

               and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
               Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require,
               an  Opinion  of  Counsel  in form  reasonably  acceptable  to the
               Company  to the  effect  that such  exchange  or  transfer  is in
               compliance  with the  Securities  Act, that the  restrictions  on
               transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are
               not required in order to maintain  compliance with the Securities
               Act, and such Definitive Notes are being exchanged or transferred
               in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
               State of the United States.

               Upon  satisfaction of the conditions of any of the  subparagraphs
          in this Section  2.06(d)(ii),  the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive
          Notes and increase or cause to be increased  the  aggregate  principal
          amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

               (iii)  Unrestricted  Definitive Notes to Beneficial  Interests in
          Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note
          may exchange  such Note for a beneficial  interest in an  Unrestricted
          Global Note or transfer  such  Definitive  Notes to a Person who takes
          delivery  thereof  in  the  form  of  a  beneficial   interest  in  an
          Unrestricted  Global Note at any time.  Upon  receipt of a request for
          such an exchange or transfer,  the Trustee shall cancel the applicable
          Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the
          aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

               If any such  exchange or  transfer  from a  Definitive  Note to a
          beneficial  interest is effected  pursuant to  subparagraphs  (ii)(B),
          (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted  Global Note has
          not yet been issued,  the Company  shall issue and, upon receipt of an
          Authentication  Order in  accordance  with Section  2.02  hereof,  the
          Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an
          aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive
          Notes so transferred.

         (e) Transfer and Exchange of  Definitive  Notes for  Definitive  Notes.
Upon request by a Holder of Definitive  Notes and such Holder's  compliance with
the  provisions  of this  Section  2.06(e),  the  Registrar  shall  register the
transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer
or exchange,  the requesting  Holder shall present or surrender to


                                      -37-
<PAGE>


the Registrar the  Definitive  Notes duly endorsed or  accompanied  by a written
instruction of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the Registrar duly executed by
such Holder or by his attorney,  duly  authorized in writing.  In addition,  the
requesting  Holder shall provide any  additional  certifications,  documents and
information, as applicable, pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

               (i) Restricted  Definitive Notes to Restricted  Definitive Notes.
          Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in
          the  name of  Persons  who  take  delivery  thereof  in the  form of a
          Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

                    (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under
               the  Securities   Act,  then  the   transferor   must  deliver  a
               certificate  in the  form of  Exhibit  B  hereto,  including  the
               certifications in item (1) thereof;

                    (B) if the  transfer  will be made  pursuant  to Rule 903 or
               Rule 904, then the  transferor  must deliver a certificate in the
               form of Exhibit B hereto,  including the  certifications  in item
               (2) thereof; and

                    (C) if the  transfer  will be  made  pursuant  to any  other
               exemption from the  registration  requirements  of the Securities
               Act, then the  transferor  must deliver a certificate in the form
               of Exhibit B hereto,  including the certifications,  certificates
               and  Opinion  of  Counsel  required  by  item  (3)  thereof,   if
               applicable.

               (ii)  Restricted  Definitive  Notes  to  Unrestricted  Definitive
          Notes.  Any Restricted  Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder
          thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person
          or Persons who take  delivery  thereof in the form of an  Unrestricted
          Definitive Note if:

                    (A) such  exchange or  transfer is effected  pursuant to the
               Exchange  Offer  in  accordance  with  the  Registration   Rights
               Agreement  and the  Holder,  in the case of an  exchange,  or the
               transferee,  in  the  case  of  a  transfer,   certifies  in  the
               applicable   Letter  of   Transmittal   that  it  is  not  (1)  a
               Broker-Dealer,  (2) a Person participating in the distribution of
               the  Exchange  Notes  or (3) a  Person  who is an  affiliate  (as
               defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

                    (B) any such  transfer  is  effected  pursuant  to the Shelf
               Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
               Agreement;

                    (C)  any  such  transfer  is  effected  by  a  Broker-Dealer
               pursuant  to  the  Exchange  Offer   Registration   Statement  in
               accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

                    (D) the Registrar receives the following:


                                      -38-
<PAGE>


                         (1) if the Holder of such Restricted  Definitive  Notes
                    proposes  to  exchange   such  Notes  for  an   Unrestricted
                    Definitive  Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form
                    of Exhibit C hereto,  including the  certifications  in item
                    (1)(a) thereof; or

                         (2) if the Holder of such Restricted  Definitive  Notes
                    proposes to  transfer  such Notes to a Person who shall take
                    delivery  thereof in the form of an Unrestricted  Definitive
                    Note, a certificate  from such Holder in the form of Exhibit
                    B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

               and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
               Registrar so requests or the Applicable Procedures so require, an
               Opinion of Counsel in form  reasonably  acceptable to the Company
               to the effect that such  exchange  or  transfer is in  compliance
               with the  Securities  Act,  that  the  restrictions  on  transfer
               contained  herein  and in the  Private  Placement  Legend are not
               required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act,
               and  such  Restricted  Definitive  Note  is  being  exchanged  or
               transferred in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
               laws of any State of the United States.

               (iii)  Unrestricted  Definitive Notes to Unrestricted  Definitive
          Notes.  A Holder of  Unrestricted  Definitive  Notes may transfer such
          Notes  to a  Person  who  takes  delivery  thereof  in the  form of an
          Unrestricted  Definitive  Note.  Upon  receipt of a request for such a
          transfer,  the Registrar  shall register the  Unrestricted  Definitive
          Notes  pursuant  to  the   instructions   from  the  Holder   thereof.
          Unrestricted  Definitive  Notes cannot be exchanged for or transferred
          to  Persons  who take  delivery  thereof  in the form of a  Restricted
          Definitive Note.

         (f) Exchange Offer.  Upon the  consummation  of an Exchange Offer,  the
Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an  Authentication  Order in accordance
with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall  authenticate (i) one or more  Unrestricted
Global Notes in an aggregate  principal  amount equal to the principal amount of
the beneficial  interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance
by Persons that certify in the applicable  Letter of  Transmittal  that (x) they
are not  Broker-Dealers,  (y) they are not  participating in the distribution of
the Exchange  Notes and (z) they are not  affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of
the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive
Notes in an  aggregate  principal  amount equal to the  principal  amount of the
Restricted  Definitive  Notes  accepted  for  exchange  in the  Exchange  Offer.
Concurrently  with the  issuance  of such  Notes,  the  Trustee  shall cause the
aggregate  principal  amount of the  applicable  Restricted  Global  Notes to be
reduced  accordingly,  and the  Company  shall  execute  and the  Trustee  shall
authenticate and deliver to the Persons  designated by the Holders of Definitive
Notes so accepted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.


                                      -39-
<PAGE>

         (g)  Legends.  The  following  legends  shall appear on the face of all
Global  Notes  and  Definitive   Notes  issued  under  this   Indenture   unless
specifically  stated  otherwise in the applicable  provisions of this Indenture.

          (i) Private Placement Legend.

               (A) Except as permitted by  subparagraph  (B) below,  each Global
          Note and each  Definitive  Note  (and all  Notes  issued  in  exchange
          therefor   or   substitution   thereof)   shall  bear  the  legend  in
          substantially the following form:

          "THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED  UNDER THE U.S. SECURI TIES ACT
          OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND, ACCORDINGLY,  MAY NOT
          BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED  STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT
          OR  BENEFIT  OF,  U.S.  PERSONS  EXCEPT  AS SET  FORTH  BELOW.  BY ITS
          ACQUISITION  HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A "QUALIFIED
          INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER" (AS  DEFINED  IN RULE 144A UNDER THE  SECURITIES
          ACT),  (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL
          ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY  RESELL OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
          EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY  SUBSIDIARY  THEREOF,  (B) INSIDE THE
          UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER IN COMPLIANCE  WITH
          RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN
          ACCREDITED  INVESTOR  (AS DEFINED IN RULE  501(a)(1),  (2), (3) OR (7)
          UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER,  FURNISHES (OR
          HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S.  BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A
          SIGNED  LETTER  CONTAINING  CERTAIN   REPRESENTATIONS  AND  AGREEMENTS
          RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF
          WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY),  (D)
          OUTSIDE THE UNITED  STATES IN AN OFFSHORE  TRANSACTION  IN  COMPLIANCE
          WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT, (E) PURSUANT
          TO THE  EXEMPTION  FROM  REGISTRATION  PROVIDED  BY RULE 144 UNDER THE
          SECURITIES  ACT  (IF  AVAILABLE),  OR  (F)  PURSUANT  TO AN  EFFECTIVE
          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT
          WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE
          SUBSTANTIALLY  TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.  IN  CONNECTION  WITH ANY
          TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL  ISSUANCE
          OF  THIS  SECURITY,  IF  THE  PROPOSED  TRANSFEREE  IS  AN  ACCREDITED
          INVESTOR,  THE HOLDER  MUST,  PRIOR TO SUCH  TRANSFER,  FURNISH TO THE
          TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH  CERTIFICATIONS,  LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER
          INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY


                                      -40-
<PAGE>


          REASONABLY  REQUIRE  TO  CONFIRM  THAT  SUCH  TRANSFER  IS BEING  MADE
          PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE
          REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN,  THE
          TERMS "OFFSHORE  TRANSACTION,"  "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE
          THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT."

               (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  any Global Note or Definitive
          Note issued  pursuant to  subparagraphs  (b)(iv),  (c)(ii),  (c)(iii),
          (d)(ii), (d)(iii),  (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and
          all Notes issued in exchange  therefor or substitution  thereof) shall
          not bear the Private Placement Legend.

               (ii) Global Note Legend.  Each Global Note shall bear a legend in
          substantially the following form:

               "THIS  GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE  DEPOSITARY  (AS DEFINED IN THE
               INDENTURE  GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE
               BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF,  AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE
               TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE
               MAY MAKE SUCH  NOTATIONS  HEREON AS MAY BE  REQUIRED  PURSUANT TO
               SECTION  2.06 OF THE  INDENTURE,  (II)  THIS  GLOBAL  NOTE MAY BE
               EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF
               THE  INDENTURE,  (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE  DELIVERED  TO THE
               TRUSTEE  FOR  CANCELLATION   PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  2.11  OF  THE
               INDENTURE  AND (IV)  THIS  GLOBAL  NOTE MAY BE  TRANSFERRED  TO A
               SUCCESSOR  DEPOSITARY  WITH  THE  PRIOR  WRITTEN  CONSENT  OF THE
               COMPANY."

         (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all
beneficial  interests  in a  particular  Global  Note  have been  exchanged  for
Definitive Notes or a particular  Global Note has been redeemed,  repurchased or
cancelled  in whole and not in part,  each such Global Note shall be returned to
or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.
At any time prior to such cancellation,  if any beneficial  interest in a Global
Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery  thereof
in the form of a beneficial  interest in another  Global Note or for  Definitive
Notes,  the principal  amount of Notes  represented by such Global Note shall be
reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the
Trustee or by the  Depositary at the  direction of the Trustee,  to reflect such
reduction;  and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred
to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial  interest
in another  Global Note,  such other Global Note shall be increased  accordingly
and an  endorsement  shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such increase.


                                      -41-

<PAGE>


               (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

               (i) To permit  registrations  of  transfers  and  exchanges,  the
          Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate  Global Notes
          and Definitive  Notes upon the Company's  order or at the  Registrar's
          request.

               (ii) No service  charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial
          interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive  Note for any
          registration  of  transfer  or  exchange,  but the Company may require
          payment  of a sum  sufficient  to cover any  transfer  tax or  similar
          governmental  charge payable in connection  therewith  (other than any
          such  transfer  taxes or  similar  governmental  charge  payable  upon
          exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.07, 3.10, 4.16, 4.17
          and 9.05 hereof).

               (iii)  The  Registrar  shall  not be  required  to  register  the
          transfer of or exchange any Note  selected for  redemption in whole or
          in part,  except the unredeemed  portion of any Note being redeemed in
          part.

               (iv) All  Global  Notes  and  Definitive  Notes  issued  upon any
          registration  of transfer or  exchange of Global  Notes or  Definitive
          Notes shall be the valid  obligations  of the Company,  evidencing the
          same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture,  as
          the  Global  Notes  or   Definitive   Notes   surrendered   upon  such
          registration of transfer or exchange.

               (v) The Company  shall not be required (A) to issue,  to register
          the transfer of or to exchange Notes during a period  beginning at the
          opening of business 15 days before the day of any  selection  of Notes
          for  redemption  under  Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of
          business on the day of  selection,  (B) to register the transfer of or
          to exchange any Note so selected for  redemption  in whole or in part,
          except the  unredeemed  portion of any Note being  redeemed in part or
          (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record
          date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

               (vi) Prior to due presentment for the  registration of a transfer
          of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat
          the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute  owner
          of such Note for the purpose of receiving  payment of principal of and
          interest  on such  Notes and for all other  purposes,  and none of the
          Trustee,  any Agent or the Company  shall be affected by notice to the
          contrary.

               (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate  Global Notes and Definitive
          Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.


                                      -42-
<PAGE>


               (viii) All  certifications,  certificates and Opinions of Counsel
          required to be  submitted  to the  Registrar  pursuant to this Section
          2.06 to effect a transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

SECTION 2.07.  Replacement Notes.

         If any mutilated  Note is  surrendered to the Trustee or the Company or
the Trustee  and the  Company  receive  evidence  to their  satisfaction  of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee,
upon the written  order of the Company  signed by two  Officers of the  Company,
shall  authenticate  a  replacement  Note if the  Trustee's  and  the  Company's
requirements  are met. If required by the Trustee or the  Company,  an indemnity
bond must be supplied by the Holder that is  sufficient  in the  judgment of the
Trustee and the Company to protect the Company,  the Trustee,  any Agent and any
authenticating  agent  from any loss  that any of them may  suffer  if a Note is
replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge for their expenses in replacing
a Note.  If after the  delivery of such new Note,  a bona fide  purchaser of the
original  Note in lieu of which such new Note was issued  presents  for  payment
such  original  Note,  the Company and the Trustee  shall be entitled to recover
such new  Note  from  the  person  to whom it was  delivered  or any  transferee
thereof, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the
security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage,  cost
or expense incurred by the Company or the Trustee in connection therewith.

         Every  replacement Note is an additional  obligation of the Company and
shall  be  entitled  to  all  the  benefits  of  this   Indenture   equally  and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes.

         The Notes  outstanding at any time are all the Notes  authenticated  by
the  Trustee  except  for  those  cancelled  by it,  those  delivered  to it for
cancellation,  those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the
Trustee hereunder in accordance with the provisions  hereof, and those described
in this  Section  2.08 as not  outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09
hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because either of the Company or
an Affiliate of the Company holds a Note.

         If a Note is replaced  pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding  unless  the  Trustee  receives  proof  satisfactory  to it that the
replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

         If the principal  amount of any Note is  considered  paid under Section
4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

         If the Paying Agent  segregates and holds in trust,  in accordance with
this Indenture, on the Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay
all principal, premium, if any,


                                      -43-
<PAGE>


interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, payable on that date on the Notes (or
the portion thereof to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be), then on and
after  that date such  Notes  (or a  portion  thereof)  shall be deemed to be no
longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

SECTION 2.09.  Treasury Notes.

         In determining  whether the Holders of the required principal amount of
Notes have  concurred in any  direction,  waiver or consent,  Notes owned by the
Company or any  Affiliate  of the  Company,  shall be  considered  as though not
outstanding,  except that for the  purposes of  determining  whether the Trustee
shall be protected  in relying on any such  direction,  waiver or consent,  only
Notes that a  Responsible  Officer of the  Trustee  actually  knows are so owned
shall be so disregarded.  The Company shall notify the Trustee, in writing, when
the Company or any of its Affiliates repurchases or otherwise acquires Notes and
the  aggregate  principal  amount  of such  Notes so  repurchased  or  otherwise
acquired.

SECTION 2.10.  Temporary Notes.

         Until  certificates  representing  Notes are ready  for  delivery,  the
Company may prepare and the Trustee  upon  receipt of an  Authentication  Order,
shall  authenticate  and  deliver  temporary  Notes.  Temporary  Notes  shall be
substantially  in the form of definitive  Notes but may have variations that the
Company  and the Trustee  consider  appropriate  for  temporary  Notes.  Without
unreasonable  delay, upon receipt of an Authentication  Order, the Company shall
prepare and the Trustee  shall  authenticate  and  deliver  definitive  Notes in
exchange for temporary Notes.

         Holders of  temporary  Notes  shall be  entitled  to all of the rights,
benefits and privileges of this Indenture.

SECTION 2.11.  Cancellation.

         The  Company  at  any  time  may  deliver  Notes  to  the  Trustee  for
cancellation.  The  Registrar  and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The
Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes  surrendered for  registration of
transfer,  exchange, payment,  replacement or cancellation,  except as expressly
permitted  by this  Indenture.  The  Company  may not issue new Notes to replace
Notes that it has  redeemed or paid or that have been  delivered  to the Trustee
for  cancellation.  All  cancelled  Notes held by the Trustee shall be destroyed
(subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification
of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company. The
Company  may not issue new Notes to replace  Notes that it has paid or that have
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.12.  Defaulted Interest.


                                      -44-
<PAGE>


         Interest on any Note which is payable,  and is punctually  paid or duly
provided for, on any Interest  Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose
name that Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date
for such interest.

         Any interest on any Note which is payable,  but is not punctually  paid
or duly  provided  for,  on any  Interest  Payment  Date  and  interest  on such
defaulted  interest at the applicable  interest rate borne by the Notes,  to the
extent  lawful  (such   defaulted   interest  (and  interest   thereon)   herein
collectively called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to
the Holder on the  relevant  Regular  Record  Date by virtue of having been such
Holder;  and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company to the Persons
in whose  names the Notes are  registered  at the close of business on a Special
Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest,  which shall be fixed in
the  following  manner.  The  Company  shall give the  Trustee at least 15 days'
written  notice  (unless a shorter  period is  acceptable to the Trustee for its
convenience)  of the amount of  Defaulted  Interest  proposed to be paid on each
Note and the date of the  proposed  payment,  and at the same  time the  Company
shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate  amount
proposed  to be paid in  respect  of  such  Defaulted  Interest  or  shall  make
arrangements  satisfactory  to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of
the  proposed  payment,  such money when  deposited to be held by the Trustee in
trust for the benefit of the Persons  entitled to such Defaulted  Interest as is
provided in this Section 2.12.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record
Date for the payment of such Defaulted  Interest which shall not be more than 15
days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not
less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed
payment.  The Trustee shall  promptly  notify the Company of such Special Record
Date.  In the name and at the expense of the  Company,  the Trustee  shall cause
notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record
Date therefor to be mailed,  first-class  postage prepaid, to each Holder at his
address  as it  appears  in the  Registrar,  not less than 10 days prior to such
Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted  Interest
and the Special  Record Date  therefor  having  been so mailed,  such  Defaulted
Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes are registered at
the close of business on such Special Record Date.

         Subject to the foregoing  provisions  of this Section  2.12,  each Note
delivered  under this Indenture upon  registration of transfer of or in exchange
for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest  accrued and
unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

SECTION 2.13  CUSIP Number

         The  Company in issuing  the Notes  shall use a CUSIP  number,  and the
Trustee  shall use the CUSIP  number in notices of  redemption  or exchange as a
convenience to Holders of Notes;  provided,  however,  that no representation is
hereby deemed to be made by the Trustee as to the correctness or accuracy of the
CUSIP  number  printed in the  notice or on the  certificates  representing  the
Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the


                                      -45-
<PAGE>


other identification numbers printed on the certificates representing the Notes.
The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in a CUSIP number.

SECTION 2.14  Deposit of Moneys

         On each  Interest  Payment  Date and each  date on  which  payments  in
respect  of the  Notes are  required  to be made  pursuant  to the terms of this
Indenture,  the Company  shall,  not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time),
deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to
make any cash  payments due on such date in a timely  manner  which  permits the
Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such date.

SECTION 2.15  Issuance of Additional Notes

         The  Company  shall be entitled  to issue  Additional  Notes under this
Indenture  which shall have identical terms as the Notes issued on September 28,
1999, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and amount of
interest  payable on the first  payment date  applicable  thereto  (and, if such
Additional Notes shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes,  other than with
respect  to  transfer  restrictions);   provided,  that  such  issuance  is  not
prohibited by Section 4.09 hereof.

         With respect to any Additional  Notes, the Company shall set forth in a
resolution of the Board of Directors and in an Officers' Certificate,  a copy of
each which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

               (A) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be
          authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

               (B) the issue price,  the issue date and the CUSIP number of such
          Additional  Notes and the  amount  of  interest  payable  on the first
          payment date applicable thereto; provided, however, that no Additional
          Notes may be issued at a price that would cause such Additional  Notes
          to have "original issue  discount"  within the meaning of Section 1273
          of the Code;

               (C) whether such  Additional  Notes shall be transfer  restricted
          securities  and  issued  in the form of  Notes or shall be  registered
          securities  issued  in the  form of  Exchange  Notes  as set  forth in
          Section 2.06 hereof; and

         Any  Additional  Notes shall vote,  together with any Notes  previously
issued pursuant to this Indenture, as one class for all matters.


                                      -46-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE 3.

                        REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO PURCHASE

SECTION 3.01  Applicability of Article

         Redemption of Notes at the election of the Company shall be made in
accordance with this Article 3.

SECTION 3.02  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

         The  election  of the  Company to redeem any Notes  pursuant to Section
3.08 hereof shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution.  In case of any redemption
at the election of the Company, the Company shall, simultaneously with providing
the notice to Holders  specified in Section  3.08 hereof,  notify the Trustee of
the  Redemption  Date  and of the  principal  amount  of  Notes  intended  to be
redeemed.

SECTION 3.03  Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

         If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection
of Notes for  redemption  shall be made by the  Trustee in  compliance  with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot
or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate;  provided that
no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

         The Trustee  shall  promptly  notify the Company and the  Registrar (if
other than the Trustee) in writing of the Notes selected for redemption  and, in
the case of any Notes  selected for partial  redemption,  the  principal  amount
thereof to be redeemed.

         For all  purposes  of this  Indenture,  unless  the  context  otherwise
requires,  all provisions  relating to redemption of Notes shall relate,  in the
case of any Note  redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the
principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 3.04  Notice of Redemption

         Notices of  redemption  shall be mailed by first  class  mail,  postage
prepaid,  at least 30 but not more than 60 days  before the  Redemption  Date to
each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder's  registered address. If any
Note is to be redeemed in part only,  the notice of  redemption  that relates to
such  Note  shall  state the  portion  of the  principal  amount  thereof  to be
redeemed.

         All notices of redemption shall state:


                                      -47-
<PAGE>


               (1) the Redemption Date;

               (2) the Redemption  Price,  separately  stating the amount of any
          accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to be paid
          in connection with the redemption;

               (3) if less than all Notes then  outstanding  are to be redeemed,
          the identification (and, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part,
          principal amount) of such Note to be redeemed;

               (4)  that on the  Redemption  Date  the  Redemption  Price,  plus
          accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to
          the Redemption  Date,  will become due and payable upon each such Note
          or portion  thereof,  and that  (unless the Company  shall  default in
          payment of the  Redemption  Price and accrued  interest and Liquidated
          Damages,  if any,  thereon) interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any,
          thereon shall cease to accrue on or after said date;

               (5) the place or places  where such  Notes are to be  surrendered
          for  payment  of  the  Redemption   Price  and  accrued  interest  and
          Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon;

               (6) that Notes called for  redemption  must be surrendered to the
          Paying Agent to collect the Redemption  Price, plus accrued and unpaid
          interest and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  thereon to the Redemption
          Date;

               (7) the CUSIP number, if any, relating to such Notes; and

               (8) in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part,  the  principal
          amount of such Note to be redeemed and that after the Redemption  Date
          upon  surrender  of such  Note,  a new Note or Notes in the  aggregate
          principal  amount  equal to the  unredeemed  portion  thereof  will be
          issued.

         At the  Company's  request,  the  Trustee  shall  give  the  notice  of
redemption  in the name of the Company and at the Company's  expense:  provided,
however, that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 5 business days
prior to the date the  Company  is  requesting  notice  be given to the  Holders
(unless a shorter  notice  period shall be  satisfactory  to the Trustee for its
convenience),  an Officers'  Certificate  requesting  that the Trustee give such
notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided
in the preceding paragraph.

SECTION 3.05  Deposit of Redemption Price

         On or prior to any Redemption  Date, the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee (to the extent not already held by the Trustee) or with the Paying Agent
an amount of money in same day funds (or New York  Clearing  House funds if such
deposit is made prior to the


                                      -48-
<PAGE>


applicable  Redemption  Date)  sufficient  to pay the  Redemption  Price of, and
accrued and unpaid  interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, to the Redemption
Date, on all Notes or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 3.06  Notes Payable on Redemption Date

         Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be
redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption
Price  therein  specified,  plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest  and  Liquidated
Damages,  if any,  thereon to the Redemption  Date, and from and after such date
(unless the Company  shall  default in the payment of the  Redemption  Price and
accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon) such Notes shall cease
to bear interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any. Any such Note surrendered for
redemption  in  accordance  with said notice shall be paid by the Company at the
Redemption  Price, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if
any, thereon to the Redemption Date;  provided,  however,  that  installments of
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to
the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, registered as
such on the relevant  Regular Record Dates according to the terms and provisions
of Section 2.12 hereof.

         If any Note called for  redemption  shall not be so paid in  accordance
with the terms hereof,  the principal  thereof (and  premium,  if any,  thereon)
shall,  until paid,  bear  interest and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  from the
Redemption Date at the rate borne by such Note.

SECTION 3.07  Notes Redeemed in Part

         Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part shall be  surrendered  at
the office or agency of the  Company  maintained  for such  purpose  pursuant to
Section  4.02 hereof  (with,  if the  Company,  the  Registrar or the Trustee so
requires,  due  endorsement  by, or a written  instrument  of  transfer  in form
satisfactory to the Company,  the Registrar or the Trustee duly executed by, the
Holder  thereof or his attorney duly  authorized in writing),  and a new Note in
principal  amount equal to the unredeemed  portion will be issued in the name of
the Holder  thereof upon  cancellation  of the original  Note.  On and after the
Redemption Date,  unless the Company defaults in payment of the Redemption Price
and accrued  interest and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  thereon,  interest and
Liquidated  Damages,  if any, shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof
called for redemption.

SECTION 3.08  Optional Redemption

         On or after September 15, 2004, the Notes will be subject to redemption
at any time at the  option of the  Company,  in whole or in part,  upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice,  at the redemption  prices  (expressed as
percentages  of  principal  amount)  set forth  below,  plus  accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, thereon to the applicable  Redemption
Date, if redeemed during the  twelve-month  period  beginning on September 15 of
the years indicated below:


                                      -49-
<PAGE>

Year                                              Percentage
- ----                                              ----------

2004.....................................          105.500%
2005.....................................          103.667%
2006.....................................          101.833%
2007 and thereafter......................          100.000%

         On or prior to September  15, 2002,  the Company may on any one or more
occasions  redeem  up to 35% of the  aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Notes
originally  issued under this Indenture,  including any Additional  Notes issued
under this Indenture,  at a redemption  price equal to 111.000% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon,  to the  Redemption  Date,  with the net cash  proceeds  of one or more
Public  Equity  Offerings;  provided  that  (i) at  least  65% of the  aggregate
principal amount of the Notes originally issued under this Indenture,  including
any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture, remain outstanding immediately
following each such  redemption and (ii) such  redemption  shall occur within 60
days of the closing of each such Public Equity Offering.

         At any time prior to September  15, 2004,  the Notes will be subject to
redemption at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than
30 nor more than 60 days'  notice,  at the  Make-Whole  Price,  plus accrued and
unpaid  interest  and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  thereon to the  applicable
Redemption Date.

SECTION 3.09  Mandatory Redemption

         Except as set forth under  Sections  3.10,  4.16 and 4.17  hereof,  the
Company shall not be required to make any  mandatory  redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes.

SECTION 3.10  Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

         In the event that,  pursuant to Section 4.16 hereof,  the Company shall
be  required  to make an offer to all  Holders  of Notes to  purchase  Notes (an
"Asset Sale Offer"), it shall follow the procedures specified below.

         The Asset Sale  Offer  shall  remain  open for at least 30 and not more
than 40  days,  except  to the  extent  that a  longer  period  is  required  by
applicable law (the "Offer  Period").  On a date within five Business Days after
the  termination  of the Offer Period (the "Purchase  Date"),  the Company shall
purchase the  principal  amount of Notes  required to be  purchased  pursuant to
Section  4.16 hereof (the "Offer  Amount") or, if less than the Offer Amount has
been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer.

         The Company shall comply with the  requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other  securities  laws and


                                      -50-
<PAGE>


regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer.

         If the  Purchase  Date is on or after a Regular  Record  Date and on or
before the related  Interest  Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid  interest and
Liquidated  Damages, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is
registered  at the  close  of  business  on such  Regular  Record  Date,  and no
additional  interest or Liquidated  Damages, if any, shall be payable to Holders
who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

         Upon the  commencement of an Asset Sale Offer,  the Company shall send,
by  first  class  mail,  a  notice  to each of the  Holders,  with a copy to the
Trustee.  The notice shall contain all instructions  and materials  necessary to
enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.  The Asset
Sale Offer  shall be made to all  Holders.  The notice,  which shall  govern the
terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

               (a) that the Asset  Sale  Offer is being  made  pursuant  to this
          Section  3.10 and Section 4.16 hereof and the length of time the Asset
          Sale Offer shall remain open;

               (b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price,  separately stating the
          amount of any accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if
          any, and the Purchase Date;

               (c) that any Note not  tendered  or accepted  for  payment  shall
          remain  outstanding  and continue to accrue  interest  and  Liquidated
          Damages, if any;

               (d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any
          Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease
          to accrue  interest and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on the Purchase
          Date;

               (e) that Holders  electing to have a Note  purchased  pursuant to
          any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the
          form entitled  "Option of Holder to Elect  Purchase" on the reverse of
          the  Note  completed,  or  transfer  by  book-entry  transfer,  to the
          Company, a depositary,  if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent
          at the  address  specified  in the  notice  not  later  than  the last
          Business Day of the Offer Period;

               (f) that  Holders  shall be entitled to withdraw  their  tendered
          Notes and their  election  to require  the  Company to  purchase  such
          Notes,  provided that the Company, the depositary or the Paying Agent,
          as the case may be, receives,  not later than the close of business on
          the  last  Business  Day of  the  Offer  Period,  a  telegram,  telex,
          facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder,
          the  principal  amount of the Notes the Holder  tendered for purchase,
          and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his tendered Notes and
          his election to have such Notes purchased;


                                      -51-
<PAGE>


               (g) that, if the  aggregate  principal  amount of Notes  properly
          tendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select
          the Notes to be purchased  on a pro rata basis (with such  adjustments
          as may be deemed  appropriate  by the  Trustee  so that only  Notes in
          denominations  of $1,000,  or  integral  multiples  thereof,  shall be
          purchased); and

                  (h) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part
         shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
         portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry
         transfer).

         On or  before  noon (New York City  time) on each  Purchase  Date,  the
Company  shall  irrevocably   deposit  with  the  Trustee  or  Paying  Agent  in
immediately  available  funds the  aggregate  purchase  price with  respect to a
principal  amount of Notes equal to the Offer Amount (of, if less than the Offer
Amount  has been  properly  tendered,  such  lesser  amount  as shall  equal the
principal amount of Notes properly  tendered),  together with accrued and unpaid
interest and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  thereon to the Purchase Date, to be
held for payment in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.10. On or before
the Purchase  Date,  the Company  shall,  to the extent  lawful,  (i) accept for
payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary,  the Offer Amount of Notes
or portions thereof  tendered  pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than
the Offer Amount has been tendered,  all Notes  tendered,  (ii) deliver or cause
the Paying  Agent or  depositary,  as the case may be, to deliver to the Trustee
Notes so  accepted  and (iii)  deliver to the Trustee an  Officers'  Certificate
stating  that such Notes or portions  thereof  were  accepted for payment by the
Company in  accordance  with the terms of this Section  3.10.  The Company,  the
depositary or the Paying Agent,  as the case may be, shall  promptly (but in any
case not later than three Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver
to each tendering  Holder whose Notes are to be purchased an amount equal to the
purchase  price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company
for purchase,  plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated  Damages, if any,
thereon to the Purchase  Date,  and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note,
and the Trustee,  upon written request from the Company,  shall authenticate and
mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder,  equal in principal  amount to any
unpurchased  portion of the Note surrendered.  Any Note not so accepted shall be
promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.

                                   ARTICLE 4.

                                    COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01  Payment of Notes

         The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if
any, and  interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner  provided in the
Notes and in this Indenture.  Principal,  premium, if any, and interest shall be
considered  paid on the date due


                                      -52-
<PAGE>


if the Paying  Agent,  if other than the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  or
Affiliates,  holds as of 12:00  noon (New York City  time) on the due date money
deposited by the Company in immediately  available  funds and designated for and
sufficient  to pay all  principal,  premium and  interest  then due. The Company
shall pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in
the amounts set forth in the Registration  Rights  Agreement.  If any Liquidated
Damages  become  payable,  the Company shall not later than three  Business Days
prior to the date that any payment of  Liquidated  Damages is due (i) deliver an
Officers'  Certificate  to the Trustee  setting  forth the amount of  Liquidated
Damages payable to Holders and (ii) instruct the Paying Agent to pay such amount
of Liquidated Damages to Holders entitled to receive such Liquidated Damages.

         The Company shall pay interest (including  post-petition interest under
any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium,  if any, from time to time
on  demand at a rate  equal to 1% per  annum in  excess  of the then  applicable
interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful;  the Company shall pay interest
(including   post-petition   interest  under  any  Bankruptcy  Law)  on  overdue
installments  of  interest  and  Liquidated   Damages  (without  regard  to  any
applicable  grace  period)  from  time to time on demand at the same rate to the
extent  lawful.  Interest  will be  computed  on the  basis  of a  360-day  year
comprised of twelve 30-day months.

SECTION 4.02  Maintenance of Office or Agency

         The Company will maintain, in The City of New York, an office or agency
(which  may be an  office  of the  Trustee  or  Registrar)  where  Notes  may be
presented  or  surrendered  for  payment,  where  Notes may be  surrendered  for
registration  of transfer or exchange  and where  notices and demands to or upon
the  Company  in  respect of the Notes and this  Indenture  may be  served.  The
Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location,  and any
change in the  location,  of such  office or agency.  If at any time the Company
shall  fail to  maintain  any such  required  office or agency or shall  fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof,  such  presentations,  surrenders,
notices and demands may be made or served at the  Corporate  Trust Office of the
Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all
such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

         The Company may from time to time  designate  one or more other offices
or  agencies  (in or  outside  of The City of New  York)  where the Notes may be
presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes, and may from time to time
rescind  such  designations;  provided,  however,  that no such  designation  or
rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain
an office or agency in The City of New York for such purposes.  The Company will
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such  designation or rescission
and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

SECTION 4.03  Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust

         Whenever  the  Company  shall  have one or more  Paying  Agents for the
Notes, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of, premium, if any,
or interest or Liquidated


                                      -53-
<PAGE>


Damages,  if any, on any Notes,  deposit  with a Paying  Agent a sum in same day
funds (or New York  Clearing  House  funds if such  deposit is made prior to the
date on  which  such  deposit  is  required  to be made)  sufficient  to pay the
principal,  premium,  if any, and interest and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any, so
becoming  due  (or at the  option  of  the  Company,  payment  of  interest  and
Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the
Notes at their  respective  addresses  set forth in the  register  of Holders of
Notes;  provided  that all  payments  on the Global  Notes and all  payments  of
principal,  premium,  interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Definitive
Notes, the holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company
or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the applicable  payment
date, shall be made by wire transfer in same day funds),  such sum to be held in
trust for the benefit of the  Persons  entitled  to such  principal,  premium or
interest or  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  and (unless such Paying Agent is the
Trustee)  the  Company  will  promptly  notify the Trustee of such action or any
failure so to act.

         The  Company  will cause each  Paying  Agent  other than the Trustee to
execute  and  deliver to the Trustee an  instrument  in which such Paying  Agent
shall agree with the Trustee,  subject to the  provisions  of this Section 4.03,
that such Paying Agent will:

          (a)  hold all sums held by it for the  payment  of the  principal  of,
               premium,  if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on
               Notes in trust for the  benefit of the Persons  entitled  thereto
               until  such  sums  shall  be paid to such  Persons  or  otherwise
               disposed of as herein provided;

          (b)  give the  Trustee  notice of any  default by the  Company (or any
               other  obligor  upon the Notes) in the  making of any  payment of
               principal, premium, if any, or interest or Liquidated Damages, if
               any;

          (c)  at any time during the continuance of any such default,  upon the
               written request of the Trustee,  forthwith pay to the Trustee all
               sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and

          (d)  acknowledge,  accept and agree to comply in all respects with the
               provisions of this Indenture  relating to the duties,  rights and
               obligations of such Paying Agent.

         The  Company  may at  any  time,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the
satisfaction  and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose,  pay, or
by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in
trust by the Company or such Paying  Agent,  such sums to be held by the Trustee
upon the same  trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the  Company or
such Paying  Agent;  and,  upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee,
such Paying Agent shall be released from all further  liability  with respect to
such money.


                                      -54-
<PAGE>


         Any money  deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held
by the Company,  in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium,  if any,
or interest or Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed
for two years after such principal,  premium,  if any, or interest or Liquidated
Damages,  if any,  has become due and  payable  shall be paid to the  Company on
Company  Request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged  from such
trust;  and the Holder of such Note shall  thereafter,  as an unsecured  general
creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the
Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability
of the Company as trustee  thereof,  shall thereupon cease;  provided,  however,
that the Trustee or such Paying  Agent,  before being  required to make any such
repayment,  shall at the expense of the Company cause notice to be promptly sent
to each  Holder  that  such  money  remains  unclaimed  and  that,  after a date
specified  therein,  which  shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such
notification,  any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid
to the Company.

SECTION 4.04  Reports

         (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so
long as any Notes are  outstanding,  the Company shall furnish to the Holders of
Notes (i) all quarterly and annual financial  information that would be required
to


                                      -55-
<PAGE>


be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were
required to file such forms,  including a "Management's  Discussion and Analysis
of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations"  that describes the financial
condition  and  results  of  operations  of the  Company  and  its  consolidated
Subsidiaries  (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of the financial
statements or in the footnotes thereto,  the financial  condition and results of
operations  of the Company and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  separate  from the
financial information and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries
of the Company)  and, with respect to the annual  information  only, a report on
said financial  statements  (including  the footnotes  thereto) by the Company's
then certified  independent  accountants and (ii) all current reports that would
be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to
file  such  reports.  In  addition,  whether  or not  required  by the rules and
regulations  of the SEC, the Company shall  (without  being required to register
the  Notes  under  Section  12 of the  Exchange  Act)  file a copy  of all  such
information  and reports  with the SEC for public  availability  (unless the SEC
will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities
analysts and prospective  investors upon request. The Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries shall, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding,  furnish to the
Holders  and to  securities  analysts  and  prospective  investors,  upon  their
request,  the information  required to be delivered  pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the  Securities  Act. The Company shall also comply with the provisions of
TIA ss.314(a).

         (b) If the  Company  instructs  the  Trustee to  distribute  any of the
documents  described  in clause (a) above to the  Holders of Notes,  the Company
shall  provide the Trustee with a sufficient  number of copies of all  documents
that the  Company  may be required to deliver to the Holders of Notes under this
Section 4.04. Any such  distribution by the Trustee  pursuant to this clause (b)
shall be at the expense of the Company.

SECTION 4.05  Compliance Certificate

         (a) The Company and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within
90 days after the end of each  fiscal  year  ending  after the date  hereof,  an
Officers' Certificate stating, as to each Officer signing such certificate, that
a review of the  activities  of the  company  and its  subsidiaries  during  the
preceding  fiscal year has been conducted  under his or her supervision and that
to the  best  of his or her  knowledge  each  entity  is not in  default  in the
performance  or  observance  of any terms,  provisions  and  conditions  of this
Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall exist, describing all such
Defaults  or Events of  Default of which he or she may have  knowledge  and what
action the  Company is taking or  proposes to take with  respect  thereto).  For
purposes of this Section  4.05,  such  compliance  shall be  determined  without
regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

         (b) So long as not contrary to the then current  recommendations of the
American  Institute  of Certified  Public  Accountants,  the year-end  financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.04(a) above shall be accompanied by a
written statement of the Company's  independent public accountants (who shall be
a firm of  established  national  reputation)  that,  in making the  examination
necessary for  certification of such financial  statements,  nothing has come to
their  attention  that would lead them to believe  that the Company has violated
any  provisions of Article Four or Article Five hereof or, if any such violation
has occurred,  specifying the nature and period of existence  thereof,  it being
understood that such  accountants  shall not be liable directly or indirectly to
any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

         (c) The  Company  shall,  so long as any of the Notes are  outstanding,
upon becoming  aware of any Default or Event of Default,  deliver to the Trustee
an Officers'  Certificate  specifying  such Default or Event of Default and what
action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 4.06  Taxes

         The Company  shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or  discharged,
before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and
governmental  charges  levied or imposed upon it or any  Subsidiary  or upon the
income,  profits or property of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  and (b)
all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies,  which, if unpaid,
might  by law  become a Lien  upon the  property  of the  Company  or any of its
Subsidiaries  that could produce a material  adverse effect on the  consolidated
financial condition of the Company;  provided,  however,  that the Company shall
not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or  discharged  any such
tax,  assessment,  charge or claim whose  amount,  applicability  or validity is
being contested in good faith by appropriate


                                      -56-
<PAGE>


proceedings  and in respect  of which  appropriate  reserves  (in the good faith
judgment of management of the Company) are being  maintained in accordance  with
GAAP.

SECTION 4.07  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

         The Company  and each  Guarantor  covenants  (to the extent that it may
lawfully  do so) that it shall not at any time  insist  upon,  plead,  or in any
manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension
or usury law wherever enacted,  now or at any time hereafter in force, which may
affect the covenants or the performance of this  Indenture;  and the Company and
each  Guarantor  (to the extent  that it may  lawfully  do so) hereby  expressly
waives all benefit or  advantage of any such law,  and  covenants  that it shall
not, by resort to any such law,  hinder,  delay or impede the  execution  of any
power herein  granted to the Trustee,  but shall suffer and permit the execution
of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

SECTION 4.08  Corporate Existence; Maintenance
               of Properties and Insurance

         Subject to Article 5 hereof,  the Company  shall do or cause to be done
all  things  necessary  to  preserve  and keep in full  force and effect (i) its
corporate existence,  and the corporate,  partnership or other existence of each
of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational
documents  (as the same may be amended  from time to time) of the Company or any
such  Restricted  Subsidiary  and (ii) its  (and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries')
rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises; provided, however, that
the  Company  shall not be  required  to  preserve  any such  right,  license or
franchise,  or the  corporate,  partnership  or  other  existence  of any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries,  if the Board of Directors or management of the Company
shall  determine  in good  faith  that the  preservation  thereof  is no  longer
desirable  in the conduct of the  business of the Company and its  Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole,  and that the loss  thereof  is not  adverse  in any  material
respect to the Holders of Notes.

         With such exceptions,  if any, as are not material in the aggregate and
are not adverse in any  material  respect to the  Holders of Notes,  the Company
shall,  and shall cause each of its  Subsidiaries to, maintain its properties in
good working  order and  condition  (subject to ordinary wear and tear) and make
all  reasonably  necessary  repairs,  renewals,   replacements,   additions  and
improvements required for it to actively conduct and carry on its business.

         The Company  shall  maintain  insurance  against  loss or damage of the
kinds  that,  in the good  faith  judgment  of the  Company,  are  adequate  and
appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Company and its  Subsidiaries
in a prudent  manner,  with  reputable  insurers or with the  government  of the
United  States  of  America  or an agency or  instrumentality  thereof,  in such
amounts,  with such deductibles,  and by such methods as shall be customary,  in
the good faith judgment of the Company,  for companies similarly situated in the
industry.


                                      -57-
<PAGE>


SECTION 4.09  Limitation on the Incurrence of Indebtedness and
              Issuance of Preferred Stock

         The  Company  shall not,  and shall not  permit  any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee
or otherwise  become directly or indirectly  liable,  contingently or otherwise,
with respect to  (collectively,  "incur") any Indebtedness  (including  Acquired
Debt) and the Company  shall not permit any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to
issue any shares of Preferred Stock (other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);  provided,  however, that the Company and
the  Guarantors  may  incur  Indebtedness   (including  Acquired  Debt)  if  the
Consolidated  Interest  Coverage  Ratio of the  Company for the  Company's  most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements
are  available   immediately   preceding  the  date  on  which  such  additional
Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2.50 to 1, determined on a pro
forma  basis,  as if  the  additional  Indebtedness  had  been  incurred  at the
beginning of such  four-quarter  period and no Default or Event of Default shall
have  occurred  and be  continuing  at the time of, or would occur after  giving
effect on a pro forma basis to, such incurrence.

         The  provisions  of the first  paragraph of this Section 4.09 shall not
apply  to  the  incurrence  of  any  of  the  following  items  of  Indebtedness
(collectively, "Permitted Debt"):

               (i)  the   incurrence  by  the  Company  and  the  Guarantors  of
          Indebtedness  under  (A)  the  Credit  Facility,   (B)  Capital  Lease
          Obligations  or (C) purchase  money or mortgage  financings;  provided
          that the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness  (with letters of credit
          being  deemed for all  purposes of this  Indenture to have a principal
          amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its
          Restricted  Subsidiaries in respect  thereof)  outstanding  under this
          clause  (i) after  giving  effect to such  incurrence,  including  all
          Permitted Refinancing  Indebtedness  incurred to refund,  refinance or
          replace any  Indebtedness  incurred  pursuant to this clause (i), does
          not  exceed  a  principal  amount  equal  to  $75.0  million  less the
          aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness permanently repaid with
          the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale;

               (ii)  the  incurrence  by  the  Company  and  the  Guarantors  of
          Indebtedness represented by the Notes, the Guarantees thereof and this
          Indenture in the principal  amount of Notes  originally  issued on the
          Closing Date;

               (iii) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted
         Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

               (iv)  the  incurrence  by  the  Company  and  the  Guarantors  of
          additional   Indebtedness  (other  than  Hedging  Obligations)  in  an
          aggregate  principal  amount not to exceed  $10.0  million at any time
          outstanding;


                                      -58-
<PAGE>


               (v)  the   incurrence  by  the  Company  and  the  Guarantors  of
          Indebtedness  in connection  with the  acquisition  of assets or a new
          Wholly-Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary;  provided that such Indebtedness
          was  incurred  by the prior  owner of such  assets or such  Restricted
          Subsidiary prior to such acquisition by the Company and the Guarantors
          and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation  of, such
          acquisition  by the Company and the  Guarantors  and provided  further
          that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness  incurred pursuant
          to  this  clause  (v)  does  not  exceed  $5.0  million  at  any  time
          outstanding;

               (vi)  the   incurrence   by  the  Company   and  its   Restricted
          Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or
          the net  proceeds  of which are used to refund,  refinance  or replace
          Indebtedness   (other  than   Hedging   Obligations   and  other  than
          Indebtedness  permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (iv), clause
          (vii) or clause (ix) of this  paragraph)  that was  permitted  by this
          Indenture to be incurred;

               (vii) the  incurrence  by the Company or any of its Wholly  Owned
          Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany  Indebtedness between or among
          the Company and its Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiaries;  provided,
          however,  that any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests
          that  results in any such  Indebtedness  being held by a Person  other
          than  the  Company  or a Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
          Company,  and any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a
          Person  that is not either the  Company or a Wholly  Owned  Restricted
          Subsidiary  of  the  Company,  shall  be  deemed,  in  each  case,  to
          constitute an incurrence of such  Indebtedness  by the Company or such
          Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;

               (viii) the  incurrence  by the  Company or any of its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries of Hedging  Obligations that are incurred for the purpose
          of hedging against  fluctuations in currency values or for the purpose
          of fixing or hedging  interest  rate risk with respect to any floating
          rate Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
          that is  permitted by the terms of this  Indenture to be  outstanding,
          provided that the notional principal amount of any Hedging Obligations
          does not exceed the  principal  amount of  Indebtedness  to which such
          agreement relates; and

               (ix)  the  Guarantee  by the  Company  or  any of its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries  of  Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or  a  Wholly  Owned
          Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred
          by another provision of this Section 4.09.

         For  purposes  of  determining  the amount of any  Indebtedness  of any
Person under this Section 4.09, (a) the principal  amount of any Indebtedness of
such Person arising by reason of such Person having granted or assumed a Lien on
its property to secure  Indebtedness of another Person shall be the lower of the
fair market value of such property and the principal amount of such Indebtedness
outstanding (or committed to be advanced) at the time of determination;  (b) the
amount of any  Indebtedness  of such  Person  arising  by reason of such  Person
having  Guaranteed  Indebtedness  of  another  Person  where the  amount of such
Guarantee


                                      -59-
<PAGE>


is limited to an amount less than the principal  amount of the  Indebtedness  so
Guaranteed shall be such amount as so limited;  and (c)  Indebtedness  shall not
include  a  non-recourse  pledge  by  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries of Investments in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company to secure the Indebtedness of such Person.

         For purposes of determining  compliance  with this Section 4.09, in the
event that an item of  Indebtedness  meets the  criteria of more than one of the
categories of Permitted  Debt  described in clauses (i) through (ix) above or is
entitled to be incurred  pursuant to the first  paragraph of this Section  4.09,
the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness in
any manner that  complies  with this Section 4.09 and such item of  Indebtedness
will be treated as having been incurred  pursuant to only one of such clauses or
pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09.

SECTION 4.10  Limitation on Restricted Payments

         The  Company  shall not,  and shall not  permit  any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare or pay any dividend or make
any other payment or distribution on account of the Company's  Equity  Interests
(including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger (other
than the Merger) or  consolidation  involving  the  Company) or to any direct or
indirect  holders of the Company's  Equity  Interests in their  capacity as such
(other than dividends or  distributions  (a) payable in Equity  Interests (other
than  Disqualified  Stock) of the  Company or (b)  payable to the Company or any
Guarantor that is a  Wholly-Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company);  (ii)
except for Permitted  Investments in Persons that are, or after giving effect to
such  Investments  become,  Subsidiaries  of the  Company,  purchase,  redeem or
otherwise  acquire  or  retire  for  value  (including  without  limitation,  in
connection  with any merger (other than the Merger) or  consolidation  involving
the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company
(other than any such Equity  Interests  owned by the Company or any Wholly Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company, any Equity Interests then being issued by
the  Company  or a Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Company or any
Investment in a Person that, after giving effect to such Investment, is a Wholly
Owned Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company);  (iii) make any payment on or with
respect to, or purchase,  redeem,  repay, defease or otherwise acquire or retire
for value, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinated
in right of payment to the Notes or any  Guarantee  thereof,  except a regularly
scheduled  payment  of  interest  or  principal;  or (iv)  make  any  Restricted
Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through
(iv) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"),  unless, at
the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

               (a) no  Default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred  and be
          continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

               (b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and
          after giving pro forma effect  thereto as if such  Restricted  Payment
          had been made at the


                                      -60-
<PAGE>


          beginning of the applicable  four-quarter  period, have been permitted
          to incur at least  $1.00 of  additional  Indebtedness  pursuant to the
          Consolidated  Interest  Coverage  Ratio  test set  forth in the  first
          paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof if the number 2.50 in such  paragraph
          were 2.0; and

               (c) such Restricted  Payment,  together with the aggregate amount
          of all other Restricted  Payments  declared or made by the Company and
          its  Restricted   Subsidiaries   after  the  Closing  Date  (excluding
          Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (v) and (vi) and
          clause (viii) (if and to the extent that the reimbursement obligations
          paid pursuant to clause (viii) are direct  obligations  of the Company
          or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and are in respect of letters of
          credit  issued  prior to the  Closing  Date)  of the  next  succeeding
          paragraph),  is less than the sum, without duplication,  of (1) 50% of
          the  Adjusted  Consolidated  Net Income of the  Company for the period
          (taken as one  accounting  period) from the Closing Date to the end of
          the Company's  most recently  ended fiscal  quarter for which internal
          financial  statements  are  available  at the time of such  Restricted
          Payment (or, if such Adjusted  Consolidated Net Income for such period
          is a  deficit,  less  100%  of such  deficit),  plus  (2)  100% of the
          aggregate net cash proceeds  received by the Company from the issue or
          sale since the Closing Date of Equity  Interests of the Company (other
          than Disqualified  Stock), or of Disqualified Stock or debt securities
          of the Company  that have been  converted  into such Equity  Interests
          (other than Equity  Interests (or  Disqualified  Stock or  convertible
          debt  securities)  sold to a Subsidiary  of the Company and other than
          Disqualified  Stock or  convertible  debt  securities  that  have been
          converted into  Disqualified  Stock),  plus (3) to the extent that any
          Restricted Investment (other than any Committed Restricted Investment)
          that was made  after the  Closing  Date is sold for cash or  otherwise
          liquidated  or repaid for cash,  the lesser of (A) the cash  return of
          capital with respect to such Restricted  Investment  (less the cost of
          disposition, if any) (but only to the extent not included in subclause
          (1) of this clause (c) or applied to reduce  Unrestricted  Investments
          Outstanding) and (B) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment,
          plus (4) to the extent that any Restricted  Investment (other than any
          Committed Restricted  Investment) that was made after the Closing Date
          in the form of a guarantee of Indebtedness is reduced as a result of a
          reduction in the maximum  principal amount of Indebtedness that may be
          guaranteed  under such guarantee,  the amount of such reduction,  plus
          (5) to the  extent  that any  Restricted  Investment  (other  than any
          Committed Restricted  Investment) that was made after the Closing Date
          in the form of the  furnishing  of a letter of credit as security  for
          Indebtedness  or  other  obligations  is  reduced  as  a  result  of a
          reduction in the maximum reimbursement  obligations in respect of such
          letter or credit, the amount of such reduction, plus (6) to the extent
          that any Restricted  Investment  (other than any Committed  Restricted
          Investment)  that was made after the  Closing  Date in the form of the
          guarantee of a lease has been amortized (as provided in the definition
          of "Investments"),  the amount of such  amortization,  plus (7) to the
          extent  that any  Restricted  Investment  (other  than  any  Committed
          Restricted  Investment)  that was made after the  Closing  Date in the
          form of a guarantee of obligations  other than Indebtedness or a lease
          is reduced as a result of a reduction in the


                                      -61-
<PAGE>

          maximum liability under such guarantee,  the amount of such reduction,
          plus (8) in the event that (A) any Unrestricted  Subsidiary shall have
          been  effectively  designated by the Board of Directors of the Company
          as a  Restricted  Subsidiary  in  accordance  with  the  terms of this
          Indenture and (B) immediately  after giving effect to such designation
          no Default or Event of Default shall have existed and such  Subsidiary
          shall have become a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
          the  lowest  of (x) an  amount  equal to the  fair  market  value  (as
          determined  in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) at
          the time of such  designation  of the  outstanding  Investments of the
          Company  and  its  Restricted   Subsidiaries   in  the  Subsidiary  so
          designated,  (y) an  amount  equal  to the  net  book  value  of  such
          outstanding  Investments  at the time of such  designation  and (z) an
          amount  equal to the  amount of  Restricted  Investments  (other  than
          Committed  Restricted   Investments)  made  by  the  Company  and  its
          Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary after the Closing Date less
          the amount,  if any, of any amounts  included in subclause  (3),  (4),
          (5), (6) or (7) of this clause (c) in respect of such Subsidiary, plus
          (9) $20.0 million.

         The  foregoing  provisions  will not  prohibit  (i) the  payment of any
dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration  thereof,  if at said date
of  declaration  such payment  would have  complied  with the  provisions of the
Indenture;  (ii) the  redemption,  repurchase,  retirement,  defeasance or other
acquisition of any subordinated  Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company
in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent
sale (other than to a Subsidiary  of the Company) of, other Equity  Interests of
the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any
such net cash  proceeds that are utilized for any such  redemption,  repurchase,
retirement,  defeasance or other  acquisition  shall be excluded from clause (c)
(2) of the preceding paragraph;  (iii) the redemption,  repurchase,  retirement,
defeasance or other  acquisition of subordinated  Indebtedness with the net cash
proceeds  from an  incurrence of Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness;  (iv) the
repurchase,  redemption  or other  acquisition  or  retirement  for value of any
Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held
by any  member  of the  Company's  (or  any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries')
management or board of directors or any employee stock ownership plan;  provided
that the aggregate price paid for all such  repurchased,  redeemed,  acquired or
retired  Equity  Interests  shall not exceed  $1.0  million in any  twelve-month
period;  (v) Tax  Distributions  in respect of periods  when the Company is an S
Corporation, (vi) Committed Restricted Investments; (vii) Restricted Investments
consisting of payments  pursuant to guaranties (not prohibited by the provisions
of this Indenture) of Indebtedness;  (viii) Restricted Investments consisting of
payments  pursuant to reimbursement  obligations in respect of letters of credit
(not  prohibited by the provisions of the Indenture)  securing  Indebtedness  or
other  obligations;  and (ix)  Restricted  Investments  consisting  of  payments
pursuant to guaranties  (not  prohibited by the  provisions of the Indenture) of
obligations (other than Indebtedness),  provided,  however, that at the time of,
and after giving effect to, any Restricted  Payment  permitted under clauses (i)
through  (iv) no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing.


                                      -62-
<PAGE>


         The amount of all  Restricted  Payments  (other than cash) shall be the
fair  market  value on the date of the  Restricted  Payment of the  asset(s)  or
securities  proposed  to be  transferred  or  issued  by  the  Company  or  such
Restricted  Subsidiary,  as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.
The fair market value of any non-cash  Restricted Payment shall be determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto shall
be delivered to the Trustee.  Notwithstanding the two preceding  sentences,  the
amount of any Restricted Investment that is a guarantee of (or the furnishing of
a letter or credit as security for)  Indebtedness or other  obligations shall be
as determined under the definition of "Investments."  Not later than the date of
making any  Restricted  Payment,  the  Company  shall  deliver to the Trustee an
Officers'  Certificate  stating that such Restricted Payments were permitted and
setting  forth the basis upon which the  calculations  required by this  Section
4.10 were computed.

         The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an
Unrestricted  Subsidiary  if such  designation  would not cause a  Default.  For
purposes  of making  such  determination,  all  outstanding  Investments  by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in
the  Subsidiary  so designated  will be deemed to be Restricted  Payments at the
time of such  designation  and will reduce the amount  available for  Restricted
Payments under the first  paragraph of this Section 4.10.  All such  outstanding
Investments  in the  Subsidiary  so  designated  will be  deemed  to  constitute
Investments in an amount equal to the sum of (a) the greater of (i) the net book
value  of such  Investments  at the time of such  designation  and (ii) the fair
market value of such  Investments  at the time of such  designation  and (b) the
amount of such  Investments  constituting a guarantee of (or the furnishing of a
letter  of credit as  security  for)  Indebtedness  or other  obligations.  Such
designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted
at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

         Any such  designation  by the Board of Directors  shall be evidenced to
the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board  Resolution
giving effect to such designation and an Officers'  Certificate  certifying that
such designation  complied with the foregoing  conditions.  If, at any time, any
Unrestricted  Subsidiary  would fail to meet the  definition of an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary,  it shall  thereafter  cease to be an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  for
purposes of this  Indenture and any  Indebtedness  of such  Subsidiary  shall be
deemed to be incurred by a Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company as of such date
(and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under
Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of such Section). The Board
of  Directors  of the  Company  may  at  any  time  designate  any  Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted  Subsidiary;  provided that such designation shall
be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted  Subsidiary of the
Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such
designation  shall only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under
Section 4.09 hereof,  calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had
occurred at the  beginning of the  four-quarter  reference  period,  and (ii) no
Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.


                                      -63-
<PAGE>


SECTION 4.11  Limitation on Liens

         The  Company  shall not,  and shall not  permit  any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  to,  directly or indirectly,  create,  incur,  assume or suffer to
exist any Lien securing Indebtedness or trade payables on any asset now owned or
hereafter  acquired,  or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any
right to receive  income  therefrom,  unless the Notes are  equally  and ratably
secured  with  such   Indebtedness  or  trade  payables  for  so  long  as  such
Indebtedness  or trade  payables  are so secured;  provided,  however,  that the
provisions of this sentence shall not prohibit Permitted Liens.

SECTION 4.12 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

         The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its
properties  or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into
or make or amend any  transaction,  contract,  agreement,  understanding,  loan,
advance or guarantee  with,  or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company
(each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate  Transaction"),  unless (i) such Affiliate
Transaction  is on  terms  that  are no less  favorable  to the  Company  or the
relevant  Subsidiary  than those that would have been  obtained in a  comparable
transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary with an unrelated  Person and (ii)
the  Company  delivers  to  the  Trustee  (a)  with  respect  to  any  Affiliate
Transaction  or series of related  Affiliate  Transactions  involving  aggregate
payments or consideration  in excess of $1.0 million,  a resolution of the Board
of  Directors  set  forth  in an  Officers'  Certificate  certifying  that  such
Affiliate  Transaction  complies  with clause (i) above and that such  Affiliate
Transaction  has been approved by a majority of the  independent  members of the
Board of Directors and (b) with respect to any Affiliate  Transaction  or series
of related Affiliate  Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration
in excess of $5.0 million,  an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such
Subsidiary of such Affiliate  Transaction  from a financial point of view issued
by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

         The  foregoing   provisions   will  not  prohibit  (i)  any  reasonable
employment  agreement or other  compensation  plan or  arrangement  paid or made
available  to  officers or  employees  of the  Company or its  Subsidiaries  for
services  actually rendered or to be rendered and entered into by the Company or
any  Subsidiary  in the  ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with past
practice; (ii) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Wholly Owned
Restricted  Subsidiaries;  (iii) any Remote Guarantee or Permitted Investment or
any  Restricted  Payment  that is permitted  by the  provisions  of Section 4.10
hereof;  (iv)  transactions  between or among  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries of the
Company;  (v) the provision,  in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past  practice and for cash  consideration  not less than the cost  thereof,  of
support services (such as accounting,  architectural,  legal and  administrative
services)  by the  Company  and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries  of the Company and entities in which the Company has,  directly or
indirectly,  an equity interest of 20% or more; (vi) the Tax Payment  Agreement;
(vii) leases or subleases by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of real
property  to  Unrestricted   Subsidiaries  or  Persons  in  which   Unrestricted


                                      -64-
<PAGE>


Subsidiaries have an equity interest to the extent that such leases or subleases
are in effect on the Closing Date;  (viii)  guarantees of  Indebtedness  or real
property lease  obligations of  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  or entities in which
Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  have an  equity  interest  to the  extent  that such
guarantees are in effect on the Closing Date; or (ix) payments by the Company to
Sbarro  Enterprises,  L.P.  under the sublease for the Company's  administrative
office building as in effect on the Closing Date.

SECTION  4.13  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
               Affecting Subsidiaries

         The  Company  shall not,  and shall not  permit  any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,  create or otherwise cause or suffer to
exist or become  effective any  consensual  encumbrance  or  restriction  on the
ability of any Restricted  Subsidiary to (i) (a) pay dividends or make any other
distributions  to the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  (1) on its
Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation  in, or
measured by, its profits,  or (b) pay any indebtedness or other Obligations owed
to the  Company  or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  (ii)  make  loans  or
advances to the Company or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  (iii) transfer
any  of  its  properties  or  assets  to the  Company  or any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries,  (iv) grant Liens on its assets as  security  for the Notes or any
Guarantee  thereof or (v)  Guarantee  the Notes or any renewals or  refinancings
thereof,  except for such encumbrances or restrictions  (other than encumbrances
and restrictions in respect of clause (v) of this sentence) existing under or by
reason of (a) Existing  Indebtedness  as in effect on the Closing Date,  (b) the
Credit  Facility  as in  effect  as of the  Closing  Date,  and any  amendments,
modifications,   restatements,  renewals,  increases,  supplements,  refundings,
replacements   or   refinancings   thereof,   provided  that  such   amendments,
modifications,   restatements,  renewals,  increases,  supplements,  refundings,
replacement  or  refinancings  are no  more  restrictive  with  respect  to such
dividend  and other  payment  restrictions  than those  contained  in the Credit
Facility as in effect on the Closing Date, (c) the Notes, any Guarantee  thereof
and the Indenture, (d) applicable law, (e) any instrument governing Indebtedness
or Equity Interests of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition  (except to the extent
such  Indebtedness  or Equity  Interests were incurred in connection  with or in
contemplation  of such  acquisition),  which  encumbrance  or restriction is not
applicable to any Person, or the Equity  Interests,  properties or assets of any
Person,  other than the Person, or the Equity  Interests,  property or assets of
the Person,  so  acquired,  provided  that,  in the case of  Indebtedness,  such
Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred, (f) by
reason  of  customary   nonassignment   provisions  (or  provisions  prohibiting
sublease)  in  leases  entered  into in the  ordinary  course  of  business  and
consistent  with past  practices,  (g)  purchase  money or mortgage  obligations
permitted  by this  Indenture  for property  acquired in the ordinary  course of
business  that impose  restrictions  of the nature  described in clause (iii) or
(iv) above on the property so acquired,  (h) customary  restrictions in asset or
stock sale  agreements  limiting  transfer of such  assets or stock  pending the
closing of such sale,  (i)  customary  non-assignment  provisions  in  contracts
entered into in the ordinary  course of business,  or (j) Permitted  Refinancing
Indebtedness,  provided  that  the  restrictions  contained  in  the  agreements
governing such


                                      -65-
<PAGE>


Permitted Refinancing  Indebtedness are no more restrictive than those contained
in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced.

SECTION 4.14  Covenants Relating to Tax Payment Agreement

         If the Company elects to be treated as an S Corporation:

         (a) the Company shall elect to be treated as an "S  corporation" or its
equivalent for state and local income tax purposes in each state and locality in
which the Company does business that permits such an election,  for the earliest
possible applicable taxable year;

         (b) with respect to each of the Company's  Subsidiaries as to which the
Company makes a valid "qualified subchapter S subsidiary" election under Section
1361(b)(3) of the Code, the Company shall make an equivalent  election for state
and local income tax  purposes,  in each state and locality in which the Company
does  business  that  permits  such  an  election,  for  the  earliest  possible
applicable taxable year;

         (c) except as permitted in paragraph 10 of the Tax Payment Agreement or
except  in  connection  with the  termination  of the  Company's  status as an S
Corporation,  the  Company  shall  not take  any  action  which  it knows  would
terminate  any  election  made  to  be  treated  as an "S  corporation"  or  its
equivalent  for state or local  income tax  purposes,  or for one or more of its
subsidiaries  to be treated as a  "qualified  subchapter  S  subsidiary"  or its
equivalent for state or local income tax purposes;

         (d) the  Company  shall  furnish  the  Trustee  with  (i) a copy of its
election  to be  treated  as an S  Corporation  within 15 days  after the filing
thereof,  (ii) a copy of each  determination of amounts  permitted to be paid or
distributed  to or for  the  benefit  of,  or  required  to be  repaid  by,  the
shareholders  of the Company under the Tax Payment  Agreement,  certified by the
Chief  Financial  Officer of the Company,  on or prior to making such payment or
distribution or requesting  such  repayment,  (iii) a copy of its federal income
tax return for each taxable year (and any amendment  thereto) in which it claims
to be an S  Corporation  within  20  days  after  filing  thereof,  and  (iv)  a
certificate of the Company's certified  independent  accountants  confirming the
computation of the amount  determined under clause (a) of paragraph 4 of the Tax
Payment Agreement based on the Company's  original federal income tax return for
such taxable year as filed, within 20 days after the Tax Return Date (as defined
in the Tax Payment  Agreement) for each taxable year in which the Company claims
to be an S Corporation;

         (e) the Company shall promptly  notify the Trustee upon learning of the
termination of its status as an S Corporation for any reason;

         (f) the Company shall file its original  federal  income tax return for
each taxable year in which it claims to be an S Corporation on or before the due
date thereof (including valid extensions of time to file such returns); and


                                      -66-
<PAGE>


         (g) the  Company  shall  cause to be repaid to the  Company all amounts
(including interest, where applicable) required to be repaid by the shareholders
of the Company pursuant to the Tax Payment Agreement.  Any such repayments shall
be  treated  as  capital  contributions  which  shall not  increase  the  amount
available for Restricted  Payments,  except for any such increase resulting from
such repayments causing an increase in Adjusted Consolidated Net Income.

SECTION 4.15  Payments for Consent

         The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly,  pay or cause to be paid any  consideration,  whether by
way of  interest,  fee or  otherwise,  to any  Holder  of any Notes for or as an
inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions
of this Indenture or the Notes unless such  consideration  is offered to be paid
and is paid to all Holders of Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the
time frame set forth in the  solicitation  documents  relating to such  consent,
waiver or agreement.

SECTION 4.16  Asset Sales

         The  Company  shall not,  and shall not  permit  any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the
Company  (or  such  Restricted   Subsidiary,   as  the  case  may  be)  receives
consideration  at the time of such Asset Sale at least  equal to the fair market
value  (evidenced  by a resolution  of the Board of Directors of the Company set
forth in an  Officers'  Certificate  delivered  to the Trustee) of the assets or
Equity Interests  issued or sold or otherwise  disposed of and (ii) at least 75%
of the  consideration  therefor  received  by the  Company  or  such  Restricted
Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;  provided that the amount
of  (a)  any   liabilities  (as  shown  on  the  Company's  or  such  Restricted
Subsidiary's  most  recent  balance  sheet) of the  Company  or such  Restricted
Subsidiary (other than contingent  liabilities and liabilities that are by their
terms  subordinated  to the Notes or any Guarantee  thereof) that are assumed by
the  transferee of any such assets or Equity  Interests  pursuant to a customary
novation  agreement  that  expressly  releases  the  Company or such  Restricted
Subsidiary  from  further  liability  and (b) any  securities,  notes  or  other
obligations  received by the  Company or such  Restricted  Subsidiary  from such
transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary into
cash  within 30 days after such Asset Sale (to the extent of the cash  received)
shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision.

         Within 365 days after the  receipt  of any Net  Proceeds  from an Asset
Sale, the Company, at its option, may apply such Net Proceeds (i) to permanently
reduce  any  Senior  Debt of the  Company  and/or  its  Wholly-Owned  Restricted
Subsidiaries (and to correspondingly  reduce commitments with respect thereto in
the case of revolving  borrowings)  or (ii) to the  acquisition of a controlling
interest  in  another  business,  the  making  of a capital  expenditure  or the
acquisition  of other  assets  (other than assets  that would be  classified  as
current  assets  in  accordance  with  GAAP),  in each  case,  in the  same or a
reasonably   similar


                                      -67-
<PAGE>

line of business as the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries were engaged in
on the  date of this  Indenture  or in any  business  reasonably  complementary,
related  or  incidental  thereto  as  determined  in good  faith by the Board of
Directors  of the  Company.  Pending  the  final  application  of any  such  Net
Proceeds,  the  Company  may  apply  such Net  Proceeds  to  temporarily  reduce
borrowings  under the Credit  Facility or invest such Net Proceeds in any manner
that is not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that
are not applied or invested as provided in the first  sentence of this paragraph
will be deemed to constitute  "Excess  Proceeds."  When the aggregate  amount of
Excess  Proceeds  exceeds $5.0  million,  the Company shall make an offer to all
Holders of Notes (an "Asset  Sale  Offer") to  purchase  the  maximum  principal
amount of Notes that does not exceed the Excess  Proceeds  at an offer  price in
cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal  amount  thereof,  plus accrued
and unpaid  interest  and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  thereon to the date of
purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.10 hereof. To
the extent that the aggregate  principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an
Asset Sale  Offer is less than the  Excess  Proceeds,  the  Company  may use any
remaining  Excess  Proceeds for general  corporate  purposes.  If the  aggregate
principal  amount of Notes  tendered  by Holders  thereof  exceeds the amount of
Excess  Proceeds,  the Trustee  shall  select the Notes to be purchased on a pro
rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so
that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall
be  purchased).  Upon  completion  of an Asset Sale Offer,  the amount of Excess
Proceeds shall be reset at zero.  The Asset Sale Offer must be commenced  within
30 days  following  the date on which the  aggregate  amount of Excess  Proceeds
exceeds  $5.0  million and remain open for at least 30 and not more than 40 days
(unless otherwise required by applicable law). The Company shall comply with the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other  securities laws
and  regulations  thereunder  to  the  extent  such  laws  and  regulations  are
applicable in connection  with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale
Offer.

SECTION 4.17  Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

         (a) Upon the  occurrence  of a Change  of  Control,  unless  notice  of
redemption  of the Notes in whole has been given  pursuant to Sections  3.04 and
3.08 hereof,  the Company shall make an offer to purchase all or any part (equal
to $1,000 or an integral  multiple  thereof) of each Holder's  Notes pursuant to
the offer  described  below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in
cash (the "Change of Control Payment") equal to 101% of the aggregate  principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon to the date of purchase (the "Change of Control Payment Date").

         (b) Notice of a Change of Control Offer shall be mailed by the Company,
with a copy to the Trustee,  or, at the option of the Company and at the expense
of the Company,  by the Trustee  within 30 days following a Change of Control to
each Holder of Notes, with the following statements and/or information:


                                      -68-
<PAGE>


                    (1)  a Change of  Control  Offer is being made  pursuant  to
                         this Section 4.17 and that all Notes properly  tendered
                         pursuant  to  such  Change  of  Control  Offer  will be
                         accepted for payment;

                    (2)  the purchase  price,  the expiration date of the Change
                         of Control Offer (the "Expiration  Date"),  which shall
                         be no earlier  than 30 days nor later than 40 days from
                         the  date  such  notice  is  mailed  (except  as may be
                         otherwise required by applicable law) and the Change of
                         Control Payment Date,  which shall be no later than the
                         third Business Day following the Expiration Date;

                    (3)  any Note not properly tendered will remain  outstanding
                         and continue to accrue interest and Liquidated Damages,
                         if any;

                    (4)  unless  the  Company  defaults  in the  payment  of the
                         Change  of  Control  Payment,  all Notes  accepted  for
                         payment  pursuant  to the Change of Control  Offer will
                         cease to accrue  interest and  Liquidated  Damages,  if
                         any, on the Change of Control Payment Date;

                    (5)  Holders  electing to have a Note purchased  pursuant to
                         any  Change  of  Control  Offer  shall be  required  to
                         surrender the Note,  with the form entitled  "Option of
                         Holder to Elect  Purchase"  on the  reverse of the Note
                         completed,  or transfer by book-entry transfer,  to the
                         Company, a depositary,  if appointed by the Company, or
                         a Paying  Agent  and at the  address  specified  in the
                         notice prior to the expiration of the Change of Control
                         Offer;

                    (6)  Holders  shall be entitled to withdraw  their  tendered
                         Notes and their  election  to  require  the  Company to
                         purchase  such Notes,  provided  that the Company,  the
                         depositary  or  Paying  Agent,  as  the  case  may  be,
                         receives,  not later than the close of  business on the
                         Expiration   Date,   a   telegram,   telex,   facsimile
                         transmission  or letter  setting  forth the name of the
                         Holder,  the principal amount of the Notes tendered for
                         purchase,   and  a   statement   that  such  Holder  is
                         withdrawing his tendered Notes and his election to have
                         such Notes purchased;

                    (7)  that Holders  whose Notes are being  purchased  only in
                         part  shall be  issued  new  Notes  equal in  principal
                         amount  to  the   unpurchased   portion  of  the  Notes
                         surrendered  (or  transferred by book-entry  transfer),
                         which  unpurchased  portion  must be equal to $1,000 in
                         principal amount or an integral multiple thereof; and

                    (8)  a description of the transaction or  transactions  that
                         constitute the Change of Control.


                                      -69-
<PAGE>


         (c) The Company shall comply with the  requirements of Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent  such  laws  and  regulations  are  applicable  in  connection  with  the
repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.

         (d) On the Change of Control  Payment Date, the Company  shall,  to the
extent  lawful,  (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions  thereof  properly
tendered  pursuant to the Change of Control  Offer,  (2) deposit with the Paying
Agent an amount equal to the aggregate  Change of Control  Payment in respect of
all Notes or  portions  thereof  so  tendered  and (3)  deliver,  or cause to be
delivered,  to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted  together with
an Officers'  Certificate  stating the  aggregate  principal  amount of Notes or
portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly
mail or  deliver  to each  Holder of Notes so  tendered  the  Change of  Control
Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or
cause to be  transferred  by book  entry)  to each  Holder  a new Note  equal in
principal amount to any unpurchased  portion of the Notes  surrendered,  if any;
provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal  amount of $1,000 or an
integral  multiple  thereof.  The Company shall publicly announce the results of
the Change of  Control  Offer on or as soon as  practicable  after the Change of
Control Payment Date.

         (e)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if the Change of Control  Payment
Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related  Interest
Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid  interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any,
shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is  registered  at the close of
business on such  Regular  Record  Date,  and no  additional  interest  shall be
payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.


                                      -70-
<PAGE>


         (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to
make a Change of Control  Offer upon a Change of Control if a third  party makes
the  Change of  Control  Offer in the  manner,  at the times  and  otherwise  in
compliance  with the  requirements  set forth in this Indenture  applicable to a
Change of Control  Offer made by the Company  and  purchases  all Notes  validly
tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

         (g) The Change of Control  provisions  described  in this  Section 4.17
will be applicable  whether or not any other  provisions  of this  Indenture are
applicable.

SECTION 4.18  Additional Subsidiary Guarantees

         If the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall  acquire  or create
another Subsidiary after the Closing Date, or any Unrestricted


                                      -71-
<PAGE>


Subsidiary  shall  cease to be an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  and shall  become a
Restricted  Subsidiary,  then the  Company  shall cause such  Subsidiary  to (i)
become (by a  supplemental  indenture  executed and  delivered to the Trustee in
form satisfactory to the Trustee) a Guarantor and (ii) deliver to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that such supplemental
indenture  has been duly executed and  delivered;  provided,  however,  that any
Subsidiary that has been properly  designated as an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary in
accordance  with this  Indenture  shall not be required to become a Guarantor so
long as such Subsidiary continues to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.19  Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital
              Stock of Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries

         The  Company  (i) shall not,  and shall not  permit  any  Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Company to,  transfer,  convey,  sell,  lease or
otherwise  dispose  of  any  Equity  Interests  or  other  ownership   interests
(including   convertible   debt  securities)  of  any  Wholly  Owned  Restricted
Subsidiary  of the  Company to any Person  (other  than the  Company or a Wholly
Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the  Company),   unless  (a)  such  transfer,
conveyance,  sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Equity Interests and
other ownership interests of such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary and (b) the
Net Proceeds from such transfer,  conveyance,  sale, lease or other  disposition
are applied in accordance with Sections 4.16 and 3.10 hereof, and (ii) shall not
permit any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to issue any of its
Equity Interests or other ownership interests (other than, if necessary,  shares
of its Capital Stock  constituting  directors'  qualifying shares) to any Person
other  than to the  Company  or a  Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
Company.

                                   ARTICLE 5.

                                   SUCCESSORS

SECTION 5.01  Limitation on Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

         (a) The Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or
not the Company is the surviving  Person),  or sell,  assign,  transfer,  lease,
convey or otherwise  dispose of all or  substantially  all of its  properties or
assets in one or more related  transactions  to,  another  Person unless (i) the
Company is the  surviving  Person or the Person  formed by or surviving any such
consolidation  or merger  (if other  than the  Company)  or to which  such sale,
assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance or other  disposition shall have been
made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States,  any
state  thereof  or the  District  of  Columbia;  (ii) the  Person  formed  by or
surviving  any such  consolidation  or merger (if other than the Company) or the
Person to which such sale,  assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance  or other
disposition  shall have been made  assumes  all the  obligations  of the Company
under the Notes and this  Indenture  pursuant to a  supplemental  indenture in a
form reasonably  satisfactory  to the Trustee;  (iii)  immediately  after giving
effect to such  transaction  no  Default or Event of  Default  exists;  and (iv)
except  in the  case of a merger  of the  Company  with or into


                                      -72-
<PAGE>


a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company,  the Company or the Person
formed by or  surviving  any such  consolidation  or merger  (if other  than the
Company),  or to which such sale,  assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance or
other  disposition  shall  have been made (A) will have  Consolidated  Net Worth
immediately  after the transaction equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net
Worth of the Company immediately  preceding the transaction and (B) will, at the
time of such  transaction  and after giving pro forma effect  thereto as if such
transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional  Indebtedness pursuant to the
Consolidated  Interest  Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first  paragraph of
Section 4.09 hereof.

         (b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee prior to the  consummation
of any proposed  transaction  subject to the  foregoing  clause (a) an Officers'
Certificate  and  an  Opinion  of  Counsel,   each  stating  that  the  proposed
transaction and such  supplemental  indenture  comply with this  Indenture.  The
Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively  rely upon such Officers'  Certificate
and Opinion of Counsel.

SECTION 5.02 Successor Person Substituted

         Upon any  consolidation or merger, or any sale,  assignment,  transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company in  accordance  with Section 5.01 hereof,  the  successor  Person
formed by such  consolidation  or into  which the  Company is merged or to which
such sale, assignment,  transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made
shall  succeed  to, and be  substituted  for (so that from and after the date of
such consolidation,  merger, sale, lease,  conveyance or other disposition,  the
provisions of this Indenture  referring to the "Company"  shall refer instead to
the successor  Person and not to the Company),  and may exercise every right and
power of the  Company  under  this  Indenture  with the same  effect  as if such
successor Person had been named as the Company herein.

                                   ARTICLE 6.

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01  Events of Default

         Each of the following constitutes an Event of Default:

               (1)  default  for 30  days or more  in the  payment  when  due of
          interest  on, or  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  with  respect to, the
          Notes; or

               (2) default in payment  when due  (whether  payable at  maturity,
          upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of or premium,  if any,
          on the Notes; or


                                      -73-
<PAGE>


               (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries
          to comply with Section 3.10, 4.16, 4.17 or 5.01 hereof; or

               (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries
          for 30 days after  written  notice by the Trustee or the Holders of at
          least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding  Notes to comply
          with any of its other  agreements in this Indenture or the Notes other
          than those referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above; or

               (5) default  under any mortgage,  indenture or  instrument  under
          which  there  may be  issued  or by  which  there  may be  secured  or
          evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of
          its Restricted  Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by
          the  Company  or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries),  whether  such
          Indebtedness or guarantee now exists,  or is created after the Closing
          Date,  which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or
          premium,  if any,  or  interest  on  such  Indebtedness  prior  to the
          expiration of the grace period,  if any, provided in such Indebtedness
          on the date of such  default (a "Payment  Default")  or (b) results in
          the  acceleration of such  Indebtedness  prior to its express maturity
          and,  in each case,  the  principal  amount of any such  Indebtedness,
          together  with the  principal  amount of any other  such  Indebtedness
          under which there has been a Payment  Default or the maturity of which
          has been so accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million or more; or

               (6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries
          to pay final  judgments  aggregating  in excess  of $5.0  million  and
          either (a) any creditor  commences  enforcement  proceedings  upon any
          such judgment or (b) such judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed
          for a period of 60 days; or

               (7) except as permitted by this  Indenture,  any Guarantee of the
          Notes shall be held in any judicial  proceeding to be unenforceable or
          invalid  or shall  cease for any other  reason to be in full force and
          effect,  or any  Guarantor,  or any  Person  acting  on  behalf of any
          Guarantor,   shall  deny  or  disaffirm  its  obligations   under  its
          Subsidiary Guarantee; or

               (8) the Company, any Restricted  Subsidiary that is a Significant
          Subsidiary,  or any  group  of  Restricted  Subsidiaries  that,  taken
          together,  would constitute a Significant  Subsidiary,  pursuant to or
          within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

                    (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding,

                    (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief  against it
               in an involuntary case or proceeding,

                    (C) consents to the  appointment of a Custodian of it or for
               all or substantially all of its property,


                                      -74-
<PAGE>


                    (D)  makes  a  general  assignment  for the  benefit  of its
               creditors, or

                    (E) admits in writing  its  inability  generally  to pay its
               debts as the same become due; or

               (9) a court of competent  jurisdiction  enters an order or decree
          under any Bankruptcy Law that:

                    (A)  is for  relief  against  the  Company,  any  Restricted
               Subsidiary  that is a  Significant  Subsidiary  or any  group  of
               Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together,  would constitute a
               Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding,

                    (B)  appoints a Custodian  of the  Company,  any  Restricted
               Subsidiary  that is a  Significant  Subsidiary  or any  group  of
               Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together,  would constitute a
               Significant  Subsidiary or for all or a  substantial  part of the
               property of the  Company,  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  that is a
               Significant  Subsidiary or any group of  Restricted  Subsidiaries
               that, taken together,  would constitute a Significant Subsidiary,
               or

                    (C) orders the  liquidation  of the Company,  any Restricted
               Subsidiary  that is a  Significant  Subsidiary  or any  group  of
               Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together,  would constitute a
               Significant Subsidiary,

         and the order or decree  contemplated by clause (A), (B) or (C) of this
         clause (9) remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

SECTION 6.02  Acceleration of Maturity

         If any Event of Default  occurs and is  continuing,  the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal  amount of the then  outstanding  Notes may
declare all the Notes and all other Obligations thereunder to be due and payable
immediately  by  notice  in  writing  to the  Company  and the  Trustee.  Upon a
declaration  of  acceleration,  the Notes and all other  Obligations  thereunder
shall become immediately due and payable.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the case of an  Event  of  Default
specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 hereof  occurring with respect to
the Company, any Restricted  Subsidiary that is a Significant  Subsidiary or any
group;  of Restricted  Subsidiaries  that,  taken together,  would  constitute a
Significant  Subsidiary,   all  outstanding  Notes  and  all  other  Obligations
thereunder  shall become  immediately  due and payable without further action or
notice.

         If any Event of  Default  occurs by reason of any  willful  action  (or
inaction)  taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company or any  Guarantor
with the  intention of avoiding



                                      -75-
<PAGE>


payment of the  premium  that the  Company  would have had to pay if the Company
then had  elected  to redeem  the Notes  pursuant  to Section  3.08  hereof,  an
equivalent  premium shall also become and be immediately  due and payable to the
extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

SECTION 6.03  Other Remedies

         If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue
any available  remedy (under this Indenture or otherwise) to collect the payment
of principal of, premium,  if any,  Liquidated  Damages, if any, and interest on
the Notes or to enforce the  performance  of any  provision  of the Notes,  this
Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement.

         The Trustee may maintain a  proceeding  even if it does not possess any
of the  Notes  or does not  produce  any of them in the  proceeding.  A delay or
omission  by the  Trustee  or any  Holder of a Note in  exercising  any right or
remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04  Waiver of Past Defaults

         Subject to Section 6.07 hereof,  the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then  outstanding  Notes by notice to the Trustee may on
behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing  Default or Event of
Default and its consequences hereunder,  except a continuing Default or Event of
Default  in the  payment of the  principal  of,  premium,  if any,  interest  or
Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  on,  any Note  held by a  non-consenting  Holder;
provided,  however,  that  the  Holders  of at  least a  majority  in  aggregate
principal  amount of the Notes then  outstanding may rescind an acceleration and
its consequences,  including any related payment default that resulted from such
acceleration.  Upon any such waiver,  such Default shall cease to exist, and any
Event of Default arising  therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every
purpose of this Indenture;  but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 6.05  Control by Majority

         The Holders of a majority  in  aggregate  principal  amount of the then
outstanding  Notes may  direct  the time,  method  and place of  conducting  any
proceeding for exercising any remedy  available to the Trustee or exercising any
trust or power  conferred on it.  However,  subject to Section 7.01 hereof,  the
Trustee  may  refuse to follow any  direction  that  conflicts  with law or this
Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of
other  Holders of Notes or that may involve  the Trustee in personal  liability.
The Trustee  may take any other  action  which it deems  proper and which is not
inconsistent with any such direction.  In the event the Trustee takes any action
or follows any  direction  pursuant  to this  Indenture,  the  Trustee  shall be
entitled to  indemnification  reasonably  satisfactory to it against any loss or
expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.


                                      -76-
<PAGE>


SECTION 6.06  Limitation on Suits

         No Holder of a Note will  have any right to  institute  any  proceeding
with  respect to this  Indenture  or for any remedy  hereunder,  unless (i) such
Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing
Event of Default with respect to the Notes,  (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made written
request to the Trustee to  institute  such  proceeding  and, if requested by the
Trustee,  provided indemnity  satisfactory to the Trustee,  with respect to such
proceeding,  (iii) the  Trustee  shall not have  received  from the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction
inconsistent  with  such  request  and (iv) the  Trustee  shall  have  failed to
institute such  proceeding  within 30 days after such request and, if requested,
the provision of an indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee.

         Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained  in this  Section
6.06,  any Holder of a Note shall have the right to institute a proceeding  with
respect  to this  Indenture  or the  Notes or for any  remedy  in the  following
instances:

                  (i) a Holder of a Note may institute  suit for  enforcement of
         payment of principal of and premium,  if any, or interest or Liquidated
         Damages,  if any,  on such  Note on or after the  respective  due dates
         expressed in such Note (including upon acceleration thereof) or

                  (ii)  Holders  of  a  majority  in  principal  amount  of  the
         outstanding  Notes may  institute any  proceeding  with respect to this
         Indenture or the Notes or any remedy  thereunder;  provided that,  upon
         institution of any  proceeding or exercise of any remedy,  such Holders
         provide the Trustee with prompt written notice thereof.

         A Holder of Notes may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
another  Holder of Notes or to obtain a  preference  or  priority  over  another
Holder of Notes.

SECTION 6.07  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any
Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium,  if





                                      -77-
<PAGE>


any,  interest  or  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  on any Note,  on or after the
respective due dates expressed in such Note, any Redemption  Date, any Change of
Control  Payment Date or any Purchase Date, or to bring suit for the enforcement
of any such payment on or after such respective dates,  shall not be impaired or
affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08  Collection Suit by Trustee

         If an Event of  Default  specified  in  Section  6.01(1)  or (2) hereof
occurs and is continuing,  the Trustee is authorized to recover  judgment in its
own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any Guarantor
for the whole amount of principal of, premium,  if any,  interest and Liquidated
Damages,  if any,  owing  on the  Notes  and  such  further  amount  as shall be
sufficient  to cover  the  costs  and  expenses  of  collection,  including  the
reasonable  compensation,  expenses,  disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel,  and any other  amounts due to the Trustee under Section
7.07 hereof.

SECTION 6.09  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

         The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers
or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee  (including  any  claim  for  the  reasonable  compensation,   expenses,
disbursements  and  advances of the  Trustee,  its agents and  counsel)  and the
Holders of Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or
any  Guarantor or other  obligor upon the Notes),  its creditors or its property
and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money
or other property  payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the
Notes or upon any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial  proceeding
is  hereby  authorized  by each  Holder of Notes to make  such  payments  to the
Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall expressly consent to the making
of such  payments  directly to the  Holders of Notes,  to pay to the Trustee any
amount due to it for the reasonable  compensation,  expenses,  disbursements and
advances of the Trustee,  its agents and counsel,  and any other amounts due the
Trustee  under  Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such
compensation,  expenses,  disbursements and advances of the Trustee,  its agents
and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out
of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of
the same  shall be  secured  by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all
distributions,  dividends,  money,  securities  and  other  properties  that the
Holders  of Notes may be  entitled  to  receive  in such  proceeding  whether in
liquidation  or under any plan of  reorganization  or  arrangement or otherwise.
Nothing herein  contained  shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize
or  consent  to or accept or adopt on behalf of any  Holder of Notes any plan of
reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment or composition  affecting the Notes or
the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect
of the claim of any Holder of Notes in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10  Priorities

         If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall,
pay out the money in the following order:

               First:  to the Trustee,  its agents and attorneys for amounts due
          under  Section 7.07  hereof,  including  payment of all  compensation,
          expense  and  liabilities  incurred,  and all  advances  made,  by the
          Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

                  Second:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the
         Notes for principal,  premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages,
         if any, ratably,  without preference or priority of any kind, according
         to the amounts due and payable on the


                                      -78-
<PAGE>


          Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages,
          if any, respectively;

               Third:  without  duplication,   to  the  Holders  for  any  other
          Obligations   owing  to  the  Holders   under  this   Indenture,   the
          Registration Rights Agreement and the Notes; and

               Fourth:  to the Company or to such party as a court of  competent
          jurisdiction shall direct.

         The Trustee  may fix a record date and payment  date for any payment to
Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

SECTION 6.11  Undertaking for Costs

         In any suit for the  enforcement  of any  right or  remedy  under  this
Indenture  or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by
it as a Trustee,  a court in its  discretion may require the filing by any party
litigant  in the suit of an  undertaking  to pay the costs of the suit,  and the
court in its  discretion  may  assess  reasonable  costs,  including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees,  against any party litigant in the suit,  having due regard to
the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party  litigant.
This Section  6.11 does not apply to a suit by the  Trustee,  a suit by a Holder
pursuant to Section 6.07  hereof,  or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than
10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

                                   ARTICLE 7.

                                     TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01  Duties of Trustee

         (1) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,  the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same  degree of care and skill in their  exercise,  as a prudent  person
would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of its own affairs.

         (2) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

                  (A) the duties of the Trustee  shall be  determined  solely by
         the TIA or the express  provisions  of this  Indenture  and the Trustee
         need  perform,  and be liable  for (as set forth  herein),  only  those
         duties that are specifically set forth in the TIA or this Indenture and
         no others,  and no implied  covenants or obligations shall be read into
         this Indenture against the Trustee; and

                  (B) in the  absence of bad faith on its part,  the Trustee may
         conclusively   rely,  as  to  the  truth  of  the  statements  and  the
         correctness of the opinions  expressed  therein,  upon  certificates or
         opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of
         this   Indenture,   provided   that  the  Trustee   shall  examine  the
         certificates  and opinions to determine  whether or not they conform to
         the requirements of this Indenture.

         (3)  The  Trustee  may not be  relieved  from  liabilities  for its own
negligent  action,  its  own  negligent  failure  to  act,  or its  own  willful
misconduct, except that:

               (A) this  paragraph  does not limit the  effect of clause  (2) of
          this Section 7.01.

               (B) the  Trustee  shall not be liable  for any error of  judgment
          made in good faith by a Responsible Officer,  unless it is proved that
          the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

               (C) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
          takes or omits to take in good faith in  accordance  with a  direction
          received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

         (4) Whether or not therein  expressly so provided,  every  provision of
this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to clauses (1),
(2) and (3) of this Section 7.01.

         (5) No provision of this Indenture  shall require the Trustee to expend
or risk its own  funds or incur any  liability.  The  Trustee  shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture  unless
the  Holders   shall  have  offered  to  the  Trustee   security  and  indemnity
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

         (6) The Trustee  shall not be liable for interest on any money or other
assets  received  by it except as the  Trustee  may  agree in  writing  with the
Company.  Money  or  other  assets  held in  trust  by the  Trustee  need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

         (7) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any  investigation  into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution,  certificate,  statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction,  consent, order, bond, debenture or
other paper or  documents,  but the  Trustee,  in its  discretion  may make such
further inquiry or  investigation  into such facts or matters as it may see fit,
and,  if  the  Trustee  shall   determine  to  make  such  further   inquiry  or
investigation,  it shall be entitled to examine the books,  records and premises
of the  Company or any  Subsidiary  of the  Company,  personally  or by agent or
attorney.

SECTION 7.02  Rights of Trustee

         (1) The Trustee may  conclusively  rely and shall be fully protected in
relying  upon any  resolution,  document,  Officers'  Certificate  or any  other
certificate,  statement,  instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent,
order,  bond or other  document  believed  by it to be


                                      -79-
<PAGE>


genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper  Person.  The Trustee
need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

         (2) Before the Trustee  acts or refrains  from  acting,  it may consult
with  counsel  and it may  require  an  Officers'  Certificate  or an Opinion of
Counsel or both which shall  comply with  Sections  1.05 and 12.04  hereof.  The
Trustee  shall  not be liable  for any  action it takes or omits to take in good
faith in  reliance on such  Officers'  Certificate  or Opinion of  Counsel.  The
Trustee may consult  with  counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion
of  Counsel  shall  be full  and  complete  authorization  and  protection  from
liability,  in respect of any action taken,  suffered or omitted by it hereunder
in good faith and in reliance thereon.

         (3) The Trustee may act through its attorneys,  agents,  custodians and
nominees and shall not be  responsible  for the  misconduct or negligence of any
agent, custodian and nominee appointed with due care.

         (4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith that it  believes  to be  authorized  or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

         (5) Unless  otherwise  specifically  provided  in this  Indenture,  any
demand, request,  direction or notice from the Company or any Guarantor shall be
sufficient  if  signed  by an  Officer  of the  Company  or  such  Guarantor.  A
permissive  right  granted  to the  Trustee  hereunder  shall  not be  deemed an
obligation to act.

         (6) The Trustee  shall be under no  obligation  to exercise  any of the
rights  or  powers  vested  in it by this  Indenture  at the  request,  order or
direction of any of the Holders  pursuant to the  provisions  of this  Indenture
including,  without  limitation,  the provisions of Section 6.05 hereof,  unless
such  Holders   shall  have  offered  to  the  Trustee   security  or  indemnity
satisfactory  to the Trustee against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities  that
might be incurred by it in compliance with such request, order or direction.

         (7) The Trustee  shall not be charged with  knowledge of any Default or
Event of Default  unless either (i) a  Responsible  Officer of the Trustee shall
have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (ii) written notice
of such Default or Event of Default  shall have been given to the Trustee by the
Company or any Holder.

         (8) In no event  shall the  Trustee  be  liable  for the  selection  of
investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no
liability in respect of losses  incurred as a result of the  liquidation  of any
such  investment  prior to its  stated  maturity  or the  failure  of the  party
directing  such  investment  to provide  timely  written  investment  direction;
provided  in each  such case that the  Trustee  shall  have  acted  strictly  in
accordance  with written  directions  received from the instructing  party.  The
Trustee  shall  have no  obligation  to  invest or  reinvest  any  amounts  held
hereunder in the absence of such written investment direction.


                                      -80-
<PAGE>


         (9) In the event  that the  Trustee  is also  acting  as Paying  Agent,
transfer agent, or Registrar  hereunder,  the rights and protections afforded to
the  Trustee  pursuant  to this  Article 7 shall also be afforded to such Paying
Agent, transfer agent, or Registrar.

SECTION 7.03  Individual Rights of Trustee

         The Trustee,  in its individual or any other  capacity,  may become the
owner or  pledgee  of Notes  and may  otherwise  deal  with the  Company  or any
Affiliate  of the  Company  with the same  rights  it would  have if it were not
Trustee.  However,  in the  event  that the  Trustee  acquires  any  conflicting
interest it must  eliminate such conflict  within 90 days,  apply to the SEC for
permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like
rights and duties.  However,  the Trustee is also  subject to Sections  7.10 and
7.11 hereof.

SECTION 7.04  Trustee's Disclaimer

         The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as
to the  validity  or adequacy of this  Indenture  or the Notes,  it shall not be
accountable  for the  Company's  use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money
paid to the Company or upon the  direction of the Company under any provision of
this  Indenture,  it shall not be responsible  for the use or application of any
money  received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee,  and it shall not be
responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or
any other document in connection  with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this
Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.05  Notice of Defaults

         If a Default or Event of Default  occurs and is continuing and if it is
known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders
of Notes a notice of the  Default  or Event of  Default  within 90 days after it
occurs.  Except in the case of a  Default  or Event of  Default  in  payment  of
principal of, premium,  if any, interest or Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on any
Note  pursuant to Section  6.01(1) or (2) hereof,  the Trustee may  withhold the
notice if it in good  faith  determines  that  withholding  the notice is in the
interests of Holders of Notes.

SECTION 7.06  Reports by Trustee to Holders of Notes

         Within 60 days after each  September 15 beginning  with  September  15,
2000, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the
Holders of Notes a brief report dated as of such  reporting  date that  complies
with TIA ss.  313(a) (but if no event  described in TIA ss.  313(a) has occurred
within the  twelve  months  preceding  the  reporting  date,  no report  need be
transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA ss. 313(b)(2). The Trustee
shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA ss. 313(c).


                                      -81-
<PAGE>


         A copy of each  report at the time of its  mailing  to the  Holders  of
Notes  shall be mailed to the  Company  and  filed  with the SEC and each  stock
exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance  with TIA ss.  313(d).  The
Company  shall  promptly  notify  the  Trustee  when the Notes are listed on any
securities exchange or of any delisting thereof.

SECTION 7.07  Compensation and Indemnity

         The Company and each of the  Guarantors,  jointly and severally,  shall
pay to the  Trustee,  from time to time,  as may be agreed  upon  between  them,
reasonable  compensation  for its  acceptance  of this  Indenture  and  services
hereunder.  The  Trustee's  compensation  shall  not be  limited  by any  law on
compensation  of a trustee  of an express  trust.  The  Company  and each of the
Guarantors,  jointly and severally,  shall  reimburse the Trustee  promptly upon
request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made
by it in addition to the  compensation  for its services in accordance  with any
provision of this  Indenture  (including,  without  limitation,  the  reasonable
compensation,  expenses and  disbursements  of its counsel and of all agents and
other  persons  not  regularly  in  its  employ  (A)  in  connection   with  the
preparation,  execution  and delivery of this  Indenture,  any waiver or consent
hereunder,  any modification or termination  hereof,  or any Event of Default or
alleged Event of Default;  (B) if an Event of Default occurs, in connection with
such  Event  of  Default  and  collection,   bankruptcy,  insolvency  and  other
enforcement   proceedings   relating   thereto;   (C)  in  connection  with  the
administration  of the Trustee's  rights pursuant  hereto;  or (D) in connection
with any removal of the Trustee  pursuant to Section 7.08  hereof),  except such
disbursements, advances and expenses as may be attributable to its negligence or
bad faith.

         The Company and each of the  Guarantors,  jointly and severally,  shall
indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors,  employees and agents against
any and all losses, liabilities,  obligations,  damages,  penalties,  judgments,
actions, suits, proceedings, reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable
fees and  disbursements of counsel) of any kind whatsoever which may be incurred
by the Trustee in connection with any investigative,  administrative or judicial
proceeding  (whether or not such indemnified party is designated a party to such
proceeding)   arising  out  of  or  in   connection   with  the   acceptance  or
administration  of its duties  under  this  Indenture,  including  the costs and
expenses of  enforcing  this  Indenture  against  the Company or the  Guarantors
(including  this Section 7.07) and defending  itself  against any claim (whether
asserted  by the  Company or any Holder or any other  Person)  or  liability  in
connection  with the  exercise  or  performance  of any of its  duties or powers
hereunder; provided, however, that the Company need not reimburse any expense or
indemnify against any loss, obligation, damage, penalty, judgment, action, suit,
proceeding,   reasonable  cost  or  expense   (including   reasonable  fees  and
disbursements  of counsel) of any kind  whatsoever  which may be incurred by the
Trustee  in  connection  with  any  investigative,  administrative  or  judicial
proceeding  (whether or not such indemnified party is designated a party to such
proceeding)  in which  it is  determined  that  the  Trustee  acted  with  gross
negligence or bad faith.  The Trustee  shall notify the Company  promptly of any
claim for which it may seek  indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the
Company  shall  not  relieve  the  Company  or the  Guarantors  of any of  their
obligations hereunder. The Company and the Guarantors shall


                                      -82-
<PAGE>


defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may
have separate  counsel and the Company and each of the  Guarantors,  jointly and
severally,  shall pay the  reasonable  fees and  expenses of such  counsel.  The
Company and the  Guarantors  need not pay for any  settlement  made  without its
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

         The  obligations of the Company and the  Guarantors  under this Section
7.07  (including  the  reasonable  fees and  expenses of its agents and counsel)
shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and
discharge  of  this  Indenture  and  any  rejection  or  termination  under  any
Bankruptcy Law.

         To secure the Company's  payment  obligations in this Section 7.07, the
Trustee  shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or  property  held or
collected by the Trustee,  except that held in trust to pay principal,  premium,
if any, and interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on particular Notes. Such
Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

         When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders  services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) hereof occurs,  the expenses and the
compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and
counsel)  are  intended  to  constitute  expenses  of  administration  under any
Bankruptcy Law.

         The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA ss. 313(b)(2) to
the extent applicable.

SECTION 7.09  Replacement of Trustee

         A resignation or removal of the Trustee and  appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor  Trustee's  acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

         The  Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be  discharged  from
the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company.  The Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the then  outstanding  Notes may remove the Trustee by so
notifying  the Trustee  and the  Company in writing.  The Company may remove the
Trustee if:

               (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

               (2) the  Trustee is  adjudged a bankrupt  or an  insolvent  or an
          order for relief is entered  with  respect  to the  Trustee  under any
          Bankruptcy Law;

               (3) a Custodian or public  officer takes charge of the Trustee or
          its property; or


                                      -83-
<PAGE>


               (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

         If the  Trustee  resigns or is  removed  or if a vacancy  exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office,  the Holders
of a majority in principal  amount of the then  outstanding  Notes may appoint a
successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

         If a successor  Trustee  does not take office  within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the
Holders of at least 10% in principal  amount of the then  outstanding  Notes may
petition any court of competent  jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee.

         If the Trustee,  after  written  request by any Holder of Notes who has
been a Holder of a Note for at least six months,  fails to comply  with  Section
7.10  hereof,  such  Holder of a Note may,  on behalf of itself  and all  others
similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

         The Company shall give or cause to be given notice of each  resignation
and each  removal of the Trustee to all Holders in the manner  provided  herein.
Each notice shall include the name of the  successor  Trustee and the address of
its Corporate Trust Office.

         A  successor  Trustee  shall  deliver  a  written   acceptance  of  its
appointment  to  the  retiring  Trustee  and  to  the  Company.  Thereupon,  the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become  effective,  and the
successor  Trustee  shall have all the rights,  powers and duties of the Trustee
under  this  Indenture.  The  successor  Trustee  shall  mail  a  notice  of its
succession to Holders of Notes.  The retiring  Trustee shall promptly  transfer,
after  payment of all  amounts  owing to the Trustee  pursuant  to Section  7.07
hereof,  all property held by it as Trustee to the successor  Trustee;  provided
that all sums owing to the Trustee  hereunder  have been paid and subject to the
Lien  provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding  replacement  of the
Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company's  obligations  under Section
7.07 hereof  shall  continue for the benefit of the  retiring  Trustee.

SECTION 7.09    successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

         If the Trustee consolidates,  merges or converts into, or transfers all
or  substantially  all of its  corporate  trust  business  (including  the trust
created by this Indenture) to, another  corporation,  the successor  corporation
without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.10  Eligibility; Disqualification

         There shall at all times be a Trustee  hereunder  that is a corporation
organized and doing  business  under the laws of the United States of America or
of any  state or  territory  thereof  or of the  District  of


                                      -84-
<PAGE>


Columbia that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power,
that is subject to supervision or examination by federal, state,  territorial or
District of Columbia  authorities and that has, or is a wholly owned  subsidiary
of a bank holding  company that has, a combined  capital and surplus of at least
$25,000,000  as  set  forth  in its  most  recent  published  annual  report  of
condition.

         If at any time the Trustee  shall  cease to be  eligible in  accordance
with the  provisions  of this Section 7.10 it shall  resign  immediately  in the
manner and with the effect specified in this Article 7.

         This   Indenture   shall  always  have  a  Trustee  who  satisfies  the
requirements  of the TIA,  including  TIA  ss.ss.  310(a)(1),  (2) and (5).  The
Trustee is subject to TIA ss. 310(b).

SECTION 7.11  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

         The  Trustee is  subject  to TIA ss.  311(a),  excluding  any  creditor
relationship  listed in TIA ss.  311(b).  A  Trustee  who has  resigned  or been
removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

                                   ARTICLE 8.

                    LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01  Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

         The Company may, at its option,  evidenced by an Officers' Certificate,
at any time,  with  respect to the Notes,  elect to have either  Section 8.02 or
8.03 hereof be applied to all Notes and Subsidiary  Guarantees then  outstanding
upon compliance with the conditions set forth in this Article 8.

SECTION 8.02  Legal Defeasance and Discharge

         Upon the  Company's  exercise  under  Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each Guarantor  shall,  subject
to the  satisfaction  of the  conditions  set forth in Section 8.04  hereof,  be
deemed to have been discharged from their respective obligations with respect to
all Notes and Subsidiary  Guarantees then outstanding on the date the conditions
set forth  below  are  satisfied  (hereinafter,  "Legal  Defeasance").  For this
purpose,  Legal  Defeasance  means that the Company and any  Guarantor  shall be
deemed to have paid and  discharged the entire  Indebtedness  represented by the
Notes and any Subsidiary  Guarantee then outstanding,  which shall thereafter be
deemed to be "outstanding"  only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the
other Sections of this Indenture  referred to in (a) and (b) below,  and to have
satisfied  all  their  other   obligations   under  such  Notes  and  Subsidiary
Guarantees, and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense
of the  Company,  shall  execute  proper  instruments  prepared  by the  Company
acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive
until otherwise terminated




                                      -85-
<PAGE>


or discharged hereunder:  (a) the rights of Holders of Notes then outstanding to
receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more
fully set forth in such  Section,  payments  in  respect  of the  principal  of,
premium,  if any,  interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on such Notes when
such  payments are due, or on the  Redemption  Date, as the case may be, (b) the
Company's  obligations  with respect to such Notes under  Sections  2.03,  2.04,
2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.10, 4.02 and 4.03 hereof,  (c) the rights,  powers,  trusts,
duties,  indemnities  and immunities of the Trustee  hereunder and the Company's
obligations  in  connection  therewith  and  (d)  this  Article  8.  Subject  to
compliance  with this  Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this
Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03
hereof with respect to the Notes.

SECTION 8.03  Covenant Defeasance

         Upon the  Company's  exercise  under  Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each Guarantor  shall,  subject
to the  satisfaction  of the  conditions  set forth in Section 8.04  hereof,  be
released from its  obligations  under the covenants  contained in Sections 4.04,
4.05,  4.06,  4.08,  4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 , 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18
and 4.19 and  Article 5 hereof  with  respect to the  outstanding  Notes and the
Subsidiary  Guarantees on and after the date the  conditions set forth below are
satisfied (hereinafter,  "Covenant Defeasance"),  and the Notes shall thereafter
be deemed not to be  "outstanding"  for the purposes of any  direction,  waiver,
consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the  consequences  of any thereof)
in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding"
for all other purposes  hereunder (it being  understood  that such Notes and the
Subsidiary  Guarantees shall not be deemed outstanding for financial  accounting
purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the
outstanding Notes and the Subsidiary  Guarantees,  the Company and any Guarantor
may omit to comply  with and shall  have no  liability  in  respect of any term,
condition or  limitation  set forth in any such  covenant,  whether  directly or
indirectly,  by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or
by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or
in any other  document,  and such  omission  to comply  shall not  constitute  a
Default or Event of Default under Section 6.01(3) or (4) hereof,  but, except as
specified  above,  the  remainder  of this  Indenture  and such  Notes  shall be
unaffected thereby. In addition,  upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01
hereof  of  the  option  applicable  to  this  Section  8.03,   subject  to  the
satisfaction  of the  conditions  set forth in  Section  8.04  hereof,  Sections
6.01(3) through 6.01(7) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.04  Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

         The  following  shall be the  conditions to the  application  of either
Section  8.02  or 8.03  hereof  to the  outstanding  Notes  and  the  Subsidiary
Guarantees:

         In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as
applicable:


                                      -86-
<PAGE>


                  (a) the  Company  must  irrevocably  deposit,  or  cause to be
         deposited,  with the Trustee,  in trust, for the benefit of the Holders
         of Notes and without retaining any legal interest in the corpus of such
         trust, cash in U.S. dollars,  non-callable Government Securities,  or a
         combination  thereof,  in such  amounts as will be  sufficient,  in the
         opinion  of  a  nationally   recognized  firm  of  independent   public
         accountants,  to pay and  discharge,  and which shall be applied by the
         Trustee to pay and  discharge,  the  principal of and premium,  if any,
         interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, due on the outstanding Notes
         on the Stated Maturity thereof or on the applicable Redemption Date, as
         the case may be, and the  Company  must  specify  whether the Notes are
         being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;

                  (b) in the case of Legal  Defeasance,  the Company  shall have
         delivered  to the  Trustee an  Opinion of Counsel in the United  States
         reasonably  acceptable to the Trustee  confirming  that (1) the Company
         has received  from, or there has been  published by, the U.S.  Internal
         Revenue Service a ruling or (2) since the Closing Date,  there has been
         a change in the applicable U.S.  federal income tax law, in either case
         to the effect that,  and based  thereon  such Opinion of Counsel  shall
         confirm that, the Holders of the  outstanding  Notes will not recognize
         income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes,  as a result
         of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax
         on the same amounts,  in the same manner and at the same times as would
         have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

                  (c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have
         delivered  to the  Trustee an  Opinion of Counsel in the United  States
         reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the
         outstanding  Notes  will not  recognize  income,  gain or loss for U.S.
         federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and
         will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts,  in the
         same  manner  and at the same times as would have been the case if such
         Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

                  (d) no Default or Event of Default  shall have occurred and be
         continuing  on the date of such deposit  (other than a Default or Event
         of Default  resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such
         deposit) or, insofar as Events of Default under Section  6.01(8) or (9)
         hereof are concerned,  at any time in the period ending on the 91st day
         after the date of such deposit;

                  (e) such Legal  Defeasance  or Covenant  Defeasance  shall not
         result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under,  any
         material  agreement or instrument  (other than this Indenture) to which
         the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or by  which  the
         Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

                  (f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
         of Counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit,
         the trust  funds will not be


                                      -87-
<PAGE>


         subject   to  the  effect  of  any   applicable  bankruptcy,insolvency,
         reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally;

                  (g)  the  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee  an
         Officers'  Certificate  stating  that the  deposit  was not made by the
         Company  with the intent of  preferring  the  Holders of Notes over the
         other  creditors  of the  Company  or with  the  intent  of  defeating,
         hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others;

                  (h)  the  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee  an
         Officers'  Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
         conditions  precedent  provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance
         or the  Covenant  Defeasance,  as the case may be,  have been  complied
         with; and

                  (i) the Trustee shall have  received such other  documents and
         assurances as the Trustee shall reasonably require.

SECTION 8.05   Deposited Money and Government Securities to
               be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

         (a) Subject to the  provisions  of the last  paragraph  of Section 4.03
hereof  and  to  Section  8.06  hereof,  all  money  and  Government  Securities
(including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying
trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the "Trustee") pursuant
to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the Notes then outstanding shall be held in
trust and applied by the Trustee,  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of such
Notes and this Indenture,  to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due
and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, but such money and Government Securities need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

         (b) The Company shall pay and  indemnify  the Trustee  against any tax,
fee or other  charge  imposed  on or  assessed  against  the cash or  Government
Securities  deposited  pursuant  to Section  8.04  hereof or the  principal  and
interest  received  in respect  thereof  other  than any such tax,  fee or other
charge  which  by law is for  the  account  of the  Holders  of the  Notes  then
outstanding.  This  Section  8.05(b)  shall  survive  the  termination  of  this
Indenture, and the earlier removal or resignation of the Trustee.

SECTION 8.06  Repayment to Company

         The Trustee  shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon
receipt of a written Company Request any money or Government  Securities held by
it as provided  in Section  8.04 hereof  which,  in the opinion of a  nationally
recognized  firm  of  independent  public  accountants  expressed  in a  written
certification  thereof  delivered  to the  Trustee  (which  may  be the  opinion
delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof) accompanied by an Officers'


                                      -88-
<PAGE>


Certificate,  are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to
be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.07  Reinstatement

         If the  Trustee or Paying  Agent is unable to apply any  United  States
dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof,
as the  case  may be,  by  reason  of any  order  or  judgment  of any  court or
governmental  authority  enjoining,  restraining or otherwise  prohibiting  such
application,  then the  Company's  and any  Guarantor's  obligations  under this
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had
occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, until such
time as the  Trustee  or Paying  Agent is  permitted  to apply all such money in
accordance  with  Section  8.02 or 8.03  hereof,  as the case may be;  provided,
however, that if the Company or any Guarantor makes any payment of principal of,
premium,  if any,  or  interest  or  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  on any Notes
following the  reinstatement of its  obligations,  the Company or such Guarantor
shall be  subrogated  to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such
payment from the money or  Government  Securities  held by the Trustee or Paying
Agent.

                                   ARTICLE 9.

                                   AMENDMENTS

SECTION 9.01  Without Consent of Holders

         Notwithstanding  Section  9.02  of this  Indenture,  the  Company,  the
Guarantors  and the Trustee may amend or supplement  this Indenture or the Notes
without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

                  (1)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

                  (2)  to provide for uncertificated  Notes in addition to or in
         place of certificated Notes;

                  (3)  to  provide  for  assumption  of  the  Company's  or  any
         Guarantor's  obligations  to the  Holders of the Notes in the case of a
         merger, consolidation or sale of assets;

                  (4)  to provide security for the Notes;

                  (5)  to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;

                  (6)  to make any change  that  would  provide  any  additional
         rights  or  benefits  to the  Holders  of the  Notes  or that  does not
         adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of the Notes;
         or


                                      -89-
<PAGE>


                  (7) to comply with  requirements of the SEC in order to effect
         or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

         Upon the  written  request  of the  Company,  and upon  receipt  by the
Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in compliance with
Section 1.05 hereof,  the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors
in the  execution  of any  amendment or  supplemental  indenture  authorized  or
permitted  by the terms of this  Indenture  and to make any further  appropriate
agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall
not be obligated to enter into any such amendment or supplemental indenture that
adversely  affects its own rights,  duties or immunities under this Indenture or
otherwise.

SECTION 9.02  With Consent of Holders

         Except as provided  below in this Section 9.02,  this Indenture and the
Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least
a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without
limitation,  consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer
or exchange offer for,  Notes),  and,  subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof,
any existing  default or compliance  with any provision of this Indenture or the
Notes may be waived with the  consent of the Holders of a majority in  principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes (including  consents obtained in connection
with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).

         Upon the request of the  Company,  and upon the filing with the Trustee
of evidence  satisfactory  to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes
as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel in  compliance  with Section 1.05 hereof,  the Trustee  shall
join with the Company and the  Guarantors  in the  execution  of an amendment or
supplemental indenture unless such amendment or supplemental indenture adversely
affects the Trustee's own rights,  duties or immunities  under this Indenture or
otherwise,  in which case the  Trustee may in its  discretion,  but shall not be
obligated to, enter into such amendment or supplemental indenture.

         It shall not be  necessary  for the consent of the  Holders  under this
Section  9.02  to  approve  the  particular  form of any  proposed  supplemental
indenture or amendment,  but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the
substance thereof.

         After an  amendment,  supplement  or waiver  under  this  Section  9.02
becomes  effective,  the Company shall mail to the Holders of each Note affected
thereby a notice briefly  describing the  amendment,  supplement or waiver.  Any
failure of the Company to mail such notice,  or any defect  therein,  shall not,
however,  in any way  impair or affect the  validity  of any such  amendment  or
supplemental  indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the
Holders  of  a  majority  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  then
outstanding  may waive  compliance in a particular  instance by the Company with
any provision of this  Indenture or the Notes.  However,  without the consent of
each Holder of Notes  affected,  an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to
any Note held by a non-consenting Holder):


                                      -90-
<PAGE>


                  (1)   reduce the principal amount of the Notes whose   Holders
          must consent to anc amendment, supplement or waiver;

                  (2) reduce the  principal  of or change the fixed  maturity of
         any Note or alter the provisions  with respect to the redemption of the
         Notes or,  if the  Company  has  become  obligated  to make a Change of
         Control  Offer or an Asset  Sale  Offer,  amend,  change or modify  the
         obligation of the Company to make or consummate  such Change of Control
         Offer or Asset Sale Offer;

                  (3)  reduce  the rate of or  change  the time for  payment  of
         interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note;

                  (4) waive a Default  or Event of  Default  in the  payment  of
         principal of or premium, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the
         Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the  Holders
         of at least a majority in aggregate  principal amount of the Notes  and
         a waiver of the payment default that  resulted from such acceleration);

                  (5) make any Note  payable in money  other than that stated in
         such  Note;  (6) make any  change in  Section  6.04 or Section 6.07;

                  (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note;

                  (8) except  pursuant  to Section  11.05  hereof,  release  any
         Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee; or

                  (9) make any  change in the  foregoing  amendment  and  waiver
         provisions of this Article 9.

SECTION 9.03  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

         Every  amendment or supplement to this  Indenture or the Notes shall be
set forth in an amendment or  supplemental  indenture that complies with the TIA
as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04  Revocation and Effect of Consents

         Until an amendment,  supplement or waiver becomes effective,  a consent
to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing  consent by the Holder of a Note and
every  subsequent  Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same
debt as the  consenting  Holder's  Note,  even if notation of the consent is not
made on any Note.  However,  any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to such  Holder's Note or portion of such Note by
written notice to the Trustee received before the date the amendment, supplement
or  waiver  becomes  effective.  An


                                      -91-
<PAGE>


amendment,  supplement or waiver becomes  effective in accordance with its terms
and thereafter  binds every Holder of Notes,  except as provided in Section 9.02
hereof.

SECTION 9.05  Notation on or Exchange of Notes

         The Trustee may,  but shall not be required  to,  place an  appropriate
notation  about an  amendment,  supplement  or  waiver  on any  Note  thereafter
authenticated.  The Company in exchange  for all Notes may issue and the Trustee
shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

         Failure to make the appropriate  notation or issue a new Note shall not
affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

         The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental  indenture or waiver
authorized  pursuant to this Article 9 if the  amendment or supplement or waiver
does not adversely affect the rights,  duties,  liabilities or immunities of the
Trustee.  If it does,  the  Trustee  may,  but need not,  sign it. In signing or
refusing to sign any amended or  supplemental  indenture or waiver,  the Trustee
shall be entitled to receive, if requested,  an indemnity satisfactory to it and
to receive  and,  subject to Section 7.01  hereof,  shall be fully  protected in
relying upon an Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel as  conclusive
evidence that such amendment or  supplemental  indenture or waiver is authorized
or permitted by this Indenture,  that it is not inconsistent  herewith, and that
it will be valid and binding upon the Company and the  Guarantors  in accordance
with its terms. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental  indenture
or waiver until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it.

                                   ARTICLE 10.

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 10.01  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

         This  Indenture  shall be  discharged  and will  cease to be of further
effect as to all Notes issued hereunder when:

         (1) either:

                           (a) all Notes  that have been  authenticated  (except
                  lost,  stolen or  destroyed  Notes that have been  replaced or
                  paid and Notes for whose  payment money has  theretofore  been
                  deposited in trust and thereafter  repaid to the Company) have
                  been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or


                                      -92-
<PAGE>


                           (b) all  Notes  that have not been  delivered  to the
                  Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason
                  of the giving of a notice of  redemption  or otherwise or will
                  become due and payable within one year or are to be called for
                  redemption  within  one year  under  irrevocable  arrangements
                  satisfactory  to the  Trustee  for the  giving  of  notice  of
                  redemption by the Trustee in the name of and at the expense of
                  the  Company  and the Company  has  irrevocably  deposited  or
                  caused to be  deposited  with the Trustee,  in trust,  for the
                  benefit of the  Holders of the  Notes,  cash in U.S.  dollars,
                  non-callable Government Securities,  or a combination thereof,
                  in such amounts as will be sufficient,  without  consideration
                  of any  reinvestment  of interest,  to pay and  discharge  the
                  entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore  delivered to
                  the  Trustee  for  cancellation  for  principal,  premium  and
                  Liquidated  Damages,  if any, and accrued interest to the date
                  of maturity or redemption;

                  (2) such deposit,  if made  pursuant to the  preceding  clause
         1(b),  will not result in a breach or  violation  of, or  constitute  a
         default  under,  any  material  agreement  or  instrument  to which the
         Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or by which the Company
         or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

                  (3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable
         by it under this Indenture;

          (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable  instructions to the Trustee
          to apply all money and Government Securities deposited pursuant to the
          preceding  clause  1(b) toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or
          the redemption date, as the case may be;

                  (5) the Company  has  delivered  to the  Trustee an  Officers'
         Certificate stating that the deposit, if made pursuant to the preceding
         clause 1(b),  was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring
         the  Holders of Notes over the other  creditors  of the Company or with
         the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of
         the Company or others;

                  (6) the Company  has  delivered  to the  Trustee an  Officers'
         Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
         precedent provided for or relating to the satisfaction and discharge of
         this Indenture have been complied with; and

                  (7)  the  Trustee  has  received  such  other   documents  and
         assurances as the Trustee shall reasonably require.

SECTION 10.02  Application of Trust Money

         Subject to the  provisions  of the last  paragraph  of Section 4.03 all
money and Government  Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with
the Trustee  pursuant to


                                      -93-
<PAGE>


Section  10.01  hereof  shall be held in trust and applied by it, in  accordance
with the  provisions  of the Notes and this  Indenture,  to the payment,  either
directly or through any Paying  Agent as the Trustee may  determine,  to Persons
entitled  thereto,  of the  principal  (and  premium,  if any) and  interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with
the Trustee.

         If the  Trustee  or  Paying  Agent  is  unable  to apply  any  money or
Government  Securities in accordance  with Section 10.01 hereof by reason of any
order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining,  restraining
or otherwise  prohibiting  such  application,  the Company's and any Guarantor's
obligations  under this  Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated
as though no such  deposit  had  occurred  pursuant  to  Section  10.01  hereof;
provided  that if the Company or any Guarantor has made any payment of principal
of, premium,  if any, or interest or Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on, any Notes
following the  reinstatement of its  obligations,  the Company or such Guarantor
shall be  subrogated  to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such
payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

                                   ARTICLE 11.

                              SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

SECTION 11.01  Subsidiary Guarantee

         For value  received,  the  Guarantors,  jointly and  severally,  hereby
unconditionally guarantee to the Holders of the Notes and to the Trustee the due
and punctual  payment of the  principal  of,  premium,  if any, and interest and
Liquidated  Damages, if any, (including interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
accruing on or after the filing of a petition in  bankruptcy  or  reorganization
relating  to the  Company,  whether or not a claim for  post-filing  interest or
Liquidated  Damages is allowed in such  proceeding) on, the Notes, and all other
amounts  payable  by the  Company  under  the Notes  and  under  this  Indenture
(collectively, the "Guaranteed Obligations"),  when and as the same shall become
due  and  payable,   whether  at  the  stated  maturity  or  by  declaration  of
acceleration,  call for  redemption or otherwise,  according to the terms of the
Notes and this Indenture.  Each Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to this Article 11
constitutes  a guarantee  of payment in full when due and not merely a guarantee
of collectibility.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  each Guarantor's  liability
under this Section  11.01 shall be limited to the maximum  amount that would not
result  in such  Guarantor's  Subsidiary  Guarantee  under  this  Section  11.01
constituting a fraudulent  conveyance or fraudulent  transfer  under  applicable
law.

SECTION 11.02  Obligation of the Guarantors Unconditional

         Except as provided in Section 11.05  hereof,  the  obligations  of each
Guarantor hereunder shall be as aforesaid absolute and unconditional,  and shall
not be impaired,


                                      -94-
<PAGE>


         modified,   released  or  limited  by  any   occurrence   or  condition
whatsoever,  including,  without  limitation,  (i) any  compromise,  settlement,
release,  waiver,  renewal,  extension,  indulgence or  modification  of, or any
change in, any of the obligations  and  liabilities of the Company  contained in
the Notes or this  Indenture,  (ii) any  impairment,  modification,  release  or
limitation of the liability of the Company or its estate in  bankruptcy,  or any
remedy for the enforcement thereof,  resulting from the operation of any present
or future  provision  of any  applicable  Bankruptcy  Law, as amended,  or other
statute or from the  decision of any court,  (iii) the  assertion or exercise by
the Company, the Holders of Notes or the Trustee of any rights or remedies under
the Notes or this  Indenture  or their delay in or failure to assert or exercise
any such rights or remedies,  (iv) the assignment or the purported assignment of
any property as additional security for the Notes,  including all or any part of
the rights of the Company  under this  Indenture,  (v) the extension of the time
for  payment by the Company of any  payments  or other sums or any part  thereof
owing or  payable  under any of the terms  and  provisions  of the Notes or this
Indenture or of the time for performance by the Company of any other obligations
under or arising out of any such terms and  provisions  or the  extension or the
renewal of any thereof,  (vi) the modification or amendment (whether material or
otherwise) of any duty, agreement or obligation of the Company set forth in this
Indenture  or  the  Notes,  (vii)  the  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,
dissolution,  sale  or  other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the
assets,  marshalling  of  assets  and  liabilities,   receivership,  insolvency,
bankruptcy,   assignment   for  the   benefit  of   creditors,   reorganization,
arrangement,  composition  or  readjustment  of,  or  other  similar  proceeding
affecting,  the Company,  or any of the  Guarantors  or any of their  respective
assets,  or the  disaffirmance  of this  Subsidiary  Guarantee  pursuant to this
Article 11 or the Notes or this  Indenture  in any such  proceeding,  (viii) the
release or discharge of the Company from the  performance  or  observance of any
agreement,  covenant,  term or condition contained in any of such instruments by
operation of law, (ix) the  unenforceability  of the Notes or this  Indenture or
any  Subsidiary  Guarantee  pursuant  to  this  Article  11,  or (x)  any  other
circumstance which might otherwise  constitute a legal or equitable discharge of
a surety or guarantor.

SECTION 11.03  Waiver Relating to Subsidiary Guarantees

         Each  Guarantor  hereby (i) waives  diligence,  presentment,  demand of
payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of the merger, insolvency or
bankruptcy of the Company,  any right to require a proceeding  first against the
Company or to realize on any  collateral,  protest or notice with respect to the
Guaranteed  Obligations and all demands  whatsoever,  (ii) acknowledges that any
agreement,  instrument or document evidencing the Guaranteed  Obligations may be
transferred  and that the benefit of its  obligations  hereunder shall extend to
each holder of any agreement,  instrument or document  evidencing the Guaranteed
Obligations  without  notice to them,  and (iii)  covenants  that its Subsidiary
Guarantee  pursuant to this Article 11 will not be discharged except pursuant to
Section 11.04 hereof or by complete  payment and  performance  of the Guaranteed
Obligations and of its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to this Article 11.

SECTION 11.04  Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms


                                      -95-
<PAGE>


         Subject to Section 11.05 hereof,  no Guarantor  (including any existing
or future  Restricted  Subsidiary  that  becomes an  additional  Guarantor)  may
consolidate  with or merge with or into  (whether or not such  Guarantor  is the
surviving Person) another Person, whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor,
or  sell,  assign,  transfer,  lease,  convey  or  otherwise  dispose  of all or
substantially   all  of  its  properties  or  assets  in  one  or  more  related
transactions  to another  Person,  unless (i) the Person  formed by or surviving
such  consolidation  or merger (if other than such  Guarantor)  or to which such
sale, assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance or other disposition shall have
been made is a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States
of  America,  any state  thereof,  or the  District of  Columbia  and  expressly
assumes,  pursuant to a supplemental  indenture in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory  to the Trustee,  all the  obligations of such Guarantor  under the
Notes  and this  Indenture  and (ii)  immediately  after  giving  effect to such
transaction,  no Default  or Event of Default  exists.  In  connection  with any
consolidation  or merger  contemplated by this Section 11.04,  the Company shall
deliver to the Trustee prior to the consummation of the proposed  transaction an
Officers'  Certificate  and an  Opinion  of  Counsel,  each  stating  that  such
consolidation or merger and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article
11  and  that  all  conditions   precedent  herein  provided  relating  to  such
transaction have been complied with.

         The provisions of clause (i) of the preceding paragraph shall not apply
if the Person formed by or surviving the relevant  consolidation or merger or to
which the  relevant  sale,  assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance  or other
disposition shall have been made is the Company, a Guarantor or a Person that is
not,  after giving effect to such  transaction,  a Restricted  Subsidiary of the
Company.

SECTION 11.05  Release of Subsidiary Guarantee

         In the event (i) of a merger or consolidation to which a Guarantor is a
party, then the Person formed by or surviving such merger or consolidation  (if,
after giving effect to such transaction,  such Person is neither the Company nor
a Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company) shall be released and  discharged  from
the  obligations of such Guarantor  under its Subsidiary  Guarantee or (ii) of a
sale or other disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of all
of the Equity  Interests of a Guarantor at the time owned by the Company and its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  to any  Person  that,  after  giving  effect  to  such
transaction,  is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
then such Guarantor shall be released and discharged from its obligations  under
its  Subsidiary  Guarantee  or  (iii)  that a  Guarantor  has  been  effectively
designated  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  as an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this  Indenture,  then such Guarantor
shall be released  and  discharged  from its  obligations  under its  Subsidiary
Guarantee;  provided  that,  in the case of each of clauses (i),  (ii) and (iii)
above,  (A) the relevant  transaction or designation,  as the case may be, is in
compliance with the terms of this Indenture, (B) immediately after giving effect
to such  transaction or designation,  no Default or Event of Default shall exist
and (C) the Person being  released and  discharged  shall have been released and
discharged  from all  obligations it might  otherwise  have under  Guarantees of
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.


                                      -96-
<PAGE>


         Upon any Guarantor ceasing to be a Guarantor  pursuant to any provision
of this  Indenture,  at the  request  of the  Company  which  request  shall  be
accompanied  by an  Officers'  Certificate  and  an  Opinion  of  Counsel,  each
certifying that no Event of Default (or event or condition which with the giving
of notice or the passage of time would become an Event of Default) exists and is
continuing and that all conditions  precedent  herein provided  relating to this
Section 11.05 have been complied  with, the Trustee shall execute and deliver an
appropriate  instrument  evidencing any such release. Any Guarantor not released
from its obligations under its Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount
of principal of, premium,  if any, and interest and Liquidated  Damages, if any,
on the  Notes  and for  the  other  obligations  of such  Guarantor  under  this
Indenture as and to the extent provided in this Indenture.

SECTION 11.06  Contribution of Guarantors

         In the event that any Guarantor  (such  Guarantor being herein referred
to as the "Funding  Party") shall make a payment under its Subsidiary  Guarantee
pursuant to this  Article 11, it shall be entitled to a  contribution  from each
other Guarantor (each, a "Contributor") in the amount of such  Contributor's pro
rata  share of the  amount  of such  payment  by such  Funding  Party so long as
exercise  of such right does not impair the rights of Holders of Notes under any
Subsidiary Guarantee.  The failure of a Contributor to discharge its obligations
under this Section 11.06 shall not affect the obligations of any Guarantor under
its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to this Article 11. The obligations under this
Section  11.06 shall be  unaffected  by any of the events  described  in Section
11.02 or any comparable  events  pertaining to the Funding Party, its Subsidiary
Guarantee or the undertakings in this Section 11.06.

SECTION 11.07.  Reinstatement of Subsidiary Guarantees

           Each  Guarantee  pursuant  to this  Article 11 shall,  to the fullest
extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated,  as the case
may  be,  if at any  time  payment  and  performance  of  any of the  Guaranteed
Obligations is, pursuant to applicable law,  rescinded or reduced in amount,  or
must otherwise be restored or returned by any Holder of Notes or by the Trustee,
whether  as  a  "voidable  preference,"   "fraudulent  conveyance,"  "fraudulent
transfer," or otherwise,  all as though such payment or performance had not been
made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced,
restored or returned,  the Guaranteed  Obligations  shall, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, be reinstated  and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and
not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.


                                      -97-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 12.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.01  Trust Indenture Act Controls

         If any provision of this Indenture limits,  qualifies or conflicts with
the duties imposed by TIA ss. 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

SECTION 12.02  Notices

         Any  notice or  communication  by the  Company,  any  Guarantor  or the
Trustee  to the  others  is duly  given  if in  writing  and  delivered  by hand
delivery,   by  first-class  mail  (registered  or  certified,   return  receipt
requested),  by  facsimile  or by overnight  air courier  guaranteeing  next day
delivery, to the others' addresses as follows:

                  If to the Company or any Guarantor:

                           Sbarro, Inc.
                           401 Broadhollow Road
                           Melville, New York  11747
                           Attention:       Chief Financial Officer
                           Telecopier No.:  (516) 715-4185


                                      -98-
<PAGE>


                  with a copy to:

                           Sbarro, Inc.
                           401 Broadhollow Road
                           Melville, New York 11747
                           Attention:       General Counsel
                           Telecopier No.:  (516) 715-4186

                  with a copy to:

                           Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP
                           1211 Avenue of the Americas
                           New York, New York 10036
                           Attention:       Richard A. Rubin
                           Telecopier No.:  (212) 704-6288

                  If to the Trustee:
                           Firstar Bank, N.A.
                           Corporate Trust Department
                           101 East 5th Street, 12th Floor
                           St. Paul, Minnesota 55101
                           Attention:        Frank P. Leslie, III
                           Telecopier No.:   (651) 229-6415

         The Company,  any  Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the others may
designate   additional  or  different   addresses  of   subsequent   notices  or
communications.

         All  notices  and  communications  (other than those sent to Holders of
Notes)  shall be deemed to have been duly  received:  at the time  delivered  by
hand, if personally  delivered;  five Business Days after being deposited in the
mail,  postage  prepaid,  if  mailed;  when  receipt  is  confirmed,  if sent by
facsimile;  and the next Business Day after timely  delivery to the courier,  if
sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

         Any  notice or  communication  to a Holder of Notes  shall be mailed by
first-class  mail,  certified or registered,  return receipt  requested,  to his
address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or
communication  to a Holder of Notes or any  defect in it shall  not  affect  its
sufficiency with respect to other Holders of Notes.

         If a notice or  communication  is mailed in the manner  provided  above
within the time  prescribed,  it is duly  given,  whether  or not the  addressee
receives it.

         If the Company mails a notice or  communication to Holders of Notes, it
shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.



                                      -99-
<PAGE>


SECTION 12.03  Communication by Holders with Other Holders

         Holders of Notes may  communicate  pursuant to TIA ss.312(b) with other
Holders of Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.
The Company,  any  Guarantor,  the Trustee,  the Registrar and anyone else shall
have the protection of TIA ss.312(c). Upon qualification of this Indenture under
the TIA, the Trustee shall otherwise comply with TIA ss.312(b).

SECTION 12.04  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

         Upon any request or  application by the Company and/or any Guarantor to
the Trustee to take any action  under this  Indenture,  the  Company  and/or any
Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

                  (1) an Officers'  Certificate in form and substance reasonably
         satisfactory  to the Trustee  (which shall include the  statements  set
         forth in Section  1.05  hereof)  stating  that,  in the  opinion of the
         signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any provided for in
         this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with;
         and

                  (2) an Opinion of  Counsel  in form and  substance  reasonably
         satisfactory  to the Trustee  (which shall include the  statements  set
         forth in Section  1.05  hereof)  stating  that,  in the opinion of such
         counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied
         with.

SECTION 12.05  Rules by Trustee and Agents

         The Trustee may make reasonable  rules for action by or at a meeting of
Holders of Notes.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make  reasonable  rules and
set reasonable requirements for its functions.

SECTION 12.06  Legal Holidays

         In any case where any Interest  Payment Date, any date  established for
payment of Defaulted  Interest  pursuant to Section 2.12 hereof, or any Maturity
with respect to any Note shall not be a Business Day, then  (notwithstanding any
other  provisions  of this  Indenture)  or the  Notes  payment  of  interest  or
Liquidated  Damages, if any, or principal (and premium, if any) need not be made
on such date but may be made on the next  succeeding  Business Day with the same
force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or date established for
payment of Defaulted  Interest pursuant to Section 2.12 hereof or Maturity,  and
no interest  shall  accrue with  respect to such payment for the period from and
after such Interest  Payment Date or date  established  for payment of Defaulted
Interest  pursuant to Section 2.12 or Maturity,  as the case may be, to the next
succeeding Business Day.


                                     -100-
<PAGE>


SECTION 12.07  No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees,
               Incorporators and Stockholders

         No director,  officer,  employee,  incorporator  or  stockholder of the
Company or any Guarantor,  as such, shall have any liability for any obligations
of the Company or such  Guarantor  under the Notes or this  Indenture or for any
claim  based on, in  respect  of, or by reason  of,  such  obligations  or their
creation.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability.  The waiver and release  shall be part of the  consideration  for the
issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 12.08  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

         THIS  INDENTURE  AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED  BY AND  CONSTRUED  IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE  INTERNAL  LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW  YORK,  AS  APPLIED  TO
CONTRACTS  MADE AND  PERFORMED  ENTIRELY  WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT
REGARD TO  PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS. BY THE EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS
INDENTURE, EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF
ANY  FEDERAL OR STATE  COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY SUIT OR  PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE.

SECTION 12.09  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

         This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other  indenture,  loan
or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any
such  indenture,  loan or debt  agreement  may  not be  used to  interpret  this
Indenture.

SECTION 12.10  Successors and Assigns

         All  covenants and  agreements  in this  Indenture and the Notes by the
Company and the Guarantors shall bind their  respective  successors and assigns.
All  covenants and  agreements  in this  Indenture by the Trustee shall bind its
successor and assigns.

SECTION 12.11  Severability

         In case any one or more of the  provisions in this  Indenture or in the
Notes shall be held invalid,  illegal or unenforceable in any  jurisdiction,  in
any respect for any reason,  the validity,  legality and  enforceability  of any
such provision in every other  jurisdiction  and in every other respect,  and of
the remaining provisions,  shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby,
it being intended that all of the provisions  hereof shall be enforceable to the
full extent permitted by law.


                                     -101-
<PAGE>


SECTION 12.12  Counterpart Originals

         This Indenture may be executed in any number of  counterparts,  each of
which  shall  be  deemed  to be an  original,  but  all of them  together  shall
represent the same agreement.

SECTION 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

         The  Table of  Contents,  Cross-Reference  Table  and  Headings  of the
Articles and Sections of this  Indenture  have been inserted for  convenience of
reference  only,  are not to be  considered  a part  hereof  and shall in no way
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.


                         [Signatures on following pages]


                                     -102-
<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  have caused this Indenture to be
executed as of the date first above written.


                                  SBARRO, INC.


                                  By:  /s/ Mario Sbarro
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:   Mario Sbarro
                                       Title:  Chairman of the Board, President
                                               and Chief Executive Officer

                   [Indenture Signature Page for the Company]


<PAGE>


                                    SBARRO PROPERTIES, INC.
                                    SBARRO AMERICA, INC.
                                    SBARRO AMERICA PROPERTIES INC.
                                    SBARRO'S OF TEXAS, INC.
                                    ITALIAN FOOD FRANCHISING, INC.
                                    COREST MANAGEMENT, INC.
                                    FRANREST MANAGEMENT, INC.
                                    LARKFIELD EQUIPMENT CORP.
                                    SBARRO FOODS, INC.
                                    SBARRO OF ROOSEVELT FIELD, INC.
                                    SBARRO OF VIRGINIA, INC.
                                    DEMEFAC LEASING CORP.
                                    FRANCHISE CONTRACTING AND EQUIPMENT CORP.
                                    MELVILLE ADVERTISING AGENCY INC.
                                    SBARRO COMMACK, INC.
                                    SBARRO OF LAS VEGAS, INC.
                                    SBARRO OF HAWAII, INC.
                                    SBARRO PENNSYLVANIA, INC.
                                    SBARRO FRANCHISE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                                    SBARRO H.D.F., INC.
                                    N.H.D., INC.
                                    BUSHRANGER HOLDING, INC.
                                    MELVILLE PIZZERIA, INC.
                                    SBARRO ONE WORLD TRADE, INC.
                                    401 BROAD HOLLOW REALTY CORP.
                                    401 BROAD HOLLOW FITNESS CENTER CORP.
                                    SBARRO BISTROS, INC.
                                    SYOSSET BISTRO, INC.

                                    Each by its authorized officer:
                                           /s/ Mario Sbarro

                                    By:__________________________________
                                    Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                    Title: President


<PAGE>


                                    SBARRO DOMINION LIMITED

                                          /s/ Mario Sbarro
                                    By:  _________________________________
                                    Name: Mario Sbarro
                                    Title: President

                                            /s/ Joseph Sbarro
                                    By: __________________________________
                                    Name: Joseph Sbarro
                                    Title: Secretary

                    [Indenture Signature Page for Guarantors]



<PAGE>


         FIRSTAR BANK, N.A., as Trustee

              /s/ Frank P. Leslie
         By:________________________________
         Name: Frank P. Leslie
         Title: Vice President


                     [Indenture Signature Page for Trustee]



<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT A


                                 [Face of Note]


FOR GLOBAL NOTES:  THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE
INDENTURE  GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  HEREOF,  AND IS NOT  TRANSFERABLE  TO ANY  PERSON  UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES  EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY
BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY
BE  EXCHANGED  IN WHOLE  BUT NOT IN PART  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  2.06(a)  OF THE
INDENTURE,  (III)  THIS  GLOBAL  NOTE  MAY  BE  DELIVERED  TO  THE  TRUSTEE  FOR
CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE
MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR  DEPOSITARY  WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF
THE COMPANY.]

         THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S.  SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR
SOLD  WITHIN THE UNITED  STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE  ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT  OF,  U.S.
PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW.  BY ITS  ACQUISITION  HEREOF,  THE HOLDER (1)
REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT,  WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER
THE  ORIGINAL  ISSUANCE  OF THIS  SECURITY  RESELL OR  OTHERWISE  TRANSFER  THIS
SECURITY  EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY  SUBSIDIARY  THEREOF,  (B) INSIDE THE
UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER IN COMPLIANCE  WITH RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR
(AS DEFINED IN RULE  501(a)(1),  (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT,
PRIOR TO SUCH  TRANSFER,  FURNISHES  (OR HAS  FURNISHED  ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S.
BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS
AND AGREEMENTS  RELATING TO THE  RESTRICTIONS  ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE
FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED  FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS  SECURITY),  (D)
OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904
OF REGULATION S UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE  EXEMPTION  FROM
REGISTRATION  PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF  AVAILABLE),  OR
(F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND
(3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED
A NOTICE  SUBSTANTIALLY  TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.  IN  CONNECTION  WITH ANY
TRANSFER OF THIS  SECURITY  WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL  ISSUANCE OF THIS
SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST,
PRIOR  TO  SUCH   TRANSFER,   FURNISH  TO  THE  TRUSTEE  AND  THE  COMPANY  SUCH
CERTIFICATIONS,  LEGAL  OPINIONS  OR OTHER  INFORMATION  AS  EITHER  OF THEM MAY
REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO



<PAGE>




AN  EXEMPTION  FROM,  OR IN A  TRANSACTION  NOT  SUBJECT  TO,  THE  REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS  OF THE  SECURITIES  ACT.  AS  USED  HEREIN,  THE  TERMS  "OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION,"  "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM
BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

                                                         CUSIP:  ______________

No. ____                                                    U.S.$______________

                                  SBARRO, INC.

                            11% Senior Notes due 2009


         SBARRO, INC., a New York corporation.  for value received,  promises to
pay to __________________________,  or its registered assigns, the principal sum
of  _____________________________________   AND  NO/100  UNITED  STATES  DOLLARS
(U.S.$___________) on September 15, 2009.

         Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15

         Record Dates: March 1 and September 1

         Reference  is hereby  made to the further  provisions  of this Note set
forth on the reverse  hereof,  which further  provisions  shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.



                  [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

                                     -2-


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has  caused  this Note to be signed
manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.


                                        SBARRO, INC.


                                        By  ___________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        By: ___________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

Dated:
(Trustee's Certificate of Authentication)


This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:

FIRSTAR BANK, N.A., as Trustee


By: __________________________________
   Authorized Signatory


                                       -3-


<PAGE>

                             [Reverse Side of Note]

                                  SBARRO, INC.

                            11% Senior Notes due 2009

           Capitalized  terms used herein  shall have the  meanings  assigned to
them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1    Interest.

         SBARRO,  INC.,  a New  York  corporation  (the  "Company",  which  term
includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), promises to
pay  interest  on the  principal  amount  of this  Note at 11%  per  annum  from
Septemper 28, 1999 until maturity and to pay Liquidated Damages, if any, payable
pursuant to the  Registration  Rights  Agreement  referred to below. The Company
will pay interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  semi-annually in arrears on
March 15 and  September  15 of each  year,  or if any such day is not a Business
Day, on the next  succeeding  Business Day (each,  an "Interest  Payment Date").
Interest on the Notes will  accrue  from the most recent date to which  interest
has been paid or,  if no  interest  has been  paid,  from the date of  issuance;
provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if
this Note is authenticated  between a record date referred to on the face hereof
and the next succeeding  Interest Payment Date,  interest shall accrue from such
next  succeeding  Interest  Payment  Date;  provided,  further,  that the  first
Interest  Payment Date shall be March 15, 2000.  The Company  shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue  principal  and premium,  if any,  from time to time on demand at a rate
equal to 1% per  annum  in  excess  of the rate  then in  effect;  it shall  pay
interest  (including   post-petition   interest  in  any  proceeding  under  any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue  installments of interest and Liquidated  Damages, if
any  (without  regard to any  applicable  grace  periods),  from time to time on
demand at the same rate to the extent  lawful.  Interest will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

2.   Method of Payment.

         The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted  interest)
and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, to the Persons who are  registered  Holders of
Notes at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 next  preceding the
Interest  Payment Date,  even if such Notes are canceled  after such record date
and on or before such Interest Payment Date,  except as provided in Section 2.12
of the Indenture with respect to defaulted  interest.  The Notes will be payable
as to principal,  premium and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any, and interest at the
office or agency of the Company  maintained  for such purpose  within or without
the City and State of New York,  or, at the  option of the  Company,  payment of
interest  and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  may be made by check mailed to the
Holders at their  addresses  set forth in the register of Holders,  and provided
that payment by wire transfer of  immediately  available  funds will be required
with respect to principal of and interest,  premium and Liquidated  Damages,  if
any,  on, all Global  Notes and all other  Notes the Holders of which shall have
provided wire transfer  instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent at least
five Business Days prior to the applicable  payment date.  Such payment shall be
in such coin or  currency  of the  United  States of  America  as at the time of
payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

3.   Paying Agent and Registrar.

         Initially,  FIRSTAR BANK,  N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture,  will
act as Paying  Agent and  Registrar.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or
Registrar  without notice to any Holder.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries
may not act in any such capacity.

4    Indenture.

         The Company  issued the Notes under an Indenture  dated as of September
28,  1999 (the  "Indenture")  among the  Company,  the  Guarantors  named on the
signature  pages  thereto and the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those
stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code ss.ss. 77aaa- 77bbbb). The
Notes are subject to all such terms,  and Holders are referred to the  Indenture
and such Act for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this
Note conflicts with the express  provisions of the Indenture,  the provisions of
the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are general obligations
of the Company.  Subject to the  provisions  of the  Indenture,  the Company may
issue Additional Notes under the Indenture.

5.         Optional Redemption.

  (a) On or after  September  15,  2004,  the  Company  shall have the option to
redeem  the Notes,  in whole or in part,  upon not less than 30 nor more than 60
days' notice,  at the redemption  prices  (expressed as percentages of principal
amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any,  thereon to the  applicable  redemption  date,  if  redeemed  during the
twelve-month period beginning on September 15 of the years indicated below:


Year                                                                  Percentage
2004................................................................. 105.500%
2005................................................................. 103.667%
2006................................................................. 101.833%
2007 and thereafter.................................................. 100.000%

         (b) On or prior to September  15,  2002,  the Company may on any one or
more  occasions  redeem  up to 35% of the  aggregate  principal  amount of Notes
initially  issued under the  Indenture,  including any  Additional  Notes issued
under the  Indenture,  at a  redemption  price of 111% of the  principal  amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the
redemption  date,  with  the net  cash  proceeds  of one or more  Public  Equity
Offerings;  provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate  principal amount of
Notes  originally  issued under the Indenture,  including any  Additional  Notes
issued under the Indenture,  remain outstanding  immediately following each such
redemption and (ii) such redemption shall occur within 60 days of the closing of
each such Public Equity Offering.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>


         (c) In  addition,  at any time prior to September  15, 2004,  the Notes
will be subject to redemption at the option of the Company, in whole or in part,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice,  at the  Make-Whole  Price,
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated  Damages, if any, thereon to the
applicable redemption date.

6.   Notice of Redemption.

         A notice  of  redemption  will be  mailed at least 30 days but not more
than 60 days before the  redemption  date to each  Holder  whose Notes are to be
redeemed at its registered  address.  Notes in denominations  larger than $1,000
may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000.  On and after the
redemption date, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption  payments,
interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, ceases to accrue on Notes or portions
thereof called for redemption.

7.   Mandatory Redemption.

         Except as set forth in  paragraph  8 below,  the  Company  shall not be
required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

8.   Repurchase at Option of Holder.

         (a) If there is a Change of Control, unless notice of redemption of the
Notes  in  whole  has  been  given  pursuant  to  Sections  3.04 and 3.08 of the
Indenture,  the Company shall be required to make an offer (a "Change of Control
Offer") to purchase  all or any part  (equal to $1,000 or an  integral  multiple
thereof) of each  Holder's  Notes at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the
aggregate  principal  amount  thereof,  plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest  and
Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  thereon to the date of purchase  (the  "Change of
Control Payment"). Notice of a Change of Control Offer shall be mailed within 30
days  following a Change of Control to each Holder of the Notes  containing  the
information set forth in Section 4.17 of the Indenture.

         (b) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds from one or more Asset
Sales  exceeds $5.0  million,  the Company shall make an offer to all Holders of
Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum  principal amount of Notes
that does not exceed the Excess  Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof,  plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Liquidated Damages,  if any, thereon to the date of purchase,  in accordance
with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate
principal amount of Notes tendered  pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than
the Excess  Proceeds,  the Company may use any  remaining  Excess  Proceeds  for
general corporate purposes.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered
exceeds  the  amount of Excess  Proceeds,  the  Notes to be  purchased  shall be
selected on a pro rata basis.

9.    Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.

         The Notes are in registered  form without coupons in  denominations  of
$1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered
and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the  Indenture.  The Registrar and the
Trustee  may  require a Holder,  among  other  things,  to  furnish  appropriate
endorsements and transfer  documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay
any taxes and fees  required by law or permitted by the  Indenture.  The Company
need not  exchange  or  register  the  transfer of any Note


                                      -6-
<PAGE>


or portion of a Note selected for redemption,  except for the unredeemed portion
of any Note being  redeemed  in part.  Also,  the Company  need not  exchange or
register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the day of any
selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and
the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

10.  Persons Deemed Owners.

         The  registered  Holder of a Note may be  treated  as its owner for all
purposes.

11.  Amendment, Supplement And Waiver.

         Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  the  Indenture  or the  Notes may be
amended or  supplemented  with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority
in principal amount of the then  outstanding  Notes, and any existing default or
compliance  with any  provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with
the  consent  of the  Holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount of the then
outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or
the  Notes may be  amended  or  supplemented  to cure any  ambiguity,  defect or
inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated  Notes,  to provide  for the  assumption  of the  Company's  or any
Guarantor's   obligations  to  Holders  of  the  Notes  in  case  of  a  merger,
consolidation  or sale of assets,  to provide  security for the Notes,  to add a
Guarantor,  to make any  change  that would  provide  any  additional  rights or
benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights  under  the  Indenture  of  any  such  Holder,  or  to  comply  with  the
requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the  qualification of the
Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

12.  Events of Default And Remedies.

         Events  of  Default  include:  (i)  default  for 30 days or more in the
payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to,
the Notes;  (ii) default in payment when due (whether payable at maturity,  upon
redemption or otherwise) of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii)
failure by the  Company or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to comply  with
Sections 3.10, 4.16, 4.17 or 5.01 of the Indenture;  (iv) failure by the Company
or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  for 30 days after written notice by the
Trustee  or  the  Holders  of at  least  25% in  principal  amount  of the  then
outstanding Notes to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or
the Notes other than those  referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) above;  (v)
default  under any mortgage,  indenture or  instrument  under which there may be
issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any  Indebtedness for money
borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of
which is  guaranteed  by the  Company  or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries),
whether such  Indebtedness  or  guarantee  now exists,  or is created  after the
Closing  Date,  which  default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the
grace period,  if any, provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default
(a "Payment  Default") or (b) results in the  acceleration of such  Indebtedness
prior to its express  maturity and, in each case,  the  principal  amount of any
such  Indebtedness,  together  with  the  principal  amount  of any  other  such
Indebtedness  under  which there has been a Payment  Default or the  maturity of
which has been so accelerated,  aggregates $5.0 million or more; (vi) failure by
the  Company  or any of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to pay  final  judgments
aggregating  in excess of $5.0  million  and either (a) any  creditor  commences
enforcement  proceedings  upon any such  judgment or (b) such  judgments are not
paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) except as permitted by
the  Indenture,  any



                                      -7-
<PAGE>


Guarantee  of  the  Notes  shall  be  held  in  any  judicial  proceeding  to be
unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any other reason to be in full force
and effect,  or any Guarantor,  or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor,
shall deny or disaffirm its  obligations  under its  Subsidiary  Guarantee;  and
(viii) certain  events of bankruptcy or insolvency  with respect to the Company,
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  that,  taken  together,  would  constitute  a
Significant  Subsidiary.  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing,  the
Trustee  or  the  Holders  of at  least  25% in  principal  amount  of the  then
outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes and all other Obligations thereunder
to be due and  payable  by notice in  writing to the  Company  and the  Trustee.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency,  with respect to the Company, any of
its Restricted  Subsidiaries that is a Restricted Subsidiary or any group of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  that,  taken together,  would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary,  all  outstanding  Notes will become due and payable without further
action or notice.  Holders may not enforce the  Indenture or the Notes except as
provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the then outstanding  Notes may direct the Trustee in its
exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may  withhold  from  Holders of the
Notes notice of any continuing  Default or Event of Default (except a Default or
Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest
or Liquidated  Damages,  if any) if it determines that withholding  notice is in
their interest.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate  principal amount of the
Notes then  outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of
all of the  Notes  waive  any  existing  Default  or  Event of  Default  and its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of  principal  of,  premium and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any, or
interest on the Notes.

13.  Subsidiary Guarantees.

         Pursuant to the Indenture, payment of the Notes is guaranteed,  jointly
and severally,  on a senior basis by Sbarro  Properties,  Inc.,  Sbarro America,
Inc., Sbarro America  Properties Inc.,  Italian Food  Franchising,  Inc., Corest
Management,  Inc., Franrest Management,  Inc., Larkfield Equipment Corp., Sbarro
Foods, Inc., Sbarro of Roosevelt Field,  Inc., Demefac Leasing Corp.,  Franchise
Contracting  and  Equipment  Corp.,  Melville  Advertising  Agency Inc.,  Sbarro
Commack,  Inc.,  Sbarro of Las  Vegas,  Inc.,  Sbarro of  Hawaii,  Inc.,  Sbarro
Franchise  Associates,  Inc.,  Sbarro H.D.F.,  Inc.,  N.H.D.,  Inc.,  Bushranger
Holding,  Inc.,  Melville  Pizzeria,  Inc.,  Sbarro One World Trade,  Inc.,  401
Broadhollow Realty Corp., 401 Broadhollow  Fitness Center Corp., Sbarro Bistros,
Inc., and Syosset Bistro, Inc., each a New York corporation,  Sbarro's of Texas,
Inc., a Texas  corporation,  Sbarro of Virginia,  Inc., a Virginia  corporation,
Sbarro Dominion Limited, a Canadian corporation, and Sbarro Pennsylvania,  Inc.,
a Pennsylvania  corporation,  and, under certain  circumstances set forth in the
Indenture,  may be guaranteed by certain other  Restricted  Subsidiaries  of the
Company.  Under certain  circumstances  set forth in the Indenture,  each of the
Guarantors  may be released  from its  obligations  under the  Indenture and the
Notes.


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

14.  Trustee Dealings With Company.

         The Trustee,  in its individual or any other  capacity,  may make loans
to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company, any Guarantor or
any  Affiliate  of the Company,  and may  otherwise  deal with the Company,  any
Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company, as if it were not the Trustee.

15.   No Recourse Against Others.

         No director,  officer,  employee,  incorporator or stockholder,  of the
Company or any Guarantor,  as such, shall have any liability for any obligations
of the Company or such  Guarantor  under the Notes or the  Indenture  or for any
claim  based on, in  respect  of, or by reason  of,  such  obligations  or their
creation.  Each  Holder  by  accepting  a Note  waives  and  releases  all  such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance
of the Notes.

16.  Authentication.

         This  Note  shall  not be  valid  until  authenticated  by  the  manual
signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.  aAbbreviations.

         Customary  abbreviations  may be used in the  name  of a  Holder  or an
assignee,  such as:  TEN COM (= tenants  in  common),  TEN ENT (= tenants by the
entireties),  JT TEN (= joint  tenants  with  right of  survivorship  and not as
tenants in common),  CUST (= Custodian),  and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act).

18.  Additional  Rights  of  Holders  of  Restricted
     Global  Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes.

  In  addition to the rights  provided to Holders of Notes under the  Indenture,
Holders of Restricted  Global Notes and Restricted  Definitive  Notes shall have
all the  rights  set  forth in the  Registration  Rights  Agreement  dated as of
September 15, 1999 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), among the Company, the
Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

19.  Governing Law.

         THE  INDENTURE  AND THE NOTES  SHALL BE GOVERNED  BY AND  CONSTRUED  IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE  INTERNAL  LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW  YORK,  AS  APPLIED  TO
CONTRACTS  MADE AND  PERFORMED  ENTIRELY  WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT
REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.

20.  CUSIP Numbers.

         Pursuant to a  recommendation  promulgated  by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification  Procedures,  the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be
printed  on the Notes


                                      -9-
<PAGE>


and the Trustee may use CUSIP  numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience
to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either
as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance
may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

         The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without
charge  a copy  of the  Indenture  and/or  the  Registration  Rights  Agreement.
Requests may be made to:

                                     SBARRO, INC.
                                     401 Broadhollow Road
                                     Melville, New York  11747
                                     Attention: Chief Financial Officer


                                    -10-


<PAGE>


                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

                  To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  ________________________________
                                              (Insert assignee's legal name)

_______________________________________________________________________________
                  (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)


_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
              (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)


and irrevocably appoint_________________________________________________________
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute
another to act for him.

Date: ________________________

                                       Your Signature:__________________________
                                       (Sign exactly as your name appears on
                                       the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

* Participant in a recognized  Signature  Guarantee  Medallion Program (or other
signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).


                                      -11-
<PAGE>
                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

         If you  want to  elect  to have  this  Note  purchased  by the  Company
pursuant to Section 4.16 or 4.17 of the  Indenture,  check the  appropriate  box
below:

               /_/ Section 4.16        /_/ Section 4.17

         If you want to elect to have  only  part of the Note  purchased  by the
Company  pursuant to Section  4.16 or Section 4.17 of the  Indenture,  state the
amount you elect to have purchased:


                              $___________________


Date:  _____________________


                                 Your Signature:  _____________________________
                                 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face
                                 of this Note)


                             Tax Identification No.:


Signature Guarantee*: ______________

* Participant in a recognized  Signature  Guarantee  Medallion Program (or other
signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).



                                      -12-
<PAGE>


              SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

         The  following  exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest
in another  Global Note or for a  Definitive  Note,  or  exchanges  of a part of
another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have
been made:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Principal Amount          Signature of
                        Amount of decrease in   Amount of increase in     of this Global Note    authorized signatory
                           Principal Amount        Principal Amount         following such          of Trustee or
   Date of Exchange      of this Global Note     of this Global Note    decrease (or increase)      Note Custodian
   ----------------    ----------------------   ---------------------   ---------------------   ----------------------
<S>                      <C>                    <C>                     <C>                        <C>

</TABLE>


                                      -13-
<PAGE>


                                                                      EXHIBIT B

                         FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

SBARRO, INC.
401 Broadhollow Road
Melville, New York  11747
Attention: General Counsel

FIRSTAR BANK, N.A.
Corporate Trust Department
101 East 5th Street, 12th Floor
St. Paul, Minnesota  55101
Attention:  Frank P. Leslie, III


ss   Re:  11% Senior Notes due 2009

         Reference is hereby made to the  Indenture,  dated as of September  28,
1999 (the  "INDENTURE"),  among  SBARRO,  INC., as issuer (the  "COMPANY"),  the
Guarantors  named on the  signature  pages  thereto and FIRSTAR  BANK,  N.A., as
trustee.  Capitalized  terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings
given to them in the Indenture.

         ___________________  (the  "TRANSFEROR")  owns and proposes to transfer
the Note[s] or  interest in such  Note[s]  specified  in Annex A hereto,  in the
principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the  "TRANSFER"),
to ___________________________ (the "TRANSFEREE"), as further specified in Annex
A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

                             [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

         1. |_| Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial  interest
in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer
is being effected  pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United
States  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "SECURITIES  ACT"),  and,
accordingly,  the  Transferor  hereby  further  certifies  that  the  beneficial
interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor
reasonably  believed  and  believes is  purchasing  the  beneficial  interest or
Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to
which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each
such account is a  "qualified  institutional  buyer"  within the meaning of Rule
144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is
in compliance  with any applicable  blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture,  the transferred  beneficial interest or Definitive Note
will be  subject to the  restrictions  on  transfer  enumerated  in the  Private
Placement  Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.


<PAGE>


         2. |_| Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial  interest
in the  Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive  Note pursuant to Regulation S.
The Transfer is being  effected  pursuant to and in accordance  with Rule 903 or
Rule 904  under the  Securities  Act and,  accordingly,  the  Transferor  hereby
further  certifies  that (i) the  Transfer  is not being made to a person in the
United States and (x) at the time the buy order was  originated,  the Transferee
was outside the United  States or such  Transferor  and any Person acting on its
behalf  reasonably  believed and believes  that the  Transferee  was outside the
United  States  or (y) the  transaction  was  executed  in,  on or  through  the
facilities  of  a  designated   offshore  securities  market  and  neither  such
Transferor  nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the  transaction  was
prearranged with a buyer in the United States,  (ii) no directed selling efforts
have been  made in  contravention  of the  requirements  of Rule  903(b) or Rule
904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities  Act,  (iii) the  transaction is not
part  of a  plan  or  scheme  to  evade  the  registration  requirements  of the
Securities  Act and (iv) if the  proposed  transfer  is being  made prior to the
expiration of the  Restricted  Period,  the transfer is not being made to a U.S.
Person or for the  account or benefit of a U.S.  Person  (other  than an Initial
Purchaser).  Upon  consummation of the proposed  transfer in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture,  the transferred  beneficial interest or Definitive Note
will be  subject to the  restrictions  on  transfer  enumerated  in the  Private
Placement  Legend  printed  on the  Regulation  S  Global  Note,  the  Temporary
Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act.

         3. |_|  Check and  complete  if  Transferee  will  take  delivery  of a
beneficial  interest in the IAI Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to any
provision  of the  Securities  Act other  than Rule  144A or  Regulation  S. The
Transfer  is  being  effected  in  compliance  with  the  transfer  restrictions
applicable to beneficial  interests in  Restricted  Global Notes and  Restricted
Definitive  Notes and pursuant to and in accordance  with the Securities Act and
any applicable blue sky securities  laws of any state of the United States,  and
accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

          (a) |_| such Transfer is being effected  pursuant to and in accordance
     with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

                                       or

          (b) |_| such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary
     thereof;

                                       or

          (c) |_| such  Transfer  is being  effected  pursuant  to an  effective
     registration  statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the
     prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

                                       or

          (d) |_| such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited
     Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of
     the Securities


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


     Act other than Rule 144A,  Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor  hereby
     further  certifies  that it has not  engaged  in any  general  solicitation
     within  the  meaning  of  Regulation  D under  the  Securities  Act and the
     Transfer complies with the transfer  restrictions  applicable to beneficial
     interests in a Restricted  Global Note or Restricted  Definitive  Notes and
     the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported
     by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to
     the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel  provided by the  Transferor or
     the  Transferee  (a copy of  which  the  Transferor  has  attached  to this
     certification),  to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the
     Securities Act. Upon  consummation  of the proposed  transfer in accordance
     with the terms of the Indenture,  the  transferred  beneficial  interest or
     Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer  enumerated
     in the  Private  Placement  Legend  printed on the IAI Global  Note  and/or
     Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

          4. |_| Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest
     in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

          (a) |_| Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is
     being  effected  pursuant  to and in  accordance  with  Rule 144  under the
     Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer  restrictions  contained
     in the Indenture and any applicable  blue sky securities  laws of any state
     of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
     Indenture  and the Private  Placement  Legend are not  required in order to
     maintain  compliance  with the  Securities  Act. Upon  consummation  of the
     proposed  Transfer  in  accordance  with the  terms of the  Indenture,  the
     transferred  beneficial  interest  or  Definitive  Note  will no  longer be
     subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
     Legend printed on the  Restricted  Global Notes,  on Restricted  Definitive
     Notes and in the Indenture.

          (b) |_|  Check  if  Transfer  is  Pursuant  to  Regulation  S. (i) The
     Transfer  is being  effected  pursuant to and in  accordance  with Rule 904
     under the Securities Act and in compliance  with the transfer  restrictions
     contained in the Indenture and any applicable  blue sky securities  laws of
     any  state of the  United  States  and (ii) the  restrictions  on  transfer
     contained  in the  Indenture  and  the  Private  Placement  Legend  are not
     required in order to maintain  compliance  with the  Securities  Act.  Upon
     consummation  of the proposed  Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
     Indenture,  the transferred  beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no
     longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
     Placement  Legend  printed on the  Restricted  Global Notes,  on Restricted
     Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

          (c) |_| Check if  Transfer is  Pursuant  to Other  Exemption.  (i) The
     Transfer is being effected  pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption
     from the  registration  requirements  of the Securities Act other than Rule
     144 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions  contained
     in the Indenture and any applicable  blue sky securities  laws of any State
     of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
     Indenture  and the Private  Placement  Legend are not  required in order to
     maintain  compliance  with the  Securities  Act. Upon  consummation  of the
     proposed  Transfer  in  accordance  with the  terms of the  Indenture,  the
     transferred  beneficial  interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to
     the  restrictions on transfer  enumerated in the Private  Placement  Legend
     printed on the Restricted  Global Notes or Restricted  Definitive Notes and
     in the Indenture.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

         This certificate and the statements  contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company.

                                        _______________________________________
                                              [Insert Name of Transferor]


                                        By:  __________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:


Dated:  ___________________

p
      <PAGE>
                       ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER


1.  The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

                            [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

     (a)  |_|      a beneficial interest in the:

          (i)      |_|     144A Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

          (ii)     |_|     Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

          (iii)    |_|     IAI Global Note (CUSIP ____________); or

     (b)  [_|      a Restricted Definitive Note.

2.    After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

                                   [CHECK ONE]

     (a)  |_|      a beneficial interest in the:

          (i)      |_|     144A Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

          (ii)     |_|     Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

          (iii)    |_|     IAI Global Note (CUSIP ____________); or

          (iv)     |_|     Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP); or

     (b)      |_|      a Restricted Definitive Note; or

     (c)      |_|      an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

          in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.


<PAGE>


                                                                      EXHIBIT C


                         FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE


SBARRO, INC.
401 Broadhollow Road
Melville, New York  11747
Attention: General Counsel

FIRSTAR BANK, N.A.
Corporate Trust Department
101 East 5th Street, 12th Floor
St. Paul, Minnesota  55101
Attention:  Frank P. Leslie, III


          Re:  11% Senior Notes due 2009


                              (CUSIP ____________)

         Reference is hereby made to the  Indenture,  dated as of September  28,
1999 (the  "INDENTURE"),  among  SBARRO,  INC., as issuer (the  "COMPANY"),  the
Guarantors  named on the  signature  pages  thereto and FIRSTAR  BANK,  N.A., as
trustee.  Capitalized  terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings
given to them in the Indenture.

         __________________________  (the "OWNER") owns and proposes to exchange
the Note[s] or interest  in such  Note[s]  specified  herein,  in the  principal
amount of  $____________  in such  Note[s] or  interests  (the  "EXCHANGE").  In
connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

         1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a
Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests
in an Unrestricted Global Note

         (a) |_| Check if Exchange is from  beneficial  interest in a Restricted
Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection
with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
for a beneficial  interest in an Unrestricted  Global Note in an equal principal
amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired
for the  Owner's own  account  without  transfer,  (ii) such  Exchange  has been
effected in compliance with the transfer  restrictions  applicable to the Global
Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the  "SECURITIES  ACT"),  (iii) the  restrictions  on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private  Placement Legend are not required in
order to maintain  compliance  with the  Securities  Act and (iv) the beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

         (b) |_| Check if Exchange is from  beneficial  interest in a Restricted
Global Note to Unrestricted  Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of
the Owner's beneficial



<PAGE>

interest in a Restricted  Global Note for an Unrestricted  Definitive  Note, the
Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's
own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer  restrictions  applicable to the  Restricted  Global Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on
transfer  contained in the  Indenture and the Private  Placement  Legend are not
required in order to maintain  compliance  with the  Securities Act and (iv) the
Definitive  Note is being acquired in compliance  with any  applicable  blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States.

         (c) |_|  Check  if  Exchange  is  from  Restricted  Definitive  Note to
beneficial  interest in an  Unrestricted  Global Note.  In  connection  with the
Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest
is being  acquired  for the  Owner's  own account  without  transfer,  (ii) such
Exchange  has  been  effected  in  compliance  with  the  transfer  restrictions
applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with
the  Securities  Act,  (iii)  the  restrictions  on  transfer  contained  in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance  with the Securities  Act and (iv) the  beneficial  interest is being
acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state
of the United States.

         (d) |_|  Check  if  Exchange  is  from  Restricted  Definitive  Note to
Unrestricted  Definitive  Note.  In  connection  with the Owner's  Exchange of a
Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's
own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer  restrictions  applicable to Restricted  Definitive  Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on
transfer  contained in the  Indenture and the Private  Placement  Legend are not
required in order to maintain  compliance  with the  Securities Act and (iv) the
Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

         2. Exchange of Restricted  Definitive Notes or Beneficial  Interests in
Restricted Global Notes for Restricted  Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests
in Restricted Global Notes

         (a) |_| Check if Exchange is from  beneficial  interest in a Restricted
Global Note to Restricted  Definitive  Note. In connection  with the Exchange of
the Owner's  beneficial  interest in a  Restricted  Global Note for a Restricted
Definitive Note with an equal principal amount,  the Owner hereby certifies that
the  Restricted  Definitive  Note is being  acquired for the Owner's own account
without transfer.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture,  the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue
to be  subject  to the  restrictions  on  transfer  enumerated  in  the  Private
Placement Legend printed on the Restricted  Definitive Note and in the Indenture
and the Securities Act.

         (b) |_|  Check  if  Exchange  is  from  Restricted  Definitive  Note to
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange
of the  Owner's  Restricted  Definitive  Note for a  beneficial  interest in the
[CHECK ONE] |_| 144A Global Note,  |_|  Regulation S Global Note, |_| IAI Global
Note  with an  equal  principal  amount,  the  Owner  hereby  certifies  (i) the
beneficial  interest is being  acquired  for the  Owner's  own  account  without
transfer


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


and (ii)  such  Exchange  has been  effected  in  compliance  with the  transfer
restrictions  applicable to the Restricted  Definitive Notes and pursuant to and
in accordance  with the  Securities  Act, and in compliance  with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of
the  proposed  Exchange  in  accordance  with the  terms of the  Indenture,  the
beneficial  interest  issued  will be subject to the  restrictions  on  transfer
enumerated in the Private  Placement  Legend printed on the relevant  Restricted
Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

         This certificate and the statements  contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company.

                                    [Insert Name of Transferor]


                                    By: _______________________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:


Dated:  _________________________


                                      -3-
<PAGE>


                                                                      EXHIBIT D


                            FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM
                   ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR


SBARRO, INC.
401 Broadhollow Road
Melville, New York  11747
Attention:  General Counsel

FIRSTAR BANK, N.A.
Corporate Trust Department
101 East 5th Street, 12th Floor
St. Paul, Minnesota  55101
Attention:  Frank P. Leslie, III


          Re:  11% Senior Notes due 2009

         Reference is hereby made to the  Indenture,  dated as of September  28,
1999 (the  "INDENTURE"),  among  SBARRO,  INC., as issuer (the  "COMPANY"),  the
Guarantors  named on the  signature  pages  thereto and FIRSTAR  BANK,  N.A., as
trustee.  Capitalized  terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings
given to them in the Indenture.

         In connection  with our proposed  purchase of  $____________  aggregate
principal amount of:

         (a) |_| a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

         (b) |_| a Definitive Note,

         we confirm that:

         1. We  understand  that the Notes  have not been  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "SECURITIES  ACT"), and may not be sold
except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on
behalf of any investor  account for which we are  purchasing the Notes to offer,
sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date which is two years after
the later of the date of  original  issue and the last date on which the Company
or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes,  or any predecessor
thereto (the "RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") only (a) to the Company, (b)
pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the
Securities Act, (c) for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to
Rule 144A  under the  Securities  Act,  to a person we  reasonably  believe is a
qualified  institutional  buyer under Rule 144A (a "QIB") that purchases for its
own  account  or for the  account  of a QIB to whom  notice  is  given  that the
transfer  is being made in  reliance  on Rule 144A,  (d)  pursuant to offers and
sales to  non-U.S.  Persons  that occur  outside  the United  States  within the
meaning of  Regulations  S under the  Securities  Act,  (e) to an  institutional
"accredited investor" within the meaning of subparagraph (a)(1), (2), (3) or (7)
of Rule 501 under the  Securities  Act that is  acquiring  the Notes for its own
account or for the account of such an  institutional  "accredited  investor" for
investment  purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or


<PAGE>


sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities
Act or (f)  pursuant  to any other  available  exemption  from the  registration
requirements  of the Securities  Act,  subject in each of the foregoing cases to
any  requirement of law that the disposition of our property and the property of
such  investor  account or accounts be at all times within our or their  control
and to compliance  with any  applicable  state  securities  laws.  The foregoing
restrictions  on resale  will not apply  subsequent  to the  Resale  Restriction
Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be
made  pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale  Restriction  Termination
Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in
the form of this letter to the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things,
that the transferee is an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning
of subparagraph (a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) or Rule 501 under the Securities Act and
that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution
in  violation of the  Securities  Act. We  acknowledge  that the Company and the
Trustee  reserve the right prior to any offer,  sale or other  transfer prior to
the Resale  Restriction  Termination  Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d),
(e)  and  (f)  above  to  require  the   delivery  of  an  Opinion  of  Counsel,
certifications  and/or  other  information  satisfactory  to the Company and the
Trustee.

         2. We are an  institutional  "accredited  investor" (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1),  (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) purchasing
for our own  account  or for the  account of such an  institutional  "accredited
investor", and we are acquiring the Notes for investment purposes and not with a
view to, or for offer or sale in connection  with, any distribution in violation
of the Securities Act and we have such knowledge and experience in financial and
business  matters  as to be capable  of  evaluating  the merits and risks of our
investment  in the Notes,  and we and any  accounts  for which we are acting are
each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

         3. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial  interest therein purchased
by us for our own  account  or for one or more  accounts  (each  of  which is an
institutional  "accredited  investor")  as to each of  which  we  exercise  sole
investment discretion.

         You and the  Company  are  entitled  to rely upon this  letter  and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested
party in any  administrative  or legal  proceedings  or  official  inquiry  with
respect to the matters covered hereby.


                                   ____________________________________________
                                       [Insert Name of Accredited Investor]


                                   By:  _______________________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


Dated:    _____________________









================================================================================






                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                         DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 23, 1999

                                  BY AND AMONG

                                  SBARRO, INC.

                                       AND

                             EUROPEAN AMERICAN BANK
                                    AS AGENT

                                       AND

                            THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO


================================================================================


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I
         DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS.....................................1
         SECTION 1.01.      Definitions.......................................1
         SECTION 1.02.      Terms Generally..................................25

ARTICLE II
         LOANS...............................................................26
         SECTION 2.01.      Revolving Credit Loans...........................26
         SECTION 2.02.      Revolving Credit Note............................27
         SECTION 2.03.      Letters of Credit................................27

ARTICLE III
         PROVISIONS RELATING TO ALL EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT;
         FEES AND PAYMENTS...................................................30
         SECTION 3.01.      Interest Rates; Continuation and Conversion
                              of Loans.......................................30
         SECTION 3.02.      Use of Proceeds..................................32
         SECTION 3.03.      Mandatory and Optional Prepayments...............32
         SECTION 3.04.      Fees.............................................33
         SECTION 3.05.      Inability to Determine Interest Rate.  ..........34
         SECTION 3.06.      Illegality.  ....................................34
         SECTION 3.07.      Increased Costs..................................34
         SECTION 3.08.      Indemnity. ......................................35
         SECTION 3.09.      Taxes............................................36
         SECTION 3.10.      Pro Rata Treatment and Payments..................37
         SECTION 3.11.      Funding and Disbursement of Loans................38

ARTICLE IV
         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES......................................38
         SECTION 4.01.      Organization, Powers.  ..........................38
         SECTION 4.02.      Authorization of Borrowing, Enforceable
                              Obligations....................................39
         SECTION 4.03.      Financial Condition..............................39
         SECTION 4.04.      Taxes............................................40
         SECTION 4.05.      Title to Properties..............................40
         SECTION 4.06.      Litigation.......................................40
         SECTION 4.07.      Restrictions.....................................40
         SECTION 4.08.      Compliance with ERISA............................41
         SECTION 4.09.      Federal Reserve Regulations; Use of Proceeds.....41
         SECTION 4.10.      Approvals........................................41
         SECTION 4.11.      Subsidiaries.....................................42
         SECTION 4.12.      Hazardous Materials..............................42
         SECTION 4.13.      Investment Company Act...........................42
         SECTION 4.14.      No Default.......................................42

                                        i

<PAGE>


         SECTION 4.15.      Material Contracts...............................42
         SECTION 4.16.      Permits and Licenses.............................42
         SECTION 4.17.      Compliance with Law..............................43
         SECTION 4.18.      Y2K..............................................43
         SECTION 4.19.      Fiscal Year End..................................43
         SECTION 4.20.      Certain Agreements...............................43
         SECTION 4.21.      Representations and Warranties Contained in
                            Certain Agreements...............................43
         SECTION 4.22.      Disclosure.......................................44

ARTICLE V
         CONDITIONS OF LENDING...............................................44
         SECTION 5.01.      Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit........44
         SECTION 5.02.      Conditions to All Extensions of Credit...........47

ARTICLE VI
         AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS...............................................48
         SECTION 6.01.      Existence, Properties, Insurance.................48
         SECTION 6.02.      Payment of Taxes.................................48
         SECTION 6.03.      Financial Statements, Reports, etc...............48
         SECTION 6.04.      Books and Records; Access to Premises............51
         SECTION 6.05.      Notice of Adverse Change.........................51
         SECTION 6.06.      Notice of Default................................51
         SECTION 6.07.      Notice of Litigation.............................51
         SECTION 6.08.      Notice of Default in Other Agreements............51
         SECTION 6.09.      Notice of ERISA Event............................51
         SECTION 6.10.      Notice of Environmental Law Violations...........52
         SECTION 6.11.      Notice Regarding Material Contracts..............52
         SECTION 6.12.      Compliance with Applicable Laws..................52
         SECTION 6.13.      Subsidiaries.....................................52
         SECTION 6.14.      Environmental Laws...............................53
         SECTION 6.15.      Imposition of Restrictive Covenants..............53

ARTICLE VII
         NEGATIVE COVENANTS..................................................54
         SECTION 7.01.      Liens............................................54
         SECTION 7.02.      Indebtedness.....................................54
         SECTION 7.03.      Guaranties.......................................54
         SECTION 7.04.      Asset Sales......................................54
         SECTION 7.05.      Sales of Receivables.  ..........................55
         SECTION 7.06.      Investments......................................55
         SECTION 7.07.      Nature of Business...............................55
         SECTION 7.08.      Sale and Leaseback...............................55
         SECTION 7.09.      Federal Reserve Regulations......................55
         SECTION 7.10.      Accounting Policies and Procedures...............55

                                       ii

<PAGE>




         SECTION 7.11.      Hazardous Materials..............................56
         SECTION 7.12.      Limitations on Fundamental Changes...............56
         SECTION 7.13.      Financial Covenants..............................56
         SECTION 7.14.      Senior Notes.....................................57
         SECTION 7.15.      Restricted Payments..............................57
         SECTION 7.16.      Transactions with Affiliates.....................60
         SECTION 7.17.      Amendments to Certain Agreements.................61
         SECTION 7.18.      Issuance of Preferred Stock......................61
         SECTION 7.19.      S Corporation Matters............................61
         SECTION 7.20.      Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital
                              Stock..........................................62

ARTICLE VIII
         EVENTS OF DEFAULT...................................................63
         SECTION 8.01.      Events of Default................................63

ARTICLE IX
         THE AGENT...........................................................66
         SECTION 9.01.      Appointment, Powers and Immunities...............66
         SECTION 9.02.      Reliance by Agent................................66
         SECTION 9.03.      Events of Default................................66
         SECTION 9.04.      Rights as a Lender...............................67
         SECTION 9.05.      Indemnification..................................67
         SECTION 9.06.      Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders..........67
         SECTION 9.07.      Failure to Act...................................68
         SECTION 9.08.      Resignation of the Agent.........................68
         SECTION 9.09.      Sharing of Collateral and Payments...............68

ARTICLE X
         MISCELLANEOUS.......................................................69
         SECTION 10.01.     Notices..........................................69
         SECTION 10.02.     Effectiveness; Survival..........................70
         SECTION 10.03.     Expenses.........................................70
         SECTION 10.04.     Amendments and Waivers...........................71
         SECTION 10.05.     Successors and Assigns; Participations...........72
         SECTION 10.06.     No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies...................75
         SECTION 10.07.     APPLICABLE LAW...................................75
         SECTION 10.08.     SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.......................75
         SECTION 10.09.     Confidentiality..................................76
         SECTION 10.10.     Severability.....................................76
         SECTION 10.11.     Right of Setoff..................................77
         SECTION 10.12.     Headings.........................................77
         SECTION 10.13.     Construction.....................................77
         SECTION 10.14.     Counterparts.....................................77



                                       iii

<PAGE>


SCHEDULES

Schedule I        -       Subsidiaries
Schedule II       -       Existing Liens
Schedule III      -       Existing Indebtedness
Schedule IV       -       [Reserved]
Schedule V        -       Material Contracts
Schedule VI       -       Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule VII      -       Committed Restricted Investments



EXHIBITS

Exhibit A        -        Form of Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B        -        Form of Corporate Guaranty
Exhibit C        -        Form of Assignment and Acceptance Agreement
Exhibit D        -        Form of Opinion of Counsel


                                       iv

<PAGE>


     CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of September 23, 1999, by and among SBARRO, INC.,
a New York corporation (the "Company"),  the LENDERS which from time to time are
parties to this  Agreement  (individually,  a "Lender"  and,  collectively,  the
"Lenders"),  and EUROPEAN  AMERICAN  BANK, a New York  banking  corporation,  as
Agent.


                                    RECITALS

          The Company has  requested  the Lenders to extend  credit from time to
time and the Lenders are willing to extend such credit to the  Company,  subject
to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

          Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

          SECTION 1.01.  DEFINITIONS.  As used herein,  the following  words and
terms shall have the following meanings:

          "Adjusted  Consolidated  Net Income"  shall mean,  with respect to any
Person for any period, the sum of (i) the Consolidated Net Income of such Person
for such  period  plus  (ii) the  aggregate  amount of  intangible  amortization
charges   resulting  from  the  Merger  to  the  extent  that  such   intangible
amortization charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income.

          "Adjusted  Libor Loans" shall mean Loans at such time as they are made
and/or being maintained at a rate of interest based upon Reserve Adjusted Libor.

          "Affiliate"  shall mean with  respect to a specified  Person,  another
Person which,  directly or indirectly,  controls or is controlled by or is under
common control with such specified  Person.  For the purpose of this definition,
"control"  of a Person shall mean the power,  direct or  indirect,  to direct or
cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;  provided that, in
any  event,  any  Person  who owns  directly  or  indirectly  10% or more of the
securities  having  ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other
governing body of a corporation or 10% or more of the partnership (other than as
a limited  partner of such  other  Person) or other  ownership  interest  of any
Person, other than a corporation,  will be deemed to control such corporation or
other Person.


          "Agent"  shall  mean  European   American  Bank  in  its  capacity  as
administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement or its successor Agent
permitted pursuant to Section 9.08.


                                        1

<PAGE>


          "Aggregate Letters of Credit Outstandings" shall mean, at a particular
time,  the sum of (a) the aggregate  maximum stated amount at such time which is
available or available in the future to be drawn under all  outstanding  Letters
of Credit,  (b) the aggregate  amount of all payments made by the Issuing Lender
on  behalf  of the  Lenders  under  any  Letter  of  Credit  that  have not been
reimbursed by the Company at such time and (c) the aggregate maximum exposure of
the Company  under any  guarantees of the Company of  reimbursement  obligations
under letters of credit then  outstanding that were issued by any Lender for the
account of any Affiliate of the Company.

          "Aggregate  Outstandings" shall mean, at a particular time, the sum of
(a) the  Aggregate  Letters  of  Credit  Outstandings  at such  time and (b) the
aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of all Revolving  Credit Loans at such
time.

          "Agreement" shall mean this Credit Agreement dated as of September 23,
1999,  as it may  hereafter  be amended,  restated,  supplemented  or  otherwise
modified from time to time.

          "Applicable  Margin" shall mean (a) with respect to an Adjusted  Libor
Loan, the  percentage set forth below under the heading "Libor Margin"  opposite
the  applicable  ratio and (b) with respect to a Prime Rate Loan, the percentage
set forth below under the heading "Prime Margin" opposite the applicable ratio:

Consolidated Senior Debt           Libor Margin             Prime Margin
to Consolidated EBITDA             (360 day basis)          (360 day basis)
- -----------------------            ---------------          ---------------

Equal to or less than                   1.50%                    0%
3.00:1.00

Greater than 3.00:1.00 but              1.75%                    0%
equal to or less than
3.25:1.00

Greater than 3.25:1.00 but              2.00%                    .25%
equal to or less than
3.50:1.00

Greater than 3.50:1.00 but              2.25%                    .50%
equal to or less than
3.75:1.00

Greater than 3.75:1.00                  2.50%                    .75%

Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the period commencing on and including the
Closing Date and ending on the day immediately preceding the date the Applicable
Margin is reset in

                                        2

<PAGE>


accordance with the next sentence, the Libor Margin shall be 2.25% and the Prime
Margin shall be .50%. The  Applicable  Margin will be reset with respect to each
Loan on each date which is five Business  Days  following the date of receipt by
the Agent of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.03(a) and Section
6.03(b)  together  with a  certificate  of the Chief  Financial  Officer  of the
Company certifying the ratio of Consolidated  Senior Debt to Consolidated EBITDA
and setting forth the  calculation  thereof in detail for the then most recently
completed  fiscal quarter of the Company.  If any such  financial  statement and
certificate  are not  received  by the Agent  within  the time  period  required
pursuant  to  Section  6.03(a)  or  Section  6.03(b),  as the case  may be,  the
Applicable Margin will be reset, based on a ratio of Consolidated Senior Debt to
Consolidated  EBITDA of  greater  than  3.75:1.00  from the date such  financial
statement  and  certificate  were due until the date which is five Business Days
following the receipt by the Agent of such financial statements and certificate,
provided,  however,  that the  Lenders  shall  not in any way be  deemed to have
waived any Default or Event of Default,  including without limitation,  an Event
of Default resulting from the failure of the Company to comply with Section 7.13
of this Agreement,  or any rights or remedies  hereunder or under any other Loan
Document in connection  with the failure of the Agent to receive such  financial
statements and  certificate.  During the occurrence and continuance of a Default
or an Event of Default,  no downward  adjustment,  and only upward  adjustments,
shall be made to the Libor  Margin  and Prime  Margin;  provided,  however,  any
downward  adjustment  shall become  effective on the date, if any, on which such
Default or Event of Default shall cease to be continuing.

          "Asset Sale" shall mean (i) the sale, lease (as lessor), conveyance or
other  disposition  (collectively,  "dispositions")  of  any  assets  or  rights
(including,  without  limitation,  by way of a sale and  leaseback),  other than
dispositions  of inventory in the ordinary  course of business  consistent  with
past practices and the  disposition  in the ordinary  course of obsolete or worn
out equipment or other equipment no longer necessary or no longer usable for its
business,  and (ii) the issuance of Equity Interests by any Corporate  Guarantor
or the disposition by the Company or a Corporate  Guarantor of Equity  Interests
in any of the Corporate  Guarantors (other than directors'  qualifying shares or
shares  required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company
or a Corporate Guarantor); provided, however, that the term Asset Sale shall not
include any  disposition  of any assets or rights or any issuance or disposition
of Equity  Interests  if such  transaction  would have been an Asset Sale in the
absence of this  proviso to the extent  that the gross  proceeds  thereof do not
exceed,  in  aggregate  amount  together  with all other  such  dispositions  or
issuances,  $3.0  million in any fiscal  year of the  Company  and $5.0  million
during the term of this Agreement (the "Excluded Proceeds");  provided, however,
that the  Excluded  Proceeds  are  applied  within  360 days of such sale by the
Company or the Corporate  Guarantor,  as  applicable,  to the  acquisition  of a
controlling interest in another business, the making of a Capital Expenditure or
the other  acquisition  of assets (other than assets that would be classified as
current assets in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles),  in
each  case,  subject  to  Section  7.07  ("Excluded  Proceeds  Permitted  Use").
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  following  will be deemed not to be Asset
Sales:  (i) a transfer of assets or rights or Equity Interests by the Company to
a  Corporate  Guarantor  which is a  wholly-owned  Subsidiary  or by a Corporate
Guarantor  which is a  wholly-owned  Subsidiary  to the  Company  or to  another
Corporate

                                        3

<PAGE>


Guarantor  which  is a  wholly-owned  Subsidiary;  (ii) an  issuance  of  Equity
Interests by a Corporate  Guarantor  which is a  wholly-owned  Subsidiary of the
Company to the Company or to another Corporate Guarantor which is a wholly-owned
Subsidiary of the Company;  (iii) a Permitted  Investment or Restricted  Payment
that is permitted  pursuant to Section 7.15,  and (iv) a disposition of Eligible
Investments solely for cash or other Eligible Investments.

          "Assignment  and  Acceptance  Agreement"  shall mean an Assignment and
Acceptance  entered  into by a Lender and an assignee and accepted by the Agent,
in the form  attached  hereto as  Exhibit C or any other  form  approved  by the
Agent.

          "Board of Directors" shall mean, with respect to any Person, the board
of directors of such Person,  or any duly authorized  committee of such board of
directors.

          "Borrowing  Date" shall mean,  with  respect to any Loan,  the date on
which such Loan is disbursed to the Company.

          "Business Day" shall mean (a) any day not a Saturday,  Sunday or legal
holiday,  on which  banks in New York City are open for  business  and (b) as it
relates to any payment, determination,  funding or notice to be made or given in
connection  with any  Adjusted  Libor Loan,  any day  specified in clause (a) on
which  trading is  carried on by and  between  banks in Dollar  deposits  in the
London interbank eurodollar market.

          "Capital  Expenditures" shall mean additions to property and equipment
of  the  Company  which,  in  conformity  with  Generally  Accepted   Accounting
Principles,  are included as  "additions  to property,  plant or  equipment"  or
similar  items which would be  reflected  in the  statement  of cash flow of the
Company,  including,  without  limitation,  property and equipment which are the
subject of Capital Leases.

          "Capital  Lease"  shall  mean any lease the  obligations  of which are
required to be capitalized  on the balance sheet of a Person in accordance  with
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

          "Capital Stock" shall mean (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate
stock,  (ii) in the  case of an  association  or  business  entity,  any and all
shares,  interests,   participations,   rights  or  other  equivalents  (however
designated)  of corporate  stock,  (iii) in the case of a  partnership,  limited
liability  company or limited liability  partnership,  partnership or membership
interests (whether general or limited) and (iv) any other ownership interest not
described in the preceding clauses (i) through (iii) if such interest confers on
the owner  thereof the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or
distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

          "Cash  Collateral"  shall  mean a  deposit  by  the  Company  made  in
immediately  available funds to a cash  collateral  account at the Agent and the
taking of all action  required to provide the Agent,  for the ratable benefit of
the Lenders, a first priority perfected security interest in such deposit.


                                        4

<PAGE>


          "Change of Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:
(i) the sale,  lease,  transfer,  conveyance or other  disposition,  in one or a
series of related transactions,  directly or indirectly, of all or substantially
all of the assets of the  Company or the Company  and the  Corporate  Guarantors
taken as a whole to any  Person  or  "group"  (as such  term is used in  Section
13(d)(3) of the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), other than to one or more Permitted Holders,  (ii) the adoption of a plan
relating  to  the   liquidation  or  dissolution  of  the  Company,   (iii)  the
consummation of any transaction  (including,  without limitation,  any merger or
consolidation)  the result of which is that any Person or group,  other than one
or more  Permitted  Holders,  becomes  the  "beneficial  owner" (as such term is
defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule  13d-5  under the  Exchange  Act,  except  that a
Person shall be deemed to have  "beneficial  ownership" of all  securities  that
such  Person  has  the  right  to  acquire,  whether  such  right  is  currently
exercisable  or  is  exercisable  only  upon  the  occurrence  of  a  subsequent
condition),  directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the Voting Stock of the
Company  (measured  by voting  power  rather  than number of shares) or (iv) the
first day on which a majority  of the members of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company are not Continuing Directors.

          "Chief  Financial  Officer" shall mean the Chief Financial  Officer of
the Company.

          "Closing Date" shall mean the date of the initial  extension of credit
under this Agreement but in no event later than September 30, 1999.

          "Code" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended from
time to time.

          "Commitment  Proportion" shall mean with respect to each Lender at the
time of  determination,  the proportion its Revolving Credit Commitment bears to
the Total Revolving Credit Commitment.

          "Committed  Restricted  Investments" shall mean up to $13.9 million of
Investments  that  were,  as of August  30,  1999,  committed  to be made by the
Company and the Corporate Guarantors as set forth on Schedule VII hereto.

          "Company" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

          "Consolidated  EBITDA"  shall mean for any  period,  Consolidated  Net
Income (or consolidated net loss),  plus the sum,  without  duplication,  of (a)
Consolidated  Interest  Expense,  (b) depreciation and amortization  expenses or
charges,  (c) all income and franchise  taxes to any government or  governmental
instrumentality  expensed on the Company's books (whether paid or accrued),  (d)
non-cash  charges  and  non-recurring  charges,  if any,  relating  to the final
settlement of the litigation  described in the first paragraph under "Business -
Legal Proceedings" of the Preliminary  Offering  Memorandum of the Company dated
September 2, 1999 with respect to the Senior Notes if and to the extent deducted
as an expense in  calculating  Consolidated  Net Income  provided the  aggregate
amount of such charges added back shall not exceed  $1,600,000,  and (e) the Tax
Distributions,  if any, made by the Company if and to the extent  deducted as an
expense


                                        5

<PAGE>


in calculating  Consolidated Net Income, in each case,  determined in accordance
with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles applied on a consistent basis. All
of the foregoing  categories shall be calculated with respect to the Company and
the  Corporate  Guarantors  on a  consolidated  basis  and  shall be  calculated
(without  duplication) as of the end of each  applicable  fiscal quarter for the
four fiscal quarter periods then ended.

          "Consolidated  Interest  Expense"  shall  mean for any period the sum,
without duplication, of (i) the consolidated interest expense of the Company and
the Corporate  Guarantors for such period,  whether paid or accrued  (including,
without  limitation,  amortization  of debt  issuance  costs and original  issue
discount,  non-cash interest  payments,  the interest  component of any deferred
payment  obligations,  the interest  component of all payments  associated  with
Capital Leases,  commissions,  discounts and other fees and charges  incurred in
respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings,  and net payments
(if any)  pursuant  to  Hedging  Obligations),  (ii) the  consolidated  interest
expense of the Company and the Corporate  Guarantors that was capitalized during
such period, and (iii) the product of (x) any preferred stock dividends declared
or paid or payable in cash,  and (y) a fraction,  the  numerator of which is one
and the  denominator  of which is one minus the then current  combined  federal,
state  and  local  statutory  tax rate of the  Person  issuing  or  paying  such
dividend,  expressed as a decimal,  determined,  in each case, on a consolidated
basis  and  in  accordance  with  Generally  Accepted   Accounting   Principles.
Consolidated  Interest  Expense shall be calculated  with respect to the Company
and the  Corporate  Guarantors on a  consolidated  basis and shall be calculated
without duplication as of the end of each applicable fiscal quarter for the four
fiscal quarters then ended;  provided,  however, that for the first three fiscal
quarters  following the Closing  Date,  Consolidated  Interest  Expense shall be
determined  on a pro forma basis as if interest  bearing  indebtedness  had been
incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

          "Consolidated  Net Income" shall mean, with respect to the Company for
any period,  the  aggregate  of the Net Income of the Company and the  Corporate
Guarantors for such period,  on a consolidated  basis,  determined in accordance
with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles  less  the  amount  of all Tax
Distributions,  if any,  made by the Company  from the  beginning of such period
through the date that is 30 days after the end of such period; provided that (i)
the Net  Income of any  Person  that is  neither  the  Company  nor a  Corporate
Guarantor or that is accounted for by the equity  method of accounting  shall be
excluded,  except  that the Net Income of such  Person  shall be included to the
extent of the amount of dividends or  distributions  paid in cash by such Person
during  such  period  to  the  Company  or  a  Corporate  Guarantor  which  is a
wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of the  Company  (other  than  any such  dividends  or
distributions  (x) which the Company elects not to include in the computation of
Consolidated  Net  Income at the time of the  computation  thereof  or (y) which
consist of payments to the Company  referred to in  subclause 3 of clause (c) of
the first paragraph  under Section 7.15),  (ii) the net income (but not loss) of
any Corporate  Guarantor shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or
payment of dividends or similar  distributions  by that  Corporate  Guarantor of
that net income is not at the date of determination  permitted without any prior
governmental  approval (that has not been obtained) or,  directly or indirectly,
by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument,


                                        6

<PAGE>


judgment,  decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to
that Corporate Guarantor or its stockholders, (iii) the Net Income of any Person
acquired in a pooling of interests  transaction for any period prior to the date
of such acquisition shall be excluded, (iv) the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting   principles   shall  be  excluded  to  the  extent  it  would  cause
Consolidated  Net Income to exceed  Consolidated Net Income  calculated  without
giving  effect  to such  change,  and  (v)  any  non-cash  write-off  or  charge
(excluding any such non-cash  write-off or charge to the extent it represents an
accrual of or reserve of cash  expenses in any future  period) in respect of the
disposition  or write-down of fixed assets other than in the ordinary  course of
business shall be excluded.

          "Consolidated  Senior Debt" shall mean  Indebtedness of the Company or
any  Corporate  Guarantor  that is not  subordinated  in right of payment to any
other  Indebtedness  of the  Company  or such  Corporate  Guarantor,  including,
without limitation, Indebtedness under the Senior Notes and the Revolving Credit
Loans.  For purposes of  calculating  Consolidated  Senior Debt  pursuant to the
definition of  "Applicable  Margin" and "Unused Fee Rate",  Consolidated  Senior
Debt shall include the aggregate  principal  amount of Senior Note Payments,  if
any, made  pursuant to Section 7.14 during the period  commencing on the Closing
Date and ending on (and including) the date of determination thereof.

          "Continuing Director" shall mean, as of any date of determination, any
member of the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  who (i) was a member of such
Board of Directors  on the Closing Date or (ii) was  nominated or elected to the
Board of  Directors  of the  Company  with the  approval  of a  majority  of the
Continuing  Directors  who  were  members  of  such  Board  at the  time of such
nomination or election.

          "Corporate   Guarantors"   shall  mean,   collectively,   each  Person
identified on Schedule I which is not designated as an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary
and each  Person  who,  from time to time,  executes  a  Corporate  Guaranty  in
accordance with Section 6.13.

          "Corporate  Guaranty"  shall mean the  Corporate  Guaranty in the form
attached  hereto as Exhibit B to be executed  and  delivered  by each  Corporate
Guarantor  as the same may  hereafter  be  amended,  restated,  supplemented  or
otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Default"  shall mean any condition or event which upon notice,  lapse
of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

          "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by
the  terms of any  security  into  which it is  convertible  or for  which it is
exchangeable),  or upon the  happening of any event,  matures or is  mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at
the option of the holder  thereof,  in whole or in part, on or prior to the date
that is 91 days after the Revolving Credit Commitment Termination Date.

          "Dollar"  and the  symbol "$" shall  mean  lawful  money of the United
States of America.


                                        7

<PAGE>


          "Eligible Investments" shall mean (a) direct obligations of the United
States of America or any governmental  agency thereof which are fully guaranteed
by the United States of America,  provided that such  obligations  mature within
six months  from the date of  acquisition  thereof;  or (b)  dollar  denominated
certificates  of time  deposit  maturing  within  one  year  issued  by any bank
organized and existing  under the laws of the United States or any state thereof
and having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000; or (c) money
market mutual funds having assets in excess of $2,500,000,000; or (d) commercial
paper rated not less than P-1 or A-1 or their  equivalent  by Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc.  or Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Group,  respectively;  or (e) tax
exempt  securities  of a U.S.  issuer  rated A or better by Standard  and Poor's
Ratings Group or Moody's Investors Service,  Inc.; or (f) repurchase obligations
with a term of not more than seven days for  underlying  securities  of the type
described  in  clauses  (a)  and (b)  above  entered  into  with  any  financial
institution  meeting the  qualifications  specified in clause (b) above;  or (g)
investments  in money market funds that invest  exclusively in securities of the
types  described  in clauses  (a)  through  (f) above;  or (h)  Eurodollar  time
deposits  with  maturities  not  exceeding  six  months or less from the date of
acquisition  with any  domestic  commercial  bank having  capital and surplus in
excess of $500 million and a Keefe Bank Watch Rating of AB or better.

          "Environmental Law" shall mean any law, ordinance,  rule,  regulation,
or policy  having the force of law of any  Governmental  Authority  relating  to
pollution  or  protection  of  the   environment   or  to  the  use,   handling,
transportation,  treatment, storage, disposal, release or discharge of Hazardous
Materials,   including,  without  limitation,  the  Comprehensive  Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections
9601,  et seq.),  the  Hazardous  Materials  Transportation  Act, as amended (49
U.S.C.  Sections 1801, et seq.) the Resource  Conservation  and Recovery Act, as
amended  (42  U.S.C.  Sections  6901,  et seq.) and the  rules  and  regulations
promulgated pursuant thereto.

          "Equity Interests" shall mean Capital Stock and all warrants,  options
or other rights to acquire  Capital Stock (but  excluding any debt security that
is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

          "ERISA"  shall mean the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time.

          "ERISA  Affiliate"  shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9)
of ERISA) which  together with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company would
be deemed to be a member of the same  "controlled  group"  within the meaning of
Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

          "Eurocurrency Reserve Requirement" shall mean a fraction (expressed as
a decimal),  the  numerator  of which is the number one and the  denominator  of
which is the number one minus the aggregate  (without  duplication) of the rates
(expressed  as a  decimal)  of  reserve  requirements  in  effect  on  such  day
(including,  without  limitation,  basic,  supplemental,  marginal and emergency
reserves, under any regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System or any


                                        8

<PAGE>


other governmental  authority having  jurisdiction with respect thereto) as from
time to  time in  effect,  dealing  with  reserve  requirements  prescribed  for
eurocurrency  funding  (currently  referred to as "eurocurrency  liabilities" in
Regulation D) maintained by any Lender.  For purposes hereof each Adjusted Libor
Loan shall be deemed to  constitute  a  "eurocurrency  liability"  as defined in
Regulation D, and subject to the reserve requirements of "Regulation D," without
benefit of credit or proration,  exemptions or offsets which might  otherwise be
available to the Lenders from time to time under Regulation D.

          "Event of Default" shall have the meaning set forth in Article VIII.

          "Excluded Proceeds" shall have the meaning set forth in the definition
of "Asset Sale".

          "Excluded  Proceeds Permitted Use" shall have the meaning set forth in
the definition of "Asset Sale".

          "Executive  Officer"  shall mean any of the Chairman,  Vice  Chairman,
President,  the Chief  Executive  Officer,  the Chief  Financial  Officer or the
Secretary of the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor,  as applicable,  and their
respective successors, if any, designated by the board of directors thereof.

          "Existing  Indebtedness" means the Indebtedness of the Company and the
Corporate Guarantors (other than the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the
Senior  Notes) in existence on the Closing Date and set forth in a Schedule III,
until such Indebtedness is repaid. Existing Indebtedness shall include,  without
duplication,  (a) certain  guarantees  of  obligations  for borrowed  money (the
"Borrowed Money Obligations")  including the Company's guarantee of 40% of up to
$11.0 million of  Indebtedness  from time to time  outstanding  of Boulder Creek
Holding LLC and Boulder Creek Venture LLC under loan  agreements  with HSBC Bank
U.S.A.,  as they may be amended  and in effect  from time to time,  (b)  certain
guarantees of reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit, (c) any
guarantee by the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor of  Indebtedness  issued in
exchange  for,  or the net  proceeds of which are used to refund,  refinance  or
replace,  Borrowed  Money  Obligations  at the  time  guaranteed  pursuant  to a
guarantee   referred   to  in   clause   (a)  above   ("Guaranteed   Refinancing
Indebtedness"),  to the extent that (x) the principal  amount of such Guaranteed
Refinancing  Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the guaranteed
Borrowed  Money  Obligations  so  refunded,  refinanced  or replaced and (y) the
obligor(s)  of such  Guaranteed  Refinancing  Indebtedness  are the  same as the
obligors on the guaranteed Borrowed Money Obligations being refunded, refinanced
or replaced, and (d) any guarantee of reimbursement  obligations in respect of a
letter of credit  issued in  replacement  for a letter of credit in  respect  of
which the  reimbursement  obligations  are  guaranteed  pursuant  to a guarantee
referred to in clause (b) above (a "Replacement Letter of Credit") to the extent
that  (x)  the  amount  of   Indebtedness   represented   by  the  guarantee  of
reimbursement  obligations in respect of the  Replacement  Letter of Credit does
not  exceed  the  amount  of  Indebtedness   represented  by  the  guarantee  of
reimbursement obligations in respect of the letter of credit so replaced and (y)
the obligor(s) of the  reimbursement  obligations in respect of the  Replacement
Letter of Credit are


                                        9

<PAGE>


the same as the  obligor(s) of the  reimbursement  obligations in respect of the
letter of credit so replaced. For purposes of this Agreement,  (a) any guarantee
by the Company or any Corporate Guarantor of Guaranteed Refinancing Indebtedness
shall not be deemed to be an  additional  Investment  to the extent that (x) the
provisions of subclauses (x) and (y) of clause (c) of the preceding sentence are
satisfied in respect of such  Guaranteed  Refinancing  Indebtedness  and (y) the
guarantee of the Borrowed Money Obligations refunded,  refinanced or replaced by
such Guaranteed  Refinancing  Indebtedness  was entered into prior to August 30,
1999 or constitutes a Committed  Restricted  Investment and (b) any guarantee by
the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor of reimbursement  obligations in respect
of a  Replacement  Letter  of Credit  shall  not be  deemed to be an  additional
Investment to the extent that (x) the  provisions  of subclauses  (x) and (y) of
clause (d) of the preceding  sentence are satisfied in respect of such guarantee
and such Replacement Letter of Credit and (y) the guarantee of the reimbursement
obligations  in  respect of the letter of credit  replaced  by such  Replacement
Letter of Credit was entered into prior to August 30,  1999,  or  constitutes  a
Committed Restricted Investment.

          "Existing  Letters of Credit" shall mean,  collectively,  each standby
letter of credit  issued by European  American  Bank prior to the  Closing  Date
which remains in effect on the Closing Date as set forth on Schedule VI hereto.

          "Federal Funds  Effective  Rate" shall mean, for any day, the weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal  Reserve  System  arranged by Federal fund brokers,  as published on the
next  succeeding  Business Day by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York,  or, if
such rate is not so published  for any day which is a Business  Day, the average
of the  quotations for the day of such  transactions  received by the Agent from
three Federal fund brokers of recognized standing selected by the Agent.

          "Generally Accepted Accounting  Principles" shall mean those generally
accepted  accounting  principles in the United  States of America,  as in effect
from time to time.

          "Governmental  Authority"  shall  mean any nation or  government,  any
state,  province,  city or  municipal  entity  or  other  political  subdivision
thereof, and any governmental,  executive, legislative, judicial, administrative
or regulatory agency, department, authority, instrumentality,  commission, board
or similar body,  whether  federal,  state,  provincial,  territorial,  local or
foreign.

          "Hazardous   Materials"   shall  mean  any   explosives,   radioactive
materials,  or other materials,  wastes,  substances,  or chemicals regulated as
toxic  hazardous or as a pollutant,  contaminant  or waste under any  applicable
Environmental Law.

          "Hedging  Obligations"  shall  mean with  respect to any  Person,  the
obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap,  collar,  cap, floor or
forward rate agreement or other agreement regarding the hedging of interest rate
risk exposure  executed in connection with hedging the interest rate exposure of
such Person, and any confirming letter executed pursuant to such agreement,  all
as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.


                                       10

<PAGE>




          "Indebtedness"  shall mean, without  duplication,  as to any Person or
Persons (a)  indebtedness  for borrowed money; (b) indebtedness for the deferred
purchase  price of property or services  (other than trade  payables and accrued
expenses  incurred  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business);  (c)  indebtedness
evidenced by bonds,  debentures,  term notes or other similar  instruments;  (d)
obligations  and  liabilities  of a third  party  (other than the Company or any
Corporate  Guarantor)  secured  by a Lien upon  property  owned by such  Person,
whether or not owing by such  Person and even though such Person has not assumed
or become  liable for the  payment  thereof;  (e)  guarantees  by such Person of
Indebtedness  of another  Person;  (f) obligations or liabilities of such Person
created or arising under any conditional sales contract or other title retention
agreement  with respect to property  used and/or  acquired by such  Person;  (g)
obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital  Leases;  (h) net liabilities
of  such  Person  under  Hedging   Obligations  and  foreign  currency  exchange
agreements, as calculated on a basis satisfactory to the Agent and in accordance
with  accepted  practice;  (i) all  obligations  of such  Person in  respect  of
banker's acceptances;  and (j) all obligations,  contingent or otherwise of such
Person as an account party or applicant in respect of letters of credit.

          "Interest  Payment Date" shall mean as to any Loan,  (a) the first day
of each month  during the term hereof and (b) the date such Loan is paid in full
or in part.

          "Interest Period" shall mean with respect to any Adjusted Libor Loan:

          (a) initially,  the period  commencing on the date such Adjusted Libor
Loan is made and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by
the Company in its notice of  borrowing  or in its notice of  conversion  from a
Prime Rate Loan given, in each case, in accordance with the terms of Articles II
and III hereof; and

          (b)  thereafter,  each period  commencing  on the last day of the next
preceding Interest Period applicable to such Adjusted Libor Loan and ending one,
two, three or six months  thereafter,  as selected by the Company by irrevocable
written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Agent
not later than 11:00 a.m. New York,  New York time three  Business Days prior to
the last day of the then current  Interest  Period with respect to such Adjusted
Libor  Loan and the Agent  shall  promptly  notify  each of the  Lenders of such
notice;  provided,  however,  that all of the foregoing  provisions  relating to
Interest Periods are subject to the following:

               (i) if any Interest  Period would otherwise end on a day which is
          not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next
          succeeding  Business Day unless the result of such extension  would be
          to carry such  Interest  Period into another  calendar  month in which
          event such  Interest  Period  shall end on the  immediately  preceding
          Business Day;

               (ii) if the  Company  shall fail to give  notice as  provided  in
          clause  (b)  above,  the  Company  shall be deemed  to have  requested
          conversion of the affected


                                       11

<PAGE>


          Adjusted  Libor  Loan to a Prime Rate Loan on the last day of the then
          current Interest Period with respect thereto;

               (iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of
          a  calendar  month  (or on a day for  which  there  is no  numerically
          corresponding  day in the calendar  month at the end of such  Interest
          Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

               (iv) no more than four (4) Interest  Periods may exist at any one
          time with respect to all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans.

          "Investments"  shall mean, with respect to any Person, all investments
by such  Person  in other  Persons  (including  Affiliates)  in the forms of (a)
direct or indirect loans (including  guarantees of (or the furnishing of letters
of credit as security  for)  Indebtedness  or other  obligations  but  excluding
Remote Guarantees),  (b) advances or capital contributions (excluding (i) salary
and bonus advances, and commission, travel and similar advances, to officers and
employees made in the ordinary course of business  consistent with past practice
and  (ii)  amounts  payable  by  shareholders  of the  Company  pursuant  to the
provisions of the Tax Payment  Agreement),  (c) purchases or other  acquisitions
for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, and (d)
payments pursuant to guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations  (including
payments  made or required to be made pursuant to Remote  Guarantees),  together
with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet
prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, excluding,
however, trade accounts receivable and bank deposits made in the ordinary course
of business  consistent with past practice.  The amount of any Investment by any
Person that  constitutes a guarantee of (or the furnishing of a letter of credit
as security for)  Indebtedness or other obligations shall be deemed to be (a) if
such Investment is a guarantee of Indebtedness,  the maximum principal amount of
Indebtedness that may be guaranteed under such guarantee, (b) if such Investment
is the furnishing of a letter of credit, the maximum reimbursement obligation in
respect of such letter of credit,  (c) if such  Investment  is a guarantee  of a
lease,  the  lesser  of (A)  the sum of (i)  the  total  amount  of  fixed  rent
(excluding  escalations  resulting  from a rise in the  consumer  price index or
similar index and excluding  amounts  required to be paid for insurance,  taxes,
gas, electricity, common area charges and other similar charges) provided for in
such lease during the term  thereof,  and (ii) the product of (x) the  Company's
estimate (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors whose resolution
with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Agent and, reasonably, acceptable
to the Required  Lenders) of the amounts  (exclusive of fixed rent) that will be
payable  under such lease in respect of the first year of the term  thereof  and
(y) the number of years of the term of such lease and (B) the maximum  liability
of such Person under such guarantee and (d) if such Investment is a guarantee of
obligations  other than  Indebtedness or a lease, the maximum  liability of such
Person  under such  guarantee.  If an  Investment  by a Person  consists  of the
guarantee  of a lease and the  amount of such  Investment  is  determined  under
subclause (A) of clause (c) of the preceding sentence,  such Investment shall be
deemed to be amortized  on a straight  line basis over the term of the lease (or
the remaining term of the lease if the Investment is made or deemed to


                                       12

<PAGE>




have  been  made  after  the  commencement  of the  term  of the  lease).  If an
Investment  by a Person  consists of the  guarantee of a lease and the amount of
such  Investment is determined  under  subclause (B) of clause (c) of the second
preceding  sentence,  such Investment  shall be deemed to be amortized as and to
the extent that the maximum  liability of such Person under such  guarantee  (as
determined  in  good  faith  by the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  and,
reasonably  acceptable to the Required  Lenders,  whose  resolution with respect
thereto shall be delivered to the Agent) is reduced.  Any unamortized portion of
an  Investment  by a Person that  consists  of a  guarantee  of a lease shall be
deemed to be  amortized  on such  date,  if any,  as such  Person has no further
liability  under such  guarantee.  If an Investment by a Person  consists of the
guarantee  of a lease and the fixed rent under  such lease is  increased  or the
term of such lease is  extended,  (a) such Person shall be deemed to have made a
new  Investment on the date (and computed as if the term of the lease  commenced
as of the date) on which the action which  increased  the fixed rent or extended
the term occurred and (b) the unamortized portion immediately prior to such date
of such Person's original Investment by reason of such guarantee shall be deemed
to be amortized on such date. If the Company or any Corporate Guarantor sells or
otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any Corporate Guarantor which is a
direct or  indirect  wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of the Company  such that,  after
giving  effect  to any such  sale or  disposition,  such  Person  is no longer a
wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made
an  Investment on the date of any such sale or  disposition  equal to sum of (a)
the fair market value of the Equity  Interests of such  Corporate  Guarantor not
sold or  disposed  of in an  amount  determined  in  accordance  with  the  last
paragraph of Section 7.15 and (b) the amount of the  Investments  by the Company
and the Corporate Guarantors constituting a guarantee of (or the furnishing of a
letter of credit as security  for)  Indebtedness  or other  obligations  of such
Corporate Guarantor.

          "Issuing  Lender"  shall  mean the entity  which is the Agent,  in its
capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

          "Lenders" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

          "Lending  Office" shall mean,  for each Lender,  the office  specified
under such Lender's name on the signature pages hereof with respect to each Type
of Loan,  or such other office as such Lender may designate in writing from time
to time to the Company and the Agent with respect to such Type of Loan.

          "Letter of Credit"  shall mean any Standby  Letter of Credit issued by
the Issuing Lender for the account of the Company  pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement including the Existing Letters of Credit.

          "Lien"  shall  mean  any  lien  (statutory  or  otherwise),   security
interest,  mortgage,  deed of trust,  pledge,  charge,  conditional  sale, title
retention  agreement,  Capital  Lease or other  encumbrance  or similar right of
others, or any agreement to give any of the foregoing.


                                       13

<PAGE>


          "Loan Documents" shall mean, collectively,  this Agreement, the Notes,
the Corporate  Guaranties,  and each other agreement executed in connection with
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  or  thereby,  as each of the  same  may
hereafter be amended, restated,  supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time.

          "Loans" shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Credit Loans.

          "Mandatory  Senior  Payment"  shall  mean a purchase  of Senior  Notes
pursuant to Section 4.16 of the Senior Note  Indenture  with those proceeds from
an Asset Sale (other  than a Non- Equity  Asset  Sale)  remaining  after  giving
effect to prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 3.03.

          "Material  Adverse  Effect" shall mean a material  adverse effect upon
(a) the business,  operations,  property,  prospects or condition  (financial or
otherwise) of the Company or of the Company and the Corporate Guarantors,  taken
as a whole,  or (b) the ability of the  Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor  to
perform in any material respect any obligations under any Loan Document to which
it is a party.

          "Material Contract" shall mean each contract,  instrument or agreement
the breach or  termination  of which  could  reasonably  be  expected  to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

          "Merger"  shall  mean the  merger of SMLLC  with and into the  Company
pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

          "Merger  Agreement"  shall  mean that  certain  Amended  and  Restated
Agreement and Plan of Merger,  dated as of January 19, 1999,  among the Company,
SMLLC and Mario Sbarro,  Joseph  Sbarro,  Joseph  Sbarro  (1994) Family  Limited
Partnership,  Anthony  Sbarro,  and Mario  Sbarro and Franklin  Montgomery,  not
individually  but as trustees under that certain Trust Agreement dated April 28,
1984 for the benefit of Carmela Sbarro and her  descendants,  as the same may be
further amended, restated,  supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time
as permitted pursuant to the terms thereof.

          "Merger  Payment" shall mean the cash payment due to shareholders  and
stock option  holders of the Company  entitled to receive such payment for their
shares of the  Company's  capital stock and options to purchase  capital  stock,
respectively,  at the effective time of the Merger in accordance with the Merger
Agreement.

          "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person,  the net income (loss)
of such Person,  determined in accordance  with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting
Principles  and before any  reduction in respect of preferred  stock  dividends,
excluding,  however,  (i) any gain (but not  loss),  together  with any  related
provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with (a)
any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and
leaseback  transactions) or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person
or any of its Subsidiaries or


                                       14

<PAGE>


the   extinguishment   of  any  Indebtedness  of  such  Person  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries, and (ii) any extraordinary gain or extraordinary non-cash loss and
any nonrecurring  gain (but not loss),  together with any related  provision for
taxes on such extraordinary gain or extraordinary  non-cash loss or nonrecurring
gain (but not loss).

          "Net Proceeds" shall mean the aggregate cash proceeds  received by the
Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor  in  respect  of any Asset  Sale  permitted
pursuant to Section 7.04 (including,  without limitation, any cash received upon
the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any such
sale,  but only as and when  received),  net of (i) the direct costs relating to
such sale  (including,  without  limitation,  legal,  accounting  and investment
banking fees, and sales  commissions) and any relocation  expenses incurred as a
result  thereof,  (ii) taxes paid or payable as a result  thereof  (after taking
into  account  any  available  tax  credits or  deductions  and any tax  sharing
arrangements),  (iii)  amounts  required  to be  applied  to  the  repayment  of
Indebtedness  secured by a Lien on the asset or assets  that were the subject of
such sale and (iv) any  reserve for  adjustment  in respect of the sale price of
such  asset  or  assets   established  in  accordance  with  Generally  Accepted
Accounting Principles.

          "Non-Equity  Asset Sale" shall mean an Asset Sale  described in clause
(i) of the definition thereof.

          "Note  Purchase  Agreement"  shall mean the Note  Purchase  Agreement,
dated the date hereof,  by and among the Company,  the guarantors and purchasers
identified  therein  pursuant to which the Company  issued the Senior Notes,  as
amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

          "Notes" shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Credit Notes.

          "Obligations" shall mean all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness
of the Company to the  Lenders,  the Issuing  Lender and the Agent,  whether now
existing or hereafter created,  absolute or contingent,  direct or indirect, due
or not, whether created directly or acquired by assignment or otherwise, arising
under or  relating  to this  Agreement,  the  Notes or any other  Loan  Document
including, without limitation, all obligations,  liabilities and indebtedness of
the  Company  with  respect  to the  principal  of and  interest  on the  Loans,
reimbursement of Letters of Credit, including,  without limitation, the Existing
Letters of Credit,  and all fees, costs,  expenses and indemnity  obligations of
the Company hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

          "Participant" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.05(b).

          "Payment Office" shall mean the Agent's office located at 730 Veterans
Memorial  Highway,  Hauppauge,  New York 11788 or such other office as the Agent
may designate from time to time.


                                       15

<PAGE>


          "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Corporate  Guaranty  Corporation
established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.

          "Permitted   Debt"  shall  mean  each  of  the   following   items  of
Indebtedness:

               (i) the incurrence by the Company and the Corporate Guarantors of
          Indebtedness  under (A) this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents,
          (B)   obligations   under  Capital   Leases  or  (C)  purchase   money
          indebtedness  and mortgage  loans secured  solely by liens on the real
          property,  improvements,  fixtures and related personal property which
          customarily  secures  such a loan  which are the  subject of such loan
          (other  than  a  loan  secured   solely  by  the  real   property  and
          improvements  of 401  Broad  Hollow  Realty  Corp.  (or any  successor
          thereto) located at 401 Broadhollow  Road,  Melville,  New York unless
          such loan is in the principal  amount of  $12,000,000  or more and the
          proceeds  from  such  loan  are  used  to pay  (i)  if  the  aggregate
          outstanding  principal  balance of the Revolving  Credit Loans is less
          than  $12,000,000,  then  the  outstanding  principal  amount  of  the
          Revolving Credit Loans and (ii) if the aggregate outstanding principal
          balance of the  Revolving  Credit  Loans is equal to or  greater  than
          $12,000,000 then the lesser of (x) the outstanding principal amount of
          the  Revolving  Credit Loans or (y) the full amount of such  proceeds;
          provided that the aggregate amount of all  Indebtedness  (with letters
          of credit being  deemed for all  purposes of this  Agreement to have a
          principal  amount  equal to the  maximum  potential  liability  of the
          Company and the Corporate  Guarantors in respect thereof)  outstanding
          under  this  clause  (i)  after  giving  effect  to  such  incurrence,
          including all Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness incurred to refund,
          refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause
          (i),  does not exceed an  aggregate  principal  amount  equal to $75.0
          million  less  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of all  Indebtedness
          permanently repaid with the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale;

               (ii) the  incurrence by the Company and the Corporate  Guarantors
          of  Indebtedness  represented  by the  Senior  Notes,  the  guarantees
          thereof and the Senior Note  Indenture in the principal  amount of the
          Senior  Notes  originally  issued on the Closing  Date;  provided  the
          aggregate  original  principal  amount of the Senior  Notes  shall not
          exceed $255,000,000;

               (iii) the incurrence by the Company and the Corporate  Guarantors
          of the Existing Indebtedness;

               (iv) [Reserved];

               (v) [Reserved];

               (vi) the incurrence by the Company and any Corporate Guarantor of
          Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness  in  exchange  for,  or  the  net
          proceeds   of  which  are  used  to  refund,   refinance   or  replace
          Indebtedness (other than Hedging Obligations and other than


                                       16

<PAGE>


          Indebtedness  permitted  to be incurred  pursuant  to clause  (vii) or
          clause (ix) of this paragraph) that was permitted by this Agreement to
          be incurred;

               (vii) the  incurrence by the Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor
          which  is a  wholly  owned  Subsidiary  of  intercompany  Indebtedness
          between or among the  Company and any such  wholly  owned  Subsidiary,
          provided,  however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity
          Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person
          other than the  Company  or a  Corporate  Guarantor  which is a wholly
          owned Subsidiary of the Company, and any sale or other transfer of any
          such  Indebtedness  to a person  that is not either  the  Company or a
          Corporate Guarantor which is a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company,
          shall be deemed,  in each case,  to  constitute  an incurrence of such
          Indebtedness by the Company or such Corporate  Guarantor,  as the case
          may be;

               (viii) the  incurrence by the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor
          of Hedging  Obligations  that are  incurred for the purpose of hedging
          against  fluctuations  in currency values or for the purpose of fixing
          or  hedging  interest  rate risk with  respect  to any  floating  rate
          Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or any  Corporate  Guarantor  that  is
          permitted by the terms of this Agreement to be  outstanding,  provided
          that the notional principal amount of any Hedging Obligations does not
          exceed the principal  amount of  Indebtedness  to which such agreement
          relates;

               (ix) the guarantee by the Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor of
          Indebtedness of the Company or a Corporate Guarantor which is a wholly
          owned  Subsidiary  of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by
          another provision of this definition;

               (x) Subordinated Debt; and

               (xi) the guaranties permitted pursuant to Section 7.03.

          For  purposes of  determining  the amount of any  Indebtedness  of any
Person under this  definition,  (a) the principal  amount of any Indebtedness of
such Person arising by reason of such Person having granted or assumed a Lien on
its property to secure  Indebtedness of another Person shall be the lower of the
fair market value of such property and the principal amount of such Indebtedness
outstanding (or committed to be advanced) at the time of determination;  (b) the
amount of any  Indebtedness  of such  Person  arising  by reason of such  Person
having  guaranteed  Indebtedness  of  another  Person  where the  amount of such
guarantee  is  limited  to an  amount  less  than the  principal  amount  of the
Indebtedness  so  guaranteed  shall  be  such  amount  as so  limited;  and  (c)
Indebtedness  shall not  include a  non-recourse  pledge by the  Company  or any
Corporate  Guarantor  of  Investments  in any  Person  that  is not a  Corporate
Guarantor to secure the Indebtedness of such Person. For purposes of determining
compliance  with Section 7.02, in the event that an item of  Indebtedness  meets
the criteria of more than one of the  categories of Permitted  Debt described in
clauses (i) through (xi) above, the Company shall, in its sole


                                       17

<PAGE>


discretion,  classify such item of  Indebtedness in only one of such clauses and
such item of  Indebtedness  will be treated as having been incurred  pursuant to
only one of such clauses.

          "Permitted  Holder" shall mean Mario Sbarro,  Anthony  Sbarro,  Joseph
Sbarro, their respective spouses and lineal descendants,  any spouse of any such
lineal  descendant  who is a full time  employee  of the  Company  or any of its
Subsidiaries,  any trust for the  benefit of one or more of the  foregoing,  any
Person in which  one or more of the  foregoing  holds 80% or more of the  Voting
Stock  (measured  by voting  power  rather  than number of shares) and the trust
created under that certain Trust  Agreement dated April 28, 1984 for the benefit
of Carmela Sbarro and her descendants.

          "Permitted  Investments"  shall mean (i) any Investment in the Company
or in a Corporate  Guarantor which is a wholly-owned  Subsidiary of the Company;
(ii) any Investment in Eligible Investments; (iii) any Investment by the Company
or any Corporate  Guarantor in a Person,  if as a result of such  Investment (a)
such Person  becomes a  wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of the Company and a Corporate
Guarantor or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into
(provided the Company or the Corporate  Guarantor is the surviving  entity),  or
transfers or conveys  substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into,
the Company or a Corporate  Guarantor which is a wholly-owned  Subsidiary of the
Company;  (iv)  any  Investment  made as a result  of the  receipt  of  non-cash
consideration  from an Asset Sale that was made  pursuant  to and in  compliance
with Section 7.04; (v) any acquisition of assets received solely in exchange for
the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
(vi)  Investments  received in  connection  with the  settlement of any ordinary
course  obligations  owed to the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor;  and (vii)
other  Investments  (including  Investments  in the form of  guarantees  of,  or
providing  letters of credit as security for,  Indebtedness or other obligations
but excluding Committed Restricted  Investments) in entities engaged in lines of
business  consistent  with the  requirements  in Section  7.07 if,  after giving
effect to such  Investment,  the aggregate  amount of  Unrestricted  Investments
Outstanding does not exceed $20,000,000.

          "Permitted  Liens" shall mean (i) Liens in favor of the Company or any
Corporate Guarantor;  (ii) Liens securing the Obligations to the Lenders;  (iii)
Liens on real property and improvements  which are the subject of mortgage loans
permitted pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Permitted Debt;  provided,
that the  outstanding  principal  amount of  Indebtedness  secured by such Liens
(other  than Liens on the real  property,  improvements,  fixtures  and  related
personal  property  which  customarily  secures  such a loan  owned by 401 Broad
Hollow Realty Corp. (or any successor  thereto) located at 401 Broadhollow Road,
Melville,  New York) permitted by this clause (iii) shall not at any time exceed
$50,000,000,  (iv) Liens to secure the  performance  of  statutory  obligations,
surety or appeal bonds,  performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature
incurred in the ordinary  course of business;  (v) Liens  identified on Schedule
II; (vi) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are
not yet  delinquent  or that are being  contested  in good faith by  appropriate
proceedings  promptly  instituted  and diligently  concluded;  provided that any
reserve or other  appropriate  provision as shall be required in conformity with
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles shall have been made


                                       18

<PAGE>


therefore; (vii) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness to the extent
that the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded was  permitted to be secured by a Lien  provided that such Liens do not
extend to any  assets  other  than those that  secured  the  Indebtedness  being
extended,  refinanced,  renewed,  replaced,  defeased or refunded;  (viii) Liens
incurred in the  ordinary  course of  business  of the Company or any  Corporate
Guarantor  with  respect to  obligations  that do not exceed  $2,000,000  in the
aggregate  at any  one  time  outstanding  and  that  (a) are  not  incurred  in
connection  with the  borrowing of money or the  obtaining of advances or credit
(including, without limitation, trade credit in the ordinary course of business)
and  (b) do not in the  aggregate  materially  detract  from  the  value  of the
property or  materially  impair the use thereof in the  operation of business by
the Company or such Corporate Guarantor,  and (ix) purchase money Liens securing
the purchase price for fixed or capital assets (other than real  property),  and
Liens on the  equipment  which is the subject of a Capital  Lease granted to the
lessor  thereunder;  provided  in each case (i) no  Default  or Event of Default
shall have  occurred or be continuing or shall occur after giving effect to such
Lien,  (ii) such purchase  money Lien does not exceed 100% of the purchase price
of, and encumbers  only,  the property  acquired,  and (iii) such purchase money
Lien does not secure  any  Indebtedness  other  than in respect of the  purchase
price of the asset acquired.

          "Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness"  shall mean any Indebtedness of
the  Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor  issued in  exchange  for,  or the net
proceeds  of which are used to extend,  refinance,  renew,  replace,  defease or
refund  other  Indebtedness  (other  than  Hedging  Obligations  and other  than
Indebtedness  permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (vii) and (ix) of the
definition  of  Permitted  Debt),  of the  Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor;
provided that: (i) the principal  amount (or accreted  value,  if applicable) of
such Permitted Refinancing  Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of
(or accreted value, if  applicable),  plus premium and accrued  interest on, the
Indebtedness so extended,  refinanced,  renewed, replaced,  defeased or refunded
(plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith);  (ii)
such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the
final maturity date of, and has a Weighted  Average Life to Maturity equal to or
greater than the Weighted  Average Life to Maturity of, the  Indebtedness  being
extended,  refinanced,  renewed,  replaced,  defeased or refunded;  (iii) if the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded
is  subordinated  in  right  of  payment  to the  Obligations  or any  Corporate
Guaranty,  such Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness is subordinated in right of
payment to the Obligations or any Corporate Guaranty or such Hedging Obligations
on terms at  least  as  favorable  to the  Lenders  as  those  contained  in the
documentation  governing the Indebtedness being extended,  refinanced,  renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded; and (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either by
the Company or by the Corporate Guarantor that is an obligor on the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

          "Person" shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability
company,   limited  liability   partnership,   business  trust,  joint  venture,
association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.


                                       19

<PAGE>


          "Plan" shall mean any multi-employer or  single-employer  plan defined
in Section 4001 of ERISA,  which covers, or at any time during the five calendar
years  preceding the date of this Agreement  covered,  employees of the Company,
any  Corporate  Guarantor or an ERISA  Affiliate  on account of such  employees'
employment by the Company, any Corporate Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate.

          "Prime  Rate"  shall mean the rate per annum  announced  by the entity
which  is the  Agent  from  time to  time as its  prime  rate in  effect  at its
principal  office,  each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date
such change is announced to become effective.

          "Prime  Rate  Loans"  shall mean Loans at such times as they are being
made and/or maintained at a rate of interest based on the Prime Rate.

          "Purchasing  Lender"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in  Section
10.05(c).

          "Regulation  D" shall mean  Regulation  D of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time
to time.

          "Registration  Rights  Agreement" shall mean the  Registration  Rights
Agreement  to be  executed  on or prior to the  Closing  Date by and  among  the
Company,  the Corporate  Guarantors named therein, and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.,
as initial purchaser, as the same may be amended,  supplemented or modified from
time to time.

          "Remote  Guarantee"  shall mean a guarantee of a tenant's  obligations
under a lease of real property which does not apply to  obligations  accruing in
respect  of  periods  subsequent  to the date on  which  the  tenant  surrenders
possession of the leased premises to the landlord (whether or not such surrender
is authorized by the terms of the lease),  does not apply to any breach  arising
from any such surrender and does not apply to any obligations that may have been
accelerated under the provisions of the lease.

          "Reportable Event" shall mean an event described in Section 4043(c) of
ERISA with respect to a Plan as to which the 30 day notice  requirement  has not
been waived by the PBGC.

          "Required  Lenders" shall mean Lenders owed at least 61% of the sum of
the  aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount  of the  Loans  or,  if no  Loans  are
outstanding,  Lenders  having  at  least  61%  of  the  Total  Revolving  Credit
Commitments.

          "Reserve  Adjusted  Libor"  shall mean,  with  respect to the Interest
Period  pertaining  to an  Adjusted  Libor  Loan,  a rate per annum equal to the
product  (rounded  upwards to the next  higher  1/16 of one  percent) of (a) the
annual rate of the interest at which Dollar deposits of an amount  comparable to
the amount of such  Adjusted  Libor Loan and for a period  equal to the Interest
Period  applicable  thereto which appears on Telerate Page 3750 at approximately
11:00 A.M. (London time) on the second Business Day prior to the commencement of
such Interest Period or


                                       20

<PAGE>




if such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 as of such date and time, the
rate per annum  appearing on Reuters  Screen Libor Page as the London  interbank
offered rate for deposits in Dollars at  approximately  11:00 A.M. (London time)
on the second Business Day prior to the commencement of such Interest Period for
a term equal to such Interest Period,  provided,  however; if more than one rate
is specified  on Reuters  Screen Libor Page,  the  applicable  rate shall be the
arithmetic  mean of all such rates  multiplied by (b) the  Eurocurrency  Reserve
Requirement.

          "Restricted   Investment"  shall  mean  an  Investment  other  than  a
Permitted Investment.

          "Restricted Payment" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.15.

          "Revolving Credit Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Lender,
the obligation of such Lender to make Revolving  Credit Loans to the Company and
to acquire  participations  in Letters of Credit in an  aggregate  amount not to
exceed the amount set forth  opposite such Lender's name on the signature  pages
hereof under the caption "Revolving Credit  Commitment",  as such amounts may be
adjusted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

          "Revolving  Credit  Commitment  Period" shall mean the period from and
including  the  Closing  Date  to,  but  not  including,  the  Revolving  Credit
Commitment  Termination  Date  or such  earlier  date  as the  Revolving  Credit
Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.

          "Revolving  Credit  Commitment  Termination Date" shall mean the fifth
anniversary of the Closing Date.

          "Revolving  Credit  Loan" shall have the meaning  specified in Section
2.01.

          "Revolving  Credit  Note" shall have the meaning  specified in Section
2.02.

          "S  Corporation"  means  a  corporation  that  is  treated  as  an  "S
corporation" for federal income tax purposes.

          "Senior  Note  Payment"  shall mean a direct or  indirect  prepayment,
repayment,  defeasance, purchase, redemption, or optional prepayment or optional
repayment of principal of, any Senior Note,  including  without  limitation  any
Mandatory Senior Note Payment.

          "Senior  Notes" shall mean the Senior Notes due 2009 in the  aggregate
original  principal  amount  of not  less  than  $245,000,000  or  greater  than
$255,000,000 to be issued by the Company pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement
and the Senior Note Indenture on or prior to the Closing Date.

          "Senior Note Indenture"  shall mean the Indenture to be executed on or
prior to the Closing Date by the Company,  the Corporate  Guarantors  identified
therein, and FIRSTAR Bank, as trustee, pursuant to which the Company shall issue
the Senior Notes, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.


                                       21

<PAGE>


          "SMLLC"  shall mean Sbarro  Merger LLC, a New York  limited  liability
company.

          "Solvent"  shall  mean with  respect  to any  Person as of the date of
determination  thereof that (a) the amount of the "present fair saleable  value"
of the assets of such  Person  will,  as of such date,  exceed the amount of all
"liabilities of such Person,  contingent or otherwise," as of such date, as such
quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws
governing  determinations  of the  insolvency  of debtors,  (b) the present fair
saleable  value of the assets of such Person will,  as of such date,  be greater
than the amount that will be required on its debts as such debts become absolute
and  matured,  (c) such  Person will not have as of such date,  an  unreasonably
small amount of capital with which to conduct its business,  and (d) such Person
will be able to pay its debts as they mature.

          "Standby  Letter of Credit"  shall mean any letter of credit issued to
support  an  obligation  of a Person  and  which  may be drawn on only  upon the
failure of such Person to perform such obligation or other contingency.

          "Subordinated Debt" shall mean all debt which is subordinated in right
of  payment  to the prior  final  payment  in full of the  Obligations  on terms
satisfactory to and approved in writing by the Required Lenders,  having a final
maturity on a date after the Revolving  Credit  Commitment  Termination Date and
which requires no payments (whether  principal,  interest or otherwise) prior to
the Revolving Credit Commitment Termination Date.

          "Subsidiary"   shall  mean,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  (i)  any
corporation,  association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of Capital Stock  entitled  (without  regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of at least a majority of
the directors,  managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled,
directly or indirectly,  by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries
of that Person (or a combination  thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole
general  partner or the  managing  general  partner of which is such Person or a
Subsidiary  of such  Person or (b) the only  general  partners of which are such
Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

          "Tax  Distributions"  shall mean amounts paid or distributed to or for
the  benefit of  shareholders  of the  Company  (net of  amounts  repaid by such
shareholders) pursuant to and in accordance with the Tax Payment Agreement as in
effect on the Closing Date.

          "Taxes" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.09.

          "Tax Payment Agreement" shall mean the Tax Payment Agreement, dated as
of the Closing Date,  among the Company,  Mario Sbarro,  Joseph  Sbarro,  Joseph
Sbarro (1994) Family Limited  Partnership,  Anthony Sbarro, and Mario Sbarro and
Franklin  Montgomery,  not individually but as trustees under that certain Trust
Agreement  dated  April 28,  1984 for the  benefit  of  Carmela  Sbarro  and her
descendants,  and any future shareholders of the Company that may become parties
thereto.


                                       22

<PAGE>


          "Telerate Page 3750" shall mean the display  designated as "Page 3750"
on the Associated  Press-Dow  Jones Telerate  Service (or such other page as may
replace Page 3750 on the Associated  Press-Dow  Jones  Telerate  Service or such
other  service as may be nominated by the British  Bankers'  Association  as the
information  vendor for the purpose of displaying  British Bankers'  Association
interest settlement rates for Dollar deposits). Each Reserve Adjusted Libor rate
determined  on the rate  displayed  on  Telerate  Page 3750  shall be subject to
corrections, if any, made in such rate and displayed by the Associated Press-Dow
Jones  Telerate  Service  within  one hour of the time  when  such rate is first
displayed by such service.

          "Total  Revolving  Credit  Commitment"  shall mean,  at any time,  the
aggregate  of the  Revolving  Credit  Commitments  in effect at such time which,
initially, shall be $30,000,000.

          "Type" shall mean as to any Loan its status as a Prime Rate Loan or an
Adjusted Libor Loan.

          "Unfunded  Current  Liability"  of any Plan shall mean the amount,  if
any, by which the present value of the accrued benefits under the Plan as of the
close of its most recent plan year  exceeds the fair market  value of the assets
allocable thereto, determined in accordance with Section 412 of the Code.

          "Unrestricted  Investments  Outstanding"  shall  mean,  at any time of
determination,  in  respect  of any  Permitted  Investments  made in any  Person
pursuant to clause (vii) of the  definition  of the term  Permitted  Investments
(and any Investments (other than Committed Restricted  Investments) made in such
Person by the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor  during the period from August
30,  1999  to the  Closing  Date),  the  difference  between  (i) the sum of all
Permitted Investments theretofore made by the Company or any Corporate Guarantor
in such Person on or after the date of this  Agreement  pursuant to clause (vii)
of the  definition  of  Permitted  Investments  plus the sum of all  Investments
(other  than  Committed  Restricted  Investments)  made  by the  Company  or any
Corporate Guarantor in such Person during the period from August 30, 1999 to the
Closing Date minus (ii) the sum of, without  duplication,  (a) the amount of all
dividends and distributions paid in cash by such Person after August 30, 1999 to
the Company or a Corporate  Guarantor  (to the extent that the Company  does not
elect  to  include  the  amount  of  such  dividends  and  distributions  in the
computation of Consolidated  Net Income pursuant to the  parenthetical of clause
(i) of the definition thereof at the time of determination),  (b) all repayments
after  August  30,  1999 by such  Person  of the  principal  amount  of loans or
advances that constitute Permitted  Investments  theretofore made by the Company
or any  Corporate  Guarantor  in such  Person  pursuant  to clause  (vii) of the
definition of Permitted  Investments or that constitute loans or advances (other
than  Committed  Restricted  Investments)  made by the Company or any  Corporate
Guarantor  in such Person  during the period from August 30, 1999 to the Closing
Date, (c) any other reduction made in cash of such Investments by the Company or
any Corporate Guarantor in such Person, (d) if any Permitted  Investment made in
such Person by the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor  pursuant to clause (vii)
of the definition of the term Permitted Investments (or if any Investment (other
than Committed Restricted Investments) made in such Person by the Company or any
Corporate  Guarantor during the period from August 30, 1999 to the Closing Date)
was in the form of a guarantee of  Indebtedness,  the amount of any reduction in
the


                                       23

<PAGE>


maximum  principal  amount of  Indebtedness  that may be  guaranteed  under such
guarantee,  (e) if any Permitted  Investment made in such Person by the Company,
any Corporate  Guarantor  pursuant to clause (vii) of the definition of the term
Permitted  Investments  (or if any Investment  (other than Committed  Restricted
Investments)  made in such  Person by the  Company  or any  Corporate  Guarantor
during the period from  August 30, 1999 to the Closing  Date) was in the form of
the  furnishing  of a letter of credit as  security  for  Indebtedness  or other
obligations,   the  amount  of  any  reduction  in  the  maximum   reimbursement
obligations in respect of such letter or credit, (f) if any Permitted Investment
made in such Person by the Company or any Corporate Guarantor pursuant to clause
(vii) of the definition of the term Permitted  Investments (or if any Investment
(other than Committed Restricted Investments) made in such Person by the Company
or any Corporate Guarantor during the period from August 30, 1999 to the Closing
Date) was in the form of the  guarantee of a lease,  the amount of  amortization
(as provided in the definition of  "Investments")  of such Investment and (g) if
any  Permitted  Investment  made in such Person by the Company or any  Corporate
Guarantor  pursuant  to clause  (vii) of the  definition  of the term  Permitted
Investments (or if any Investment (other than Committed Restricted  Investments)
made in such Person by the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor during the period
from  August 30, 1999 to the  Closing  Date) was in the form of a  guarantee  of
obligations  other than  Indebtedness or a lease, the amount of any reduction in
the maximum  liability  under such  guarantee;  provided  that (x) the amount of
Unrestricted Investments Outstanding in respect of any Person in respect of such
Investments  shall  at no time be a  negative  amount  and  (y)  the  amount  of
Unrestricted  Investments  Outstanding  in respect of any Permitted  Investments
theretofore made in any Person pursuant to clause (vii) of the definition of the
term Permitted Investments (and any Investments (other than Committed Restricted
Investments)  made in such  Person by the  Company  or any  Corporate  Guarantor
during the period from August 30, 1999 to the Closing Date) shall be zero if, at
the time of  determination,  such  Person is a  Corporate  Guarantor  which is a
wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.

          "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"  shall mean each of the Subsidiaries of the
Company listed on Schedule I and not designated thereon as a Corporate Guarantor
and any  Subsidiary  of the Company  formed or acquired  after the Closing  Date
which is designated as an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary in accordance  with the last
sentence of Section 6.13, in each case,  only to the extent that such Subsidiary
(a) is not party to any agreement,  contract,  arrangement or understanding with
the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor  unless the terms of any such agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding comply with Section 7.16, (b) is a Person
with respect to which  neither the Company nor any  Corporate  Guarantor has any
direct or indirect  obligation (i) to subscribe for additional  Equity Interests
or (ii) to maintain or preserve  such Person's  financial  condition or to cause
such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating  results and (c) is not
a guarantor of, and is not otherwise  directly or  indirectly  providing  credit
support for, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Corporate Guarantor.

         "Unused Fee Rate" shall mean the percentage set forth below opposite
the applicable ratio:

Consolidated Senior Debt                Unused Fee Rate
to Consolidated EBITDA                  (360 day basis)
- ------------------------                ---------------


                                       24

<PAGE>


Equal to or less than 3.00.1.00              .25%

Greater than 3.00.1.00 but equal             .30%
to or less than 3.25.1.00

Greater than 3.25:1.00 but equal             .35%
to or less than 3.50.1.00

Greater than 3.50:1.00 but equal             .40%
to or les than 3.75:1.00

Greater than 3:75:1.00                       .45%

Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the period commencing on and including the
Closing Date and ending on the day immediately preceding the date the Unused Fee
Rate is reset in accordance with the next sentence, the Unused Fee Rate shall be
 .40%.  The Unused Fee Rate will (a) be reset on each date which is five Business
Days  following  the date of  receipt by the Agent of the  financial  statements
referred to in Section 6.03(a) and Section  6.03(b)  together with a certificate
of  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Company  certifying  the  ratio  of
Consolidated   Senior  Debt  to  Consolidated   EBITDA  and  setting  forth  the
calculation  thereof  in detail;  for the then most  recently  completed  fiscal
quarter of the Company.  If any such financial statement and certificate are not
received  by the Agent  within  the time  period  required  pursuant  to Section
6.03(a)  or  Section  6.03(b),  as the case may be,  the Unused Fee Rate will be
reset,  based on a ratio of Consolidated  Funded Debt to Consolidated  EBITDA of
greater than 3.75:1.00 from the date such  financial  statement and  certificate
were due until the date which is five Business Days following the receipt by the
Agent of such financial statements and certificate,  provided, however, that the
Lenders  shall not in any way be deemed to have  waived any  Default or Event of
Default,  including without  limitation,  an Event of Default resulting from the
failure of the Company to comply with  Section  7.13 of this  Agreement,  or any
rights or remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document in connection with
the failure of the Agent to receive such financial  statements and  certificate.
During the  occurrence and  continuance of a Default or an Event of Default,  no
downward  adjustment,  and only upward adjustments,  shall be made to the Unused
Fee Rate;  provided,  however, any downward adjustment shall become effective on
the date,  if any, on which such  Default or Event of Default  shall cease to be
continuing.

          "Voting  Stock" of any Person as of any date shall mean Capital  Stock
of such Person that is at the time  entitled to vote in the election of at least
a majority of the directors,  managers, trustees or other governing body of such
Person.

          "Weighted  Average  Life to  Maturity"  shall mean when applied to any
Indebtedness  at any date,  the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products  obtained by  multiplying  (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment,  sinking  fund,  serial  maturity  or other  required  payments  of
principal,  including payment at final maturity,  in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.


                                       25

<PAGE>


          SECTION 1.02. TERMS  GENERALLY.  The definitions of terms herein shall
apply  equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms  defined.  Whenever
the context may require,  pronouns  stated in the masculine,  feminine or neuter
gender shall include the masculine, feminine and the neuter. Except as otherwise
herein  specifically  provided,  each accounting term used herein shall have the
meaning given to it under Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles.  The term
"including" shall not be limited or exclusive,  unless specifically indicated to
the  contrary.  The word "will"  shall be  construed to have the same meaning in
effect as the word "shall".  The words  "herein",  "hereof" and  "hereunder" and
other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole,  including the
schedules  hereto,  all of which are by this  reference  incorporated  into this
Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                      LOANS

          SECTION 2.01.  REVOLVING  CREDIT  LOANS.  (a) Subject to the terms and
conditions,  and relying  upon the  representations  and  warranties,  set forth
herein,  each Lender severally  agrees to make loans  (individually a "Revolving
Credit Loan" and,  collectively,  the  "Revolving  Credit Loans") to the Company
from time to time during the Revolving  Credit  Commitment  Period up to but not
exceeding  at any one  time  outstanding  the  amount  of its  Revolving  Credit
Commitment;  provided,  however, that no Revolving Credit Loan shall be made if,
after giving effect to such Revolving  Credit Loan,  the Aggregate  Outstandings
would  exceed  the Total  Revolving  Credit  Commitment  in effect at such time.
During the Revolving Credit Commitment Period, the Company may from time to time
borrow,  repay and  reborrow  hereunder  on or after the Closing Date hereof and
prior to the Revolving Credit Commitment Termination Date, subject to the terms,
provisions and limitations set forth herein.  The Revolving  Credit Loans may be
(i) Adjusted Libor Loans, (ii) Prime Rate Loans or (iii) a combination thereof.

          (b) The Company shall give the Agent  irrevocable  written  notice (or
telephonic notice promptly  confirmed in writing) not later than 11:00 a.m., New
York,  New York time,  three  Business  Days prior to the date of each  proposed
Adjusted Libor Loan under this Section 2.01 or prior to 11:00 a.m. New York, New
York time on the date of each proposed  Prime Rate Loan under this Section 2.01.
Such notice shall be  irrevocable  and shall  specify (i) the amount and Type of
the proposed  borrowing,  (ii) the proposed use of the loan proceeds,  (iii) the
initial  Interest  Period  if an  Adjusted  Libor  Loan,  and (iv) the  proposed
Borrowing  Date.  Upon receipt of such notice from the Company,  the Agent shall
promptly  notify  each  Lender  thereof.  Each  borrowing  pursuant to the Total
Revolving Credit  Commitment shall be, subject to availability  therefor,  in an
aggregate  principal  amount of (i)  $400,000 or whole  multiples of $100,000 in
excess  thereof,  with  respect  to Prime  Rate  Loans and (ii)  $1,000,000  (or
$500,000  if there is only a single  Lender) or whole  multiples  of $500,000 in
excess thereof with respect to Adjusted Libor Loans.

          (c) The  Company  shall  have the  right,  upon not  less  than  three
Business  Days'  prior  written  notice to the  Agent,  to  terminate  the Total
Revolving  Credit  Commitment  or from time to time to  permanently  reduce  the
amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment; provided, however, that no such
termination or reduction  shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and
to any  prepayments  of the Revolving  Credit Loans made on the  effective  date
thereof, the


                                       26

<PAGE>


Aggregate  Outstandings  would exceed the Total Revolving  Credit  Commitment as
then  reduced;  provided,  further,  that  any  such  termination  or  reduction
requiring  prepayment of any Adjusted  Libor Loan shall be made only on the last
day of the  Interest  Period with  respect  thereto or on the date of payment in
full  of all  amounts  owing  pursuant  to  Section  3.08  as a  result  of such
termination or reduction.  The Agent shall  promptly  notify each Lender of each
notice from the Company to  terminate  or  permanently  reduce the amount of the
Total Revolving Credit  Commitment  pursuant to this Section  2.01(c).  Any such
reduction  shall be in the amount of $1,000,000  (or $500,000 if there is only a
single  Lender) or whole  multiples  of  $100,000 in excess  thereof,  and shall
reduce  permanently the amount of the Total Revolving Credit  Commitment then in
effect.

          (d) The  several  agreement  of the Lenders to make  Revolving  Credit
Loans  pursuant  to this  Section  2.01  shall  automatically  terminate  on the
Revolving Credit Commitment Termination Date. Upon such termination, the Company
shall  immediately  repay in full the principal  amount of the Revolving  Credit
Loans then outstanding, together with all accrued interest thereon and all other
amounts due and payable hereunder.

          SECTION 2.02.  REVOLVING  CREDIT NOTE. The Revolving Credit Loans made
by  each  Lender  shall  be  evidenced  by a  promissory  note  of  the  Company
(individually a "Revolving Credit Note" and, collectively, the "Revolving Credit
Notes"), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, each appropriately completed,
duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Company and payable to the order of
such Lender in a principal  amount equal to the Revolving  Credit  Commitment of
such Lender. Each Revolving Credit Note shall (a) be dated the Closing Date, (b)
be stated to mature on the Revolving Credit Commitment Termination Date, and (c)
bear interest  from the date thereof until paid in full on the unpaid  principal
amount thereof from time to time  outstanding as provided in Section 3.01.  Each
Lender is  authorized  to record  the date,  Type and  amount of each  Revolving
Credit Loan and the date and amount of each payment or  prepayment  of principal
of each Revolving  Credit Loan in such Lender's  records or on the grid schedule
annexed to the Revolving Credit Note; provided,  however,  that the failure of a
Lender  to set  forth  each  such  Revolving  Credit  Loan,  payment  and  other
information  shall not in any manner  affect the  obligation  of the  Company to
repay each  Revolving  Credit  Loan made by such Lender in  accordance  with the
terms of its Revolving  Credit Note and this  Agreement.  The  Revolving  Credit
Note,  the  grid  schedule  and the  books  and  records  of each  Lender  shall
constitute  conclusive  evidence of the  information so recorded absent manifest
error.

          SECTION  2.03.  LETTERS OF CREDIT.  (A) LETTERS OF CREDIT - GENERALLY.
Subject to the terms and  conditions set forth in this  Agreement,  upon written
request of the Company in accordance  herewith,  the Issuing  Lender shall issue
Letters of Credit,  at any time during the Revolving Credit  Commitment  Period,
with pro rata  participation  by all of the  Lenders  in  accordance  with their
respective  Commitment  Proportions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  at no time
shall the Aggregate Letters of Credit  Outstanding  exceed  $10,000,000,  and no
Letter of Credit shall be issued or created if, after giving effect to the same,
the Aggregate  Outstandings  would exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment.
Furthermore,  notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein to the contrary,  the
Issuing  Lender shall be under no  obligation to issue a Letter of Credit if any
order,  judgment or decree of any court,  arbitrator or  governmental  authority
shall


                                       27

<PAGE>


purport by its terms to enjoin,  restrict or restrain the Issuing  Lender in any
respect relating to the issuance of such Letter of Credit or a similar letter of
credit, or any law, rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or
not having the force of law) from any governmental  authority with  jurisdiction
over the Issuing  Lender  shall  prohibit  or direct the  Issuing  Lender in any
respect relating to the issuance of such Letter of Credit or a similar letter of
credit,  or shall  impose upon the Issuing  Lender with respect to any Letter of
Credit, any restrictions,  any reserve or capital  requirement or any loss, cost
or expense not reimbursed by the Company to the Issuing Lender. Each request for
issuance of a Letter of Credit  shall be in writing and shall be received by the
Issuing  Lender by no later  than  12:00  p.m.  on the day which is at least two
Business Days prior to the proposed date of issuance or creation, as applicable.
Such issuance or creation, as applicable, shall occur by no later than 5:00 p.m.
on the proposed  date of issuance or creation  (assuming  proper prior notice as
aforesaid).  Subject  to the terms and  conditions  contained  herein the expiry
dates,  amounts and beneficiaries of the Letters of Credit will be as designated
by the  Company.  The Issuing  Lender shall  promptly  notify the Lenders of the
amounts  of all  Letters  of  Credit  issued  hereunder  and  of any  extension,
reduction,  termination  or  amendment  of any Letter of Credit.  Each Letter of
Credit issued by the Issuing Lender  hereunder shall identify:  (i) the dates of
issuance and expiry of such Letter of Credit,  (ii) the amount of such Letter of
Credit (which shall be a sum certain),  (iii) the  beneficiary of such Letter of
Credit, and (iv) the drafts and other documents necessary to be presented to the
Issuing  Lender upon drawing  thereunder.  No Letter of Credit shall expire more
than one year from the date of issuance  thereof provided a Letter of Credit may
contain a renewal or so called  "evergreen  provision"  providing for successive
annual  renewals  of such Letter of Credit.  The  Company  agrees to execute and
deliver  to the  Issuing  Lender  such  further  documents  and  instruments  in
connection  with any  Letter of Credit  issued  (including  without  limitation,
applications  therefor)  created  hereunder as the Issuing  Lender in accordance
with its customary practices may request.

          (B) DRAWINGS UNDER LETTERS OF CREDIT.  The Company  hereby  absolutely
and  unconditionally  promises to pay to the Issuing  Lender on the date of each
drawing  under a Letter of  Credit,  in  immediately  available  funds  from its
accounts, the amount of such drawing under such Letter of Credit. If the Company
requests a Revolving  Credit Loan  pursuant to Section 2.01 not later than 11:00
a.m. on the date of the drawing under a Letter of Credit in accordance  with the
terms hereof and if each of the conditions  precedent to the making of such Loan
set forth in Article V of this  Agreement has been  satisfied,  on the date of a
drawing  under a Letter of Credit,  the amount of such  drawing,  plus  interest
thereon,  for which the Issuing  Lender has not been  reimbursed  by the Company
shall  become a Prime Rate Loan made by the  Lenders to the Company on such day.
The Issuing  Lender  agrees to notify each Lender of the amount of each  drawing
under a Letter of Credit  promptly  upon the  occurrence  thereof.  Each  Lender
agrees that if notified of any draw under a Letter of Credit prior to 12:00 noon
on a  Business  Day then prior to 4:00 p.m.  on the same  Business  Day (or,  if
notified  after  such time on a Business  Day,  not later than 12:00 noon on the
next  succeeding  Business Day) it will make  available to the Issuing Lender at
its office  located at the Payment  Office of the Issuing  Lender (or such other
payment office as may be designated by the Issuing  Lender,  in federal funds or
other immediately available funds, its Commitment Proportion of any such drawing
or payment,  plus any interest which shall have accrued  thereon,  provided that
each Lender's obligation shall be reduced by its Commitment


                                       28

<PAGE>


Proportion of any reimbursement by the Company in respect of any such drawing or
payment pursuant to this Section 2.03.

          (C) LETTER OF CREDIT OBLIGATIONS  ABSOLUTE.  (i) The obligation of the
Company to  reimburse  the Issuing  Lender as provided  hereunder  in respect of
drawings  or  payments  under  Letters of Credit  shall rank pari passu with the
obligation  of the Company to repay the Loans  hereunder,  shall be absolute and
unconditional  under any and all circumstances.  Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing,  the obligation of the Company to reimburse the Issuing Lender
in  respect of  drawings  under  Letters  of Credit  shall not be subject to any
defense based on the non-  application or  misapplication  by the beneficiary of
the  proceeds  of any such  payment or the  legality,  validity,  regularity  or
enforceability  of the Letters of Credit or any related  document or any dispute
between or among the  Company,  the  beneficiary  of any Letter of Credit or any
financing  institution  or other  party to which any  Letter  of  Credit  may be
transferred.  The  Issuing  Lender may accept or pay any draft  presented  to it
under any Letter of Credit  regardless  of when drawn or made and whether or not
negotiated,  if  such  draft,  accompanying  certificate  or  documents  and any
transmittal  advice are  presented or negotiated on or before the expiry date of
the Letter of Credit or any renewal or  extension  thereof  then in effect,  and
conforms  to the terms and  conditions  of such  Letter of Credit.  Furthermore,
neither the Issuing Lender nor any of its  correspondents  shall be responsible,
as to any  document  presented  under a Letter of  Credit  which  appears  to be
regular on its face,  and  appears on its face to be in  substantial  compliance
with the terms of the Letter of Credit,  for the validity or  sufficiency of any
signature  or  endorsement,  for delay in giving  any  notice or  failure of any
instrument to bear adequate reference to the Letter of Credit, or for failure of
any  person  to note the  amount of any draft on the  reverse  of the  Letter of
Credit.  The Issuing  Lender shall have the right,  in its sole  discretion,  to
decline to accept any documents and to decline  making  payment under any Letter
of Credit if the documents presented are not in strict compliance with the terms
of such Letter of Credit.

          (ii) Any  action,  inaction  or  omission  on the part of the  Issuing
Lender or any of its  correspondents  under or in connection  with any Letter of
Credit or the related instruments,  documents or property,  if in good faith and
in conformity with such laws, regulations or customs as are applicable, shall be
binding  upon the Company  and shall not place the Issuing  Lender or any of its
correspondents  under any  liability  to the Company in the absence of (x) gross
negligence or willful  misconduct by the Issuing Lender or its correspondents or
(y) the  failure  by the  Issuing  Lender to pay under a Letter of Credit  after
presentation  of a draft and documents  strictly  complying  with such Letter of
Credit unless the Issuing Lender is prohibited from making such payment pursuant
to a court order. The Issuing Lender's rights, powers, privileges and immunities
specified in or arising under this  Agreement are in addition to any  heretofore
or at any time  hereafter  otherwise  created or arising,  whether by statute or
rule of law or contract.  All Letters of Credit issued hereunder will, except to
the extent otherwise  expressly provided  hereunder,  be governed by the Uniform
Customs and Practice for  Documentary  Credits  (1993  Revision),  International
Chamber of Commerce, Publication No. 500, and any subsequent revisions thereof.

          (d)  OBLIGATIONS  OF LENDERS  IN  RESPECT  OF LETTERS OF CREDIT.  Each
Lender  acknowledges  that each Letter of Credit  issued by the  Issuing  Lender
pursuant to this Agreement


                                       29

<PAGE>


is issued by the Issuing Lender on behalf of and with the ratable  participation
of all of the Lenders (i.e., in accordance with their  Commitment  Proportions),
and each Lender agrees to make the payments  required by  subsection  (b) hereof
and agrees to be responsible for its pro rata share of all liabilities  incurred
by the Issuing Lender in respect of each Letter of Credit  issued,  established,
opened or  extended  by the  Issuing  Lender  hereunder  for the  account of the
Company,  including the Existing Letters of Credit.  Each Lender agrees with the
Issuing  Lender and the other  Lenders that its  obligation to make the payments
required  by  subsection  (b)  hereof  shall not be  affected  in any way by any
circumstances  (other than the gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct  of the
Issuing  Lender)  occurring  before or after the  making of any  payment  by the
Issuing Lender pursuant to any Letter of Credit, including,  without limitation:
(i) any  modification  or  amendment  of, or any  consent,  waiver,  release  or
forbearance  with  respect to, any of the terms of this  Agreement  or any other
instrument or document referred to herein;  (ii) the existence of any Default or
Event of Default;  or (iii) any change of any kind  whatsoever  in the financial
position or credit worthiness of the Company.

          (e)  LETTERS OF CREDIT  COLLATERAL.  In the event any Letter of Credit
shall not have matured or  presentment  for honor shall not have  occurred on or
prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date or such earlier date on which
the Total  Revolving  Credit  Commitments  shall  terminate,  the Company  shall
provide  the Agent  with Cash  Collateral  in an amount  equal to the  aggregate
undrawn amounts of such Letters of Credit. Such Cash Collateral shall be applied
by the Agent to reimburse the Issuing  Lender for drawings under such Letters of
Credit which the Issuing Lender has not been so reimbursed.


                                   ARTICLE III
                PROVISIONS RELATING TO ALL EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT;
                                FEES AND PAYMENTS

          SECTION 3.01. INTEREST RATES; CONTINUATION AND CONVERSION OF LOANS.

          (a) Each Prime Rate Loan shall bear  interest  for the period from the
date thereof on the unpaid  principal  amount thereof at a fluctuating  rate per
annum equal to the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

          (b) Each  Adjusted  Libor Loan shall bear  interest  for the  Interest
Period  applicable  thereto on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a rate per
annum equal to the Reserve  Adjusted Libor  determined for each Interest  Period
thereof in accordance with the terms hereof plus the Applicable Margin.

          (c) Upon the  occurrence  and  during the  continuance  of an Event of
Default the outstanding  principal  amount of the Loans (excluding any defaulted
payment of principal  accruing  interest in  accordance  with clause (d) below),
shall, at the option of the Required Lenders, bear interest payable on demand at
a rate of interest 3% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise then in
effect.


                                       30

<PAGE>


          (d) If the Company shall default in the payment of the principal of or
interest on any portion of any Loan or any other amount  becoming due hereunder,
whether  with  respect to  reimbursement  of drawings  under  Letters of Credit,
interest,  fees,  expenses or otherwise,  the Company shall pay interest on such
defaulted  amount accruing from the date of such default up to and including the
date of actual  payment  (after as well as before  judgment) at a rate of 3% per
annum in excess of the rate otherwise in effect or, if no rate is in effect,  3%
per annum in excess of the Prime Rate.

          (e) The  Company  may elect from time to time to  convert  outstanding
Loans from Adjusted Libor Loans to Prime Rate Loans by giving the Agent at least
three Business  Day's prior  irrevocable  written  notice (or telephonic  notice
promptly  confirmed  in  writing)  of such  election,  provided  that  any  such
conversion  of  Adjusted  Libor  Loans  shall only be made on the last day of an
Interest  Period with respect thereto or upon the date of payment in full of any
amounts  owing  pursuant to Section  3.08 as a result of such  conversion.  Upon
receipt of such notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. The
Company may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Loans from Prime Rate
Loans to Adjusted Libor Loans by giving the Agent irrevocable  written notice of
such election not later than 11:00 a.m. New York, New York time,  three Business
Days prior to the date of the proposed  conversion.  Upon receipt of such notice
the  Agent  shall  promptly  notify  each  Lender  thereof.  All or any  part of
outstanding Prime Rate Loans may be converted as provided herein,  provided that
each conversion  shall be in the principal  amount of $1,000,000 (or $500,000 if
there is only one Lender) or whole multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof,  and
further  provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing. Any conversion to or from Adjusted Libor Loans hereunder shall be in
such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect
thereto,  the aggregate  principal amount of all Adjusted Libor Loans having the
same Interest  Period shall not be less than $1,000,000 (or $500,000 if there is
only one Lender).

          (f)  Any  Adjusted  Libor  Loan  in  a  minimum  principal  amount  of
$1,000,000  (or  $500,000 if there is only one Lender) may be  continued as such
upon the expiration of an Interest  Period with respect thereto by compliance by
the Company with the notice provisions  contained in the definition of "Interest
Period"; provided, that no Adjusted Libor Loan may be continued as such when any
Default  or Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing,  but  shall be
automatically  converted  to a Prime  Rate Loan on the last day of the  Interest
Period in effect when the Agent is notified,  or otherwise has actual knowledge,
of such Default or Event of Default.

          (g) If the Company  shall fail to select the  duration of any Interest
Period  for any  Adjusted  Libor  Loan in  accordance  with  the  definition  of
"Interest Period" set forth in Section 1.01, the Company shall be deemed to have
selected an Interest Period of one month.

          (h) No Loan may be  requested or  continued  as, or  converted  to, an
Adjusted  Libor Loan with an Interest  Period that extends  beyond the Revolving
Credit Commitment Termination Date.


                                       31

<PAGE>


          (i)  Anything  in  this  Agreement  or in any  Note  to  the  contrary
notwithstanding,  the  obligation  of the  Company to make  payments of interest
shall be  subject to the  limitation  that  payments  of  interest  shall not be
required  to be paid to the Lender to the extent  that the  charging  or receipt
thereof would not be permissible  under the law or laws applicable to the Lender
limiting  the rates of interest  that may be charged or collected by the Lender.
If the  provisions  of this  Agreement  or any Note would at any time  otherwise
require payment by the Company to the Lender of any amount of interest in excess
of the maximum  amount then  permitted by applicable  law the interest  payments
shall be reduced to the extent  necessary  so that the Lender  shall not receive
interest in excess of such maximum amount.  To the extent that,  pursuant to the
foregoing  sentence,  the Lender shall receive  interest  payments  hereunder or
under any Note in an amount less than the amount otherwise provided herein or in
any Note, such deficit (hereinafter called the "Interest Deficit") will cumulate
and will be carried  forward  (without  interest)  until the termination of this
Agreement. Interest otherwise payable to the Lender hereunder and under any Note
for any  subsequent  period shall be  increased  by such  maximum  amount of the
Interest  Deficit  that may be so added  without  causing  the Lender to receive
interest in excess of the maximum amount then  permitted by applicable  law. The
amount of the  Interest  Deficit  shall to the extent not  prohibited  by law be
treated as a  prepayment  penalty  and paid in full at the time of any  optional
prepayment  by the  Company to the  Lender of all or any part of the Loans.  The
amount of the  Interest  Deficit  relating to a Note at the time of any complete
payment of such Note at that time outstanding shall be cancelled and not paid.

          (j) Interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest
Payment Date and shall be  calculated on the basis year of 360 days and shall be
payable for the actual days elapsed.  Any rate of interest on the Loans or other
Obligations  which is computed on the basis of the Prime Rate shall  change when
and as the Prime Rate changes in accordance  with the definition  thereof.  Each
determination  by the Agent of an interest  rate under this  Section 3.01 or fee
under Section 3.04 shall,  absent  manifest error, be conclusive and binding for
all purposes.

          SECTION 3.02.  USE OF PROCEEDS.  The proceeds of the Revolving  Credit
Loans shall be used  solely (i) to finance  (x) a portion of the Merger  Payment
and (y) a portion of the expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the
Merger,  provided that the sum of (x) and (y) shall not exceed $15,000,000,  and
(ii) to finance  the  Company's  general  corporate  purposes,  (other  than any
acquisition  of all or  substantially  all of the  Equity  Interests  of another
Person which is not approved by the board of directors or other  governing  body
of the Person to be acquired). Letters of Credit shall be issued for purposes in
connection  with and in the  ordinary  course of the business of the Company and
consistent  with the  historical  purposes  of letters of credit  issued for the
account of the Company prior to the date hereof.

          SECTION 3.03. MANDATORY AND OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS.

          (a) In the event of any Asset Sale permitted pursuant to Section 7.04,
the Company  shall apply  within one  Business  Day of the closing of such Asset
Sale  the  Net  Proceeds  therefrom  to pay  the  Revolving  Credit  Loans  then
outstanding;  provided,  however,  in the  event  that the Net  Proceeds  or any
portion thereof constitute Excluded Proceeds,  then the Company shall apply such
Excluded  Proceeds  to pay the  Revolving  Credit  Loans  within 361 days of the
closing of such Asset


                                       32

<PAGE>




Sale to the extent such  Excluded  Proceeds have not been applied to an Excluded
Proceeds  Permitted Use. If such Net Proceeds arise from a Non-Equity Asset Sale
such payment shall  permanently  reduce the Total Revolving Credit Commitment by
an amount equal to the  aggregate  principal  amount of  Revolving  Credit Loans
repaid.  In the event the amount of such Net Proceeds  from a  Non-Equity  Asset
Sale exceeds the  outstanding  principal  amount of the  Revolving  Credit Loans
outstanding on the date of any mandatory repayment required hereunder,  then the
Total Revolving  Credit  Commitment  shall be reduced by an amount equal to such
excess Net  Proceeds.  If after making a mandatory  prepayment  pursuant to this
Section  3.03(a) as a result of a Non- Equity Asset Sale, the Aggregate  Letters
of Credit Outstanding exceeds the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, the Company
shall,  on the closing date of such sale,  provide to the Agent Cash  Collateral
for the ratable benefit of the Issuing Lender in an amount equal to such excess.

          (b) The  Company may at any time and from time to time prepay the then
outstanding  Loans, in whole or in part,  without premium or penalty,  except as
provided in Section 3.08, upon written notice to the Agent (or telephonic notice
promptly  confirmed  in writing)  not later than 11:00 a.m.  New York,  New York
time,  three  Business  Days  before  the date of  prepayment  with  respect  to
prepayments of Adjusted  Libor Loans,  or 11:00 a.m. New York, New York time one
Business  Day before the date of  prepayment  with  respect to Prime Rate Loans.
Each  notice  shall be  irrevocable  and shall  specify  the date and  amount of
prepayment and whether such  prepayment is of Adjusted Libor Loans or Prime Rate
Loans or a  combination  thereof,  and if a combination  thereof,  the amount of
prepayment  allocable  to each.  Upon  receipt of such  notice,  the Agent shall
promptly notify each Lender thereof.  If such notice is given, the Company shall
make such  prepayment,  and the amount specified in such notice shall be due and
payable,  on the date specified  therein  together with accrued interest to (but
excluding) such date on the amount repaid.  Each partial prepayment  pursuant to
this  Section  3.03  shall be in a  principal  amount of (x)  $400,000  or whole
multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof with respect to Prime Rate Loans and (y)
$1,000,000 (or $500,000 if there is only a single Lender) or whole  multiples of
$500,000 in excess thereof with respect to Adjusted Libor Loans.

          SECTION 3.04.  FEES.  (a) The Company  agrees to pay the Agent for its
own  account,  such agency and other fees as agreed  between the Company and the
Agent.

          (b) The  Company  shall pay to each Lender a  commitment  fee equal to
such Lender's Commitment  Proportion of an amount equal to (x) the average daily
unused portion of the Total Revolving  Credit  Commitment  multiplied by (y) the
Unused Fee Rate,  from the date of this  Agreement  until the  Revolving  Credit
Commitment Termination Date. The commitment fee shall be calculated on the basis
of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable
on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter, commencing December 31, 1999,
and on the Revolving Credit Commitment Termination Date and on any day the Total
Revolving Credit Commitment is permanently reduced in whole or in part.

          (c) The Company shall pay to the Issuing  Lender,  on demand,  for the
Issuing  Lender's own account all customary  fees charged by the Issuing  Lender
with respect to the processing,  issuance,  administration,  renewal, extension,
amendment, payment and negotiation of letters of credit.


                                       33

<PAGE>


          (d) The Company  shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender
a participation  fee with respect to each Lender's  participation  in Letters of
Credit which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to .875%  multiplied  by the
stated  amount of each  Letter of Credit at the time of  issuance  thereof,  and
payable  on the  date  of such  issuance  and  each  anniversary  of  such  date
thereafter to the extent the applicable Letter of Credit remains  outstanding on
such date.  Such fee shall be calculated on the basis of 360 days for the actual
number of days from the date of issuance of the Letter of Credit or anniversary,
as applicable,  to the earlier of the next succeeding anniversary or the date on
which the Letter of Credit expires if there is no drawing thereunder.


          SECTION 3.05.  INABILITY TO DETERMINE INTEREST RATE. In the event that
the Agent shall have  determined  (which  determination  shall be conclusive and
binding upon the Company) that, by reason of circumstances  affecting the London
interbank  market,  adequate and reasonable  means do not exist for ascertaining
the  Reserve  Adjusted  Libor  applicable  pursuant  to Section  3.01(b) for any
requested  Interest  Period with respect to (a) the making of an Adjusted  Libor
Loan, (b) an Adjusted Libor Loan that will result from the requested  conversion
of a Prime Rate Loan into an Adjusted Libor Loan, or (c) the  continuation of an
Adjusted  Libor Loan beyond the expiration of the then current  Interest  Period
with respect thereto, the Agent shall forthwith give notice by telephone of such
determination,  promptly  confirmed in writing,  to the Company and each Lender.
From the date of such  notice  until the Agent  notifies  the  Company  that the
circumstances  giving rise to the suspension  described  herein no longer exist,
the Company  shall not have the right to request or  continue an Adjusted  Libor
Loan or to convert a Prime Rate Loan to an Adjusted Libor Loan.

          SECTION 3.06. ILLEGALITY. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein,
if any introduction of or change in any law, regulation,  treaty or directive or
in the  interpretation  or  application  thereof  shall make it unlawful for any
Lender  to make  or  maintain  Adjusted  Libor  Loans  as  contemplated  by this
Agreement,  such  Lender  shall  forthwith  give  notice  by  telephone  of such
circumstances,  promptly  confirmed in writing,  to the Agent,  which notice the
Agent shall  promptly  transmit to the Company and the other Lenders and (a) the
commitment of such Lender to make and to allow conversion to or continuations of
Adjusted  Libor Loans shall  forthwith  be  cancelled  for the  duration of such
illegality and (b) the Loans then  outstanding as Adjusted Libor Loans,  if any,
shall be converted automatically to Prime Rate Loans on the next succeeding last
day of each Interest  Period  applicable to such Adjusted  Libor Loans or within
such  earlier  period as may be required by law.  The Company  shall pay to such
Lender,  upon demand,  any  additional  amounts  required to be paid pursuant to
Section 3.08 hereof.

          SECTION 3.07.  INCREASED COSTS. (a) In the event that any introduction
of or change in, on or after the date hereof,  any applicable  law,  regulation,
treaty,  order,  directive  or in  the  interpretation  or  application  thereof
(including, without limitation, any request, guideline or policy, whether or not
having  the  force of law,  of or from any  central  bank or other  Governmental
Authority and  including,  without  limitation,  Regulation D), by any authority
charged with the administration or interpretation thereof shall occur, which:


                                       34

<PAGE>


          (i) shall  subject any Lender or the Issuing  Lender to any tax of any
kind  whatsoever  with respect to this  Agreement,  any Note,  any Loan,  or any
Letter of Credit or change the basis of  taxation  of payments to such Lender or
the Issuing  Lender of  principal,  interest,  fees or any other amount  payable
hereunder  (other than any franchise tax or tax that is measured with respect to
the overall net income of such Lender or the Issuing Lender or Lending Office of
such  Lender or the Issuing  Lender and that is imposed by the United  States of
America, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or
by any  jurisdiction  in which  such  Lender's  Lending  Office  or the  Issuing
Lender's Lending Office is located,  or by any jurisdiction in which such Lender
is organized, has its principal office or is managed and controlled); or

          (ii) shall  impose,  modify or hold  applicable  any reserve,  special
deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement (whether or not having the force
of law) against  assets held by, or deposits or other  liabilities in or for the
account of,  advances  or loans by, or other  credit  extended  by, or any other
acquisition of funds by, any office of any Lender or the Issuing Lender; or

          (iii)  shall  impose on any  Lender or the  Issuing  Lender  any other
condition, or change therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or
the  Issuing  Lender of making,  renewing or  maintaining  or  participating  in
advances or  extensions of credit  hereunder or to reduce any amount  receivable
hereunder,  in each case by an amount  which such Lender or the  Issuing  Lender
deems material, then, in any such case, the Company shall pay such Lender or the
Issuing Lender,  on demand therefor,  such additional  amount or amounts as such
Lender or the Issuing Lender shall have  determined  will compensate such Lender
or the Issuing Lender for such increased costs or reduction.

          (b) If any Lender or the Issuing Lender shall have determined that the
adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation  regarding  capital adequacy,
or any change therein,  or any change in the  interpretation  or  administration
thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged
with the interpretation or administration  thereof,  or compliance by any Lender
or the  Issuing  Lender  (or any  lending  office of any  Lender or the  Issuing
Lender) or any  Lender's  or the  Issuing  Lender's  holding  company,  with any
request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force
of the law) of any such  authority,  central bank or comparable  agency,  has or
would have the effect of  reducing  the rate of return on such  Lender's  or the
Issuing  Lender's  capital or on the  capital of such  Lender's  or the  Issuing
Lender's  holding  company as a consequence  of its  obligations  hereunder to a
level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Lender could have achieved but
for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender's
or the  Issuing  Lender's  policies  and the  policies  of such  Lender's or the
Issuing Lender's holding company with respect to capital  adequacy) by an amount
deemed by such Lender or the Issuing  Lender to be  material,  then from time to
time,  the  Company  shall pay to such  Lender or the  Issuing  Lender on demand
therefor the  additional  amount or amounts as such Lender or the Issuing Lender
shall have  determined  will  compensate  such Lender or Issuing  Lender or such
Lender's or the  Issuing  Lender's  holding  company  for such  reduction.  Such
Lender's  or the  Issuing  Lender's  determination  of  such  amounts  shall  be
conclusive and binding on the Company absent manifest error.


                                       35

<PAGE>


          (c) In the event any Lender or the Issuing Lender shall be entitled to
compensation  pursuant to Section 3.07(a) or Section 3.07(b),  it shall promptly
notify  the Agent and the  Company of the event by reason of which it has become
so  entitled;  provided,  however,  no  failure on the part of any Lender or the
Issuing  Lender to demand  compensation  under clause (a) or clause (b) above on
one occasion shall  constitute a waiver of its right to demand  compensation  on
any other occasion.

          SECTION 3.08.  INDEMNITY.  The Company agrees to indemnify each Lender
and to hold each  Lender  harmless  from any loss,  cost or  expense  which such
Lender may sustain or incur,  including,  without  limitation,  interest or fees
payable by such  Lender to lenders of funds  obtained by it in order to maintain
Adjusted Libor Loans  hereunder,  as a consequence of (a) default by the Company
in payment of the  principal  amount of or interest on any Adjusted  Libor Loan,
(b) default by the Company to accept or make a  borrowing  of an Adjusted  Libor
Loan or a conversion  into or  continuation  of an Adjusted Libor Loan after the
Company has requested such borrowing, conversion or continuation, (c) default by
the  Company  in making  any  prepayment  of any  Adjusted  Libor Loan after the
Company gives a notice in accordance with Section 3.03 of this Agreement  and/or
(d) the making of any payment or prepayment  (whether  mandatory or optional) of
an Adjusted Libor Loan or the making of any conversion of an Adjusted Libor Loan
to a Prime  Rate  Loan on a day  which  is not the  last  day of the  applicable
Interest  Period with respect  thereto.  A certificate of a Lender setting forth
such amounts shall be conclusive  absent manifest  error.  The Company shall pay
such Lender the amount  shown as due on any  certificate  within five days after
receipt thereof.

          SECTION 3.09.  TAXES. (a) Except as required by law, all payments made
by the Company under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without
reduction  for or on account of, any present or future taxes,  levies,  imposts,
duties,  charges,  fees,  deductions or withholdings,  now or hereafter imposed,
levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding
income and franchise taxes imposed on the Agent,  the Issuing Lender or a Lender
by (i) the  United  States of  America or any  political  subdivision  or taxing
authority thereof or therein,  (ii) the jurisdiction under the laws of which the
Agent,  the Issuing  Lender or such Lender is  organized  or in which it has its
principal  office or is managed and  controlled or any political  subdivision or
taxing  authority  thereof or therein,  or (iii) any  jurisdiction in which such
Lender's Lending Office or the Issuing Lender's lending office is located or any
political  subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (such non-excluded
taxes being called  "Taxes").  If any Taxes are required to be withheld from any
amounts  payable to the Agent,  the Issuing Lender or any Lender  hereunder,  or
under the Notes,  the amount so payable to the Agent, the Issuing Lender or such
Lender  shall be increased  to the extent  necessary to yield to the Agent,  the
Issuing  Lender or such Lender (after payment of all Taxes and free and clear of
all  liability  in respect of such  Taxes)  interest  or any such other  amounts
payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement and
the  Notes.  Whenever  any Taxes are  payable by the  Company,  as  promptly  as
possible thereafter,  the Company shall send to the Agent for its own account or
for the  account of the  Issuing  Lender or such  Lender,  as the case may be, a
certified copy of an original  official receipt showing payment thereof.  If the
Company fails to pay Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails
to remit to the Agent the required


                                       36

<PAGE>


receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Company shall indemnify the
Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or
penalties  that may  become  payable by the Agent,  the  Issuing  Lender or such
Lender as a result of any such failure together with any expenses payable by the
Agent, the Issuing Lender or such Lender in connection therewith.

          (b) Prior to the first Interest  Payment Date, each Lender that is not
organized  under the laws of the United States or a state thereof agrees that it
will  deliver  to the Agent  (i) two duly  completed  copies  of  United  States
Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 or successor  applicable form, as the
case may be,  certifying  in each case that such  Lender is  entitled to receive
payments  under this  Agreement  without  deduction or withholding of any United
States federal income taxes,  and (ii) an Internal  Revenue  Service Form W-8 or
W-9 or successor  applicable form, as the case may be, to establish an exemption
from United States  back-up  withholding  tax. Each Lender which delivers to the
Company  and the Agent a Form 1001 or 4224 and Form W-8 or W-9  pursuant  to the
preceding sentence further undertakes to deliver to the Agent two further copies
of the said  statement  and Form 1001 or 4224 and Form W-8 or W-9, or  successor
applicable  forms, or other manner of  certification,  as the case may be, on or
before the date that any such  letter or form  expires or  becomes  obsolete  or
after the  occurrence of any event  requiring a change in the most recent letter
and  form  previously  delivered  by it to the  Agent,  and such  extensions  or
renewals thereof as may reasonably be requested by the Agent,  certifying in the
case of a Form 1001 or 4224 that such  Lender is  entitled  to receive  payments
under this  Agreement  without  deduction or  withholding  of any United  States
federal  income  taxes.  If a Lender  fails to  provide a copy or form  required
pursuant to this  Section  3.09(b),  upon notice by the Company to the Agent and
such Lender, (i) the Company shall be entitled to deduct or withhold on payments
to the Agent or such Lender as a result of such failure, as required by law, and
(ii) the Company shall not be required to make  payments of  additional  amounts
with respect to withheld  Taxes  pursuant to Section  3.09(a) to the extent such
withholding is required  solely of the failure of Agent or Lender to provide the
necessary copy or form.

          SECTION 3.10. PRO RATA  TREATMENT AND PAYMENTS.  (a) Each borrowing by
the Company  from the Lenders,  each  conversion  of a Loan  pursuant to Section
3.01(e) or continuation of a Loan pursuant to Section  3.01(f),  each payment by
the  Company  on account  of any fee  (other  than with  respect to fees for the
account  of the Agent and the  Issuing  Lender  described  in  Section  3.04 and
reimbursements  by the  Company to the Issuing  Lender with  respect to drawings
under  Letters of Credit  pursuant  to Section  2.03) and any  reduction  of the
Revolving  Credit  Commitments of the Lenders  hereunder  shall be made pro rata
according to the respective relevant Commitment Proportions of the Lenders. Each
payment  (including  each  prepayment) by the Company on account of principal of
and  interest on each Loan shall be made pro rata  according  to the  respective
outstanding  principal  amounts of such Loans held by each Lender.  All payments
(including  prepayments)  to be made by the  Company on  account  of  principal,
interest,  fees and  reimbursement  obligations shall be made without set-off or
counterclaim  and shall be made to the Agent,  for the  account  of the  Lenders
(except as specified in Sections 2.03(b) and Section 3.04) at the Payment Office
of the  Agent in  Dollars  in  immediately  available  funds.  The  Agent  shall
distribute  such payments to the Lenders  promptly upon receipt in like funds by
wire  transfer of each  Lender's  portion of such payment to such Lender for the
account of its Lending Office. The


                                       37

<PAGE>


Agent may,  in its sole  discretion,  directly  charge  principal  and  interest
payments and fees due in respect of the Loans to the  Company's  accounts at the
Payment Office or other office of the Agent. The Issuing Lender may, in its sole
discretion, directly charge reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of
Credit to the Company's accounts at any office of the Issuing Lender.  Except as
otherwise  provided  in the  definition  of  "Interest  Period",  if any payment
hereunder  becomes  due and  payable on a day other than a  Business  Day,  such
payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect
to payments of principal,  interest thereon or fees shall be payable at the then
applicable rate during such extension.

          SECTION 3.11. FUNDING AND DISBURSEMENT OF LOANS. (a) Each Lender shall
make each Loan to be made by it hereunder  available to the Agent at the Payment
Office for the account of such office and the Agent by 1:00 p.m.  New York,  New
York time on the  Borrowing  Date in Dollars  in  immediately  available  funds.
Unless any applicable  condition  specified in Article V has not been satisfied,
the amount so received by the Agent will be made available to the Company at the
Payment  Office by crediting  the account of the Company with such amount and in
like funds as received by the Agent; provided,  however, that if the proceeds of
any Loan or any portion thereof are to be used to prepay outstanding Loans, then
the Agent shall apply such  proceeds  for such purpose to extent  necessary  and
credit the balance, if any, to the Company's account.

          (b) Unless the Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender
prior to a proposed  Borrowing  Date that such  Lender  will not make the amount
which would  constitute  its  Commitment  Proportion  of the  borrowing  on such
Borrowing Date available to the Agent, the Agent may assume that such Lender has
made such amount  available to the Agent on such  Borrowing  Date, and the Agent
may,  in  reliance  upon  such  assumption,  make  available  to the  Company  a
corresponding  amount. If such amount is not made available to the Agent until a
date after such  Borrowing  Date,  such Lender  shall pay to the Agent on demand
interest on such  Lender's  Commitment  Proportion  of such  borrowing at a rate
equal to the greater of (i) the daily average Federal Funds Rate and (ii) a rate
determined by the Agent in accordance  with banking  industry rules on interbank
compensation  during such period,  from and including such Borrowing Date to the
date on which such Lender's  Commitment  Proportion of such borrowing shall have
become immediately  available to the Agent. A certificate of the Agent submitted
to any Lender with respect to any amounts due  pursuant to this Section  3.11(b)
shall be conclusive  absent  manifest  error.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to
relieve any Lender from its  obligations to fulfill its commitment  hereunder or
to prejudice any right which the Company may have against any Lender as a result
of any default by such Lender hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          In order to induce the  Lenders to enter  into this  Agreement  and to
make the Loans herein  provided for, the Company  represents and warrants to the
Agent and each Lender that:

          SECTION 4.01.  ORGANIZATION,  POWERS.  The Company and each  Corporate
Guarantor (a) is a corporation, general partnership or limited liability company
as indicated on


                                       38

<PAGE>



Schedule I attached hereto duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under  the laws of the  state of its  incorporation  or  formation,  (b) has the
corporate,  limited liability or partnership power, as applicable, and authority
to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being  conducted,  (c)
is duly  qualified to do business in every  jurisdiction  wherein the conduct of
its  business or the  ownership  of its  properties  are such as to require such
qualification except those jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,  and (d) has
the corporate  power to execute,  deliver and perform each of the Loan Documents
to which it is a party,  including,  without  limitation,  with  respect  to the
Company,  the power to obtain  extensions of credit hereunder and to execute and
deliver the Notes.

          SECTION 4.02. AUTHORIZATION OF BORROWING, ENFORCEABLE OBLIGATIONS. The
execution,  delivery and performance by the Company of this  Agreement,  and the
other  Loan  Documents  to which it is a party,  the  borrowings  and the  other
extensions of credit to the Company hereunder,  and the execution,  delivery and
performance  by each of the Corporate  Guarantors of the Loan Documents to which
such Corporate  Guarantor is a party,  (a) have, with respect to the Company and
each  Corporate  Guarantor,  been duly  authorized by all  requisite  corporate,
limited liability or partnership  action as applicable,  (b) will not violate or
require any consent (other than consents as have been made or obtained and which
are in full force and effect) under (i) any  provision of law  applicable to the
Company or any Corporate  Guarantor,  any rule or regulation of any Governmental
Authority,  or  the  certificate  of  incorporation  or  by-laws,   articles  of
organization,  operating agreement or partnership agreement as applicable of the
Company or of any  Corporate  Guarantor  or (ii) any order of any court or other
Governmental  Authority binding on the Company or any Corporate Guarantor or any
indenture,  agreement or other  instrument to which the Company or any Corporate
Guarantor is a party, or by which the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor or any
of its  property  is bound,  and (c) will not be in conflict  with,  result in a
breach of or constitute  (with due notice and/or lapse of time) a default under,
any such indenture,  agreement or other instrument, or result in the creation or
imposition  of any Lien,  of any nature  whatsoever  upon any of the property or
assets of the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor  other than as contemplated by
this Agreement or the other Loan  Documents.  This Agreement and each other Loan
Document to which the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor is a party constitutes
a legal,  valid and binding  obligation  of the Company and each such  Corporate
Guarantor,  as the case may be,  enforceable  against  the Company and each such
Corporate Guarantor,  as the case may be, in accordance with its terms except to
the extent that enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,  fraudulent
conveyance,  reorganization,  moratorium,  insolvency and similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally or by equitable  principles of general  application,
regardless  of  whether  considered  in a  proceeding  in equity or at law or by
equitable principles of general application.

          SECTION  4.03.  FINANCIAL  CONDITION.  (a) The Company has  heretofore
furnished  to each  Lender (i) the  audited  consolidated  balance  sheet of the
Company and the related statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow of
the Company and its  Subsidiaries,  audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,  independent
certified public accountants, as of January 3, 1999 and for the fiscal year then
ended and (ii) the management prepared unaudited  consolidated balance sheet and
the related statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow of the


                                       39

<PAGE>


Company and its Subsidiaries as of July 18, 1999 and for the  twenty-eight  week
period then ended.  Such financial  statements  were prepared in conformity with
Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles,  applied on a consistent basis, and
fairly present the financial  condition and results of operations of the Company
and its  Subsidiaries  as of the date of such  financial  statements and for the
periods to which they  relate and,  since July 18,  1999,  no  Material  Adverse
Effect has occurred,  except to the extent  reflected on the pro forma financial
statements  referred to in Section  5.01(n)(i)  hereof  (subject to  adjustments
resulting  from the interest rate and discount  applicable to the Senior Notes).
The  Company  shall  deliver  to the  Agent,  with a copy  for  each  Lender,  a
certificate of the Chief Financial  Officer of the Company to that effect on the
Closing Date.  Other than  obligations and  liabilities  arising in the ordinary
course of business  since July 18, 1999 and the  indebtedness  evidenced  by the
Senior  Notes,   the  Existing   Indebtedness   and  the  Committed   Restricted
Investments,  neither  the  Company  nor  any  Subsidiaries  have  incurred  any
obligations or liabilities  contingent or otherwise that would be required to be
included on the face of, or in footnotes to, consolidated  financial  statements
of the Company,  which are not reflected or disclosed on such  statements  other
than  obligations of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  incurred in the ordinary
course of business (which shall be deemed to exclude  obligations or liabilities
arising  from  acquisitions  by the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  of the
business or assets (including, without limitation stock) of any Person).

          (b)  The  Company,   individually  and  together  with  the  Corporate
Guarantors,  is Solvent and immediately after giving effect to the Merger and to
each Loan and each other extension of credit  contemplated by this Agreement and
the execution of each Loan Document, will be Solvent.

          SECTION 4.04. TAXES. All assessed deficiencies resulting from Internal
Revenue Service examinations of the federal income tax returns of the Company or
any Corporate  Guarantor have been discharged or reserved  against in accordance
with Generally Accepted  Accounting  Principles.  The Company and each Corporate
Guarantor  has  filed or caused  to be filed  all  federal,  state and local tax
returns  which are  required to be filed,  and has paid or has caused to be paid
all taxes as shown on said returns or on any assessment received by them, to the
extent that such taxes have become due,  except taxes which are being  contested
in good  faith and which are  reserved  against  in  accordance  with  Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles.

          SECTION  4.05.  TITLE TO  PROPERTIES.  The Company and each  Corporate
Guarantor has good title to their respective  properties and assets reflected on
the  financial  statements  referred to in Section 4.03 hereof,  except for such
properties  and assets as have been disposed of since the date of such financial
statements  as no  longer  used or  useful in the  conduct  of their  respective
businesses or as have been disposed of in the ordinary  course of business or as
permitted  pursuant to this  Agreement,  and all such  properties and assets are
free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

          SECTION  4.06.  LITIGATION.   (a)  There  are  no  actions,  suits  or
proceedings  (whether  or not  purportedly  on behalf of the  Company  or of any
Corporate  Guarantor)  pending  or,  to  the  knowledge  of the  Company  or any
Corporate  Guarantor,  threatened against the Company or any Corporate Guarantor
at law or in equity or before or by any Governmental Authority, which


                                       40

<PAGE>


involve  any of the  transactions  contemplated  herein or which,  if  adversely
determined against the Company or such Corporate Guarantor,  could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) neither the Company nor
any  Corporate  Guarantor  is in default  with  respect to any  judgment,  writ,
injunction, decree, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority which could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION  4.07.  RESTRICTIONS.  Neither the  Company nor any  Corporate
Guarantor  is subject  to any  charter or other  corporate  restriction,  or any
judgment,  order, writ, injunction,  decree or regulation which could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 4.08.  COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA.  Each Plan is in compliance with
in all material respects with ERISA; no Plan is insolvent or in  reorganization,
no Plan or Plans have an  Unfunded  Current  Liability  in excess of  $1,000,000
individually  or in the  aggregate,  and no Plan has an  accumulated  or  waived
funding  deficiency in excess of $1,000,000,  individually  or in the aggregate;
neither  the  Company,  any  Corporate  Guarantor  nor any ERISA  Affiliate  has
incurred any liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to Section 515, 4062,
4063,  4064, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or reasonably  expects to incur any liability
under any of the  foregoing  sections  on  account of the prior  termination  of
participation  in or  contributions  to any such Plan in  excess of  $1,000,000,
individually  or in the  aggregate,  no  proceedings  have  been  instituted  to
terminate  any Plan which would cause the Company to incur a liability in excess
of  $1,000,000,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  in each case; no condition
exists which could reasonably be expected to present a risk to the Company,  any
Corporate  Guarantor  or any ERISA  Affiliate  of incurring a liability to or on
account of a Plan pursuant to the foregoing  provisions of ERISA and the Code in
excess of $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate; no lien imposed under the
Code or ERISA on the assets of the Company,  any  Corporate  Guarantor or any of
its ERISA Affiliates  exists or could reasonably be expected to arise on account
of any Plan which secures  liabilities in excess of $1,000,000,  individually or
in the  aggregate;  and the Company and each  Corporate  Guarantor may terminate
contributions  to any other  employee  benefit  plans  maintained  by it without
incurring any liability to any Person interested therein in excess of $1,000,000
individually or in the aggregate.

          SECTION  4.09.  FEDERAL  RESERVE  REGULATIONS;  USE OF  PROCEEDS.  (a)
Neither the Company nor any Corporate  Guarantor is engaged  principally in, nor
has as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the
purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  any "margin  stock"  (within the meaning of
Regulation  U of the Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System of the
United States, as amended from time to time).

          (b) No part of the  proceeds  of any Loan and no  other  extension  of
credit  hereunder  will be used,  whether  directly or  indirectly,  and whether
immediately,  incidentally  or  ultimately,  (i) to purchase or to carry  margin
stock or to extend  credit to others for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying
margin stock, or to refund  indebtedness  originally incurred for such purposes,
or (ii) for any purpose which violates or is inconsistent with the provisions of
Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.


                                       41

<PAGE>


          (c) The  proceeds  of each Loan,  and each other  extension  of credit
hereunder shall be used solely for the purposes permitted under Section 3.02.

          SECTION 4.10.  APPROVALS.  No registration with or consent or approval
of, or other  action  by,  any  Governmental  Authority  or any other  Person is
required in connection  with the  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this
Agreement by the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor,  or with the execution and
delivery of other Loan Documents to which the Company or any Corporate Guarantor
is a party or,  with  respect  to the  Company,  the  borrowings  and each other
extension of credit hereunder.

          SECTION 4.11. SUBSIDIARIES. Attached hereto as Schedule I is a correct
and complete list of each of the Company's  Subsidiaries  as of the Closing Date
showing as to each  Subsidiary,  its name,  type of entity  (i.e.,  corporation,
limited  liability  company,  etc.),  the  jurisdiction of its  incorporation or
formation,  the holders of the Voting Stock in each Subsidiary,  the outstanding
Voting Stock held by such holders and whether the Subsidiary is an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary.  Schedule  I shall be  deemed  updated  after the date  hereof  with
respect to any  Subsidiary  with respect to which the Company has complied  with
its obligations under Section 6.13. All of the outstanding  capital stock of the
Company  will,   immediately  following  completion  of  the  Merger,  be  owned
beneficially  and of record by the Persons  indicated as such owners on Schedule
I.

          SECTION  4.12.  HAZARDOUS  MATERIALS.  The Company and each  Corporate
Guarantor is in compliance  with all applicable  Environmental  Laws and neither
the Company nor any Corporate  Guarantor has used Hazardous  Materials on, from,
or affecting any property now owned or occupied,  previously  owned or occupied,
or hereafter owned or occupied by the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor in any
manner which violates any applicable  Environmental  Law,  except where any such
violations could not,  individually or in the aggregate,  reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company's knowledge, no prior owner of
any such property or any tenant, subtenant, prior tenant or prior subtenant have
used  Hazardous  Materials  on, from,  or affecting  such property in any manner
which  violates  any  applicable   Environmental  Law,  except  where  any  such
violations could not,  individually or in the aggregate,  reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect

          SECTION  4.13.  INVESTMENT  COMPANY  ACT.  Neither the Company nor any
Corporate Guarantor is an "investment  company", or a company "controlled" by an
"investment company",  within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.

          SECTION 4.14. NO DEFAULT.  No Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing.

          SECTION 4.15. MATERIAL CONTRACTS. All Material Contracts are disclosed
on Schedule V hereto as the same may be updated from time to time by the Company
by written notice to the Agent. Each such Material Contract is in full force and
effect and is binding upon and enforceable against the Company and any Corporate
Guarantor,  in each case,  to the extent they are a party  thereto,  and, to the
Company's knowledge, all other parties thereto in accordance


                                       42

<PAGE>


with its terms, and there exists no default,  under any Material Contract by the
Company or any Corporate Guarantor or, to the Company's knowledge,  by any other
party thereto which has not been fully cured or waived,  except those that could
not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

          SECTION  4.16.  PERMITS AND LICENSES.  The Company and each  Corporate
Guarantor  has  all  permits,  licenses,   certifications,   authorizations  and
approvals  required  for  it  lawfully  to  own  and  operate  their  respective
businesses except those the failure of which to have could not,  individually or
in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION  4.17.  COMPLIANCE  WITH LAW.  The Company and each  Corporate
Guarantor are each in compliance, with all laws, rules, regulations,  orders and
decrees which are  applicable to the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor,  or to
any of their  respective  properties,  except  where the failure to comply could
not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

          SECTION  4.18.  Y2K. Any  reprogramming  required to permit the proper
functioning,  in and  following  the  year  2000,  of (a) the  Company's  or any
Corporate  Guarantor's  computer systems and (b) equipment  containing  embedded
microchips (including systems and equipment supplied by others or with which the
Company's or any Corporate  Guarantor's systems  interface),  and the testing of
all such systems and equipment, as so reprogrammed has been completed, except to
the  extent  the  failure to conduct  such  reprogramming  or testing  could not
reasonably  be  expected  to have a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  The cost to the
Company and each Corporate  Guarantor's of such reprogramming and testing and of
the reasonably foreseeable consequences of the year 2000 to the Company and each
Corporate Guarantor (including, without limitation, reprogramming errors and the
failure of others'  systems or equipment)  will not result in a Default or Event
of  Default  or  have  a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  Except  for  such  of  the
reprogramming  referred to in the preceding  sentence as may be  necessary,  the
computer and  management  information  systems of the Company and each Corporate
Guarantor are and, with ordinary course upgrading and maintenance, will continue
to be sufficient to permit the Company and each  Corporate  Guarantor to conduct
their respective businesses without having a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION  4.19.  FISCAL YEAR END. The next  succeeding  six fiscal year
ends of the Company are January 2, 2000,  December 31, 2000,  December 30, 2001,
December 29, 2002, December 28, 2003 and January 2, 2005.

          SECTION 4.20.  CERTAIN  AGREEMENTS.  The Merger Agreement and the Note
Purchase  Agreement,  a true,  correct  and  complete  copy of each of which has
heretofore  been furnished to each Lender  (including  all schedules,  exhibits,
annexes,  amendments  and disclosure  letters  referred to therein are delivered
pursuant  thereto)  have each been duly  executed  and  delivered by the parties
thereto,  and on the date  hereof is, and on the  Closing  Date will be, in full
force and effect in accordance with its terms.


                                       43

<PAGE>


          SECTION  4.21.  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES  CONTAINED IN CERTAIN
AGREEMENTS.  Without limiting or modifying the representations and warranties of
the Company contained herein, the  representations and warranties of the Company
and of SMLLC contained in the Merger Agreement and the Company and the Corporate
Guarantors  contained in the Note Purchase Agreement will be true and correct in
all  material  respects on the Closing  Date as if made on and as of the Closing
Date; and the Lenders are entitled to rely on the representations and warranties
of the Company to the same extent as those such  representations  and warranties
were set forth in full herein.  The Company is in compliance  with its covenants
and  agreements  set forth in the Note  Purchase  Agreement  and the Company and
SMLLC are each in compliance with their respective  covenants and agreements set
forth in the Merger Agreement.

          SECTION  4.22.  DISCLOSURE.  Neither  this  Agreement,  any other Loan
Document, nor any other document,  certificate or written statement furnished to
the Agent,  the Issuing Lender,  or any Lender by or on behalf of the Company or
any Corporate Guarantor for use in connection with the transactions contemplated
by this  Agreement  contains any untrue  statement of material  fact or omits to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein
or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made.

                                    ARTICLE V
                              CONDITIONS OF LENDING

          SECTION  5.01.   CONDITIONS  TO  INITIAL  EXTENSION  OF  CREDIT.   The
obligation of each Lender to make its initial Loan  hereunder and the obligation
of the  Issuing  Lender to issue the  initial  Letter of Credit  hereunder,  are
subject to the following conditions precedent:

          (a)  NOTES.  On or prior to the  Closing  Date,  the Agent  shall have
received for the account of each Lender a Revolving Credit Note duly executed by
the Company.

          (b) CORPORATE  GUARANTIES.  On or prior to the Closing Date, the Agent
shall  have  received,  with  a  counterpart  for  each  Lender,  the  Corporate
Guaranties duly executed by each Corporate Guarantor.

          (c) OPINION OF COUNSEL.  On or prior to the  Closing  Date,  the Agent
shall have received,  with a copy for each Lender,  a written opinion of counsel
for the  Company  and the  Corporate  Guarantors  dated  the  Closing  Date  and
addressed to the Agent and the Lenders,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit D
attached hereto.

          (d) SUPPORTING  DOCUMENTS.  On or prior to the Closing Date, the Agent
shall have received, with a copy for each Lender, (i) a copy of a certificate of
good standing for the Company and each Corporate Guarantor from the secretary of
state of the states of their  organizational  jurisdiction  dated as of a recent
date; (ii) certified  copies of the certificate of  incorporation,  the by-laws,
articles of  organization,  operating  agreement or  partnership  agreement,  as
applicable, of the Company and each Corporate Guarantor;  (iii) a certificate of
the  Secretary  or an Assistant  Secretary of the Company and of the  Secretary,
Assistant Secretary or member as


                                       44

<PAGE>


applicable,  of each Corporate  Guarantor dated the Closing Date and certifying:
(x) that neither the  certificate  of  Incorporation,  the by-laws,  articles of
organization,  operating agreement or partnership agreement,  as applicable,  of
the Company nor of any  Corporate  Guarantor  has been amended since the date of
their  certification  (or if there  has been any  such  amendment,  attaching  a
certified copy thereof);  (y) that attached  thereto is a true and complete copy
of resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the Company and by the board
of  directors or other  governing  body or Persons of each  Corporate  Guarantor
authorizing  the  execution,  delivery and  performance of each Loan Document to
which it is a party and, with respect to the Company,  the  borrowings and other
extensions of credit hereunder; and (z) the incumbency and specimen signature of
each  officer of the Company and of each officer or other  authorized  Person of
each  Corporate  Guarantor  executing each Loan Document to which the Company or
any Corporate Guarantor is a party and any certificates or instruments furnished
pursuant  hereto or  thereto,  and a  certification  by  another  officer of the
Company and each  Corporate  Guarantor as to the incumbency and signature of the
Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of the Company and each  Corporate  Guarantor;
and (iv) such other documents as the Agent may reasonably request.

          (e) OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE.  The Agent shall have received, with a copy
for each Lender, a certificate from a duly authorized  Executive  Officer of the
Company  stating  that (i) the  representations  and  warranties  of the Company
contained in this  Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party
are true and  correct  on and as of the  Closing  Date  with the same  effect as
though such  representations  and  warranties  were made on and as of such date,
unless such  representation or warranty is as of a specific date, in which case,
as of such date,  and (ii) no Default or Event of  Default  has  occurred  or is
continuing on the Closing Date.

          (f)  INSURANCE.  On or prior to the Closing Date, the Agent shall have
received a certificate or  certificates  evidencing  insurance  coverage from an
independent  insurance broker or brokers confirming the insurance required to be
maintained pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof.

          (g) ASSETS FREE FROM LIENS. Prior to the Closing Date, the Agent shall
have  received  UCC-1  financing  statement,  tax  and  judgment  lien  searches
evidencing   that  the  Company's  and  each  Corporate   Guarantor's   accounts
receivable,  inventory, equipment and all other assets are free and clear of all
Liens except Permitted Liens.

          (h) FEES AND  EXPENSES.  On or prior to the  Closing  Date,  the Agent
shall have  received  for itself and for the account of the Lenders (i) all fees
payable to the Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents on or prior to the Closing
Date, (ii)  reimbursement of expenses in accordance with Section 10.03 and (iii)
fees  payable  to the Agent  which are  required  to be paid to the Agent on the
Closing Date pursuant to any agreement between the Company and the Agent.

          (i) NO LITIGATION.  There shall exist no action, suit,  investigation,
litigation  or  proceeding  affecting  the  Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor
pending or  threatened  before any court,  governmental  agency or arbiter  that
could  reasonably  be  expected to have,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  a
Material Adverse Effect.


                                       45

<PAGE>


          (j) CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.  All governmental and third party consents
and approvals necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the other Loan  Documents  shall have been  obtained  (without the
imposition of any conditions  that are not  acceptable to the Required  Lenders)
and shall remain in effect,  and no law or regulation shall be applicable in the
reasonable  judgment of the Required  Lenders that  imposes  materially  adverse
conditions upon the transactions contemplated hereby.

          (k) NO MATERIAL  ADVERSE  CHANGES.  There shall not have  occurred any
material adverse change in the business,  operations,  properties,  prospects or
condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of the  Company  or the  Company  and the
Corporate  Guarantors  taken as a whole  since July 18,  1999 other  than,  with
respect to  financial  condition  only,  the payment on the Closing  Date of the
Merger Payment and the incurrence on the Closing Date of indebtedness  under the
Senior Notes.

          (l) MERGER  AGREEMENT.  The  conditions  to the  effectiveness  of the
Merger as set  forth in the  Merger  Agreement  shall be  fulfilled  in a manner
satisfactory  to the Required  Lenders and the Merger  Agreement  shall not have
been amended,  modified,  supplemented or otherwise changed and no material term
or condition  thereof  shall have been waived,  without the prior consent of the
Required Lenders.

          (m)  SENIOR  NOTES.  The  Initial  Purchaser  (as  defined in the Note
Purchase Agreement) shall have purchased,  or shall concurrently purchase on the
effective  date of the Merger,  the Senior Notes  pursuant to and in  accordance
with the Note  Purchase  Agreement  and the Company  shall have  received  gross
proceeds  from the  issuance  of the  Senior  Notes in an  amount  not less than
$245,000,000  which  shall be  available  to  finance  a portion  of the  Merger
Payment.  The  Agent  shall  have  received,  with a copy  for  each  Lender,  a
certificate of a duly  authorized  Executive  Officer of the Company  certifying
that the  transactions  referred to in paragraph (l) and this paragraph (m) have
been effected or that such transactions shall be effected contemporaneously with
the initial Revolving Credit Loan hereunder.

          (n) PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. (a) No event or circumstance shall
have occurred which would cause any of the assumptions made in (i) the pro forma
financial  statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries (which were based upon
the financial  statements of the Company for the twenty-eight week period ending
July 18, 1999,  contained in the  Company's  Preliminary  Confidential  Offering
Memorandum  dated  September 2, 1999 and which reflect the  consummation  of the
Merger) or (ii) the  projections  for the Company and its  Subsidiaries  for the
five-year period  commencing on the proposed Closing Date delivered to the Agent
on August 31,  1999 to be  unreasonable  in any  material  respect  (other  than
revisions  resulting  from the final  determination  of the interest rate on the
Senior  Notes) and (b) if the interest  rate with respect to the Senior Notes is
established at 12.5% or more, receipt and satisfactory  review by the Lenders of
(i) revised pro forma financial  statements of the Company and its  Subsidiaries
prepared on the same basis as those  referred to in clause (a) and (ii)  revised
projections for the Company and the Corporate  Guarantors for a five-year period
commencing on the proposed Closing Date;


                                       46

<PAGE>


          (o) CERTAIN AGREEMENTS.  The Agent and the Lenders shall have received
a true,  correct  and  complete  copy of the Senior  Note  Indenture  and of the
Registration  Rights  Agreement  (including  all schedules,  exhibits,  annexes,
amendments and disclosure letters referred to therein) each of which shall be in
form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders; provided,  however, the
forms  thereof  delivered  to the Agent prior to the date hereof (as modified by
the  "Description  of Notes"  delivered to the Agent via facsimile from Bowne of
New York on September 24, 1999) shall be deemed satisfactory so long as they are
not revised or modified in any manner unsatisfactory to the Required Lenders.

          (p) OTHER INFORMATION,  DOCUMENTATION. The Agent and the Lenders shall
have received such other and further  information  and  documentation  as any of
them may reasonably request,  including,  but not limited to, any information or
documentation relating to compliance by the Company and each Corporate Guarantor
with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

          (q) COMPLETION OF  PROCEEDINGS.  All corporate and other  proceedings,
and all documents,  instruments  and other legal matters in connection  with the
transactions   contemplated   by  the  Loan   Documents,   shall  be  reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent, the Lenders and their counsel.

          SECTION 5.02.  CONDITIONS TO ALL EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.  The obligation
of each Lender to make each Loan  hereunder  and the  obligation  of the Issuing
Lender to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, including, without
limitation, the initial Loan and the initial Letter of Credit are subject to the
following additional conditions precedent:

          (a) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and warranties
by the Company and each Corporate  Guarantor  pursuant to this Agreement and the
other Loan  Documents  to which each is a party shall be true and correct on and
as of the Borrowing  Date or as of the date of issuance,  amendment,  renewal or
extension  of such  Letter of Credit,  as  applicable,  with the same  effect as
though such  representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date
unless such  representation  is as of a specific date, in which case, as of such
date.

          (b) NO DEFAULT. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be  continuing  on the  Borrowing  Date or on the date of  issuance,  amendment,
renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit or will result after giving effect to
the Loan requested or the requested issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of
a Letter of Credit.

          (c) ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION. With respect to the issuance, amendment,
renewal or  extension  of any Letter of Credit,  the Issuing  Lender  shall have
received  the  documents  and  instruments  requested  by the Issuing  Lender in
accordance with the last sentence of Section 2.03(a).

Each borrowing hereunder and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a
Letter of Credit shall constitute a  representation  and warranty of the Company
that the statements contained


                                       47

<PAGE>


in  clauses  (a) and (b) of Section  5.02 are true and  correct on and as of the
Borrowing Date or as of the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of
a Letter of Credit, as applicable.


                                       48

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI
                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

          The Company  covenants and agrees with the Lenders that so long as the
Revolving  Credit  Commitments  remain in effect or any of the  principal  of or
interest on the Notes or any other  Obligations  hereunder  shall be unpaid,  it
will, and will cause each Corporate Guarantor to:

          SECTION 6.01. EXISTENCE, PROPERTIES,  INSURANCE. (a) Do or cause to be
done all  things  necessary  to  preserve  and keep in full force and effect its
corporate,  partnership or limited liability company, as applicable,  existence,
rights  and  franchises  and  comply  in all  material  respects  with  all laws
applicable  to it  (except  for  mergers,  sales of  assets  and  consolidations
permitted  pursuant to Section 7.12);  (b) at all times  maintain,  preserve and
protect all  franchises and trade names and preserve all of its property used or
useful in the conduct of its business and keep the same in good repair,  working
order and condition and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful
and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto
so that the  business  carried on in  connection  therewith  may be properly and
advantageously  conducted  in the  ordinary  course at all times,  except to the
extent that the failure to do so could  reasonably be expected,  individually or
in the  aggregate,  to have a  Material  Adverse  Effect;  and (c) at all  times
maintain insurance covering its assets and its businesses with financially sound
and reputable  insurance  companies or  associations in such amounts and against
such risks (including, without limitation, hazard, business interruption, public
liability and product  liability) as are usually carried by companies engaged in
the same or similar business.

          SECTION 6.02.  PAYMENT OF TAXES. Pay and discharge or cause to be paid
and discharged promptly all taxes,  assessments and government charges or levies
imposed  upon it or upon its income and  profits,  or upon any of its  property,
real, personal or mixed, or upon any part thereof,  before the same shall become
in default;  provided,  however,  that  neither  the  Company nor any  Corporate
Guarantor  shall  be  required  to pay and  discharge  or  cause  to be paid and
discharged  any  such  tax,  assessment,  charge,  levy or  claim so long as the
validity  thereof shall be contested in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings,
and the Company or such Corporate Guarantor,  as the case may be, shall have set
aside on its books  adequate  reserves  determined in accordance  with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge,
levy or  claim so  contested;  provided,  further,  that  the  Company  and each
Corporate  Guarantor  will pay or cause to be paid all such taxes,  assessments,
charges, levies or claims prior to foreclosure of any Lien which has attached as
security therefor.

          SECTION 6.03. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, REPORTS, ETC. Furnish to the Agent
and each Lender:

               (a) as soon as  available,  but in any  event  within 90 days (or
          such longer period which  companies which are subject to the reporting
          requirements  of the  Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
          are permitted to file with the Securities and Exchange  Commission its
          annual report on Form 10-K, giving effect to any permitted  extensions
          obtained  by the Company  but,  in any event,  not to exceed 105 days)
          after the end of each  fiscal year of the  Company,  (i) a copy of the
          audited consolidated balance sheet of the


                                       49

<PAGE>




          Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  as of the end of  such  year  and the
          related  audited  consolidated  statements  of  income,  shareholders'
          equity and cash flow for such year,  in each  case,  setting  forth in
          comparative  form the respective  figures as of the end of and for the
          previous   fiscal  year,  and  accompanied  by  a  report  thereon  of
          independent   certified  public  accountants  of  recognized  national
          standing selected by the Company and not reasonably  unsatisfactory to
          the Required  Lenders (the  "Auditor"),  which report shall not have a
          "going concern" or like qualification or exception or qualification or
          exception as to the scope of the audit and shall be to the effect that
          such financial  statements present fairly in all material respects the
          financial  condition  and results of  operation of the Company and its
          Subsidiaries   in  accordance  with  Generally   Accepted   Accounting
          Principles,  consistently  applied;  (ii) a copy of the  corresponding
          supplemental consolidating balance sheets and income statements of the
          Company,  the Corporate  Guarantors (as a group) and the  Unrestricted
          Subsidiaries  (as a group)  and, to the extent  required by  Generally
          Accepted  Accounting  Principles or by applicable rules or regulations
          of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  each Corporate  Guarantor
          setting forth,  commencing with the financial statements for the first
          date or period  after  December  31,  2000,  in  comparative  form the
          respective  figures as of the end of and for the previous  fiscal year
          or fiscal  quarter,  as  applicable,  and which  support the financial
          statements  delivered  pursuant to clause (i), and (iii) a copy of the
          corresponding   unaudited   supplementary  balance  sheet  and  income
          statement  of  the  Company  and  the   Corporate   Guarantors   on  a
          consolidated  basis as of the end of such year and for such  year,  in
          each  case of (i) and (ii)  and  (iii)  prepared  in  accordance  with
          Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles,  applied on a  consistent
          basis,  and with respect to the statements  referred to in clause (ii)
          and (iii)  accompanied by a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer
          to that effect that such  financial  statements  present fairly in all
          material respects the financial  condition and results of operation of
          the Company and the Corporate  Guarantors in accordance with Generally
          Accepted Accounting Principles and a customary  supplemental financial
          information report thereon by the Auditor;

               (b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days
          (or such  longer  period  which  companies  which are  subject  to the
          reporting  requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended,  are  permitted  to file  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
          Commission  its  quarterly  report on Form 10-Q,  giving effect to any
          permitted extensions obtained by the Company but, in any event, not to
          exceed 60 days) after the end of the first, second and third quarterly
          period of each fiscal year of the  Company,  (i) a copy of the interim
          unaudited   consolidated   balance   sheet  of  the  Company  and  its
          Subsidiaries  as of the  end of each  such  quarter  and  the  related
          interim  statements of income,  shareholders  equity and cash flow for
          such  quarter  and the portion of the fiscal  year  through  such date
          prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting  Principles,
          consistently  applied,  and  setting  forth  in  comparative  form the
          respective  figures  for the  corresponding  date  and  period  in the
          previous  fiscal year,  in each case  prepared by the Chief  Financial
          Officer  and  accompanied  by a  certificate  executed  by  the  Chief
          Financial Officer to the effect that such financial statements present
          fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of
          operation  of the  Company and its  Subsidiaries  in  accordance  with
          Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently


                                       50

<PAGE>



          applied  subject to normal  year end  adjustments;  (ii) a copy of the
          corresponding  consolidated  interim  balance sheet of the Company and
          the Corporate Guarantors as of the end of such quarter and the related
          corresponding unaudited consolidated interim statements of income, for
          such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through such date, and
          (iii) a copy of the corresponding  supplemental  consolidating balance
          sheets and income statements of the Company,  the Corporate Guarantors
          (as a group), the Unrestricted  Subsidiaries (as a group), and, to the
          extent  required by Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles  or by
          applicable  rules  or  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange
          Commission,  each Corporate Guarantor, in each case of (ii) and (iii),
          prepared by management of the Company,  and setting forth,  commencing
          with the  financial  statements  for the first  date or  period  after
          December 31, 2000, in comparative form the respective  figures for the
          corresponding  date and period in the  previous  fiscal year or fiscal
          quarter,  as  applicable,  and prepared in accordance  with  Generally
          Accepted Accounting Principles, consistently applied.

               (c) a  certificate  prepared  and  signed by the Chief  Financial
          Officer in form and  substance  reasonably  acceptable  to the Lenders
          with each  delivery  required  by  clauses  (a) and (b)  above,  as to
          whether or not,  as of the close of such  preceding  period and at all
          times  during such  preceding  period,  the Company or each  Corporate
          Guarantor,  as the  case  may  be,  was in  compliance  with  all  the
          provisions  in this  Agreement,  showing  a  detailed  computation  of
          financial  covenants and quantitative  negative  covenants and, if the
          Chief Financial  Officer shall have obtained  knowledge of any default
          in such  compliance  or notice of such default,  he shall  disclose in
          such  certificate  such default or defaults or notice  thereof and the
          nature thereof,  whether or not the same shall constitute a Default or
          an Event of Default hereunder;

               (d) promptly after the preparation  thereof, a copy of the annual
          budget or projection  prepared with respect to the Company  and/or any
          Corporate Guarantor;

               (e) promptly  after  receipt  thereof,  a copy of the  management
          letter and internal control letter, if any, prepared by the Auditor;

               (f) if applicable,  promptly after filing thereof,  copies of all
          regular and periodic financial information,  proxy materials and other
          information and reports  (including,  without  limitation,  reports on
          Form 8-K) which the Company or any Corporate Guarantor shall file with
          the Securities and Exchange Commission;

               (g) promptly  after  submission  to any  government or regulatory
          agency, all documents and information  furnished to such government or
          regulatory  agency other than such documents and information  prepared
          in the normal  course of business  and which could not  reasonably  be
          expected  to result in any  materially  adverse  action to be taken by
          such agency;

               (h) promptly following  delivery thereof,  copies of all reports,
          notices  and other  materials  delivered  to the holders of the Senior
          Notes generally; and


                                       51

<PAGE>


               (i) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding
          the  operations,   business   affairs  and  condition   (financial  or
          otherwise) of the Company or any Corporate Guarantor as any Lender may
          reasonably request.

          SECTION  6.04.  BOOKS AND RECORDS;  ACCESS TO PREMISES.  Keep adequate
records and proper books of record and account in which complete entries will be
made in a manner to enable the preparation of financial statements in accordance
with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles,  and which shall  reflect all
financial  transactions of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  At any time during
normal  business hours and from time to time,  permit any Lender or any agent or
representative  thereof,  to examine and make copies of any  abstracts  from the
books and  records of such  information  which the  Lenders  deem  necessary  or
desirable (including,  without limitation,  the financial records of the Company
and the Corporate  Guarantors) and to visit the properties of the Company or any
Corporate  Guarantor  and to discuss  their  respective  affairs,  finances  and
accounts  with any of  their  respective  executive  officers  or the  Company's
independent accountants.

          SECTION 6.05. NOTICE OF ADVERSE CHANGE. Promptly notify each Lender in
writing of (a) any change in the  business or the  operations  of the Company or
any Corporate  Guarantor  which could  reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse  Effect,  and (b) any  information  which  indicates  that any financial
statements  which  are  the  subject  of any  representation  contained  in this
Agreement,  or which are furnished to the Agent or the Lenders  pursuant to this
Agreement,  fail, in any material  respect,  to present  fairly,  as of the date
thereof and for the period covered thereby,  the financial condition and results
of operations purported to be presented therein, disclosing the nature thereof.

          SECTION 6.06.  NOTICE OF DEFAULT.  Promptly  notify each Lender of any
Default or Event of  Default  which  shall have  occurred,  which  notice  shall
include a written statement as to such occurrence, specifying the nature thereof
and the action (if any) which is proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

          SECTION 6.07. NOTICE OF LITIGATION. Promptly notify each Lender of any
action,  suit or proceeding at law or in equity or by or before any governmental
instrumentality  or other  agency  which,  if adversely  determined  against the
Company  or  any  Corporate  Guarantor  on the  basis  of  the  allegations  and
information  set forth in the complaint or other notice of such action,  suit or
proceeding,  or in the amendments  thereof, if any, could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 6.08. NOTICE OF DEFAULT IN OTHER  AGREEMENTS.  Promptly notify
each Lender of any default in the performance,  observance or fulfillment of any
of the  obligations,  covenants  or  conditions  contained  in any  agreement or
instrument  to which the  Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor  is a party which
default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 6.09. NOTICE OF ERISA EVENT. Promptly deliver to each Lender a
certificate of the Chief Financial  Officer of the Company setting forth details
as to such


                                       52

<PAGE>


occurrence and such action, if any, which the Company,  such Corporate Guarantor
or such ERISA  Affiliate  is required or  proposes  to take,  together  with any
notices  required or  proposed  to be given to or filed with or by the  Company,
such Corporate  Guarantor ERISA  Affiliate,  the PBGC, a Plan participant or the
Plan administrator,  with respect thereto:  that a Reportable Event has occurred
with respect to a Plan, that an accumulated funding deficiency has been incurred
or an application may be or has been made to the Secretary of the Treasury for a
waiver or modification of the minimum funding  standard  (including any required
installment  payments) or an extension of any amortization  period under Section
412 of the  Code  with  respect  to a Plan,  that a Plan  has  been  terminated,
reorganized, partitioned or declared insolvent under Title IV of ERISA, that one
or more Plans have an  Unfunded  Current  Liability  giving rise to a Lien under
ERISA, that proceedings may be or have been instituted to terminate a Plan, that
a proceeding has been  instituted  pursuant to Section 515 of ERISA to collect a
delinquent  contribution to a Plan, or that the Company, any Corporate Guarantor
or any ERISA  Affiliate  will incur any liability  (including  any contingent or
secondary liability) to or on account of the termination of or withdrawal from a
Plan  under  Section  4062,  4063,  4064,  4201 or 4204 of  ERISA  if any of the
foregoing  could,  individually  or in the aggregate,  reasonably be expected to
cause the Company or the Corporate  Guarantors to incur liabilities in excess of
$1,000,000,  individually or in the aggregate.  The Company will deliver to each
Lender a complete  copy of the annual  report (Form 5500) of each Plan that is a
single employer Plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA), filed
with the Internal  Revenue  Service.  In addition to any certificates or notices
delivered to each Lender pursuant to the first sentence hereof, copies of annual
reports and any other notices received by the Company or any Corporate Guarantor
and required to be delivered to each Lender hereunder shall be delivered to each
Lender no later than ten days after the later of the date such  report or notice
has been  filed with the  Internal  Revenue  Service or the PBGC,  given to Plan
participants or received by the Company or a Corporate Guarantor.

          SECTION 6.10. NOTICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL LAW VIOLATIONS.  Promptly notify
each  Lender of the  receipt of any notice of an action,  suit,  and  proceeding
before any court or governmental department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency
or  instrumentality,  domestic  or foreign,  pending  against the Company or any
Corporate  Guarantor  relating to any alleged violation of any Environmental Law
which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 6.11.  NOTICE REGARDING  MATERIAL  CONTRACTS.  Promptly notify
each  Lender  of (a) any  termination  (prior  to the end of its  stated  term),
material amendment,  material  supplement or other material  modification of any
Material Contract and (b) the occurrence of a material default by the Company or
any Corporate  Guarantor or by any other party to any Material Contract of which
the Company or any Corporate Guarantor is aware.

          SECTION  6.12.  COMPLIANCE  WITH  APPLICABLE  LAWS.  Comply  with  the
requirements  of all  applicable  laws,  rules,  regulations  and  orders of any
Governmental Authority, the breach of which could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 6.13.  SUBSIDIARIES.  Promptly notify the Lenders (a) prior to
the occurrence  thereof, of the creation,  establishment or acquisition,  in any
manner, of any Subsidiary of the Company or any Corporate Guarantor not existing
on the date hereof, (b) of the designation


                                       53

<PAGE>


of an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  as a "Restricted  Subsidiary"  (as that term is
defined in the Senior Note Indenture),  and (c) of the failure of any Subsidiary
which  was an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  to  conform  with all the  requirements
applicable to an Unrestricted Subsidiary as set forth in the definition thereof,
and, in each case of clause (a),  (b) and (c),  promptly  cause,  subject to the
next succeeding sentence,  each such Subsidiary to execute a Corporate Guaranty,
concurrently with the creation, establishment or acquisition of such Subsidiary,
and concurrently  with the delivery of each Corporate  Guaranty pursuant to this
Section 6.13 provide to the Agent the supporting documents identified in clauses
(i),  (ii),  and (iii) of  Section  5.01(d)  in each case  with  respect  to the
Subsidiary  executing  the same,  together with a favorable  written  opinion of
counsel to such Subsidiary in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory to the
Lenders, as to the due execution,  delivery and enforceability of such documents
and such other matters as the Lenders may  reasonably  request.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  any  Subsidiary of an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  and any future
Subsidiary  which  is  properly  designated  as an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture shall not be required to be or become
a Corporate Guarantor provided,  however, that if any Unrestricted Subsidiary is
subsequently  designated a "Restricted  Subsidiary"  (as that term is defined in
the Senior Note Indenture),  the Company shall promptly cause such Subsidiary to
execute and deliver a Corporate  Guaranty and the related  supporting  documents
and  opinion of counsel  referred  to above;  provided,  further,  no  Corporate
Guarantor may be designated at any time as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          SECTION  6.14.  ENVIRONMENTAL  LAWS.  Comply in all respects  with the
requirements of all Environmental Laws, provide to the Lenders all documentation
in connection with such compliance that the Lenders may reasonably request,  and
defend,  indemnify,  and hold  harmless  the  Agent  and each  Lender  and their
respective  employees,  agents,  officers,  and directors,  from and against any
claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities,  settlements, damages, costs, or
expenses of whatever kind or nature, known or unknown,  contingent or otherwise,
arising out of, or in any way related to: (a) the presence, disposal, or release
of any Hazardous  Materials on any property at any time owned or occupied by the
Company or any Corporate Guarantor;  (b) any personal injury (including wrongful
death) or property  damage (real or personal)  arising out of or related to such
Hazardous Materials; (c) any lawsuit brought or threatened,  settlement reached,
or  government  order  relating  to such  Hazardous  Materials,  and/or  (d) any
violation of  applicable  Environmental  Laws,  including,  without  limitation,
reasonable  attorney and consultant  fees,  investigation  and laboratory  fees,
court  costs,  and  litigation  expenses  if such  failure  to so  comply in the
preceding  clauses  (a)  through (d) could,  individually  or in the  aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 6.15.  IMPOSITION OF RESTRICTIVE  COVENANTS.  In the event the
Company  shall  enter into an  amendment  or  modification  of the  Senior  Note
Indenture  which  amendment  or  modification   would  cause  the  covenants  or
restrictions  contained  therein  to be  more  restrictive  than  the  covenants
contained in Article VII of this Agreement,  then such covenants or restrictions
shall be deemed  included in this Agreement as if fully set forth herein and the
Company  shall  immediately  notify the Agent of the same and shall execute such
amendments or other  agreements with the Agent and the Banks as the Agent or the
Required Banks shall  reasonably deem necessary to evidence such  inclusion.  In
the event the Required Lenders approve an amendment,  supplement or modification
to the Senior Note Indenture pursuant to Section 7.17 which contains any


                                       54

<PAGE>


modification  to any  restriction  or  covenant  therein or adds any  additional
restriction or covenant, and the Required Lenders do not require an amendment to
this  Agreement  as a  condition  thereto,  then  such  modified  or  additional
restrictions  or covenants shall not be deemed for purposes of this Section 6.15
to be more  restrictive  than the covenants and  restrictions  in Article VII of
this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

          The Company  covenants and agrees with the Lenders that so long as the
Revolving  Credit  Commitments  remain in effect or any of the  principal  of or
interest on any Note or any other Obligations hereunder shall be unpaid, it will
not,  and  will  not  cause or  permit  any  Corporate  Guarantor,  directly  or
indirectly, to:

          SECTION 7.01. LIENS. Incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien
on any of their  respective  assets now or hereafter  owned other than Permitted
Liens.

          SECTION 7.02.  INDEBTEDNESS.  Incur, create, assume or suffer to exist
or otherwise become liable in respect of any  Indebtedness  other than Permitted
Debt or Indebtedness  constituting Permitted Investments or Committed Restricted
Investments.

          SECTION 7.03.  GUARANTIES.  Except guaranties  constituting  Permitted
Debt, Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments,  guarantee,  endorse, become
surety  for,  or  otherwise  in  any  way  become  or  be  responsible  for  the
Indebtedness  or  obligations  of any  Person  (other  than  by  endorsement  of
negotiable  instruments  for  collection  in the  ordinary  course),  whether by
agreement to maintain  working  capital or equity capital or otherwise  maintain
the net  worth or  solvency  of any  Person  or by  agreement  to  purchase  the
Indebtedness  of any other  Person,  or agreement  for the  furnishing of funds,
directly or indirectly,  through the purchase of goods, supplies or services for
the purpose of discharging the Indebtedness of any other Person or otherwise, or
enter  into or be a party  to any  contract  for the  purchase  of  merchandise,
materials, supplies or other property if such contract provides that payment for
such merchandise, materials, supplies or other property shall be made regardless
of whether delivery of such merchandise, supplies or other property is ever made
or tendered.

          SECTION  7.04.  ASSET SALES.  Enter into or  consummate  an Asset Sale
unless (i) the Company (or the Corporate Guarantor, as the case may be) receives
consideration  at the time of such Asset Sale at least  equal to the fair market
value  (evidenced  by a resolution  of the Board of Directors of the Company set
forth in a  certificate  executed by an Executive  Officer and  delivered to the
Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders) of the assets or Equity
Interests  issued or sold or otherwise  disposed of and (ii) at least 75% of the
consideration  therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is
in the form of cash or Eligible Investments; provided that the amount of (a) any
liabilities (as shown on the Company's or such Corporate Guarantor's most recent
balance sheet) of the Company or such Corporate Guarantor (other than contingent
liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or
any


                                       55

<PAGE>


guarantee  thereof)  that are  assumed by the  transferee  of any such assets or
Equity  Interests  pursuant to a customary  novation  agreement  that  expressly
releases the Company or such Corporate  Guarantor from further liability and (b)
any  securities,  notes or other  obligations  received  by the  Company or such
Corporate  Guarantor from such  transferee  that are converted by the Company or
such Corporate Guarantor into cash or Eligible  Investments within 30 days after
such Asset Sale (to the extent of the cash received)  shall be deemed to be cash
for purposes of this  provision.  Upon receipt of the Net Proceeds from an Asset
Sale, the Company shall apply such Net Proceeds in accordance  with Section 3.03
hereof.

          SECTION  7.05.  SALES OF  RECEIVABLES.  Sell,  transfer,  discount  or
otherwise  dispose of  accounts  receivable  arising in the  ordinary  course of
business  owing to the  Company  or any  Corporate  Guarantor,  with or  without
recourse, except for collection in the ordinary course of business.

          SECTION 7.06. INVESTMENTS. Make or commit to make any Investment other
than Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments constituting Investments.

          SECTION  7.07.  NATURE OF BUSINESS.  Change or alter,  in any material
respect,  the nature of its business from the nature of the business  engaged in
by it on the date hereof,  which nature shall include,  without limitation,  the
sale or distribution of food products and related products.

          SECTION 7.08. SALE AND LEASEBACK. Enter into any arrangement, directly
or  indirectly,  with any Person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property,
whether real or personal,  used or useful in its business,  whether now owned or
hereafter  acquired,  of it or any Corporate  Guarantor,  if at the time of such
sale or disposition it intends to lease or otherwise acquire the right to use or
possess  (except by purchase) such property or like property for a substantially
similar  purpose;   except  that  the  Company  may  enter  into  sale-leaseback
arrangements provided that the aggregate  consideration  received by Company and
the Corporate  Guarantors for any property subject to such an arrangement  shall
not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement.

          SECTION  7.09.  FEDERAL  RESERVE  REGULATIONS.  Permit any Loan or the
proceeds  of  any  Loan  to  be  used  for  any  purpose  which  violates  or is
inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  Regulation  T, U or X of the  Board  of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

          SECTION 7.10. ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES. Permit any change in
the  accounting  policies  and  procedures  of  the  Company  or  any  Corporate
Guarantor, including a change in fiscal year (other than to a calendar year end,
in which event  appropriate  adjustments shall be made to the dates specified in
Section 7.13(a)), provided, however, that any policy or procedure required to be
changed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or other board or committee
thereof) in order to comply with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles may be
so changed.


                                       56

<PAGE>


          SECTION  7.11.  HAZARDOUS  MATERIALS.  Cause  or  permit  any  of  its
properties  or assets to be used to generate,  manufacture,  refine,  transport,
treat,  store,  handle,  dispose  of,  transfer,  produce or  process  Hazardous
Materials,  except in compliance  with all applicable  federal,  state and local
laws or  regulations,  or cause or  permit,  as a result of any  intentional  or
negligent act or omission on the part of the Company or any Corporate Guarantor,
a release of Hazardous  Materials  onto such property or asset or onto any other
property if such action could  reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

          SECTION 7.12. LIMITATIONS ON FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES. Merge or consolidate
with, or sell, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction
or in a series of transactions)  all or substantially all of its assets (whether
now or hereafter acquired) to, any Person, or acquire all of the stock or all or
substantially all of the assets or the business of any Person or liquidate, wind
up or dissolve or suffer any liquidation or dissolution; provided, however, that
(i) the Company and the Corporate  Guarantors may acquire  assets  primarily for
the  purpose  of  acquiring  store  locations  from  third  parties   (including
franchisees) provided that the aggregate purchase price of all such acquisitions
shall not exceed  $6,500,000  in any year and (ii) any  Corporate  Guarantor may
merge or  consolidate  with or sell,  assign,  lease (as  lessor)  or  otherwise
dispose of all or  substantially  all of its assets  (whether  now or  hereafter
acquired) to the Company or any other Corporate Guarantor.

          SECTION 7.13. FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

          (a) CONSOLIDATED SENIOR DEBT TO CONSOLIDATED EBITDA.  Permit the ratio
of Consolidated  Senior Debt to Consolidated  EBITDA as of the end of any fiscal
quarter of the Company to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite the
applicable period:

              Period                              Ratio
              ------                              -----

Closing Date through January 1, 2000 4.50:        4.50:1.0 0
January 2, 2000 through December 30, 2000         4.50:1.00
December 31, 2000 through December 29, 2001       4.30:1.00
December 30, 2001 through December 28, 2002       4.10:1.00
December 29, 2002 and thereafter                  3.90:1.00

          (b) CONSOLIDATED EBITDA TO CONSOLIDATED  INTEREST EXPENSE.  Permit the
ratio of Consolidated  EBITDA to Consolidated  Interest Expense as of the end of
any fiscal quarter of the Company to be less than 2.00:1.00.

          SECTION  7.14.  SENIOR NOTES.  Make a Senior Note  Payment;  provided,
however, if (a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
would occur after giving effect to the Senior Note Payment, (b) the Consolidated
EBITDA  determined from the most recent  financial  statements  delivered to the
Lenders pursuant to Section 6.03 is not less than $75,000,000,  (c) after giving
effect to the Senior Note Payment the Eligible  Investments plus an amount equal
to the Total Revolving Credit Commitment less the Aggregate  Outstandings is not
less than $30,000,000,  and (d) the Senior Notes to be purchased are repurchased
at a discount


                                       57

<PAGE>


from the face amount thereof (or not in excess of the face amount thereof in the
event of a  Mandatory  Senior  Payment),  then the  Company may make Senior Note
Payments.

          SECTION 7.15. RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.  (i) Declare or pay any dividend or
make any other  payment  or  distribution  on account  of the  Company's  Equity
Interests  (including,  without  limitation,  any payment in connection with any
merger (other than the Merger) or consolidation involving the Company) or to any
direct or indirect  holders of the Company's  Equity Interests in their capacity
as such (other than dividends or  distributions  (a) payable in Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified  Stock) of the Company or (b) payable to the Company or
any Corporate Guarantor that is a wholly-owned  Subsidiary of the Company); (ii)
except for Permitted  Investments in Persons that are, or after giving effect to
such  Investments  become,  Subsidiaries  of the  Company,  purchase,  redeem or
otherwise  acquire  or  retire  for value  (including,  without  limitation,  in
connection  with any merger (other than the Merger) or  consolidation  involving
the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company
(other than any such Equity  Interests owned by the Company or any  wholly-owned
Subsidiary of the Company which is a Corporate  Guarantor,  any Equity Interests
then being  issued by the Company or a  wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of the Company
which is a Corporate  Guarantor or any Investment in a Person that, after giving
effect to such Investment,  is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company which is
a Corporate Guarantor); (iii) [Reserved]; or (iv) make any Restricted Investment
(all such  payments and other  actions set forth in clauses  (i),  (ii) and (iv)
above being collectively referred to as "Restricted  Payments"),  unless, at the
time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

               (a) no  Default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred  and be
          continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

               (b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and
          after giving pro forma effect  thereto as if such  Restricted  Payment
          had been made at the beginning of the applicable  four-quarter period,
          have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
          pursuant to the Consolidated  EBITDA to Consolidated  Interest Expense
          covenant set forth in Section 7.13(b); and

               (c) such Restricted  Payment,  together with the aggregate amount
          of all other Restricted  Payments  declared or made by the Company and
          the Corporate Guarantors after the Closing Date (excluding  Restricted
          Payments  permitted by clauses  (ii),  (iii),  (v) and (vi) and clause
          (viii) (if and to the extent that the  reimbursement  obligations paid
          pursuant to clause (viii) are direct obligations of the Company or any
          of the  Corporate  Guarantors  and are in respect of letters of credit
          issued prior to the Closing Date) of the next  succeeding  paragraph),
          is less than the sum, without duplication, of

                    (1)  50% of the  Adjusted  Consolidated  Net  Income  of the
               Company for the period (taken as one accounting  period) from the
               Closing  Date to the end of the  Company's  most  recently  ended
               fiscal  quarter  for  which  internal  financial  statements  are
               available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such


                                       58

<PAGE>


               Adjusted  Consolidated  Net Income for such  period is a deficit,
               less 100% of such deficit), plus

                    (2) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds  received by the
               Company  from the issue or sale since the Closing  Date of Equity
               Interests of the Company (other than  Disqualified  Stock), or of
               Disqualified  Stock or debt  securities  of the Company that have
               been  converted  into such  Equity  Interests  (other than Equity
               Interests (or Disqualified  Stock or convertible debt securities)
               sold to a Subsidiary  of the Company and other than  Disqualified
               Stock or  convertible  debt  securities  that have been converted
               into Disqualified Stock), plus

                    (3) to the extent that any Restricted Investment (other than
               any  Committed  Restricted  Investment)  that was made  after the
               Closing Date is sold for cash or otherwise  liquidated  or repaid
               for cash,  the  lesser of (A) the cash  return  of  capital  with
               respect  to  such  Restricted   Investment   (less  the  cost  of
               disposition,  if any) (but only to the  extent  not  included  in
               subclause   (1)  of  this   clause   (c)  or  applied  to  reduce
               Unrestricted  Investments Outstanding) and (B) the initial amount
               of such Restricted Investment, plus

                    (4) to the extent that any Restricted Investment (other than
               any  Committed  Restricted  Investment)  that was made  after the
               Closing  Date  in the  form of a  guarantee  of  Indebtedness  is
               reduced  as a result  of a  reduction  in the  maximum  principal
               amount  of  Indebtedness   that  may  be  guaranteed  under  such
               guarantee, the amount of such reduction, plus

                    (5) to the extent that any Restricted Investment (other than
               any  Committed  Restricted  Investment)  that was made  after the
               Closing Date in the form of the  furnishing of a letter of credit
               as security for Indebtedness or other obligations is reduced as a
               result of a reduction in the maximum reimbursement obligations in
               respect of such letter of credit,  the amount of such  reduction,
               plus

                    (6) to the extent that any Restricted Investment (other than
               any  Committed  Restricted  Investment)  that was made  after the
               Closing  Date in the form of the  guarantee  of a lease  has been
               amortized (as provided in the definition of  "Investments"),  the
               amount of such amortization, plus

                    (7) to the extent that any Restricted Investment (other than
               any  Committed  Restricted  Investment)  that was made  after the
               Closing Date in the form of a guarantee of obligations other than
               Indebtedness  or a lease is reduced as a result of a reduction in
               the maximum  liability under such  guarantee,  the amount of such
               reduction, plus

                    (8) in the event that (A) any Unrestricted  Subsidiary shall
               become a Corporate  Guarantor  and (B)  immediately  after giving
               effect to such event no  Default  or Event of Default  shall have
               existed and such Subsidiary shall have


                                       59

<PAGE>


               become a  wholly-owned  Subsidiary of the Company,  the lowest of
               (x) an amount  equal to the fair market value (as  determined  in
               good  faith  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  and
               reasonably  acceptable  to the  Required  Lenders) at the time of
               such  designation of the  outstanding  Investments of the Company
               and the Corporate Guarantors in the Subsidiary so designated, (y)
               an  amount  equal  to the net  book  value  of  such  outstanding
               Investments  at the time of such  designation  and (z) an  amount
               equal  to  the  amount  of  Restricted  Investments  (other  than
               Committed  Restricted  Investments)  made by the  Company and the
               Corporate  Guarantors in such  Subsidiary  after the Closing Date
               less the amount,  if any, of any  amounts  included in  subclause
               (3),  (4),  (5), (6) or (7) of this clause (c) in respect of such
               Subsidiary, plus

               (9) $20.0 million; provided, however, that the Restricted Payment
          identified  in this  clause (9) (i) shall not be made prior to January
          1, 2000, (ii) on or after January 1, 2000, no more than $10,000,000 of
          such payment shall be distributed in any one fiscal quarter, and (iii)
          for the Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 2000, the sum of all
          distributions or loans to shareholders of the Company shall not exceed
          an  amount  equal  to (x)  if the  Company  is an S  Corporation,  the
          Company's taxable income for such fiscal year determined in accordance
          with Section  1363 of the Code less the  aggregate  Tax  Distributions
          with  respect to such  fiscal  year or (y) if the  Company is not an S
          Corporation,  then the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income of the Company
          for such fiscal  year;  provided  further,  that the Company  shall no
          longer be subject to the  foregoing  proviso if the Company  obtains a
          mortgage loan on its real property improvements,  fixtures and related
          personal  property  customarily  securing  such  loans  located at 401
          Broadhollow Road, Melville, New York in a principal amount of at least
          $12,000,000,  the  proceeds  of  which  are  used  to  pay  (i) if the
          aggregate  outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loans
          is less than $12,000,000, then the outstanding principal amount of the
          Revolving Credit Loans and (ii) if the aggregate outstanding principal
          balance of the Revolving Credit Loans is $12,000,000 or greater,  then
          the lesser of (x) the  outstanding  principal  amount of the Revolving
          Credit Loans or (y) the full amount of such proceeds.

          The  foregoing  provisions  will not  prohibit  (i) the payment of any
dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration  thereof,  if at said date
of  declaration  such payment would have  complied  with the  provisions of this
Agreement;  (ii) the  redemption,  repurchase,  retirement,  defeasance or other
acquisition of any Subordinated  Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company
in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent
sale (other than to a Subsidiary  of the Company) of, other Equity  Interests of
the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any
such net cash  proceeds that are utilized for any such  redemption,  repurchase,
retirement,  defeasance or other  acquisition  shall be excluded from clause (c)
(2) of the preceding paragraph;  (iii) the redemption,  repurchase,  retirement,
defeasance or other  acquisition of Subordinated  Indebtedness with the net cash
proceeds  from an  incurrence of Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness;  (iv) the
repurchase,  redemption  or other  acquisition  or  retirement  for value of any
Equity Interests of the Company or any Corporate Guarantor held by any member of
the Company's (or any Corporate Guarantor's) management or board of directors or
any employee stock ownership; provided that the aggregate price paid for


                                       60

<PAGE>


all such repurchased,  redeemed,  acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not
exceed $1.0 million in any twelve-month period; (v) Tax Distributions in respect
of periods  when the  Company is an S  Corporation,  (vi)  Committed  Restricted
Investments;  (vii) Restricted  Investments  consisting of payments  pursuant to
guaranties  (not  prohibited by the provisions of the Senior Note  Indenture) of
Indebtedness;  (viii) Restricted  Investments consisting of payments pursuant to
reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit (not prohibited by the
provisions of the Agreement)  securing  Indebtedness or other  obligations;  and
(ix) Restricted  Investments  consisting of payments pursuant to guaranties (not
prohibited  by the  provisions  of the  Agreement)  of  obligations  (other than
Indebtedness),  provided,  however, that at the time of, and after giving effect
to, any Restricted  Payment  permitted under clauses (i) through (iv) no Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

          The amount of all Restricted  Payments  (other than cash) shall be the
fair  market  value on the date of the  Restricted  Payment of the  asset(s)  or
securities  proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or any Corporate
Guarantor,   as  the  case  may  be,   pursuant  to  the   Restricted   Payment.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,  the amount of any Restricted Investment
that is a guarantee of (or the furnishing of a letter or credit as security for)
Indebtedness or other obligations shall be as determined under the definition of
"Investments."  Not later than the date of making any  Restricted  Payment,  the
Company  shall  deliver to the Agent an  officers'  certificate  executed  by an
Executive  Officer of the Company  stating that such  Restricted  Payments  were
permitted  and setting forth the basis upon which the  calculations  required by
this Section 7.15 were computed.

          SECTION  7.16.  TRANSACTIONS  WITH  AFFILIATES.  Make  or  permit  any
Subsidiary  of the Company to make any payment to, or sell,  lease,  transfer or
otherwise  dispose  of any of its  properties  or  assets  to, or  purchase  any
property  or  assets  from,  or  enter  into or make or amend  any  transaction,
contract, agreement,  understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the
benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the  foregoing,  an "Affiliate
Transaction"),  unless (i) such  Affiliate  Transaction  is on terms that are no
less favorable to the Company or the relevant  Subsidiary  than those that would
have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary
with an  unrelated  Person and (ii) the  Company  delivers to the Agent (a) with
respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
involving  aggregate  payments or  consideration  in excess of $1.0  million,  a
resolution of the Board of Directors  set forth in a certificate  executed by an
Executive  Officer  certifying  that such  Affiliate  Transaction  complies with
clause (i) above and that such  Affiliate  Transaction  has been  approved  by a
majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company and
(b) with respect to any  Affiliate  Transaction  or series of related  Affiliate
Transactions  involving  aggregate  payments or  consideration in excess of $5.0
million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such
Affiliate  Transaction  from a financial  point of view issued by an accounting,
appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

          The  foregoing   provisions  will  not  prohibit  (i)  any  reasonable
employment  agreement or other  compensation  plan or  arrangement  paid or made
available  to  officers or  employees  of the  Company or its  Subsidiaries  for
services actually rendered or to be rendered and entered into by


                                       61

<PAGE>


the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary  course of business and consistent
with past  practice;  (ii)  transactions  between  or among the  Company  and/or
Corporate  Guarantors which are wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Company;  (iii)
any Remote Guarantee or Permitted  Investment or any Restricted  Payment that is
permitted by the  provisions of this  Agreement;  (iv)  transactions  between or
among  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  of the  Company;  (v) the  provision,  in the
ordinary  course  of  business  consistent  with  past  practice  and  for  cash
consideration  not less than the cost  thereof,  of  support  services  (such as
accounting, architectural, legal and administrative services) by the Company and
the  Corporate  Guarantors  to  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  of the  Company  and
entities in which the Company has, directly or indirectly, an equity interest of
20% or more;  (vi) the Tax Payment  Agreement;  (vii) leases or subleases by the
Company  and  the  Corporate   Guarantors  of  real  property  to   Unrestricted
Subsidiaries  or  Persons  in which  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  have an  equity
interest  to the  extent  that  such  leases or  subleases  are in effect on the
Closing  Date;   (viii)  guarantees  of  Indebtedness  or  real  property  lease
obligations  of  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  or entities  in which  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries  have an equity  interest to the extent that such guarantees are in
effect  on the  Closing  Date;  or  (ix)  payments  by  the  Company  to  Sbarro
Enterprises,  L.P.  under the sublease for the Company's  administrative  office
building as in effect on the Closing Date.

          SECTION  7.17.  AMENDMENTS  TO CERTAIN  AGREEMENTS.  Without the prior
consent of the  Required  Banks,  amend,  supplement  or modify the Senior  Note
Indenture,  the Senior  Notes,  the Note  Purchase  Agreement,  the Tax  Payment
Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement in any material respect or in any
manner adverse to the Lenders;  provided,  however,  any amendment or supplement
which solely  designates one or more Restricted  Subsidiaries (as defined in the
Senior Note  Indenture) as guarantors  under the Senior Note Indenture shall not
be deemed an  amendment,  supplement  or  modification  which is  adverse to the
Lenders or which is material.

          SECTION 7.18.  ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK. Issue any Capital Stock of
a Corporate  Guarantor of any class or classes  (however  designated) that ranks
prior,  as to the payment of dividends or as to the  distribution of assets upon
any  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the
issuer  thereof to shares of Capital  Stock of any other  class of such  Issuer;
provided,  however,  the Corporate  Guarantors may issue  preferred stock to the
Company or any other Corporate Guarantor.

          SECTION  7.19.  S  CORPORATION  MATTERS.  If the Company  elects to be
treated as an S Corporation:

         (a) the Company shall elect to be treated as an "S corporation" or its
equivalent for state and local income tax purposes in each state and locality in
which the Company does business that permits such an election, for the earliest
possible applicable tax year;

          (b) with respect to each of the Company's Subsidiaries as to which the
Company makes a valid "qualified subchapter S subsidiary" election under Section
1361(b)(3) of the Code, the Company shall make an equivalent  election for state
and local income tax purposes, in each state


                                       62

<PAGE>


and locality in which the Company does  business  that permits such an election,
for the earliest possible applicable tax year;

          (c) except as permitted  in paragraph 10 of the Tax Payment  Agreement
or except in connection  with the  termination  of the Company's  status as an S
Corporation,  the  Company  shall  not take  any  action  which  it knows  would
terminate  any  election  made  to  be  treated  as an "S  corporation"  or  its
equivalent  for state and local income tax  purposes,  or for one or more of its
subsidiaries  to be treated as a  "qualified  subchapter  S  subsidiary"  or its
equivalent for state and local income tax purposes;

          (d)  the  Company  shall  furnish  the  Agent  with  (i) a copy of its
election  to be  treated  as an S  Corporation  within 15 days  after the filing
thereof,  (ii) a copy of each  determination of amounts  permitted to be paid or
distributed  to or for  the  benefit  of,  or  required  to be  repaid  by,  the
shareholders  of the Company under the Tax Payment  Agreement,  certified by the
Chief  Financial  Officer of the Company,  on or prior to making such payment or
distribution or requesting  such  repayment,  (iii) a copy of its federal income
tax return for each taxable year (and any amendment  thereto) in which it claims
to be an S  Corporation  within  20  days  after  filing  thereof,  and  (iv)  a
certificate of the Company's certified  independent  accountants  confirming the
computation of the amount  determined under clause (a) of paragraph 4 of the Tax
Payment Agreement based on the Company's  original federal income tax return for
such taxable year as filed, within 20 days after the Tax Return Date (as defined
in the Tax Payment  Agreement) for each taxable year in which the Company claims
to be an S Corporation;

          (e) the Company shall  promptly  notify the Agent and each Lender upon
learning the termination of its status as an S Corporation for any reason;

          (f) the Company shall file its original  federal income tax return for
each taxable year in which it claims to be an S Corporation on or before the due
date thereof (including valid extensions of time to file such returns); and

          (g) the  Company  shall  cause to be repaid to the Company all amounts
(including interest, where applicable) required to be repaid by the shareholders
of the Company pursuant to the Tax Payment Agreement.  Any such repayments shall
be  treated  as  capital  contributions  which  shall not  increase  the  amount
available for Restricted  Payments,  except for any such increase resulting from
such repayments causing an increase in Adjusted Consolidated Net Income.

          SECTION 7.20.  LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES AND SALES OF CAPITAL STOCK. The
Company (i) shall not, and shall not permit any Corporate  Guarantor  which is a
wholly owned  Subsidiary of the Company to,  transfer,  convey,  sell,  lease or
otherwise  dispose  of  any  Equity  Interests  or  other  ownership   interests
(including  convertible debt  securities) of any Corporate  Guarantor which is a
wholly owned  Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or
a Corporate Guarantor which is a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company), unless
(a) such transfer,  conveyance,  sale, lease or other  disposition is of all the
Equity Interests and other ownership interests of a Corporate Guarantor which is
a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the


                                       63

<PAGE>


Company and (b) the Net Proceeds from such transfer,  conveyance, sale, lease or
other  disposition  are applied in accordance with Section 3.03 and 7.04 hereof,
and (ii)  shall not  permit  any  Corporate  Guarantor  which is a wholly  owned
Subsidiary  of the  Company  to  issue  any of its  Equity  Interests  or  other
ownership  interests  (other than,  if  necessary,  shares of its Capital  Stock
constituting  directors'  qualifying  shares)  to any  Person  other than to the
Company or a  Corporate  Guarantor  which is a wholly  owned  Subsidiary  of the
Company.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          SECTION 8.01.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  In the case of the happening of any
of the following events (each an "Event of Default"):

               (a) failure of the Company to pay the principal of or interest on
          any Loan,  any  reimbursement  obligations  with  respect to a drawing
          under  any  Letter  of  Credit  (including,  without  limitation,  any
          Existing  Letter of Credit),  or any fees under this  Agreement as and
          when due and payable,  and with  respect to interest  payments and fee
          payments only, such failure shall continue  unremedied for a period of
          three (3) Business Days;

               (b) default shall be made in the due observance or performance of
          (i) any  covenant,  condition or agreement set forth in Article VII or
          Section  6.03, or (ii) any other  covenant,  condition or agreement of
          the Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor to be  performed  pursuant to
          this Agreement or any other Loan Document  (other than those specified
          in clauses (a) or (b)(i) of this  Section  8.01) if such  default,  if
          capable of cure,  shall  continue  unremedied  for a period of fifteen
          (15) days;

               (c) any  representation  or  warranty  made or deemed made by the
          Company or any Corporate Guarantor in this Agreement or any other Loan
          Document shall prove to be false or misleading in any material respect
          when made or given or when deemed made or given;

               (d)  any  report,  certificate,   financial  statement  or  other
          instrument  furnished  by the Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor  in
          connection  with this  Agreement  or any other  Loan  Document  or the
          borrowings  hereunder,  shall prove to be false or  misleading  in any
          material respect when made or given or when deemed made or given;

               (e) default in the  performance  or  compliance in respect of any
          agreement or condition  relating to any Indebtedness of the Company or
          any Corporate Guarantor in excess of $1,000,000 individually or in the
          aggregate (other than the Notes),  if the effect of such default is to
          accelerate the maturity of such  Indebtedness  or to permit the holder
          or obligee  thereof (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or obligee)
          to cause such  Indebtedness to become due prior to the stated maturity
          thereof, or, any such Indebtedness shall not be paid when due;


                                       64

<PAGE>


               (f) the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor shall (i) voluntarily
          commence  any  proceeding  or file any petition  seeking  relief under
          Title 11 of the  United  States  Code or any  other  federal  or state
          bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution
          of, or fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, any such
          proceeding  or the  filing of any such  petition,  (iii)  apply for or
          consent  to  the  employment  of  a  receiver,   trustee,   custodian,
          sequestrator  or similar  official  for the  Company or any  Corporate
          Guarantor  or for a  substantial  part of its  property;  (iv) file an
          answer admitting the material  allegations of a petition filed against
          it in such proceeding,  (v) make a general  assignment for the benefit
          of creditors,  (vi) take corporate action for the purpose of effecting
          any of the  foregoing,  or (vii) become unable or admit in writing its
          inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

               (g)  an   involuntary   proceeding   shall  be  commenced  or  an
          involuntary   petition   shall  be  filed  in  a  court  of  competent
          jurisdiction  seeking  (i)  relief in  respect  of the  Company or any
          Corporate  Guarantor  or of a  substantial  part of  their  respective
          property,  under  Title  11 of the  United  States  Code or any  other
          federal  or state  bankruptcy  insolvency  or  similar  law,  (ii) the
          appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or similar
          official  for  the  Company  or  any  Corporate  Guarantor  or  for  a
          substantial  part of  their  property,  or  (iii)  the  winding-up  or
          liquidation of the Company or any Corporate Guarantor and, in the case
          of clauses  (i),  (ii) or (iii),  such  proceeding  or petition  shall
          continue  undismissed  for 60 days or an order or decree  approving or
          ordering any of the foregoing  shall  continue  unstayed and in effect
          for 60 days;

               (h) One or more  orders,  judgments or decrees for the payment of
          money in excess  of  $1,000,000  in the  aggregate  shall be  rendered
          against the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor and the same shall not
          have been paid in accordance  with such  judgment,  order or decree or
          settlement  and either (i) an enforcement  proceeding  shall have been
          commenced by any creditor upon such judgment, order or decree, or (ii)
          there shall have been a period of thirty (30) days during which a stay
          of enforcement of such judgment, order or decree, by reason of pending
          appeal or otherwise, was not in effect;

               (i) any Plan shall fail to maintain the minimum funding  standard
          required  for any  Plan  year  or part  thereof  or a  waiver  of such
          standard or  extension  of any  amortization  period is applied for or
          granted under  Section 412 of the Code,  any Plan is terminated by the
          Company  or  any  ERISA   Affiliate  or  the  subject  of  termination
          proceedings  under  ERISA,  any Plan  shall have an  Unfunded  Current
          Liability,  a Reportable  Event shall have  occurred with respect to a
          Plan or the Company, any Corporate  Guarantor,  or any ERISA Affiliate
          shall  have  incurred  a  liability  to or on  account of a Plan under
          Section 515, 4062, 4063, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA, and there shall result
          from any such event or events the imposition of a lien upon the assets
          of the Company or any Corporate Guarantor,  the granting of a security
          interest on such  assets,  or a  liability  to the PBGC or a Plan or a
          trustee  appointed  under ERISA or a penalty under Section 4971 of the
          Code,  in case such lien,  security  interest  or penalty  involves an
          amount in excess of $1,000,000;


                                       65

<PAGE>


               (j) any  material  provision of any Loan  Document  shall for any
          reason  cease to be in full  force and effect in  accordance  with its
          terms or the  Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor  shall so assert in
          writing;

               (k) a Change of Control  shall have  occurred  without  the prior
          written consent of the Required Lenders;

               (l) an Event of  Default  (as that term is  defined in the Senior
          Note Indenture) shall have occurred; or

               (m) the Company shall fail to "Consummate"  the "Exchange  Offer"
          (as those  terms are  defined in the  Registration  Rights  Agreement)
          within one year of the date it is first  required  to pay  "Liquidated
          Damages"  (as  that  term  is  defined  in  the  Registration   Rights
          Agreement);

then, at any time thereafter during the continuance of any such event, the Agent
may,  and,  upon the  request  of the  Required  Lenders,  shall,  by written or
telephonic notice to the Company,  take any or all of the following actions,  at
the same or different times,  (a) terminate their Revolving  Credit  Commitments
and (b) declare (i) the Notes, both as to principal and interest, (ii) an amount
equal to the  maximum  amount  that may be drawn  under  all  Letters  of Credit
(including, without limitation, the Existing Letters of Credit) then outstanding
(whether or not any beneficiary  under any Letter of Credit shall have presented
or be entitled to present the drafts and other documents  required to draw under
such Letter of Credit), and (iii) all other Obligations, to be forthwith due and
payable without presentment,  diligence,  demand, protest or other notice of any
kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived,  anything contained herein or in
the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding;  provided,  however, that if an event
specified in Section  8.01(f) or (g) shall have occurred,  the Revolving  Credit
Commitments shall  automatically  terminate and interest,  principal and amounts
referred  to in the  preceding  clauses  (b),  (i),  (ii),  and  (iii)  shall be
immediately  due and payable  without  presentment,  demand,  protest,  or other
notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived, anything contained herein
or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding.  With respect to all Letters of
Credit  (including,  without  limitation,  the Existing  Letters of Credit) that
shall not have matured or  presentment  for honor shall not have  occurred,  the
Company shall  provide the Agent with Cash  Collateral in an amount equal to the
aggregate  undrawn amount of such letters of credit.  Such Cash Collateral shall
be applied by the Agent to  reimburse  the  Issuing  Lender for  drawings  under
Letters  of Credit  (including,  without  limitation,  the  Existing  Letters of
Credit) for which the Issuing Lender has not been  reimbursed and, to the extent
not so  applied,  shall  be  held  for  the  satisfaction  of the  reimbursement
obligations  of the  Company at such time or, if the  maturity  of the Loans has
been accelerated, be applied to satisfy other Obligations.


                                       66

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX
                                    THE AGENT

          SECTION 9.01. APPOINTMENT,  POWERS AND IMMUNITIES.  Each Lender hereby
irrevocably  appoints and  authorizes  the Agent to act as its agent  hereunder,
under the Loan Documents with such powers as are  specifically  delegated to the
Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with
such other powers as are reasonably  incidental thereto. The Agent shall have no
duties or  responsibilities  except those  expressly set forth in this Agreement
and the other Loan  Documents and shall not be a trustee for any Lender,  nor is
the Agent acting in a fiduciary capacity of any kind under this Agreement or the
other Loan  Documents  or in respect  thereof or in respect of any  Lender.  The
Agent shall be not  responsible  to the Lenders  for any  recitals,  statements,
representations  or  warranties  contained  in this  Agreement or the other Loan
Documents,  in any certificate or other document referred to or provided for in,
or received by any of them under, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or
for  the  value,  validity,   effectiveness,   genuineness,   enforceability  or
sufficiency  of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any other document
referred to or provided for herein or therein or for the  collectibility  of the
Loans or for the  validity,  effectiveness  or value of any interest or security
covered  by the Loan  Documents  or for the value of any  collateral  or for the
validity  or  effectiveness  of  any  assignment,   mortgage,  pledge,  security
agreement,  financing  statement,  document  or  instrument,  or for the filing,
recording,  re-filing,  continuing  or  rerecording  of any  thereof  or for any
failure  by the  Company  or  any  Corporate  Guarantor  to  perform  any of its
obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.  The Agent may take all
actions by itself and/or it may employ agents and  attorneys-in-fact,  and shall
not be responsible,  except as to money or the securities  received by it or its
authorized  agents,  for the negligence or misconduct of itself or its employees
or of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact,  if such agents or attorneys-in-fact
are  selected  by it with  reasonable  care.  Neither  the  Agent nor any of its
directors,  officers, employees or agents shall be liable or responsible for any
action  taken or  omitted  to be taken by it  hereunder  under  the  other  Loan
Documents  or in  connection  herewith  or  therewith,  except for its own gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

          SECTION 9.02.  RELIANCE BY AGENT.  The Agent shall be entitled to rely
upon,  and shall not incur any liability for relying  upon,  any  certification,
notice or other  communication  (including  any  thereof  by  telephone,  telex,
telegram  or cable)  believed  by it to be genuine  and correct and to have been
signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons,  and upon advice
and  statements  of legal  counsel,  independent  accountants  and other experts
selected  by the Agent.  As to any matters not  expressly  provided  for by this
Agreement  or the other Loan  Documents,  the Agent  shall in all cases be fully
protected in acting, or in refraining from acting,  hereunder or under the other
Loan Documents in accordance with  instructions  signed by the Required Lenders,
or such other  number of Lenders as is specified in Section  10.04  hereof,  and
such  instructions  of the  Required  Lenders  or other  number  of  Lenders  as
aforesaid  and any  action  taken or failure to act  pursuant  thereto  shall be
binding on all of the Lenders.

          SECTION 9.03. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The Agent shall not be deemed to have
knowledge  of the  occurrence  of a Default or Event of Default  (other than the
non-payment of


                                       67

<PAGE>


principal  of or  interest on the Loans to the extent the same is required to be
paid to the Agent for the account of the Lenders)  unless the Agent has received
notice from a Lender or the Company  specifying such Default or Event of Default
and  stating  that such notice is a "Notice of  Default".  In the event that the
Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default,
the Agent  shall give  prompt  notice  thereof to the  Lenders.  The Agent shall
(subject to Section  9.07  hereof) take such action with respect to such Default
or Event of Default as shall be  directed  by the  Required  Lenders,  except as
otherwise  provided in Section 10.04 hereof;  provided that unless and until the
Agent shall have received such  directions,  the Agent may (but is not obligated
to) take such action,  or refrain from taking such action,  with respect to such
Default or Event of Default as it shall deem  advisable in the best  interest of
the Lenders.

          SECTION 9.04. RIGHTS AS A LENDER. With respect to its Revolving Credit
Commitment  and the  Loans  made by it,  the Agent in its  capacity  as a Lender
hereunder  shall have the same rights and powers  hereunder  as any other Lender
and may  exercise  the same as though it were not acting as the  Agent,  and the
term  "Lender"  or  "Lenders"  shall,  unless the context  otherwise  indicates,
include the entity  which is the Agent in its  individual  capacity.  The entity
which is the Agent and its Affiliates may (without having to account therefor to
any Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind
of banking, trust or other business with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it
were not  acting as the  Agent,  and,  except  to the  extent  otherwise  herein
specifically  set forth, the entity which is the Agent may accept fees and other
consideration  from the Company or its  Affiliates,  for services in  connection
with this  Agreement or any of the other Loan  Documents  or  otherwise  without
having to account for the same to the Lenders.

          SECTION 9.05.  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Lenders shall indemnify the Agent
(to the extent not  reimbursed  by the  Company  under  Section  10.03  hereof),
ratably in accordance  with the aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the
Loans made by the Lenders (or, if no Loans are at the time outstanding,  ratably
in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit  Commitments),  for any and
all liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages, penalties,  actions, judgments,
suits, costs,  expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which
may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted  against the Agent in its capacity as
the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this  Agreement or any of the
other Loan  Documents  or any other  documents  contemplated  by or  referred to
herein  or  therein  or  the  transactions   contemplated   hereby  and  thereby
(including,  without  limitation,  the costs and  expenses  which the Company is
obligated to pay under Section 10.03 hereof or under the  applicable  provisions
of any other Loan Document) or the  enforcement of any of the terms hereof or of
the other Loan Documents, provided that no Lender shall be liable for any of the
foregoing  to the  extent  they  arise  from the  gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct of the Agent.

          SECTION 9.06.  NON-RELIANCE  ON AGENT AND OTHER  LENDERS.  Each Lender
agrees that it has, independently and without reliance on the Agent or any other
Lender,   and  based  on  such  documents  and  information  as  it  has  deemed
appropriate,  made its own credit  analysis  of the  Company  and the  Corporate
Guarantors  and  decision  to  enter  into  this  Agreement  and  that it  will,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender, and based
on such


                                       68

<PAGE>


documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,  continue to
make its own  analysis and  decisions in taking or not taking  action under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  The Agent shall not be required to keep
itself  informed  as to the  performance  or  observance  by the Company and the
Corporate  Guarantors of this  Agreement,  the other Loan Documents or any other
document  referred  to or  provided  for herein or  therein  or to  inspect  the
properties  or books of the Company  and the  Corporate  Guarantors.  Except for
notices,  reports and other documents and information  expressly  required to be
furnished  to the  Lenders  by the  Agent  hereunder  or under  the  other  Loan
Documents,  the Agent  shall not have any duty or ability to provide  any Lender
with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition
or business of the Company and the Corporate Guarantors, which may come into the
possession of the Agent or any of its Affiliates.

          SECTION 9.07.  FAILURE TO ACT. Except for action expressly required of
the Agent  hereunder or under the other Loan  Documents,  the Agent shall in all
cases be fully  justified in failing or refusing to act  hereunder or thereunder
unless it shall be indemnified to its  satisfaction  by the Lenders  against any
and all liability  (except gross negligence and willful  misconduct) and expense
which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or  continuing  to take any such
action.

          SECTION 9.08. RESIGNATION OF THE AGENT. Subject to the appointment and
acceptance of a successor  Agent as provided in this Section 9.08, the Agent may
resign at any time by  notifying  the  Lenders  and the  Company.  Upon any such
resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the
Company to appoint a successor to the Agent.  If no successor shall have been so
appointed  by the  Required  Lenders and shall have  accepted  such  appointment
within 30 days after the resigning Agent gives notice of its  resignation,  then
the resigning  Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders,  appoint a successor  Agent.
Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Agent  hereunder by a successor,  such
successor  shall  succeed  to and become  vested  with all the  rights,  powers,
privileges and duties of the resigning  Agent,  and the resigning Agent shall be
discharged  from its duties and obligations  hereunder.  The fees payable by the
Company  to a  successor  Agent  shall  be the  same  as  those  payable  to its
predecessor  unless  otherwise  agreed  between the Company and such  successor.
After the Agent's  resignation  hereunder,  the  provisions  of this Article and
Section 10.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such  resigning  Agent
in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting
as the Agent.

          SECTION 9.09. SHARING OF COLLATERAL AND PAYMENTS. In the event that at
any time any Lender  shall  obtain  payment  in  respect  of a Note or  interest
thereon,  or a participation in any Letter of Credit,  or receive any collateral
in respect thereof,  whether voluntarily or involuntarily,  through the exercise
of a right of banker's lien, set-off or counterclaim  against the Company or the
Corporate  Guarantors or otherwise,  in a greater proportion than the proportion
received by any other Lender in respect of the corresponding  Note held by it or
interest thereon,  or its participation in any Letter of Credit, then the Lender
so receiving such greater proportionate payment shall purchase for cash from the
other  Lender or Lenders  such  portion of each such other  Lender's or Lenders'
Loan or  participation  in any Letter of  Credit,  or shall  provide  such other
Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral,  or the proceeds  thereof,  as
shall be necessary to cause the


                                       69

<PAGE>


Lender receiving the  proportionate  over-payment to share the excess payment or
benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders each of
which shall have a lien on its ratable portion of the amount described hereafter
obtained from the Company or any Guarantor;  provided,  however,  that if all or
any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter  recovered from the
Lender which  received the  proportionate  over-payment,  such purchase shall be
rescinded,  and the purchase price and benefits returned,  to the extent of such
recovery,  but without interest.  The Company agrees, to the extent it may do so
under  applicable  law,  that each  Lender so  purchasing  a portion  of another
Lender's Loan or  participation  in any Letter of Credit may exercise all rights
of payment (including,  without  limitation,  rights of set-off) with respect to
such portion as fully as if such Lender were the direct holder of such portion.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 10.01.  NOTICES. All notices,  requests and demands to or upon
the  respective  parties hereto to be effective  shall be in writing  (including
telecopy), and unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be conclusively
deemed to have been received by a party hereto and to be effective on the day on
which  delivered  by hand to such party or one  Business Day after being sent by
overnight  mail to the  address  set forth  below,  or, in the case of  telecopy
notice,  when  acknowledged  as received,  or if sent by registered or certified
mail,  three  (3)  Business  Days  after the day on which  mailed in the  United
States, addressed to such party at such address:

                    (a)  if to the Agent, at

                         European American Bank
                         730 Veterans Memorial Highway
                         Hauppauge, New York 11788
                         Attention: Account Officer
                                    Sbarro, Inc.
                         Telecopy:  (516) 360-7112

                    (b)  if to the Company, at

                         Sbarro, Inc.
                         401 Broadhollow Road
                         Melville, New York 11747
                         Attention: Chief Financial Officer
                         Telecopy:  (516) 715-4185

                         with a copy to:

                         Sbarro, Inc.
                         401 Broadhollow Road
                         Melville, New York 11747


                                       70

<PAGE>


                         Attention:  General Counsel
                         Telecopy:   (516) 715-4186

                         with a copy to:

                         Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP
                         1211 Avenue of the Americas
                         New York, New York 10036
                         Attention:  Richard A. Rubin
                         Telecopy:   (212) 704-6288

                    (c)  if to any  Lender,  to its  address  set  forth  in the
                         signature  page of this  Agreement and to the person so
                         designated

                                     - and -

                    (d)  as to each such  party at such  other  address  as such
                         party shall have  designated  to the other in a written
                         notice  complying as to delivery with the provisions of
                         this Section 10.01.

                    (e)  The failure to provide copies of any notice as provided
                         in Section  10.01(b) shall not effect the validity of a
                         notice that is otherwise properly given.

          SECTION 10.02.  EFFECTIVENESS;  SURVIVAL.  This Agreement shall become
effective  on the  date  on  which  all  parties  hereto  shall  have  signed  a
counterpart  copy  hereof and shall have  delivered  the same to the Agent.  All
representations  and warranties  made herein and in the other Loan Documents and
in the  certificates  delivered  pursuant  hereto or thereto  shall  survive the
making by the  Lenders of the  Loans,  the  issuance  by the  Issuing  Lender of
Letters of Credit,  in each case, as herein  contemplated  and the execution and
delivery to the Lenders of the Notes  evidencing the Loans and shall continue in
full force and effect so long as the  Obligations  hereunder are outstanding and
unpaid and the Revolving  Credit  Commitments are in effect.  The obligations of
the Company  pursuant to Section 3.07,  Section  3.08,  Section 3.09 and Section
10.03  shall  survive   termination   of  this  Agreement  and  payment  of  the
Obligations.

          SECTION 10.03. EXPENSES.  The Company agrees (a) to indemnify,  defend
and hold  harmless  the Agent,  the  Issuing  Lender  and each  Lender and their
respective officers, directors, employees, and affiliates (each, an "indemnified
person") from and against any and all losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or
judgments to which any such indemnified person may be subject and arising out of
or in connection with the Loan Documents,  the financings  contemplated  hereby,
the use of any proceeds of such  financings  or any related  transaction  or any
claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing,
whether  or not any of such  indemnified  persons  is a  party  thereto,  and to
reimburse each of such indemnified  persons upon demand for any reasonable legal
or other expenses incurred in connection with the investigation or defending any
of the foregoing; provided that the foregoing indemnity will not, as to any


                                       71

<PAGE>


indemnified person, apply to losses, claims, damages, liabilities,  judgments or
related  expenses  to the extent  arising  from the wilful  misconduct  or gross
negligence of such indemnified person, (b) to pay or reimburse the Agent for all
its reasonable  out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the
preparation  and execution of and any amendment,  supplement or  modification to
this  Agreement,  the Notes any other Loan  Documents,  and any other  documents
prepared  in  connection  herewith or  therewith,  and the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby,  including without limitation, the
reasonable fees and disbursements of Farrell Fritz,  P.C., counsel to the Agent,
and (c) to pay or  reimburse  each  Lender and the Agent for all their costs and
expenses  incurred in connection with the  enforcement  and  preservation of any
rights under this Agreement,  the Notes, the other Loan Documents, and any other
documents  prepared in  connection  herewith or  therewith,  including,  without
limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (including, without
limitation, in-house counsel) to the Agent and to the several Lenders, including
all such out-of-pocket  expenses incurred during any work-out,  restructuring or
negotiations in respect of the Obligations.

          SECTION 10.04. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. With the written consent of the
Required  Lenders,  the Agent and the Company may, from time to time, enter into
written  amendments,  supplements  or  modifications  hereto for the  purpose of
adding any  provisions  to this  Agreement or the Notes or any of the other Loan
Documents  or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Company
hereunder or thereunder,  and with the written  consent of the Required  Lenders
the Agent on behalf of the  Lenders  may  execute  and  deliver to the Company a
written  instrument  waiving,  on such terms and  conditions as the Agent or the
Required Lenders may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this
Agreement  or the Notes or any of the other  Loan  Documents  or any  Default or
Event of Default; provided,  however, that no such waiver and no such amendment,
or supplement or modification  shall (a) extend the maturity of any Note, or any
installment  thereof,  (b)  reduce  the rate or extend  the time of  payment  of
interest on any Note or any fees  payable to the Lenders  hereunder,  (c) reduce
the  principal  amount  of any Note or the  amount of any  reimbursement  due in
respect  of any  Letter of  Credit,  (d)  increase  the Total  Revolving  Credit
Commitments, (e) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 10.04, (f)
reduce the percentage  specified in the definition of Required  Lenders or amend
or modify any other  provision  hereof  specifying  the number or  percentage of
Lenders  required  to waive,  amend or modify any rights  hereunder  or make any
determination  granting  consent  hereunder,  (g) consent to the  assignment  or
transfer  by the  Company  or any  Corporate  Guarantor  of any of its rights or
obligations  under this Agreement,  or (h) release any Corporate  Guarantor from
its  Corporate  Guaranty,  or limit any  Corporate  Guarantor's  liability  with
respect to its Corporate Guaranty, in each case specified in clauses (a) through
(h) above without the written consent of all the Lenders; and provided, further,
that no such waiver and no such amendment,  supplement or modification shall (a)
amend,  modify,  supplement or waive any provision of Article IX with respect to
the Agent without the written consent of the Agent or (b) increase the amount of
any Lender's  Revolving  Credit  Commitment  without the written consent of such
Lender. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall
apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Company,  the
Lenders, the Agent and all future holders of the Notes.


                                       72

<PAGE>


          SECTION 10.05. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; PARTICIPATIONS.

          (a) This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the Company,  the Lenders,  the Agent, all future holders of the Notes and their
respective  successors  and  assigns,  except that the Company may not assign or
transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior
written  consent of each Lender and no Lender may assign or transfer  its rights
or  obligations  under this  Agreement  except in  accordance  with this Section
10.05.

          (b) Any Lender may, in  accordance  with  applicable  law, at any time
sell to one or more  banks  or  other  financial  institutions  ("Participants")
participating  interests in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Note held by such
Lender,  any Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender or any other interest of
such  Lender  hereunder.  In  the  event  of  any  such  sale  by  a  Lender  of
participating  interests to a Participant,  such Lender's obligations under this
Agreement to the other parties under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such
Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof,  such Lender
shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes under this  Agreement,
and the Company and the Agent shall  continue to deal solely and  directly  with
such Lender in connection with such Lender's  rights and obligations  under this
Agreement.  The Company  agrees that each  Participant  shall be entitled to the
benefits of Sections 3.07,  3.08 and 3.10 with respect to its  participation  in
the Revolving Credit Commitments and in the Loans, Letters of Credit outstanding
from time to time; provided,  however,  that no Participant shall be entitled to
receive any greater amount pursuant to such sections than the transferor  Lender
would  have  been   entitled  to  receive  in  respect  of  the  amount  of  the
participation  transferred by such transferor  Lender to such Participant had no
such transfer  occurred.  No Participant  shall have the right to consent to any
amendment  to, or  waiver  of,  any  provision  of this  Agreement,  except  the
transferor  Lender may provide in its agreement with the  Participant  that such
Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant,  agree to any amendment
or  waiver  described  in  clause  (a)  through  clause  (h) of  Section  10.04.
Notwithstanding  anything in this  Section  10.05(b) to the  contrary,  European
American Bank shall not sell to any  Participant  pursuant to this Paragraph (b)
unless after  giving  effect to such sale the  Revolving  Credit  Commitment  of
European American Bank held for its own account and in which it has not sold any
participation  or made any assignment  would not be less than an amount equal to
$25,000,000  less, in the event the Total  Revolving  Credit  Commitment is less
than  $30,000,000,  an amount equal to $25,000,000  multiplied by a fraction the
numerator  of  which is the  then  Total  Revolving  Credit  Commitment  and the
denominator of which is $30,000,000;  provided,  however, European American Bank
shall not be subject to the  foregoing  restriction  in the event of a sale to a
Participant  (i) after the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default or (ii) if it is
required  by any law,  rule,  regulation,  order or decree  of any  Governmental
Authority  to reduce  its  obligations  with  respect  to its  Revolving  Credit
Commitment.

          (c) Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph (c) any Lender may,
in  accordance  with  applicable  law,  at any time  sell to any  Lender  or any
domestic banking  affiliate  thereof,  or, with the consent of the Agent and (so
long as no Default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing)
the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld),  to one or more
additional  banks or financial  institutions  ("Purchasing  Lenders") all or any
part of its rights


                                       73

<PAGE>


and obligations under this Agreement and the Notes pursuant to an Assignment and
Acceptance Agreement, executed by such Purchasing Lender, such transferor Lender
and the  Agent  (and,  in the case of an  Assignment  and  Acceptance  Agreement
relating to a Purchasing  Lender that is not then a Lender or a domestic banking
affiliate  thereof,  also  executed by the  Company to the extent the  Company's
consent  is  required  pursuant  to ),  and  delivered  to  the  Agent  for  its
acceptance.  Upon such  execution,  delivery and  acceptance  from and after the
effective date specified in such  Assignment and Acceptance  Agreement,  (i) the
Purchasing Lender thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided
in such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement,  have the rights and obligations of
a Lender hereunder with Revolving Credit Commitments and the issuance of Letters
of Credit as set forth therein and (ii) the transferor  Lender thereunder shall,
to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement,  be released
from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and
Acceptance  Agreement  covering  all or the  remaining  portion of a  transferor
Lender's rights and obligations  under this  Agreement,  such transferor  Lender
shall cease to be a party  hereto  except as to Sections  3.07,  3.08,  3.09 and
10.03  for  the  period  prior  to the  effective  date).  Such  Assignment  and
Acceptance  Agreement shall be deemed to amend this Agreement to the extent, and
only to the extent,  necessary to reflect the addition of such Purchasing Lender
and the resulting adjustment of Commitment Proportions arising from the purchase
by such  Purchasing  Lender of all or a portion of the rights and obligations of
such  transferor  Lender under or in respect of this Agreement and the Notes. On
or prior to the  effective  date  specified in such  Assignment  and  Acceptance
Agreement,  the Company,  at its own expense,  shall  execute and deliver to the
Agent,  in exchange for the  surrendered  Notes, a new Note to the order of such
Purchasing Lender in an amount equal to the Revolving Credit Commitment  assumed
by it  pursuant  to  such  Assignment  and  Acceptance  Agreement  and,  if  the
transferor Lender has retained any Revolving Credit Commitment hereunder,  a new
Note to the order of the transferor  Lender in an amount equal to such Revolving
Credit  Commitment  retained  by it  hereunder.  Such  new  Notes  shall be in a
principal amount equal to the principal amount of such surrendered  Notes, shall
be dated the date of the Notes they  replace and shall  otherwise be in the form
of the Notes replaced  thereby.  The Notes  surrendered by the transferor Lender
shall be returned by the Agent to the Company  marked  "cancelled".  Anything in
this  Section  10.05  to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  (i) no  transfer  to a
Purchasing  Lender shall be made pursuant to this paragraph (c) if such transfer
by any  one  transferor  Lender  to any  one  Purchasing  Lender  (other  than a
Purchasing  Lender  which is a Lender  hereunder  prior to such  transfer) is in
respect of less than  $5,000,000 of the  Revolving  Credit  Commitments  of such
transferor  Lender or (y) if less than the entire Revolving Credit Commitment of
such transferor Lender is transferred,  after giving effect to such transfer the
Revolving  Credit  Commitment  held by any Transferor  Lender would be less than
$5,000,000  with respect to the Revolving  Credit  Commitments and (ii) European
American Bank shall not make or transfer to a Purchasing Lender pursuant to this
Paragraph  (c) if after  giving  effect to such  transfer the  Revolving  Credit
Commitment  held by European  American  Bank for its own account and in which it
has not  sold  any  participation  shall  not be less  than an  amount  equal to
$25,000,000  less, in the event the Total  Revolving  Credit  Commitment is less
than  $30,000,000,  an amount equal to $25,000,000  multiplied by a fraction the
numerator  of  which is the  then  Total  Revolving  Credit  Commitment  and the
denominator of which is $30,000,000;  provided,  however, European American Bank
shall not be subject to the forgoing restriction in the event of a transfer to a


                                       74

<PAGE>


Purchasing  Lender (i) after the  occurrence  of an Event of Default or (ii) the
extent  it is  required  by any law,  rule,  regulation,  order or decree of any
Governmental Authority to reduce its Revolving Credit Commitment.

          (d) The Agent shall  maintain  at its  address  referred to in Section
10.01 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance  Agreement  delivered to it and a
register (the  "Register") for the recordation of the names and addresses of the
Lenders and the commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each
Lender from time to time. The entries in the Register  shall be  conclusive,  in
the absence of  manifest  error and the  Company,  the Agent and the Lenders may
treat each Person  whose name is  recorded  in the  Register as the owner of the
Loans recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be
available for inspection by the Company or any Lender at any reasonable time and
from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

          (e)  Upon  its  receipt  of an  Assignment  and  Acceptance  Agreement
executed by a transferor  Lender and a Purchasing  Lender (and, in the case of a
Purchasing  Lender  that is not then a Lender or an  Affiliate  thereof,  by the
Company)  together  with  payment  by the  Purchasing  Lender  to the Agent of a
registration  and  processing  fee of $3,000 if the  Purchasing  Lender is not a
Lender prior to the  execution of an  Assignment  and  Acceptance  Agreement and
$2,500  if the  Purchasing  Lender  is a  Lender  prior to the  execution  of an
Assignment and Acceptance Agreement,  the Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment
and Acceptance  Agreement,  (ii) record the information contained therein in the
Register, and (iii) give prompt notice of such acceptance and recordation to the
Lenders and the Company.

          (f) The Company  authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant
or Purchasing Lender (each, a "Transferee")  and any prospective  Transferee any
and all financial information in such Lender's possession concerning the Company
and its  Affiliates  which has been  delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of
the  Company  pursuant to this  Agreement  or which has been  delivered  to such
Lender by the Company in connection with such Lender's credit  evaluation of the
Company and the Corporate Guarantors prior to entering into this Agreement.

          (g)  If,  pursuant  to  this  Section  10.05,  any  interest  in  this
Agreement,  a  participation  agreement,  or  any  Note  is  transferred  to any
transferee which is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction  other than the
United  States or any State  thereof,  the  transferor  Lender  shall cause such
Transferee,  concurrently  with  the  effectiveness  of  such  transfer,  (i) to
represent to the transferor  Lender (for the benefit of the  transferor  Lender,
the Agent and the Company) that under  applicable law and treaties no taxes will
be required to be withheld by the Agent, the Company,  or the transferor  Lender
with  respect to any  payments to be made to such  Transferee  in respect of the
Loans,  (ii) to furnish  to the Agent,  the  transferor  Lender and the  Company
either U.S.  Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 or U.S. Internal Revenue Service
Form 1001 (wherein such Transferee claims entitlement to complete exemption from
U.S. federal  withholding tax on all interest  payments  hereunder) and (iii) to
agree (for the benefit of the Agent,  the transferor  Lender and the Company) to
provide the Agent, the transferor Lender and the Company a new Form 4224 or Form
1001 upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form and


                                       75

<PAGE>


comparable  statements in accordance  with  applicable U.S. laws and regulations
and  amendments  duly executed and completed by such  Transferee,  and to comply
from time to time with all applicable U.S. laws and  regulations  with regard to
such  withholding  tax  exemption.  If a Lender fails to provide a form required
pursuant to this Section  10.05(g),  upon notice by the Company to the Agent and
such Lender, (i) the Company shall be entitled to deduct or withhold on payments
to the Agent or such Lender as a result of such failure, as required by law, and
(ii) the Company shall not be required to make  payments of  additional  amounts
with respect to withheld  Taxes  pursuant to Section  3.09(a) to the extent such
withholding is required  solely of the failure of Agent or Lender to provide the
necessary form.

          (h) Any  Lender  may at any time  pledge or assign or grant a security
interest in all or any part of its rights under this  Agreement and its Notes to
a Federal  Reserve  Bank,  provided  that no such  assignment  shall release the
transferor  Lender from its  Revolving  Credit  Commitments  or its  obligations
hereunder or substitute  any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party
to this Agreement.

          SECTION 10.06. NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. Neither any failure nor
any  delay  on the  part of any  Lender,  the  Issuing  Lender  or the  Agent in
exercising  any right,  power or  privilege  hereunder  or under any Note or any
other Loan  Document  shall operate as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall a single or
partial  exercise  thereof  preclude any other or further  exercise of any other
right, power or privilege.  The rights,  remedies,  powers and privileges herein
provided  or  provided  in the  other  Loan  Documents  are  cumulative  and not
exclusive of any rights, remedies powers and privileges provided by law.

          SECTION 10.07.  APPLICABLE  LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,
WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW.

          SECTION 10.08.  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION;  JURY WAIVER.  THE COMPANY
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY  SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN
THE STATE OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF NASSAU OR COUNTY OF SUFFOLK
IN ANY  ACTION,  SUIT OR  PROCEEDING  BROUGHT  AGAINST  IT AND  RELATED TO OR IN
CONNECTION  WITH  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  ANY  OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT  OR ANY OF THE
TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY OR THEREBY,  AND TO THE EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY
APPLICABLE  LAW,  THE COMPANY  HEREBY  WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT BY WAY OF
MOTION,  AS A DEFENSE OR OTHERWISE,  IN ANY SUCH SUIT,  ACTION OR PROCEEDING ANY
CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY  SUBJECT TO THE  JURISDICTION OF SUCH FEDERAL OR
STATE COURTS,  THAT THE SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT
FORUM,  THAT THE VENUE OF THE SUIT,  ACTION OR PROCEEDING  IS IMPROPER,  OR THAT
THIS  AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENT OR ANY OTHER  DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT
REFERRED TO


                                       76

<PAGE>


HEREIN OR THEREIN OR THE SUBJECT  MATTER  HEREOF OR THEREOF MAY NOT BE LITIGATED
IN OR BY SUCH FEDERAL OR STATE  COURTS.  TO THE EXTENT  PERMITTED BY  APPLICABLE
LAW,  THE  COMPANY  AGREES  NOT TO (I) SEEK AND  HEREBY  WAIVES THE RIGHT TO ANY
REVIEW OF THE  JUDGMENT  OF ANY SUCH  FEDERAL OR STATE  COURT BY ANY  FEDERAL OR
STATE  COURT OF ANY OTHER  NATION OR  JURISDICTION  WHICH MAY BE CALLED  UPON TO
GRANT AN  ENFORCEMENT  OF SUCH JUDGMENT OR (II) ASSERT ANY  COUNTERCLAIM  IN ANY
SUCH SUIT,  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  UNLESS SUCH CLAIM  CONSTITUTES  A  COMPULSORY
COUNTERCLAIM UNDER APPLICABLE RULES OF CIVIL PROCEDURE.  THE COMPANY AGREES THAT
SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE UPON IT BY  CERTIFIED OR  REGISTERED  MAIL TO THE
ADDRESS FOR NOTICES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY METHOD  AUTHORIZED BY THE
LAWS OF NEW YORK.  EACH PARTY HERETO  WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION  DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY  ARISING OUT OF, UNDER
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT.

          SECTION  10.09.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  The Agent  and each of the  Lenders
agree that it will not disclose  without the prior consent of the Company (other
than to affiliates of such Lenders and their  respective  directors,  employees,
auditors,  counsel or other  professional  advisors and their respective counsel
who are  advised  of the  need to  maintain  the  confidentiality  thereof)  any
Confidential  Information  (as defined below) with respect to the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company which is furnished by the Company or any Subsidiary of
the Company; provided that any Lender may disclose any such information (a) that
is or has become  generally  available to the public;  (b) as may be required or
appropriate  (i)  in  any  report,  statement  or  testimony  submitted  to  any
municipal,  state or federal or other  governmental  regulatory  body  having or
claiming to have  jurisdiction  over such Lender or to the Federal Reserve Board
or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or similar  organizations  (whether
in the United  States or  elsewhere)  or their  successors or (ii) in connection
with any  request or  requirement  of any such  regulatory  body;  (c) as may be
required or  appropriate in response to any summons or subpoena or in connection
with any  litigation;  (d) to comply with any law,  order,  regulation or ruling
applicable to such Lender;  and (e) to any prospective  Transferee in connection
with any  contemplated  transfer  of any of the  Revolving  Credit  Notes or any
interest  therein by such  Lender;  provided  that such  prospective  Transferee
agrees to be bound by this Section  10.09 to the same extent as such Lender.  As
used herein  "Confidential  Information"  shall mean information with respect to
the  Company  which is not  generally  available  to the public  other than such
information  which  after the date hereof  becomes  generally  available  to the
public through no fault or action by any Lender or becomes available to a Lender
on a  nonconfidential  basis from a source other than the Company  which to such
Lender's  knowledge is not prohibited from  disclosing  such  information by any
contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation owed to the Company.

          SECTION 10.10. SEVERABILITY. In case any one or more of the provisions
contained  in this  Agreement,  any Note or any other  Loan  Document  should be
invalid, illegal or


                                       77

<PAGE>


unenforceable in any respect,  the validity,  legality and enforceability of the
remaining  provisions  contained  herein  and  therein  shall  not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.

          SECTION  10.11.  RIGHT OF SETOFF.  If an Event of  Default  shall have
occurred and be continuing,  the Agent, the Issuing Lender, each Lender and each
Affiliate of each Lender are each hereby authorized at any time and from time to
time, to the fullest  extent  permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all
deposits (general or special, time or demand,  provisional or final) at any time
held and other  indebtedness at any time owing by the Agent, the Issuing Lender,
any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender to or for the credit or the account of
the  Company  against  any and all of the  Obligations  of the  Company  now and
hereafter  existing  under this  Agreement  and the Notes  held by such  Lender,
irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this
Agreement or any Note and although such Obligations may be unmatured. The rights
of the Agent, the Issuing Lender,  each Lender and each Affiliate of each Lender
under  this  Section  10.11  are  in  addition  to  other  rights  and  remedies
(including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which they may have.

          SECTION  10.12.  HEADINGS.   Section  headings  used  herein  are  for
convenience  of reference only and are not to affect the  construction  of or be
taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

          SECTION  10.13.   CONSTRUCTION.   This  Agreement  is  the  result  of
negotiations  between, and has been reviewed by, each of the Company, the Agent,
the Lenders and their respective counsel.  Accordingly,  this Agreement shall be
deemed  to be the  product  of each  party  hereto,  and no  ambiguity  shall be
construed in favor of or against either the Company, the Agent, or any Lender.

          SECTION 10.14. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or
more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which,
taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

                      [THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]


                                       78

<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, the Agent and the Lenders have caused
this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers,  as of the
day and year first above written.

                                    SBARRO, INC.


                                    By: /s/ Mario Sbarro
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                    Title: Chairman of the Board, President
                                           and Chief Executive Officer

                                    EUROPEAN AMERICAN BANK
REVOLVING CREDIT                    AS AGENT AND AS A LENDER
COMMITMENT:$30,000,000

                                    By: /s/ Stuart N. Berman
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Name: Stuart N. Berman
                                        Title:  Vice President

                                    Lending Office for Prime
                                    Rate Loans and Adjusted Libor Loans:


                                    European American Bank
                                    730 Veterans Memorial Highway
                                    Hauppauge, New York 11788


                                    Address for Notices:

                                    European American Bank
                                    730 Veterans Memorial Highway
                                    Hauppauge, New York 11788
                                    Attention: Sbarro, Inc.
                                               Account Officer
                                    Telecopy:  (516) 360-7112


                                       S-1


<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT A


                              REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE


$                                                            Uniondale, New York
                                                              September __, 1999


          FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  SBARRO,  INC.,  a  New  York  corporation  (the
"Company"),  promises  to pay to the  order  of  (the  "Lender"),  on or  before
September __, 2004, DOLLARS  ($______________) or, if less, the unpaid principal
amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lender to the Company under the
Credit Agreement referred to below.

          The Company  promises to pay interest on the unpaid  principal  amount
hereof  from the date  hereof  until  paid in full at the rates and at the times
which shall be determined,  and to make principal repayments on this Note at the
times which shall be determined, in accordance with the provisions of the Credit
Agreement referred to below.

          This Note is one of the  "Revolving  Credit Notes"  referred to in the
Credit  Agreement  dated as of  September  __,  1999,  by and among the Company,
European American Bank, as Agent, and the various Lenders (including the Lender)
as are,  or may from time to time  become,  parties  thereto (as the same may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") and
is issued  pursuant to and entitled to the  benefits of the Credit  Agreement to
which  reference is hereby made for a more  complete  statement of the terms and
conditions under which the Revolving Credit Loans evidenced hereby were made and
are to be repaid.  Capitalized  terms used herein without  definition shall have
the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

          Each of the Lender and any subsequent  holder of this Note agrees,  by
its acceptance  hereof,  that before  transferring this Note it shall record the
date,  Type and amount of each Revolving  Credit Loan and the date and amount of
each payment or prepayment of principal of each Revolving Credit Loan previously
made  hereunder on the grid schedule  annexed to this Note;  provided,  however,
that the  failure  of the Lender or holder to set forth  such  Revolving  Credit
Loans, payments and other information on the attached grid schedule shall not in
any manner affect the  obligation  of the Company to repay the Revolving  Credit
Loans made by the Lender in accordance with the terms of this Note.

          This Note is subject to optional and mandatory prepayments pursuant to
Section 3.03 of the Credit Agreement.

          Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default,  the unpaid balance of the
principal  amount of this Note  together  with all accrued  but unpaid  interest
thereon,  may  become,  or may be declared to be, due and payable in the manner,
upon the conditions and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.


                                        1

<PAGE>


          All payments of  principal  and interest in respect of this Note shall
be made in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available
funds at the office of European  American  Bank, the Agent for the Lenders under
the Credit Agreement,  located at 730 Veterans Memorial Highway,  Hauppauge, New
York 11788 or at such other  place as shall be  designated  in writing  for such
purpose in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

          No reference  herein to the Credit  Agreement and no provision of this
Note or the  Credit  Agreement  shall  alter or  impair  the  obligation  of the
Company,  which is  absolute  and  unconditional,  to pay the  principal  of and
interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, and in the currency
herein prescribed.

          The Company and endorsers of this Note waive  presentment,  diligence,
demand, protest, and notice of any kind in connection with this Note.

          THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES
OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company has caused this Note to be executed
and delivered by its duly authorized  officer, as of the day and year and at the
place first above written.

                                     SBARRO, INC.


                                     By:_______________________________________
                                     Title:


                                        2

<PAGE>


                                    SCHEDULE


Date     Principal      Type                 Applicable    Amount of   Notation
 of      Amount of       of     Interest      Interest     Principal     Made
Loan     Loan           Loan      Rate         Period        Paid         By
- ----     ---------      ----    --------     ----------    ---------   --------



                                        3

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT B


                               CORPORATE GUARANTY


          THIS  CORPORATE  GUARANTY  is  entered  into  as of  the  ___  day  of
September,  1999, by EACH OF THE UNDERSIGNED (each a "Corporate  Guarantor" and,
collectively, the "Corporate Guarantors") in favor of and for the benefit of the
Agent and the Lenders, as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below.

                                    RECITALS

          A. Pursuant to a Credit Agreement dated the date hereof,  by and among
Sbarro, Inc. (the "Company"),  European American Bank, as Agent, and the various
Lenders as are or may from time to time become parties  thereto (as the same may
be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"),
the Company will receive loans and other financial accommodations from the Agent
and Lenders and will incur Obligations.

          B. The  Corporate  Guarantors,  being  members of a group of  entities
affiliated  with the  Company  and being  engaged  in related  businesses,  will
receive   direct  and   indirect   benefits   from  such  loans  and   financial
accommodations.

          C. Each  Corporate  Guarantor  wishes  to grant the Agent and  Lenders
assurance in connection  with the payment and  performance by the Company of all
of its present and future  Obligations,  and, to that  effect,  to guaranty  the
Obligations as set forth herein.

          Accordingly, each Corporate Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

          1. CORPORATE GUARANTY.

          (a) Each Corporate Guarantor,  jointly and severally,  unconditionally
and  irrevocably  guarantees  to the Agent and the Lenders the full and punctual
payment  by  the  Company,  when  due,  whether  at  the  stated  due  date,  by
acceleration or otherwise, of all Obligations of the Company, howsoever created,
arising or  evidenced,  voluntary or  involuntary,  whether  direct or indirect,
absolute or  contingent  now or hereafter  existing or owing to the Agent or the
Lenders (collectively, the "Guaranteed Obligations"). This Corporate Guaranty is
an absolute, unconditional, continuing guaranty of payment and not of collection
of the Guaranteed  Obligations and includes Guaranteed  Obligations arising from
successive  transactions which shall either continue such Guaranteed Obligations
or from time to time renew such Guaranteed  Obligations after the same have been
satisfied.  This Corporate Guaranty is in no way conditioned upon any attempt to
collect  from the Company or upon any other event or  contingency,  and shall be
binding upon and enforceable  against each Corporate Guarantor without regard to
the validity or enforceability  of the Credit Agreement,  the Notes or any other
Loan Document or of any term of any thereof. If for any reason the Company shall
fail or be unable duly and punctually to pay any of the  Guaranteed  Obligations
(including,  without  limitation  amounts  that  would  become  due  but for the
operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11


                                        1

<PAGE>


U.S.C.  ss.  362(a)),  each Corporate  Guarantor will forthwith pay the same, in
cash, immediately upon demand.

          (b) In the  event the  Credit  Agreement,  any Note or any other  Loan
Document  shall  be  terminated  as a result  of the  rejection  thereof  by any
trustee,  receiver or liquidating  agent of the Company or any of its properties
in  any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,   reorganization,   arrangement,  composition,
readjustment,  liquidation,  dissolution or similar  proceeding,  each Corporate
Guarantor's  obligations  hereunder  shall continue to the same extent as if the
Credit  Agreement,  such  Note or  such  other  Loan  Document  had not  been so
rejected.

          (c) Each Corporate Guarantor shall pay all costs, expenses (including,
without limitation,  reasonable  attorneys' fees and disbursements)  incurred in
connection  with the  enforcement of the  Guaranteed  Obligations of the Company
under the Credit  Agreement or the Note or any other Loan Document to the extent
that such costs,  expenses  and damages are not paid by the Company  pursuant to
the respective documents.

          (d) Each Corporate  Guarantor  further agrees that if any payment made
by the  Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor  to the Agent or the Lenders on any
Obligation is rescinded,  recovered  from or repaid by the Agent or the Lenders,
in  whole  or in part,  in any  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  similar  proceeding
instituted by or against the Company or any Corporate Guarantor,  this Corporate
Guaranty shall continue to be fully applicable to such Guaranteed  Obligation to
the same  extent  as  though  the  payment  so  recovered  or  repaid  had never
originally been made on such Guaranteed Obligation.

          (e) If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Agent,  the  Lenders,  and any  affiliate of the Agent or Lender each are hereby
authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, to set off and apply any and all  deposits  (general  or  special,  time or
demand,  provisional  or final) at any time held and other  indebtedness  at any
time  owing by the  Agent or the  Lenders,  or any  affiliate  of the Agent or a
Lender,  to or for the credit or the account of any Corporate  Guarantor against
any of and all the  obligations  of any  Corporate  Guarantor  now or  hereafter
existing under this Corporate Guaranty, irrespective of whether or not the Agent
or any Lender shall have made any demand hereunder and although such obligations
may be unmatured.  The rights under this paragraph 1(e) are in addition to other
rights and remedies  (including other rights of set off) which the Agent and the
Lenders may have.

          2. CORPORATE GUARANTY CONTINUING, ABSOLUTE, UNLIMITED.

          The  obligations  of  each  Corporate  Guarantor  hereunder  shall  be
continuing,  absolute,  irrevocable,  unlimited and unconditional,  shall not be
subject to any counterclaim,  set-off, deduction or defense based upon any claim
any Corporate Guarantor may have against the Agent, any Lender or the Company or
any other person,  and shall remain in full force and effect  without regard to,
and, to the fullest extent  permitted by applicable  law, shall not be released,
discharged or in any way affected by, any circumstance or condition  (whether or
not any Corporate Guarantor


                                        2

<PAGE>


shall have any knowledge or notice thereof)  whatsoever which might constitute a
legal or equitable  discharge or defense including,  but not limited to, (a) any
express  or  implied  amendment,   modification  or  supplement  to  the  Credit
Agreement,  any Note, or any other Loan Document or any other agreement referred
to in any thereof,  or any other instrument  applicable to the Company or to the
Loans, or the Letters of Credit or any part thereof; (b) any failure on the part
of the Company to perform or comply with the Credit  Agreement,  any Note or any
other Loan Document or any failure of any other person to perform or comply with
any term of the Credit  Agreement,  any Note,  or any other Loan Document or any
other  agreement  as  aforesaid;  (c) any waiver,  consent,  change,  extension,
indulgence or other action or any action or inaction  under or in respect of the
Credit Agreement, any Note, or any other Loan Document or any other agreement as
aforesaid,  whether or not the Agent,  any Lender,  the Company or any Corporate
Guarantor has notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing;  (d) any  bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization,  arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation
or similar  proceeding  with respect to the Company,  or its  properties  or its
creditors, or any action taken by any trustee or receiver or by any court in any
such proceeding;  (e) any furnishing or acceptance of security or any release of
any security;  (f) any limitation on the liability or obligations of the Company
under  the  Credit  Agreement,  any  Note  or any  other  Loan  Document  or any
termination, cancellation, frustration, invalidity or unenforceability, in whole
or in part, of the Credit  Agreement,  any Note, this Corporate  Guaranty or any
other  Loan  Document  or any  term of any  thereof;  (g) any  lien,  charge  or
encumbrance  on or affecting any Corporate  Guarantor's  or any of the Company's
respective assets and properties; (h) any act, omission or breach on the part of
the Agent or any Lender under the Credit  Agreement,  any Note or any other Loan
Document or any other  agreement  at any time  existing  between the Agent,  any
Lender and the Company or any law,  governmental  regulation or other  agreement
applicable  to the Agent,  any Lender or any Loan;  (i) any claim as a result of
any other dealings among the Agent, any Lender,  any Corporate  Guarantor or the
Company;  (j) the assignment of this Corporate  Guaranty,  the Credit Agreement,
any Note or any other  Loan  Document  by the  Agent or any  Lender to any other
Person in accordance  with the terms of the Agreement;  or (k) any change in the
name of the Agent,  any  Lender,  the  Company or any other  Person  referred to
herein.

          3. WAIVER.

          Each Corporate Guarantor unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by  applicable  law:  (a) notice of any of the matters  referred to in
Section 2 hereof; (b) all notices which may be required by statute,  rule of law
or otherwise to preserve any rights against any Corporate  Guarantor  hereunder,
including,  without  limitation,  notice  of the  acceptance  of this  Corporate
Guaranty, or the creation,  renewal,  extension,  modification or accrual of the
Guaranteed  Obligations  or notice of any other matters  relating  thereto,  any
presentment,  demand, notice of dishonor,  protest, nonpayment of any damages or
other  amounts  payable under the Credit  Agreement,  any Note or any other Loan
Documents; (c) any requirement for the enforcement, assertion or exercise of any
right,  remedy,  power or privilege under or in respect of the Credit Agreement,
any Note or any other Loan Documents,  including, without limitation,  diligence
in collection or protection of or realization upon the Guaranteed Obligations or
any part


                                        3

<PAGE>


thereof or any collateral  thereof;  (d) any  requirement of diligence;  (e) any
requirement  to  mitigate  the damages  resulting  from a default by the Company
under the  Credit  Agreement,  any Note or any  other  Loan  Documents;  (f) the
occurrence of every other condition  precedent to which any Corporate  Guarantor
or the Company may otherwise be entitled;  (g) the right to require the Agent or
the Lenders to proceed  against the  Company or any other  person  liable on the
Guaranteed  Obligations,  to proceed against or exhaust any security held by the
Company or any other person, or to pursue any other remedy in the Agent's or any
Lender's power whatsoever, and (h) the right to have the property of the Company
first applied to the discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations.

          The Agent and the Lenders may, at their  election,  exercise any right
or remedy they may have  against the Company  without  affecting or impairing in
any way the liability of any Corporate  Guarantor  hereunder and each  Corporate
Guarantor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any defense
arising out of the absence,  impairment  or loss of any right of  reimbursement,
contribution  or  subrogation  or any other  right or  remedy  of any  Corporate
Guarantor against the Company, whether resulting from such election by the Agent
or the Lenders or otherwise. Each Corporate Guarantor waives any defense arising
by reason of any  disability or other defense of the Company or by reason of the
cessation for any cause whatsoever of the liability, either in whole or in part,
of the Company to the Agent and the Lenders for the Guaranteed Obligations.

          Each  Corporate  Guarantor  assumes the  responsibility  for being and
keeping  informed  of the  financial  condition  of the Company and of all other
circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed  Obligations
and agrees that neither the Agent nor the Lenders  shall have any duty to advise
any Corporate  Guarantor of information  regarding any condition or circumstance
or any  change in such  condition  or  circumstance.  Each  Corporate  Guarantor
acknowledges   that   neither   the  Agent  nor  the   Lenders   have  made  any
representations to any Corporate Guarantor concerning the financial condition of
the Company.

          4. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF EACH CORPORATE GUARANTOR.

          (a) Each Corporate  Guarantor hereby  represents and warrants that the
representations and warranties  contained in Article IV of the Credit Agreement,
to the extent they relate to such Corporate  Guarantor,  are true and correct as
of the date hereof and such  Corporate  Guarantor  further agrees that the Agent
and the Lenders are entitled to rely on such  representations  and warranties to
the same extent as though the same were set forth in full herein.

          (b) Each  Corporate  Guarantor  hereby agrees to perform the covenants
contained in Article VI and Article VII of the Credit  Agreement,  to the extent
they  relate to such  Corporate  Guarantor,  and the Agent and the  Lenders  are
entitled to rely on such  agreement to perform such covenants to the same extent
as though the same were set forth in full herein.


                                        4

<PAGE>


          5. PAYMENTS.

          Each payment by each Corporate  Guarantor to the Agent and the Lenders
under  this  Corporate  Guaranty  shall be made in the time,  place  and  manner
provided for payments in the Credit Agreement without set-off or counterclaim to
the account at which such  payment is  required to be paid by the Company  under
the Credit Agreement.

          6. PARTIES.

          This Corporate  Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of the Agent,  the
Lenders and their respective  successors,  assigns or transferees,  and shall be
binding  upon the  Corporate  Guarantors  and their  respective  successors  and
assigns.  No  Corporate  Guarantor  may  delegate  any of its duties  under this
Corporate Guaranty without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

          7. NOTICES.

          Any notices,  requests and demands to or upon the  respective  parties
hereto to be  effective  shall be in writing  and,  unless  otherwise  expressly
provided herein,  shall be conclusively  deemed to have been received by a party
hereto and to be  effective  on the day on which  delivered to such party at the
address set forth below, or, in the case of telecopy notice,  when  acknowledged
as received,  or if sent by registered or certified  mail, on the third Business
Day after the day on which mailed in the United States,  addressed to such party
at said address:

          (a) if to the Agent and/or the Lenders,

                 European American Bank,
                 as Agent
                 730 Veterans Memorial Highway
                 Hauppauge, New York 11788
                 Attention:  Account Officer
                             Sbarro, Inc.
                 Telecopy:   (516) 360-7112

          (b) if to a Corporate Guarantor, at

                 c/o Sbarro, Inc.
                 401 Broad Hollow Road
                 Melville, New York 11747
                 Attention: Chief Financial Officer
                 Telecopy:  (516) 715-4185

               with a copy to:


                                        5

<PAGE>




                  Sbarro, Inc.
                  401 Broadhollow Road
                  Melville, New York  11747
                  Attention:  General Counsel
                  Telecopy:   (516) 715-4186

               with a copy to:

                 Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP
                 1211 Avenue of the Americas
                 New York, New York  10036
                 Attention:  Richard A. Rubin
                 Telecopy:   (212) 704-6288

          (c)  as to each such party at such other  address as such party  shall
               have designated to the other in a written notice  complying as to
               delivery with the provisions of this Section 7.

          (d)  The  failure  to  provide  copies of any  notice as  provided  in
               Section 7 shall  not  effect  the  validity  of a notice  that is
               otherwise properly given.

          8. REMEDIES.

          Each  Corporate  Guarantor  stipulates  that  the  remedies  at law in
respect of any default or  threatened  default by a Corporate  Guarantor  in the
performance of or compliance  with any of the terms of this  Corporate  Guaranty
are not and will not be adequate, and that any of such terms may be specifically
enforced  by a decree  for  specific  performance  or by an  injunction  against
violation of any such terms or otherwise.

          9. RIGHTS TO DEAL WITH THE COMPANY.

          At any time and from time to time, without  terminating,  affecting or
impairing  the validity of this  Corporate  Guaranty or the  obligations  of any
Corporate Guarantor hereunder, the Lenders may deal with the Company in the same
manner  and as fully as if this  Corporate  Guaranty  did not exist and shall be
entitled, among other things, to grant the Company, without notice or demand and
without affecting any Corporate Guarantor's liability hereunder,  such extension
or extensions  of time to perform,  renew,  compromise,  accelerate or otherwise
change the time for payment of or otherwise  change the terms of indebtedness or
any part thereof contained in or arising under the Credit Agreement, any Note or
any other Loan Documents,  or to waive any obligation of the Company to perform,
any act or acts as the Lenders may deem advisable.


                                        6

<PAGE>


          10. SUBROGATION.

          (a) Upon any payment  made or action  taken by a  Corporate  Guarantor
pursuant to this Corporate Guaranty,  such Corporate Guarantor shall, subject to
the provisions of Sections 10(b) and (c) hereof,  be fully  subrogated to all of
the rights of the  Lenders  against  the  Company  arising  out of the action or
inaction of the Company for which such  payment was made or action taken by such
Corporate Guarantor.

          (b) Any claims of such Corporate Guarantor against the Company arising
from payments made or actions taken by such Corporate  Guarantor pursuant to the
provisions of this Corporate  Guaranty  shall be in all respects  subordinate to
the full and  complete  or final and  indefeasible  payment or  performance  and
discharge, as the case may be, of all amounts,  obligations and liabilities, the
payment or  performance  and discharge of which are guaranteed by this Corporate
Guaranty,  and no payment hereunder by a Corporate  Guarantor shall give rise to
any claim of such Corporate Guarantor against the Lenders.

          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section
10, no  Corporate  Guarantor  shall be  subrogated  to the rights of the Lenders
against the Company until all of the  Obligations  of the Company have been paid
finally and indefeasibly in full, and that  subrogation  shall be suspended upon
the  occurrence  of the events  described  in Section 1(d) until the Lenders are
indefeasibly paid in full.

          11. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, ETC.

          All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein,
including  representations and warranties deemed made herein,  shall survive any
investigation  or  inspection  made by or on  behalf  of the  Lenders  and shall
continue in full force and effect until all of the  obligations of the Corporate
Guarantors under this Corporate  Guaranty shall be fully performed in accordance
with  the  terms  hereof,  and  until  the  payment  in full  of the  Guaranteed
Obligations.

          12. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THIS
CORPORATE  GUARANTY  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OR
CHOICE OF LAW.  EACH  CORPORATE  GUARANTOR  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  SUBMITS  TO THE
JURISDICTION  OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  COUNTY OF
NEW  YORK,  COUNTY  OF  NASSAU OR  COUNTY  OF  SUFFOLK  IN ANY  ACTION,  SUIT OR
PROCEEDING  BROUGHT  AGAINST  IT  AND  RELATED  TO OR IN  CONNECTION  WITH  THIS
CORPORATE  GUARANTY OR THE TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY, AND TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH CORPORATE  GUARANTOR  HEREBY WAIVES AND AGREES
NOT TO ASSERT BY WAY OF  MOTION,  AS A DEFENSE  OR  OTHERWISE  IN ANY SUCH SUIT,
ACTION OR PROCEEDING, ANY CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT

                                        7

<PAGE>




PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH FEDERAL OR STATE COURTS, THAT THE
SUIT,  ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT  FORUM, THAT THE VENUE
OF THE SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS IMPROPER,  OR THAT THIS CORPORATE  GUARANTY
OR ANY  DOCUMENT OR ANY  INSTRUMENT  REFERRED  TO HEREIN OR THE  SUBJECT  MATTER
THEREOF MAY NOT BE LITIGATED IN OR BY SUCH  COURTS.  TO THE EXTENT  PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE  LAW,  EACH  CORPORATE  GUARANTOR  AGREES  (I) NOT TO SEEK AND HEREBY
WAIVES  THE RIGHT TO ANY  REVIEW OF THE  JUDGMENT  OF ANY SUCH  FEDERAL OR STATE
COURT BY ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT OF ANY OTHER  NATION OR  JURISDICTION  WHICH
MAY BE CALLED  UPON TO GRANT AN  ENFORCEMENT  OF SUCH  JUDGMENT  AND (II) NOT TO
ASSERT ANY  COUNTERCLAIM,  IN ANY SUCH SUIT,  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  UNLESS SUCH
CLAIM  CONSTITUTES A COMPULSORY  COUNTERCLAIM  UNDER  APPLICABLE  RULES OF CIVIL
PROCEDURES.  EACH CORPORATE GUARANTOR AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE
UPON IT BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED  MAIL TO THE ADDRESS FOR NOTICES SET FORTH IN
THIS  CORPORATE  GUARANTY OR ANY METHOD  AUTHORIZED BY THE LAWS OF NEW YORK. THE
LENDERS AND EACH  CORPORATE  GUARANTOR  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY
JURY IN ANY ACTION,  PROCEEDING  OR  COUNTERCLAIM  ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THIS CORPORATE  GUARANTY,  THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY OR THEREBY.

          13. MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a) All  capitalized  terms used herein and not defined  herein  shall
have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.

          (b) This  Corporate  Guaranty is the joint and several  obligation  of
each Corporate  Guarantor,  and may be enforced against each Corporate Guarantor
separately, whether or not enforcement of any right or remedy hereunder has been
sought  against  any  other  Corporate   Guarantor.   Each  Corporate  Guarantor
acknowledges that its obligations  hereunder will not be released or affected by
the failure of the other Corporate  Guarantors to execute the Corporate Guaranty
or by a determination that all or a part of this Corporate Guaranty with respect
to any other Corporate Guarantor is invalid or unenforceable.

          (c) If any term of this Corporate Guaranty or any application  thereof
shall be invalid or unenforceable,  the remainder of this Corporate Guaranty and
any other application of such term shall not be affected thereby.

          (d) Any  term of  this  Corporate  Guaranty  may be  amended,  waived,
discharged  or  terminated  only by an  instrument  in  writing  signed  by each
Corporate Guarantor and the Lenders.


                                        8

<PAGE>


          (e) The  headings  in this  Corporate  Guaranty  are for  purposes  of
reference only and shall not limit or define the meaning hereof.

          (f) No delay or  omission  by a Lender  in the  exercise  of any right
under this  Corporate  Guaranty  shall  impair any such  right,  nor shall it be
construed to be waiver thereof;  nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise of any other right.

          IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have  caused  this  Corporate
Guaranty  to be  executed  and  delivered  as of the day and  year  first  above
written.


                                     By:_______________________________________
                                     Title:


                                     By:_______________________________________
                                     Title:


                                     By:_______________________________________
                                     Title:


                                     By:_______________________________________
                                     Title:

                                        9

<PAGE>


                                                                      EXHIBIT C


                       ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT


                            Dated __________________


          Reference is hereby made to the Credit  Agreement  dated September __,
1999 (as  amended,  modified  or  supplemented  from  time to time  the  "Credit
Agreement") by and among SBARRO,  INC., a New York  corporation (the "Company"),
the lenders signatory thereto (collectively,  the "Lenders"),  EUROPEAN AMERICAN
BANK,  as Agent for the Lenders (in such  capacity,  the  "Agent").  Capitalized
terms used  herein that are defined in the Credit  Agreement  and not  otherwise
defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit
Agreement.

          ________________________________,     a     _________________     (the
"Assignor"),  and  _________________________________,  a _________________  (the
"Assignee"), agree as follows:

          1. The  Assignor  hereby  sells and assigns to the  Assignee,  without
recourse,  and without  representation or warranty except as expressly set forth
herein,  and the  Assignee  hereby  irrevocably  purchases  and assumes from the
Assignor, a ___% interest in and to all of the Assignor's rights and obligations
under  the  Credit  Agreement  as of  the  Effective  Date  (as  defined  below)
(including,  without  limitation,  such  percentage  interest  in  each  of  the
Assignor's  Revolving Credit  Commitment as in effect on the Effective Date, the
Loans owing to the Assignor on the Effective  Date,  the  Revolving  Credit Note
held by the  Assignor  and the  participations  in Letters of Credit held by the
Assignor on the Effective Date).

          2. The  Assignor:  (i)  represents  and  warrants  that as of the date
hereof its Revolving  Credit  Commitment  (without  giving effect to assignments
thereof that have not yet become  effective) is $___________,  and the aggregate
outstanding  principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans owing to it (without
giving  effect to  assignments  thereof that have not yet become  effective)  is
$___________ and $__________ respectively;  (ii) represents and warrants that it
is  the  legal  and  beneficial  owner  of the  interest  being  assigned  by it
hereunder,  and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (iii)
makes no representation  or warranty and assumes no responsibility  with respect
to any statements,  warranties or representations  made in or in connection with
the Credit  Agreement or any other  instrument  or document  furnished  pursuant
thereto;  (iv) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility
with respect to the financial  condition of the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company or the performance or observance by the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company of their respective  obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other
instrument or document  furnished  pursuant thereto or the enforceability of any
such agreement,  instrument or document;  and (v) attaches the Revolving  Credit
Note referred to in paragraph 1 above and requests that the Agent  exchange such
note for a  Revolving  Credit  Note dated the  Effective  Date in the  principal
amount of $_____________

                                        1

<PAGE>


payable  to the order of the  Assignee  and a  Revolving  Credit  Note dated the
Effective Date in the principal amount of $________________ payable to the order
of the Assignor.

          3. The  Assignee:  (i)  confirms  that it has  received  a copy of the
Credit  Agreement,  together with copies of such  financial  statements and such
other  documents and  information  as it has deemed  appropriate to make its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance;  (ii)
agrees that it will,  independently  and without  reliance  upon the Agent,  the
Assignor or any other Lender and based on such  documents and  information as it
shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in
taking or not taking  action  under the Credit  Agreement;  (iii)  appoints  and
authorizes  the Agent to take such  action  as its  agent on its  behalf  and to
exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by
the terms  thereof,  together  with such  powers  as are  reasonably  incidental
thereto;  (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of
the  obligations  which by the terms of the Credit  Agreement are required to be
performed by it as a Lender;  and (v)  specifies as its addresses for Prime Rate
Loans and  Adjusted  Libor Loans (and address for notices) the offices set forth
beneath its name on the signature pages hereof.

          4. The effective  date for this  Assignment  and  Acceptance  shall be
_________________  (the  "Effective  Date") which shall not be earlier than five
Business  Days after the  acceptance  and recording by the Agent of the executed
Assignment  and  Acceptance.  Following  the  execution of this  Assignment  and
Acceptance,  it will be delivered to the Agent for  acceptance  by the Agent and
accompanied  by the fee payable to the Agent as referred to in Section  10.05(c)
of the Credit Agreement.

          5. Upon such  acceptances,  as of the Effective Date: (i) the Assignee
shall be a party to the Credit  Agreement  and,  to the extent  provided in this
Assignment  and  Acceptance,  have  the  rights  and  obligations  of  a  Lender
thereunder and under the other Loan  Documents,  and (ii) the Assignor shall, to
the extent  provided in this  Assignment and  Acceptance,  relinquish its rights
(except  Sections  3.07,  3.08,  3.10  and  10.03  for the  period  prior to the
Effective Date) and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.

          6. Upon such acceptance,  from and after the Effective Date, the Agent
shall make all payments  under the Credit  Agreement and the Notes in respect of
the interest assigned hereby  (including,  without  limitation,  all payments of
principal,  interest and commitment fees with respect  thereto) to the Assignee.
The Assignor and Assignee  shall make all  appropriate  adjustments  in payments
under the Credit Agreement and the Notes for periods prior to the Effective Date
directly between themselves.

          7. This Assignment and Acceptance  shall be governed by, and construed
in  accordance  with,  the laws of the State of New York  without  regard to its
rules pertaining to conflicts of laws.


                                        2

<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Assignor  and the Assignee  have caused this
Assignment  and  Acceptance  to be executed  by their  officers  thereunto  duly
authorized as of the date first set forth above.

                               [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]


                               By: ____________________________________________
                                                    Title


                               [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]


                               By: ____________________________________________
                                                    Title


                               Lending Office for Prime Rate Loans:

                               Lending Office for Adjusted Libor

                 Loans:

                               Attention:

                               Address for Notices:

                               Attention:

                               Telecopy No.:


Accepted this _____ day
of _______________, ____


EUROPEAN AMERICAN BANK, as
         Agent


By: _________________________________
Name:
Title:

                                        3

<PAGE>


SBARRO, INC.*


By: _________________________________
Name:
Title:


- ---------------
     *  If required pursuant to Section 10.05(c).


                                        4

<PAGE>


                                                                      EXHIBIT D


                          [LETTERHEAD OF COUNSEL TO THE
                          COMPANY AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES]


                               September __, 1999


European American Bank, as Agent
for the benefit of the Lenders


Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We have acted as counsel to Sbarro,  Inc. (the "Company"),  a New York
corporation, and [insert Corporate Guarantors] (each a "Corporate Guarantor" and
collectively,  the  "Corporate  Guarantors"),  in  connection  with  the  Credit
Agreement (the  "Agreement")  dated the date hereof among the Company,  European
American Bank, as Agent, and the lender parties  thereto,  pursuant to which the
Lenders have agreed to extend  credit to the Company in an  aggregate  principal
amount  not to  exceed  $30,000,000.  Capitalized  terms  used  herein  and  not
otherwise  defined  herein shall have the  respective  meanings set forth in the
Agreement.

          In acting as such counsel, we have examined:

          (a) a counterpart of the Agreement executed by the Company;

          (b) the Revolving Credit Note executed by the Company in favor of each
Lender; and

          (c) a counterpart of the Corporate Guaranty executed by each Corporate
Guarantor.

The  documents  referred  to in items (a)  through  (c)  above  are  hereinafter
referred to collectively as the "Loan Documents".

          We have assumed the  authenticity of all documents  submitted to us as
originals,  the conformity to the originals of all documents  submitted to us as
certified, conformed or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals
of such copies.  We have also  examined  originals,  or copies  certified to our
satisfaction,  of such  corporate  records,  certificates  of public  officials,
certificates of corporate  officers of the Company and each Corporate  Guarantor
and such other  instruments and documents as we have deemed necessary as a basis
for the opinions hereinafter set forth. As to questions of fact, we have, to the
extent that such facts were not  independently  established  by us,  relied upon
such certificates.


                                        1

<PAGE>


          Based upon the foregoing and subject to the  qualifications  set forth
herein, we are of the opinion that,

          1. The Company and the Corporate  Guarantors are each a corporation or
limited liability  company,  as indicated on Schedule I to the Credit Agreement,
duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the
jurisdiction  of their  incorporation  or formation and in good standing in each
jurisdiction  wherein  the  conduct  of its  business  or any  ownership  of its
properties  requires it to be qualified to do business  except where the failure
to be so qualified  could not reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse
Effect,  and each has the  corporate  or  limited  liability  company  power and
authority,  as  applicable,  to own its assets and to transact  the  business in
which it is now engaged and to execute and perform each of the Loan Documents to
which it is a party.

          2. The Company and the  Corporate  Guarantors  each have the requisite
corporate or limited  liability company power and authority,  as applicable,  to
execute,  deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party, each of
which has been duly authorized by all necessary and proper  corporate or limited
liability company action.

          3. The Loan Documents to which the Company or the Corporate Guarantors
are a party  constitute the legal,  valid and binding  obligation of the Company
and  the  Corporate  Guarantors  (to  the  extent  they  are  a  party  thereto)
enforceable  against the Company and each Corporate  Guarantor,  as the case may
be, in  accordance  with their  respective  terms subject as to  enforcement  by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization or similar laws affecting the
enforcement  of  creditors'  rights  generally,  and by equitable  principles of
general application.

          4. Neither the execution and delivery by the Company and the Corporate
Guarantors of the Loan  Documents to which they are a party nor the  performance
by the Company or the Corporate Guarantors of their respective obligations under
the Loan  Documents,  will (a) violate any law,  rule or  regulation  or, to our
knowledge,  any order or decree  of any  court or  governmental  instrumentality
binding  upon the Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor,  or (b)  contravene  the
Certificate of  Incorporation  or By-Laws,  or the Articles of Organization  and
Operating  Agreement,  as applicable,  of the Company or any Corporate Guarantor
or,  result in a breach of or  constitute a default (with due notice or lapse of
time or both)  under  any  agreements  to which  the  Company  or any  Corporate
Guarantor is bound of which we are aware,  or, to our  knowledge,  result in the
creation or  imposition  of any lien,  charge,  or  encumbrance  upon any of the
property or assets of the Company or any Corporate Guarantor.

          5. Neither the Company nor any Corporate  Guarantor is an  "investment
company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning
of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

          6. No consent or  authorization  of, filing with or other act by or in
respect of any governmental  authority is required to be obtained by the Company
or any Corporate Guarantor


                                        2

<PAGE>



for the valid execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which
they are a party.

          7. Assuming the proceeds of each  extension of credit  pursuant to the
Credit  Agreement  are used for the  purposes  set forth in Section  3.02 of the
Agreement,  the making of the loans contemplated  therein and the application of
the proceeds  thereof will not violate the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

          8.  To the  best of our  knowledge  there  are no  actions,  suits  or
proceedings  against any of the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor,  pending or
threatened  against the Company or any  Corporate  Guarantor,  before any court,
governmental   agency  or   arbitrator   which   challenges   the   validity  or
enforceability  of any Loan Document or which, if adversely  determined  against
the Company or any Corporate  Guarantor  could  reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.


                                Very truly yours,











                        REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                  BY AND AMONG

                                 SBARRO, INC.,
                          THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE
                             SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

                                      AND

                            BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
                              AS INITIAL PURCHASER

                         DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1999






<PAGE>





         This  Registration  Rights  Agreement  (this  "Agreement")  is made and
entered into as of September  28, 1999,  by and among  Sbarro,  Inc., a New York
corporation  (the  "Issuer") and the  Guarantors  named on the  signature  pages
hereto (each a "Guarantor" and collectively, the "Guarantors"), on the one hand,
and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. (the "Initial  Purchaser"),  on the other hand, who
has agreed to purchase a specified  number of the  Issuer's  11% Series A Senior
Notes due 2009 (the  "Initial  Notes")  pursuant to the Purchase  Agreement  (as
defined below).

     This Agreement is made pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of
September  23, 1999 (the  "Purchase  Agreement"),  by and among the Issuer,  the
Guarantors  and the Initial  Purchaser  (i) for the  benefit of the Issuer,  the
Guarantors  and the  Initial  Purchaser  and (ii) for the benefit of the holders
from time to time of the Notes  (including the Initial  Purchaser).  In order to
induce the Initial  Purchaser to purchase the Initial Notes,  the Issuer and the
Guarantors  have  agreed to provide  the  registration  rights set forth in this
Agreement.  The execution  and delivery of this  Agreement is a condition to the
obligations  of the  Initial  Purchaser  set forth in Section 8 of the  Purchase
Agreement.  Capitalized  terms used herein and not otherwise  defined shall have
the meaning  assigned to them in the Indenture,  dated as of September 28, 1999,
among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Firstar Bank, N.A., as Trustee, relating to
the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes (the "Indenture").

                  The parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION  1.             DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Agreement,  the following  capitalized terms shall have the
following meanings:

     Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

     Broker-Dealer  Transfer  Restricted  Securities:  Exchange  Notes  that are
acquired by a Broker-Dealer  in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Initial Notes
that  such  Broker-Dealer  acquired  for its own  account  as a result of market
making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired
directly from the Company or any of its affiliates).

     Closing Date: The date of this Agreement.

     Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.

     Consummate: An Exchange Offer shall be deemed "Consummated" for purposes of
this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the
Securities  Act of the Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement  relating to the
Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer,  (ii) the maintenance of such
Registration  Statement  continuously  effective and the keeping of the Exchange
Offer open for a period not less than




                                       -1-

<PAGE>



the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the
delivery by the Issuer to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Notes in
the same aggregate principal amount at maturity as the aggregate principal
amount at maturity of Initial Notes that were tendered by Holders thereof
pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

     Effectiveness Target Date: As defined in Section 5.

     Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     Exchange  Notes:  The 11% Series B Senior Notes due 2009, of the same class
under the  Indenture as the Initial  Notes,  to be issued to Holders in exchange
for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

     Exchange Offer:  The registration by the Issuer under the Securities Act of
the Exchange Notes pursuant to a  Registration  Statement  pursuant to which the
Issuer offers the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted  Securities the
opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held
by such Holders for Exchange Notes in an aggregate  principal amount at maturity
equal to the aggregate  principal amount at maturity of the Transfer  Restricted
Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.

     Exchange Offer Registration Statement:  The Registration Statement relating
to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.

     Exempt Resales:  The transactions in which the Initial Purchaser propose to
sell the Initial Notes to certain qualified institutional buyers, as such term
is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

     Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

     Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.

     Indenture: As defined in the preamble hereto.

     Initial Purchaser: As defined in the preamble hereto.

     Initial  Notes:  The 11% Series A Senior Notes due 2009,  of the same class
under  the  Indenture  as the  Exchange  Notes,  for so long as such  securities
constitute Transfer Restricted Securities.

     Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Issuer of the Initial Notes
to the Initial Purchaser pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

     Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Notes.



                                       -2-

<PAGE>



     Liquidated Damages: As defined in Section 5 hereto.

     NASD: National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

     Notes: The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes.

     Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company,
trust or  unincorporated  organization,  or a government  or agency or political
subdivision thereof.

         Prospectus:  The prospectus  included in a Registration  Statement,  as
amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments
thereto,  including post-effective  amendments, and all material incorporated by
reference into such Prospectus.

     Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

     Registration  Statement:  Any registration statement of the Issuer relating
to (a) an offering of Exchange  Notes  pursuant to the Exchange Offer or (b) the
registration for resale of Transfer Restricted  Securities pursuant to the Shelf
Registration  Statement,  which  is filed  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this
Agreement,  in  each  case,  including  the  Prospectus  included  therein,  all
amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all
exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.

     Restricted  Broker-Dealer:  Any  Broker-Dealer  which  holds  Broker-Dealer
Transfer Restricted Securities.

     Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4 hereof.

     Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4 hereof.

     TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in
effect on the date of the Indenture.

         Transfer Restricted  Securities:  Each Note until the earliest to occur
of (i) the date on which such Note has been  exchanged  by a person other than a
broker-dealer  for an Exchange Note in the Exchange  Offer,  (ii)  following the
exchange  by a  broker-dealer  in the  Exchange  Offer of a Note for an Exchange
Note,  the date on which such  Exchange Note is sold to a purchaser who receives
from  such  broker-dealer  on or prior  to the  date of such  sale a copy of the
prospectus  contained in the Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement,  (iii) the
date on which such Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act
and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration  Statement or (iv) the
date on which such Note may be




                                       -3-

<PAGE>



freely transferred without registration under the Securities Act or is
distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

     Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which
securities  of the  Issuer  are sold to an  underwriter  for  reoffering  to the
public.

SECTION 2.              SECURITIES SUBJECT TO THIS AGREEMENT

     (a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits
of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.

     (b)   Holders  of   Transfer   Restricted   Securities.   On  any  date  of
determination,  any  Person in whose name  Transfer  Restricted  Securities  are
registered in accordance with the Indenture is deemed to be a holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities (each, a "Holder").

SECTION 3.              REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER

     (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law
or Commission  policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) below have
been complied with),  the Issuer and the Guarantors  shall (i) cause to be filed
with  the  Commission  on  or  prior  to 60  days  after  the  Closing  Date,  a
Registration  Statement  under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Notes
and the Exchange  Offer,  (ii) use their  respective  best efforts to cause such
Registration  Statement  to become  effective  on or prior to 180 days after the
Closing Date, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective
amendments to such Registration  Statement as may be necessary in order to cause
such  Registration  Statement to become  effective,  (B) if  applicable,  file a
post-effective  amendment to such Registration  Statement  pursuant to Rule 430A
under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary  filings in connection with
the  registration  and  qualification of the Exchange Notes to be made under the
Blue Sky laws of such  jurisdictions as are necessary to permit  Consummation of
the  Exchange  Offer  and  (iv)  upon  the  effectiveness  of such  Registration
Statement,  commence the  Exchange  Offer.  The  Exchange  Offer shall be on the
appropriate  form to permit  registration of the Exchange Notes to be offered in
exchange  for the  Transfer  Restricted  Securities  and sales of  Broker-Dealer
Transfer Restricted  Securities by Restricted  Broker-Dealers as contemplated by
Section 3(c) below.

     (b)  The  Issuer  and  the  Guarantors   shall  cause  the  Exchange  Offer
Registration Statement to be effective continuously, and shall keep the Exchange
Offer open,  for a period of not less than the  minimum  period  required  under
applicable  federal and state  securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall such period be less than 30 days after
the date notice of the Exchange  Offer is mailed to the Holders.  The Issuer and
the  Guarantors  shall cause the  Exchange  Offer to comply with all  applicable
federal and state  securities  laws. No  securities  other than the Notes or any
additional  notes  issued  by  the  Issuer  under  the  Indenture  prior  to the
Consummation of the Exchange Offer shall be




                                       -4-

<PAGE>



included  in the  Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement.  The  Issuer and the
Guarantors  shall use their  respective best efforts to issue, on or prior to 30
days after the Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement is declared  effective by
the Commission,  Exchange Notes in exchange for all Notes tendered prior thereto
in the Exchange Offer.

     (c) The Issuer shall indicate in a "Plan of Distribution" section contained
in the Prospectus  forming a part of the Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement
that any  Restricted  Broker-Dealer  who holds  Initial  Notes that are Transfer
Restricted  Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of
market-making  activities  or other  trading  activities  (other  than  Transfer
Restricted   Securities  acquired  directly  from  the  Issuer  or  one  of  its
affiliates),  may exchange  such Initial Notes  pursuant to the Exchange  Offer;
however,  such  Broker-Dealer  may be deemed to be an  "underwriter"  within the
meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore,  deliver a prospectus meeting
the  requirements  of the Securities  Act in connection  with any resales of the
Exchange  Notes  received by such  Broker-Dealer  in the Exchange  Offer,  which
prospectus  delivery  requirement  may be  satisfied  by the  delivery  by  such
Broker-Dealer  of the Prospectus  contained in the Exchange  Offer  Registration
Statement.  Such "Plan of  Distribution"  section  shall also  contain all other
information with respect to such resales by Restricted  Broker-Dealers  that the
Commission  may require in order to permit such resales  pursuant  thereto,  but
such "Plan of  Distribution"  shall not name any such  Broker-Dealer or disclose
the amount of Notes held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required
by the Commission.

     (d) The Issuer and the Guarantors  shall use their  respective best efforts
to keep  the  Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement  continuously  effective,
supplemented  and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) below to
the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Broker-Dealer
Transfer Restricted  Securities acquired by Restricted  Broker-Dealers for their
own  accounts  as  a  result  of  market-making   activities  or  other  trading
activities,  and to  ensure  that it  conforms  with  the  requirements  of this
Agreement,  the  Securities Act and the policies,  rules and  regulations of the
Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of
(i) 30 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration  Statement is
declared  effective and (ii) the date on which a Restricted  Broker-Dealer is no
longer  required to deliver a prospectus in  connection  with  market-making  or
other trading activities.

     (e) The Issuer and the Guarantors  shall provide  sufficient  copies of the
latest  version of such  Prospectus to Restricted  Broker-Dealers  promptly upon
request at any time during such 30-day (or shorter as provided in the  foregoing
sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.





                                       -5-

<PAGE>



SECTION 4.              SHELF REGISTRATION



         (a) Shelf  Registration.  If (i) the Issuer is not  required to file an
Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement  or not  permitted  to  Consummate  the
Exchange  Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or
Commission  policy or not  otherwise  permitted  by the  Commission  (after  the
procedures  set forth in Section 6(a) below have been complied  with),  (ii) for
any  reason  the  Exchange  Offer is not  Consummated  within 210 days after the
Closing  Date,  or (iii) the  Initial  Purchaser  that is a Holder  of  Transfer
Restricted  Securities  notifies  the  Company  prior to the 20th day  following
Consummation  of  the  Exchange  Offer  that  (a)  it is  prohibited  by  law or
Commission  policy from  participating  in the  Exchange  Offer,  (b) it may not
resell the Exchange  Notes  acquired by it in the  Exchange  Offer to the public
without  delivering a prospectus  and the  prospectus  contained in the Exchange
Offer  Registration  Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales,
or (c) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer  and holds Initial Notes acquired directly
from the Issuer or one of its  affiliates,  then the  Issuer and the  Guarantors
shall:

          (x) cause to be filed a shelf registration  statement pursuant to Rule
     415 under the  Securities  Act,  which may be an  amendment to the Exchange
     Offer  Registration  Statement (in either event, the  "Shelf  Registration
     Statement") as soon as practicable  but in any event on or prior to 60 days
     after the obligation to file the Shelf Registration  Statement arises (such
     date being the "Shelf Filing Deadline"), which Shelf Registration Statement
     shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders
     of which shall have provided the information  required  pursuant to Section
     4(b) hereof; and

          (y) use its best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to
     be declared  effective by the  Commission  on or before the 180th day after
     such obligation arises.

The Issuer and the Guarantors  shall use their  respective  best efforts to keep
such Shelf  Registration  Statement  continuously  effective,  supplemented  and
amended as required  by the  provisions  of Sections  6(b) and (c) hereof to the
extent  necessary  to ensure  that it is  available  for resales of Notes by the
Holders  of  Transfer  Restricted  Securities  entitled  to the  benefit of this
Section  4(a),  and to ensure that it  conforms  with the  requirements  of this
Agreement,  the  Securities Act and the policies,  rules and  regulations of the
Commission  as announced  from time to time,  for a period of at least two years
following the effective  date of such Shelf  Registration  Statement (or shorter
period that will terminate when all the Notes covered by such Shelf Registration
Statement  have been sold pursuant to such Shelf  Registration  Statement or are
otherwise no longer Transfer Restricted Securities).




                                       -6-

<PAGE>



     (b)  Provision by Holders of Certain  Information  in  Connection  with the
Shelf Registration  Statement.  No Holder of Transfer Restricted  Securities may
include any of its  Transfer  Restricted  Securities  in any Shelf  Registration
Statement  pursuant to this Agreement  unless and until such Holder furnishes to
the  Issuer in  writing,  within 10  business  days  after  receipt of a request
therefor,  such  information  as the Issuer may  reasonably  request  for use in
connection  with any Shelf  Registration  Statement or Prospectus or preliminary
Prospectus  included  therein.  Each  Holder as to which any Shelf  Registration
Statement  is being  effected  agrees to  furnish  promptly  to the  Issuer  all
information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously
furnished to the Issuer by such Holder not materially misleading.

SECTION  5.             LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

     (a) If (i) any of the Registration Statements required by this Agreement is
not filed with the  Commission on or prior to the date specified for such filing
in  this  Agreement,  (ii)  any of such  Registration  Statements  has not  been
declared  effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such
effectiveness in this Agreement, regardless of the reasonableness of any efforts
made by or on behalf of the Issuer and the Guarantors to cause such Registration
Statement to become  effective),  (iii) the Company and the  Guarantors  fail to
consummate  the Exchange  Offer  within 30 days of the date the  Exchange  Offer
Registration  Statement  was  declared  effective,   or  (iv)  any  Registration
Statement  required by this Agreement is filed and declared  effective but shall
thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for the periods  specified
in Sections  3(d) and 4(a)  hereof  without  being  succeeded  immediately  by a
post-effective  amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure
and that is itself  immediately  declared effective (each such event referred to
in clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration Default"), then the Issuer will pay
liquidated damages ("Liquidated  Damages") to each Holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities,  with respect to the first 90-day period  immediately  following the
occurrence  of the first  Registration  Default,  in an amount equal to $.05 per
week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted  Securities held by such
Holder. The amount of the Liquidated Damages will increase by an additional $.05
per week per $1,000  principal  amount of Transfer  Restricted  Securities  with
respect to each subsequent  90-day period until all  Registration  Defaults have
been cured,  up to a maximum amount of Liquidation  Damages of $.50 per week per
$1,000  principal  amount  of  Transfer  Restricted   Securities.   All  accrued
Liquidated  Damages will be paid by the Issuer on each interest  Payment Date in
the manner specified by the Indenture for the payment of interest. Following the
cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease;
provided,  that no Holder of Transfer Restricted  Securities who is not entitled
to the benefits of a Shelf  Registration  statement shall be entitled to receive
Liquidated Damages by reason of a Registration  Default that pertains to a Shelf
Registration  Statement and no Holder of Transfer  Restricted  Securities or any
other Holder of Transfer  Restricted  Securities who is entitled to the benefits
of a Shelf  Registration  Statement  shall be  entitled  to  receive  Liquidated
Damages by reason of a Registration Default that pertains to an Exchange Offer.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>



     (b) All obligations of the Issuer set forth in the preceding paragraph that
are  outstanding  with respect to any Transfer  Restricted  Security at the time
such security  ceases to be a Transfer  Restricted  Security shall survive until
such time as all such  obligations  with  respect  to such Note  shall have been
satisfied in full.

SECTION  6.             REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

     (a) Exchange Offer Registration  Statement. In connection with the Exchange
Offer,  the Issuer and the Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of
Section  6(c)  below,  shall use their  respective  best  efforts to effect such
exchange  to permit the sale of  Broker-Dealer  Transfer  Restricted  Securities
being sold in  accordance  with the intended  method or methods of  distribution
thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions:

     (i) If in the  reasonable  opinion  of  counsel  to the  Issuer  there is a
question as to whether the Exchange  Offer is permitted by  applicable  law, the
Issuer  and the  Guarantors  hereby  agree to seek a  no-action  letter or other
favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Issuer and the Guarantors to
Consummate  an  Exchange  Offer  for such  Initial  Notes.  The  Issuer  and the
Guarantors  hereby  agree to  pursue  the  issuance  of such a  decision  to the
Commission  staff  level  but  shall  not  be  required  to  take   commercially
unreasonable  action to effect a change of Commission policy. The Issuer and the
Guarantors hereby agree,  however, to (A) participate in telephonic  conferences
with the  Commission  staff,  (B)  deliver to the  Commission  staff an analysis
prepared by counsel to the Issuer  setting  forth the legal bases,  if any, upon
which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted
and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such
submission.

     (ii) As a condition to its  participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall
furnish,  upon the request of the Issuer,  prior to the Consummation  thereof, a
written  representation  to the Issuer  (which may be contained in the letter of
transmittal  contemplated by the Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement) to the
effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Issuer,  (B) it is not engaged in,
and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or  understanding  with
any person to participate  in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued
in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary
course of  business.  In  addition,  all such  Holders  of  Transfer  Restricted
Securities  shall  otherwise  cooperate  in the  Issuer's  preparations  for the
Exchange Offer.  Each Holder shall  acknowledge and agree that any Broker-Dealer
and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of
the  securities  to be  acquired  in the  Exchange  Offer  (1)  could  not under
Commission  policy  as in  effect  on the  date  of this  Agreement  rely on the
position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available
June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings  Corporation  (available May 13, 1988),
as interpreted in the  Commission's  letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2,
1993, and similar no-action letters (which may




                                       -8-

<PAGE>



include any no-action  letter  obtained  pursuant to clause (i) above),  and (2)
must comply with the  registration and prospectus  delivery  requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a
secondary  resale  transaction  must be  covered  by an  effective  registration
statement  containing the selling security holder  information  required by Item
507 or 508,  as  applicable,  of  Regulation  S-K if the resales are of Exchange
Notes  obtained by such Holder in exchange  for Initial  Notes  acquired by such
Holder directly from the Issuer.

     (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration
Statement, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of
Section  6(c) below and shall use their  respective  best efforts to effect such
registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold
in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution  thereof,  and
pursuant thereto the Issuer and the Guarantors will as expeditiously as possible
prepare and file with the  Commission a Registration  Statement  relating to the
registration on any appropriate  form under the Securities Act, which form shall
be available  for the sale of the Transfer  Restricted  Securities in accordance
with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.

     (c) General Provisions.  In connection with any Registration  Statement and
any  Prospectus  required  by this  Agreement  to  permit  the sale or resale of
Transfer Restricted Securities (including,  without limitation, any Registration
Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Broker-Dealer
Transfer Restricted Securities by Restricted Broker-Dealers), the Issuer and the
Guarantors shall:

          (i) use  their  respective  best  efforts  to keep  such  Registration
Statement  continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements
for the period  specified in Section 3 or 4 of this  Agreement,  as  applicable;
upon the  occurrence  of any  event  that  would  cause  any  such  Registration
Statement  or the  Prospectus  contained  therein  (A)  to  contain  a  material
misstatement  or  omission or (B) not to be  effective  and usable for resale of
Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the
Issuer and the Guarantors  shall file promptly an appropriate  amendment to such
Registration  Statement,  in  the  case  of  clause  (A),  correcting  any  such
misstatement  or  omission,  and, in the case of either  clause (A) or (B),  use
their  respective best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared  effective
and such Registration  Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for
their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter;

          (ii)  prepare  and  file  with  the  Commission  such  amendments  and
post-effective  amendments to the Registration  Statement as may be necessary to
keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in
Section 3 or 4 hereof,  as applicable,  or such shorter period as will terminate
when all Transfer Restricted  Securities covered by such Registration  Statement
have  been  sold;  cause  the  Prospectus  to be  supplemented  by any  required
Prospectus  supplement,  and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424
under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable




                                       -9-

<PAGE>



provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the  Securities  Act in a timely  manner;
and  comply  with the  provisions  of the  Securities  Act with  respect  to the
disposition of all securities covered by such Registration  Statement during the
applicable  period  in  accordance  with  the  intended  method  or  methods  of
distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration  Statement or
supplement to the Prospectus;

          (iii) advise the underwriter(s),  if any, and selling Holders promptly
and, if requested by such Persons,  confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the
Prospectus or any  Prospectus  supplement or  post-effective  amendment has been
filed,  and, with respect to any  Registration  Statement or any  post-effective
amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the
Commission  for  amendments  to the  Registration  Statement  or  amendments  or
supplements to the Prospectus or for additional  information  relating  thereto,
(C)  of the  issuance  by  the  Commission  of any  stop  order  suspending  the
effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement under the Securities Act or of the
suspension  by any  state  securities  commission  of the  qualification  of the
Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction,  or the
initiation  of any  proceeding  for any of the  preceding  purposes,  (D) of the
existence of any fact or the  happening of any event that makes any statement of
a  material  fact  made  in the  Registration  Statement,  the  Prospectus,  any
amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  or any document  incorporated  by reference
therein  untrue in any  material  respect,  or that  requires  the making of any
additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order
to make the statements therein not misleading in any material respect. If at any
time the Commission shall issue any stop order  suspending the  effectiveness of
the  Registration  Statement,  or  any  state  securities  commission  or  other
regulatory  authority  shall  issue an order  suspending  the  qualification  or
exemption from qualification of the Transfer  Restricted  Securities under state
securities  or Blue Sky laws,  the  Issuer  and the  Guarantors  shall use their
respective best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the
earliest possible time;

          (iv) furnish  without charge to the Initial  Purchaser and each of the
underwriter(s),  if any,  before  filing  with  the  Commission,  copies  of any
Registration  Statement or any Prospectus  included therein or any amendments or
supplements to any such  Registration  Statement or Prospectus,  which documents
will be subject to the review of the Initial  Purchaser and  underwriter(s),  if
any,  for a period  of at least  five  business  days,  and the  Issuer  and the
Guarantors  will not file any such  Registration  Statement or Prospectus or any
amendment  or  supplement  to any  such  Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus
(including  all such documents  incorporated  by reference) to which the Initial
Purchaser or the  underwriter(s),  if any,  shall  reasonably  object in writing
within five business days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed
timely made upon confirmation of telecopy  transmission within such period). The
objection of the Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be
reasonable if such Registration Statement,  amendment, Prospectus or supplement,
as  applicable,  as proposed to be filed,  contains a material  misstatement  or
omission;





                                      -10-

<PAGE>



          (v)  promptly  prior  to the  filing  of any  document  that  is to be
incorporated  by reference into a Registration  Statement or Prospectus  provide
copies of such document to the Initial Purchaser and to the  underwriter(s),  if
any, and make the Issuer's and the  Guarantors'  representatives  available  for
discussion of such  document and other  customary  due  diligence  matters,  and
include such  information  in such document  prior to the filing  thereof as the
underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request;

          (vi) make available upon request at reasonable times for inspection by
the Initial Purchaser, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition
pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney or accountant retained
by any of the underwriter(s),  for customary  diligence purposes,  all financial
and  other  records,  pertinent  corporate  documents  of  the  Issuer  and  the
Guarantors and cause the Issuer's and the  Guarantors'  officers,  directors and
employees  to  supply  all   information   reasonably   requested  by  any  such
underwriter,  attorney  or  accountant  in  connection  with  such  Registration
Statement subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness;

          (vii) if requested by any selling Holders and the  underwriter(s),  if
any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus,  pursuant
to a supplement or post-effective  amendment, if necessary,  such information as
such selling Holders and underwriter(s),  if any, may reasonably request to have
included therein,  including,  without limitation,  information  relating to the
"Plan of Distribution" of the Transfer Restricted  Securities,  information with
respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted  Securities being sold to
such  underwriter(s),  if any,  the purchase  price being paid  therefor and any
other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted  Securities to be sold in
such offering;  and make all required  filings of such Prospectus  supplement or
post-effective  amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuer is notified of
the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus  supplement or  post-effective
amendment;

          (viii) except with respect to the Exchange Offer, use their respective
best efforts to (a) if the Transfer Restricted  Securities have been rated prior
to the initial sale of such Transfer  Restricted  Securities,  confirm that such
ratings  will  apply  to  the  Transfer  Restricted   Securities  covered  by  a
Registration  Statement, or (b) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered
by a Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if
so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes
covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if any;

          (ix) furnish to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if
any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration  Statement,  as first
filed with the Commission,  and of each amendment thereto,  including  financial
statements and schedules,  all documents  incorporated by reference  therein and
all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);





                                      -11-

<PAGE>



          (x) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s),  if
any,  without  charge,  as  many  copies  of  the  Prospectus   (including  each
preliminary  prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons
reasonably may request;  the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use
(in  accordance  with  applicable  law) of the  Prospectus  and any amendment or
supplement   thereto  by  each  of  the   selling   Holders   and  each  of  the
underwriter(s),  if any, in  connection  with the  offering  and the sale of the
Transfer  Restricted  Securities  covered by the  Prospectus or any amendment or
supplement thereto;

          (xi) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement),
and make such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in
connection  therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the  disposition of the
Transfer   Restricted   Securities   pursuant  to  any  Registration   Statement
contemplated  by  this  Agreement,  all to  such  extent  as  may be  reasonably
requested by the Initial  Purchaser or by any underwriter in connection with any
sale or resale  pursuant  to any  Registration  Statement  contemplated  by this
Agreement;  and whether or not an  underwriting  agreement  is entered  into and
whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration,  the Issuer and
the Guarantors shall:

                    (A) furnish to each  underwriter,  if any, in such substance
          and scope as they may reasonably  request and as are customarily  made
          by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the
          date of the Consummation of the Exchange Offer and, if applicable, the
          effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:

                              (1) a certificate of the Issuer, dated the date of
                    Consummation   of  the   Exchange   Offer  or  the  date  of
                    effectiveness of the Shelf  Registration  Statement,  as the
                    case  may  be,  signed  by (y)  the  President  or any  Vice
                    President and (z) the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer,
                    and  a  certificate  of  each   Guarantor,   signed  by  two
                    authorized  officers  of such  Guarantor,  dated the date of
                    Consummation   of  the   Exchange   Offer  or  the  date  of
                    effectiveness of the Shelf  Registration  Statement,  as the
                    case may be, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters
                    set forth in  Section  8(a) of the  Purchase  Agreement  but
                    applying,   mutatis mutandis,  to  the  Shelf  Registration
                    Statement  in  each  place  where  reference  is made to the
                    Offering Memorandum in such Section 8(a), and to the date of
                    effectiveness  of the Shelf  Registration  Statement in each
                    place where  reference is made to "the Closing Date" or "the
                    date hereof" in such Section 8(a), and such other matters as
                    such parties may reasonably request;

                              (2) an opinion,  dated the date of Consummation of
                    the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf
                    Registration  Statement,  as the case may be, of counsel for
                    the Issuer and the Guarantors covering the matters set forth
                    in Exhibit C to the Purchase Agreement and such other matter
                    as such parties may reasonably request; and





                                      -12-

<PAGE>



                              (3) a customary  comfort  letter,  dated as of the
                    date of  Consummation  of the Exchange  Offer or the date of
                    effectiveness of the Shelf  Registration  Statement,  as the
                    case  may  be,  from  the  Issuer's   and  the   Guarantors'
                    independent accountants,  in the customary form and covering
                    matters of the type  customarily  covered in comfort letters
                    by  underwriters  in  connection  with primary  underwritten
                    offerings,  and,  to the extent  applicable,  affirming  the
                    matters set forth in the comfort letter  delivered  pursuant
                    to Section 8 of the Purchase Agreement, without exception;

                    (B) set forth in full or  incorporate  by  reference  in the
          underwriting  agreement,  if any, the  indemnification  provisions and
          procedures  of  Section 8 hereof  with  respect  to all  parties to be
          indemnified pursuant to said Section; and

                    (C) deliver such other documents and  certificates as may be
          reasonably  requested  by such  parties to  evidence  compliance  with
          clause (A) above and with any  customary  conditions  contained in the
          underwriting  agreement or other agreement  entered into by the Issuer
          and the Guarantors pursuant to this clause (xi), if any.

          (xii) If at any time the  representations and warranties of the Issuer
and the  Guarantors  contemplated  in clause  (A)(1)  above cease to be true and
correct in any material  respect,  the Issuer and the Guarantors shall so advise
the Initial  Purchaser and the  underwriter(s),  if any, and each selling Holder
promptly  and,  if  requested  by such  Persons,  shall  confirm  such advice in
writing;

          (xiii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities,
cooperate  with the  selling  Holders,  the  underwriter(s),  if any,  and their
respective  counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the
Transfer  Restricted  Securities  under the  securities or Blue Sky laws of such
jurisdictions  as the selling Holders or  underwriter(s)  may request and do any
and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in
such  jurisdictions of the Transfer  Restricted  Securities covered by the Shelf
Registration  Statement;  provided, however,  that  neither  the Issuer nor any
Guarantor  shall be required  to  register  or qualify as a foreign  corporation
where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to
the  service of process in suits or to  taxation,  other than as to matters  and
transactions relating to the Registration  Statement,  in any jurisdiction where
it is not then so subject;

          (xiv) issue,  upon the request of any Holder of Initial  Notes covered
by the  Shelf  Registration  Statement,  Exchange  Notes,  having  an  aggregate
principal amount at maturity equal to the aggregate principal amount at maturity
of Initial Notes  surrendered to the Issuer by such Holder in exchange  therefor
or being sold by such Holder;  such Exchange  Notes to be registered in the name
of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such




                                      -13-

<PAGE>



Notes, as the case may be, in exchange for the Initial Notes held by such Holder
that shall be surrendered to the Issuer for cancellation;

          (xv) in  connection  with any sale of Transfer  Restricted  Securities
that  will  result  in such  securities  no  longer  being  Transfer  Restricted
Securities,  cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s),  if any,
to facilitate the timely  preparation and delivery of certificates  representing
Transfer  Restricted  Securities  to be sold  and not  bearing  any  restrictive
legends;  and,  subject  to the terms of the  Indenture,  enable  such  Transfer
Restricted  Securities to be in such  denominations and registered in such names
as the Holders or the underwriter(s),  if any, may request at least two business
days  prior  to  any  sale  of  Transfer  Restricted  Securities  made  by  such
underwriter(s);

          (xvi)  use  their  respective  best  efforts  to  cause  the  Transfer
Restricted  Securities  covered by the  Registration  Statement to be registered
with or approved by such other  governmental  agencies or  authorities as may be
necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any,
to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to
the proviso contained in clause (xiii) above;

          (xvii) if any fact or event  contemplated by clause  (c)(iii)(D) above
shall exist or have occurred,  prepare a supplement or post-effective  amendment
to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated
therein by reference or file any other required  document so that, as thereafter
delivered to the purchasers of Transfer  Restricted  Securities,  the Prospectus
will not  contain an untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any
material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

          (xviii) provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted  Securities
not later than the effective date of the Registration  Statement and provide the
Trustee  under  the  Indenture  with  printed   certificates  for  the  Transfer
Restricted  Securities  which  are in a  form  eligible  for  deposit  with  The
Depositary Trust Company;

          (xix) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the
NASD  and  in  the  performance  of  any  due  diligence  investigation  by  any
underwriter  (including any qualified independent  underwriter) that is required
to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD;

          (xx)  otherwise use their  respective  best efforts to comply with all
applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available
to its  security  holders,  as  soon as  practicable,  a  consolidated  earnings
statement  meeting the  requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for
the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which
Transfer  Restricted  Securities  are  sold  to  underwriters  in a firm or best
efforts  Underwritten  Offering  or (B) if not sold to  underwriters  in such an
offering,  beginning  with the first month of the Issuer's  first fiscal quarter
commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement;




                                      -14-

<PAGE>



          (xxi) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA not later than
the  effective  date  of the  first  Registration  Statement  required  by  this
Agreement,  and, in  connection  therewith,  cooperate  with the Trustee and the
Holders of Notes to effect such changes to the  Indenture as may be required for
such  Indenture to be so qualified in accordance  with the terms of the TIA; and
execute and use their  respective  best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute,
all  documents  that may be required to effect such  changes and all other forms
and documents  required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture
to be so qualified in a timely manner; and

          (xxii)  provide  promptly to each Holder upon  request  each  document
filed by the Issuer and, if any,  filed by the  Guarantors  with the  Commission
pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 and Section  15(d) of the  Exchange
Act.

     (d) Each Holder agrees by  acquisition  of a Transfer  Restricted  Security
that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuer of the existence of any fact of
the kind described in Section  6(c)(iii)(D)  hereof,  such Holder will forthwith
discontinue  disposition  of  Transfer  Restricted  Securities  pursuant  to the
applicable  Registration  Statement until such Holder's receipt of the copies of
the  supplemented  or amended  Prospectus  contemplated  by  Section  6(c)(xvii)
hereof,  or until it is advised in writing (the "Advice") by the Issuer that the
use of the Prospectus may be resumed,  and has received copies of any additional
or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If
so  directed  by the  Issuer,  each  Holder  will  deliver to the Issuer (at the
Issuer's  expense)  all copies,  other than  permanent  file copies then in such
Holder's  possession,  of  the  Prospectus  covering  such  Transfer  Restricted
Securities  that was being used at the time of receipt  of such  notice.  In the
event the Issuer  shall give any such  notice,  the time  period  regarding  the
effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof,
as  applicable,  shall be  extended by the number of days during the period from
and  including  the  date of the  giving  of such  notice  pursuant  to  Section
6(c)(iii)(D)  hereof to and including the date when each selling  Holder covered
by  such   Registration   Statement  shall  have  received  the  copies  of  the
supplemented or amended Prospectus  contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvii) hereof or
shall have received the Advice;  however,  no such extension shall be taken into
account in determining  whether Liquidated Damages are due pursuant to Section 5
hereof or the  amount  of such  Liquidated  Damages,  it being  agreed  that the
Issuer's  option to suspend  use of a  Registration  Statement  pursuant to this
paragraph shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5.

SECTION 7.              REGISTRATION EXPENSES

     (a) All expenses  incident to the Issuer's and the Guarantors'  performance
of or compliance  with this Agreement will be borne by the Issuer  regardless of
whether  a  Registration   Statement   becomes   effective,   including  without
limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings
made by the Initial Purchaser or a Holder with the NASD (and, if applicable, the
fees and expenses of any  "qualified  independent  underwriter"  and its counsel
that may be required by the rules and regulations of the NASD)); (ii) all fees




                                      -15-

<PAGE>



and  expenses  of  compliance  with  federal  securities  and state  Blue Sky or
securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates
for the  Exchange  Notes to be issued in the  Exchange  Offer  and  printing  of
Prospectuses),  messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and
disbursements  of counsel for the Issuer and the  Guarantors  and the Holders of
Transfer  Restricted   Securities;   and  (v)  all  fees  and  disbursements  of
independent  certified public  accountants of the Issuer (including the expenses
of any  special  audit and  comfort  letters  required  by or  incident  to such
performance).

          The  Issuer  and  the  Guarantors  will,  in  any  event,  bear  their
respective internal expenses  (including,  without limitation,  all salaries and
expenses  of  their  respective  officers  and  employees  performing  legal  or
accounting  duties),  the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses
of any  Person,  including  special  experts,  retained  by the  Issuer  and the
Guarantors.

          Each Holder  shall pay all  commissions  and transfer  taxes,  if any,
relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder's Notes.

     (b)  In  connection  with  any  Registration  Statement  required  by  this
Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  the  Exchange  Offer  Registration
Statement and the Shelf Registration  Statement),  the Issuer and the Guarantors
will  reimburse  the Initial  Purchaser  and the Holders of Transfer  Restricted
Securities who are tendering Notes in the Exchange Offer or selling or reselling
Notes  pursuant to the "Plan of  Distribution"  contained in the Exchange  Offer
Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement,  as applicable,  for
the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be
Kramer  Levin  Naftalis & Frankel LLP or such other  counsel as may be chosen by
the  Holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount of the  Transfer  Restricted
Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.

SECTION 8.              INDEMNIFICATION

     (a)  The  Issuer  and the  Guarantors  agree,  jointly  and  severally,  to
indemnify  and hold  harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each person,  if any, who
controls  (within the meaning of Section 15 of the  Securities Act or Section 20
of the Exchange  Act) any Holder (any of the persons  referred to in this clause
(ii)  being  hereinafter  referred  to as a  controlling  person)  and (iii) the
respective officers, directors, partners, employees,  representatives and agents
of any Holder or any  controlling  person (any person referred to in clause (i),
(ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an "Indemnified Holder"), to the
fullest extent  lawful,  from and against any and all losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities,  judgments,  actions and expenses (including without limitation and
as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating,  preparing,
pursuing,  settling,  compromising,  paying or defending any claim or action, or
any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or
threatened,  including  the  reasonable  fees and  expenses  of  counsel  to any
Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related
to, based upon, arising out




                                      -16-

<PAGE>



of or in connection with any untrue  statement or alleged untrue  statement of a
material fact  contained in any  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  (or any
amendment or supplement  thereto),  or any omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the
statements  therein not misleading,  except insofar as (i) such losses,  claims,
damages,  liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue  statement or omission
or alleged  untrue  statement or omission  that is made in reliance  upon and in
conformity with information  relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing
to the  Issuer by any of the  Holders  expressly  for use  therein  or (ii) if a
subsequent purchaser asserts that its losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or
expenses were caused by any untrue  statement or omission or any alleged  untrue
statement  or  omission  made  in a  preliminary  prospectus,  if a copy  of the
Prospectus  in which  such  untrue  statement  or  omission  or  alleged  untrue
statement  or  omission  was  corrected  had  not  been  sent or  given  to such
subsequent  purchaser by the Holder,  provided  that the Issuer had delivered to
such Holder such  Prospectus  in  requisite  quantity  and on a timely  basis to
permit  such  delivery.  This  indemnity  agreement  shall be in addition to any
liability which the Issuer may otherwise have.

     In case any action or proceeding  (including any governmental or regulatory
investigation  or  proceeding)  shall be brought or asserted  against any of the
Indemnified  Holders with respect to which  indemnity may be sought  against the
Issuer and the Guarantors,  such Indemnified  Holder (or the Indemnified  Holder
controlled  by such  controlling  person)  shall  promptly  notify the Issuer in
writing  (provided,  that the failure to give such notice  shall not relieve the
Issuer and the Guarantors of its obligations  pursuant to this Agreement  except
to the  extent  that it has been  prejudiced  in any  material  respect  by such
failure or from any liability  which it may otherwise  have).  Such  Indemnified
Holder  shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such  action,  but
the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the Indemnified Holder or
Holders unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been  authorized in
writing by the Issuer in  connection  with the defense of such action,  (ii) the
Issuer  shall not have  employed  counsel to take  charge of the defense of such
action within a reasonable  time after notice of  commencement  of the action or
(iii) the  Indemnified  Holder or Holders shall have  reasonably  concluded that
there  may be  defenses  available  to it or them  which are  different  from or
additional  to those  available to the Issuer,  in any of which events such fees
and  expenses of counsel  shall be borne by the Issuer and the  Guarantors.  The
Issuer and the Guarantors  shall not, in connection  with any one such action or
proceeding  or  separate  but  substantially   similar  or  related  actions  or
proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations
or  circumstances,  be liable for the reasonable  fees and expenses of more than
one separate  firm of attorneys  (in addition to any local  counsel) at any time
for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. The
Issuer and the Guarantors  shall be liable for any settlement of any such action
or proceeding  effected with the Issuer's prior written  consent,  which consent
shall not be withheld  unreasonably,  and the Issuer and the Guarantors agree to
indemnify  and hold harmless any  Indemnified  Holder from and against any loss,
claim,  damage,  liability or expense by reason of any  settlement of any action
effected with the written  consent of the Issuer.  The Issuer and the Guarantors
shall not, without the prior written consent of each




                                      -17-

<PAGE>



Indemnified Holder,  settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in
or  otherwise  seek to  terminate  any  pending  or  threatened  action,  claim,
litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may
be sought hereunder  (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto),
unless  such  settlement,   compromise,   consent  or  termination  includes  an
unconditional  release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out
of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding.

          (b) Each Holder of Transfer  Restricted  Securities agrees,  severally
and  not  jointly,  to  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  (i) the  Issuer  and the
Guarantors,  (ii) each  person,  if any,  who  controls the Issuer or any of the
Guarantors  within  the  meaning  of  Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange  Act,  and  (iii)  the  officers,   directors,   partners,   employees,
representatives and agents of the Issuer or the Guarantors to the same extent as
the  foregoing  indemnity  from the  Issuer  and the  Guarantors  to each of the
Indemnified  Holders,  but only with  respect  to claims  and  actions  based on
information  relating  to such  Holder  furnished  in  writing  by  such  Holder
expressly  for  use in  any  Registration  Statement.  In  case  any  action  or
proceeding  shall be brought  against  the Issuer  and the  Guarantors  or their
respective officers, directors, partners, employees,  representatives and agents
or any such  controlling  person in  respect  of which  indemnity  may be sought
against a Holder of Transfer Restricted  Securities,  such Holder shall have the
rights and duties given to the Issuer and the Guarantors, and the Issuer and the
Guarantors or their respective  directors or officers or such controlling person
shall  have the  rights  and  duties  given  to each  Holder,  by the  preceding
paragraph.  In no event shall the liability of any selling  Holder  hereunder be
greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such Holder
upon the sale of the Registrable  Securities giving rise to such indemnification
obligation.

          (c)  If  the  indemnification  provided  for  in  this  Section  8  is
unavailable  to an  indemnified  party under Section 8(a) or Section 8(b) hereof
(other than by reason of  exceptions  provided in those  Sections) in respect of
any  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities,  judgments,  actions  or  expenses
referred  to  therein,  then  each  applicable  indemnifying  party,  in lieu of
indemnifying  such  indemnified  party,  shall  contribute to the amount paid or
payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities or expenses (i) in such  proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
relative  benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and
the Holders on the other hand from the Initial  Placement  (which in the case of
the Issuer  and the  Guarantors  shall be deemed to be equal to the total  gross
proceeds  from the  Initial  Placement  as set  forth on the  cover  page of the
Offering  Memorandum),  the amount of  Liquidated  Damages  which did not become
payable as a result of the filing of the  Registration  Statement  resulting  in
such losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities,  judgments actions or expenses, and
such  Registration  Statement,  or (ii) if such  allocation  is not permitted by
applicable  law, the relative  fault of the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one
hand  and of the  Indemnified  Holder  on  the  other  in  connection  with  the
statements  or  omissions  which  resulted  in  such  losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
The relative  fault of the Issuer and the  Guarantors on the one hand and of the
Indemnified Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to,




                                      -18-

<PAGE>



among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact or the  omission or alleged  omission to state a material  fact  relates to
information supplied by the Issuer or by the Indemnified Holder and the parties'
relative intent, knowledge,  access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such  statement or omission.  The amount paid or payable by a party as a
result of the losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  and expenses  referred to
above shall be deemed to include,  subject to the  limitations  set forth in the
second paragraph of Section 8(a), any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably
incurred by such party in connection with  investigating or defending any action
or claim.

     The  Issuer  and the  Guarantors  and each  Holder of  Transfer  Restricted
Securities  agree  that it  would  not be just  and  equitable  if  contribution
pursuant to this Section 8(c) were  determined by pro rata  allocation  (even if
the Holders were treated as one entity for such  purpose) or by any other method
of  allocation  which  does not take  account  of the  equitable  considerations
referred to in the immediately  preceding paragraph.  The amount paid or payable
by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages,  liabilities
or expenses referred to in the immediately  preceding  paragraph shall be deemed
to  include,  subject to the  limitations  set forth  above,  any legal or other
expenses  reasonably  incurred  by such  indemnified  party in  connection  with
investigating  or  defending  any such  action  or  claim.  Notwithstanding  the
provisions  of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related  Indemnified
Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess
of the amount by which the total value of the Initial  Notes held by such Holder
exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise  been required
to pay by reason of such  untrue or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or
alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the
meaning  of  Section  11(f)  of  the  Securities   Act)  shall  be  entitled  to
contribution   from  any  person   who  was  not   guilty  of  such   fraudulent
misrepresentation.  The  Holders'  obligations  to  contribute  pursuant to this
Section 8(c) are several in proportion  to the  respective  principal  amount at
maturity of Initial Notes held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint.

SECTION 9.              RULE 144A

     The Issuer and the Guarantors hereby agree with each Holder, for so long as
any Notes are Transfer Restricted  Securities and during any period in which the
Issuer  or such  Guarantor  (i) is not  subject  to  Section  13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, to make  available to such Holder or beneficial  owner of Transfer
Restricted  Securities in connection  with any sale thereof and any  prospective
purchaser of such Transfer  Restricted  Securities  designated by such Holder or
beneficial  owner,  the  information  required  by  Rule  144A(d)(4)  under  the
Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities
pursuant  to Rule  144A,  and  (ii) is  subject  to  Section  13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, to make all filings  required  thereby in a timely manner in order
to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144.

SECTION 10.             PARTICIPATION IN UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS




                                      -19-

<PAGE>



     No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless
such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder's Transfer  Restricted  Securities on
the basis  provided  in any  underwriting  arrangements  approved by the Persons
entitled  hereunder to approve such  arrangements and (b) completes and executes
all reasonable  questionnaires,  powers of attorney,  indemnities,  underwriting
agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such
underwriting arrangements.

SECTION 11.             SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS

     The  Holders  of  Transfer  Restricted  Securities  covered  by  the  Shelf
Registration  Statement  who desire to do so may sell such  Transfer  Restricted
Securities in an Underwritten  Offering. In any such Underwritten  Offering, the
investment  banker or  investment  bankers  and  manager or  managers  that will
administer the offering will be selected by the Issuer and the Guarantors.

SECTION 12.             MISCELLANEOUS

     (a) Remedies.  The Issuer and the  Guarantors  agree that monetary  damages
would not be adequate  compensation  for any loss incurred by reason of a breach
by any of them of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the
defense  in any action for  specific  performance  that a remedy at law would be
adequate.

     (b) No Inconsistent Agreements.  Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor will,
on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to
its securities  that is  inconsistent  with the rights granted to the Holders in
this Agreement or otherwise  conflicts with the provisions  hereof.  Neither the
Issuer nor any Guarantor has previously  entered into any agreement granting any
registration  rights with respect to its  securities  to any Person.  The rights
granted to the Holders  hereunder  do not in any way  conflict  with and are not
inconsistent  with the rights  granted to the  holders of the  Issuer's  and the
Guarantors' securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

     (c) Adjustments  Affecting the Notes.  Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor
will take any action,  or permit any change to occur,  with respect to the Notes
that  would  materially  and  adversely  affect the  ability  of the  Holders to
Consummate any Exchange Offer.

     (d)  Amendments  and Waivers.  The  provisions of this Agreement may not be
amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from
the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Issuer and the Guarantors have
obtained  the written  consent of Holders of a majority of the then  outstanding
principal amount at maturity of Transfer Restricted Securities.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that
(i) relates  exclusively  to the rights of Holders  whose  securities  are being
tendered  pursuant to the  Exchange  Offer and that does not affect  directly or
indirectly  the rights of other Holders whose  securities are not being tendered
pursuant to




                                      -20-

<PAGE>



such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding
principal amount at maturity of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or
registered or (ii) relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities
are being  registered in a Shelf  Registration and that does not affect directly
or indirectly  the rights of other Holders whose  securities are not included in
such  Shelf  Registration  may be  given by the  Holders  of a  majority  of the
outstanding principal amount at maturity of Transfer Restricted Securities being
so registered;  provided  that, in either case,  with respect to any matter that
directly or indirectly  affects the rights of the Initial  Purchaser  hereunder,
the Issuer and  Guarantors  shall  obtain the  written  consent of such  Initial
Purchaser  with  respect to which  such  amendment,  qualification,  supplement,
waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.

     (e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted
hereunder  shall  be  made  in  writing  by   hand-delivery,   first-class  mail
(registered or certified,  return receipt requested),  telex, telecopier, or air
courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

     (i) if to a  Holder,  at the  address  set  forth  on  the  records  of the
Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture;
and

     (ii) if to the Issuer and the Guarantors:

          Sbarro, Inc.
          401 Broadhollow Road
          Melville, New York 11747
          Telecopier No.: (516) 715-4185
          Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

     All such  notices  and  communications  shall be  deemed  to have been duly
given:  at the time  delivered by hand, if personally  delivered;  five business
days after  being  deposited  in the mail,  postage  prepaid,  if  mailed;  when
answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged,  if telecopied; and on the
next business day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing  overnight
delivery.

     Copies  of all  such  notices,  demands  or other  communications  shall be
concurrently  delivered  by the  Person  giving  the same to the  Trustee at the
address specified in the Indenture.

     (f)  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including
without  limitation and without the need for an express  assignment,  subsequent
Holders  of  Transfer  Restricted  Securities;   provided however,  that  this
Agreement  shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding  upon a successor  or
assign of a Holder  unless and to the extent such  successor or assign  acquired
Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder.




                                      -21-

<PAGE>



     (g)  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate  counterparts,  each of which
when so  executed  shall be  deemed  to be an  original  and all of which  taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

     (h)  Headings.  The  headings  in this  Agreement  are for  convenience  of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

     (i)  Governing  Law. THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE LAWS OF THE  STATE  OF NEW  YORK,  WITHOUT  REGARD  TO THE
CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

     (j)  Severability.  In the  event  that  any one or more of the  provisions
contained  herein,  or the  application  thereof  in any  circumstance,  is held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable,  the validity, legality and enforceability of
any such  provision  in every  other  respect  and of the  remaining  provisions
contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

     (k) Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  together with the other  Operative
Documents (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) is intended by the parties as a
final  expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive
statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of
the  subject  matter  contained  herein.  There are no  restrictions,  promises,
warranties  or  undertakings,  other than those set forth or referred to herein,
with respect to the  registration  rights  granted by the Issuer with respect to
the  Transfer  Restricted  Securities.   This  Agreement  supersedes  all  prior
agreements and  understandings  between the parties with respect to such subject
matter.





                                      -22-

<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first written above.

                                           SBARRO, INC.

                                           By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President

                                           SBARRO PROPERTIES, INC.

                                           By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                           SBARRO AMERICA, INC.

                                           By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                           SBARRO AMERICA PROPERTIES, INC.


                                           By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                           SBARRO'S OF TEXAS, INC.

                                           By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                           ITALIAN FOOD FRANCHISING, INC.


                                           By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President





                                      -23-

<PAGE>



                                            COREST MANAGEMENT, INC.



                                           By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President

                                            FRANREST MANAGEMENT, INC.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            LARKFIELD EQUIPMENT CORP.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            SBARRO FOODS, INC.

                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President

                                            SBARRO OF ROOSEVELT FIELD, INC.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            SBARRO OF VIRGINIA, INC.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President

                                            DEMEFAC LEASING CORP.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President




                                      -24-

<PAGE>



                                           FRANCHISE CONTRACTING AND EQUIPMENT
                                             CORP.


                                           By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                           MELVILLE ADVERTISING AGENCY INC.


                                           By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President

                                           SBARRO COMMACK, INC.


                                           By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                           SBARRO DOMINION LIMITED


                                           By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            By:/s/     Joseph Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Joseph Sbarro
                                               Title: Secretary


                                            SBARRO OF LAS VEGAS, INC.

                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            SBARRO OF HAWAII, INC.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                                ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President






                                      -25-

<PAGE>



                                            SBARRO PENNSYLVANIA, INC.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            SBARRO FRANCHISE ASSOCIATES, INC.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            SBARRO H.D.F, INC.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            N.H.D., INC.

                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                              ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            BUSHRANGER HOLDING, INC.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            MELVILLE PIZZERIA, INC.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            SBARRO ONE WORLD TRADE, INC.



                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President





                                      -26-

<PAGE>



                                            401 BROAD HOLLOW REALTY CORP.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            401 BROAD HOLLOW FITNESS CENTER
                                              CORP.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            SBARRO BISTROS, INC.

                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President


                                            SYOSSET BISTRO, INC.


                                            By:/s/     Mario Sbarro
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Mario Sbarro
                                               Title: President




                                      -27-

<PAGE>


The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as
of the date first above written.

BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

By:  /S/     Randall Paulson
     -----------------------
      Name:  Randall Paulson
      Title: Managing Director


                                      -28-



                              [SBARRO LETTERHEAD]


                                 PRESS RELEASE


CONTACT:   ROBERT G. ROONEY
           CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
           SBARRO, INC.
           (516) 715-4167


                             SUMMARY:  SBARRO REPORTS AGREEMENT TO SELL SENIOR
                                       NOTES TO FINANCE ITS PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
                                       GOING PRIVATE TRANSACTION.


FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Melville, L.I., New York .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .September 24, 1999

          Sbarro, Inc. (listed New York Stock Exchange "SBA") has agreed to sell
11.00%  Senior Notes due 2009 in the aggregate  principal  amount at maturity of
$255.0 million at a price of 98.514% of par to yield 11.25% per annum. The Notes
will be sold to qualified institutional buyers in a private placement under Rule
144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

          The Company  will use the net  proceeds  of the  offering to finance a
portion of the aggregate  consideration  required to consummate  its  previously
announced  going private  transaction,  pursuant to which a newly-formed  entity
owned by  members  of the Sbarro  family  will merge with and into the  Company.
Shareholders of the Company, other than those members of the Sbarro family, will
receive $28.85 per share in cash following the closing of the merger in exchange
for the approximately  13.5 million shares (65.6% of outstanding  shares) of the
Company's  Common Stock owned by them. The  transaction is scheduled to close on
September 28, 1999.

          This  press  release  does  not  constitute  an  offer  to sell or the
solicitation  of an  offer to buy the  securities.  The  securities  will not be
registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws, and may
not be  offered  or sold in the  United  States  absent  registration  under the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or available exemptions from
such registration requirements.

          The  Company  is  a  leading   owner,   operator  and   franchisor  of
quick-service  restaurants  serving a wide  variety of Italian  specialty  foods
under the "Sbarro" and "Sbarro the Italian  Eatery"  names.  As of July 18, 1999
the Sbarro system included 908 Sbarro restaurants, consisting of 634



<PAGE>


Company-owned and 274 franchised restaurants.

                                      ****


                              [SBARRO LETTERHEAD]


                                  PRESS RELEASE


CONTACT:   Robert G. Rooney
           Chief Financial Officer
           SBARRO, INC.
           (516) 715-4167
                           SUMMARY:  SBARRO reports completion of its previously
                                     announced going private transaction.


FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Melville, L.I., New York . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . september 29, 1999

          Sbarro,  Inc.  (listed New York Stock  Exchange  "SBA") today reported
that it has completed its previously  announced going private  transaction.  The
transaction was pursuant to a merger agreement under which a newly-formed entity
owned by  members of the Sbarro  family  was merged  with and into the  Company.
Shareholders of the Company, other than those members of the Sbarro family, will
receive $28.85 per share in cash in exchange for the approximately  13.5 million
shares  (65.6% of  outstanding  shares) of the  Company's  Common Stock owned by
them.

          The  transaction was funded through the placement of $255.0 million of
11.0%  Senior  Notes due 2009 at a price of 98.514%  of par to yield  11.25% per
annum and  substantially  all of the  Company's  cash on hand.  The Company also
entered into a new $30.0 million Senior  Revolving Credit Facility from European
American Bank

          Shareholders  will shortly be receiving  appropriate  instructions  to
exchange their shares for the cash consideration.

          This  press  release  does  not  constitute  an  offer  to sell or the
solicitation  of an  offer to buy the  securities.  The  securities  will not be
registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws, and may
not be  offered  or sold in the  United  States  absent  registration  under the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or available exemptions from
such registration requirements.

          The Company  develops and operates a national  chain of  family-style,
cafeteria-type  Italian restaurants under the Sbarro name. At July 18, 1999, the
end of the Company's second fiscal quarter, there were 908 Sbarro restaurants in
operation, 634 of which were Company-owned and 274 of which were franchised.


<PAGE>


                                       ###


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission